Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1716/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1716/ en-US All rights reserved Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:10 GMT Fri, 17 Jan 2025 04:02:10 GMT Notepad++ https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1716/ https://thebookvoice.com/audiobook/itunes/1716/logo.jpg https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1716/ thebookvoice.com no Valentine Krajcik bdssaigon.net2@gmail.com Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/user/1716/]]> to download full audiobooks of your choice for free. Discover the world of audiobooks with over 500,000+ captivating titles, ranging from Action & Adventure, Science Fiction, to Mystery and Romance. You'll get 3 free audiobooks to start your journey. Whether you use an iPhone, iPad, Android, or any other device, you can conveniently enjoy audiobooks. Let captivating stories accompany you every moment! Note: The authors receive royalties paid by the audiobook service provider for this free offer. If you do not want your audiobook to be in the podcast please send us an email to info@thebookvoice.com. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466885 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Instinct: How Cooperation Shaped the World Author: Nichola Raihani Narrator: Nichola Raihani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why cooperate? This may be the most important scientific question we have ever, and will ever, face. The science of cooperation tells us not only how we got here, but also where we might end up. Cooperation explains how strands of DNA gave rise to modern-day nation states. It defines our extraordinary ecological success as well as many of the most surprising features of what make us human: not only why we live in families, why we have grandmothers and why women experience the menopause, but also why we become paranoid and jealous, and why we cheat. Nichola Raihani also introduces us to other species who, like us, live and work together. From the pied babblers of the Kalahari to the cleaner fish of the Great Barrier Reef, they happen to be some of the most fascinating and extraordinarily successful species on this planet. What do we have in common with these other species, and what is it that sets us apart? Written at a time of global pandemic, when the challenges and importance of cooperation have never been greater, The Social Instinct is an exhilarating, far-reaching and thought-provoking journey through all life on Earth, with profound insights into what makes us human and how our societies work. © Nichola Raihani 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Nichola Raihani Thu, 03 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466885 thebookvoice.com 9:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Instinct: How Cooperation Shaped the World Author: Nichola Raihani Narrator: Nichola Raihani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why cooperate? This may be the most important scientific question we have ever, and will ever, face. The science of cooperation tells us not only how we got here, but also where we might end up. Cooperation explains how strands of DNA gave rise to modern-day nation states. It defines our extraordinary ecological success as well as many of the most surprising features of what make us human: not only why we live in families, why we have grandmothers and why women experience the menopause, but also why we become paranoid and jealous, and why we cheat. Nichola Raihani also introduces us to other species who, like us, live and work together. From the pied babblers of the Kalahari to the cleaner fish of the Great Barrier Reef, they happen to be some of the most fascinating and extraordinarily successful species on this planet. What do we have in common with these other species, and what is it that sets us apart? Written at a time of global pandemic, when the challenges and importance of cooperation have never been greater, The Social Instinct is an exhilarating, far-reaching and thought-provoking journey through all life on Earth, with profound insights into what makes us human and how our societies work. © Nichola Raihani 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466885]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Social Instinct: How Cooperation Shaped the World Author: Nichola Raihani Narrator: Nichola Raihani Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 41 minutes Release date: June 3, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Why cooperate? This may be the most important scientific question we have ever, and will ever, face. The science of cooperation tells us not only how we got here, but also where we might end up. Cooperation explains how strands of DNA gave rise to modern-day nation states. It defines our extraordinary ecological success as well as many of the most surprising features of what make us human: not only why we live in families, why we have grandmothers and why women experience the menopause, but also why we become paranoid and jealous, and why we cheat. Nichola Raihani also introduces us to other species who, like us, live and work together. From the pied babblers of the Kalahari to the cleaner fish of the Great Barrier Reef, they happen to be some of the most fascinating and extraordinarily successful species on this planet. What do we have in common with these other species, and what is it that sets us apart? Written at a time of global pandemic, when the challenges and importance of cooperation have never been greater, The Social Instinct is an exhilarating, far-reaching and thought-provoking journey through all life on Earth, with profound insights into what makes us human and how our societies work. © Nichola Raihani 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466884 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retreat: The Risks and Rewards of Stepping Back from the World Author: Nat Segnit Narrator: Nat Segnit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Stepping back from the world has always been part of human life. We're social animals but sometimes we want to be alone. That impulse is as old as civilisation but has never been more urgent. Today, mindfulness and meditation are everywhere and wellness tourism is booming. Whether it's a yoga break, an app or something more like boot camp, retreat is a feature of our lives now. Retreat journeys into this human obsession, mining neuroscience, psychology and history to reveal why we seek solitude, what we get out of it, what is going on in our brains and in our bodies when we achieve it. What has it meant to thinkers, and what does it mean in our age as an activity that is increasingly commodified? Is isolation about engaging more fully with reality, or evading it? And what does retreat mean when humanity has recently been in enforced isolation? Nat Segnit has felt the pull of solitude and the fear of it, as well as the warmth of homecoming and company. To answer these questions has been on retreats around the world and met yogic scholars, cognitive and social scientists, religious leaders, philosophers and artists. Retreat is clear-eyed and endlessly enlightening. It is about seeking happiness, fulfilment, a change of perspective, and our flight from stress and anxiety. And, ultimately, the discovery that retreat is a mental state that can be achieved anywhere, in a monastery or shopping mall, a cave or a crowd. © Nat Segnit 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Nat Segnit Thu, 17 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466884 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retreat: The Risks and Rewards of Stepping Back from the World Author: Nat Segnit Narrator: Nat Segnit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Stepping back from the world has always been part of human life. We're social animals but sometimes we want to be alone. That impulse is as old as civilisation but has never been more urgent. Today, mindfulness and meditation are everywhere and wellness tourism is booming. Whether it's a yoga break, an app or something more like boot camp, retreat is a feature of our lives now. Retreat journeys into this human obsession, mining neuroscience, psychology and history to reveal why we seek solitude, what we get out of it, what is going on in our brains and in our bodies when we achieve it. What has it meant to thinkers, and what does it mean in our age as an activity that is increasingly commodified? Is isolation about engaging more fully with reality, or evading it? And what does retreat mean when humanity has recently been in enforced isolation? Nat Segnit has felt the pull of solitude and the fear of it, as well as the warmth of homecoming and company. To answer these questions has been on retreats around the world and met yogic scholars, cognitive and social scientists, religious leaders, philosophers and artists. Retreat is clear-eyed and endlessly enlightening. It is about seeking happiness, fulfilment, a change of perspective, and our flight from stress and anxiety. And, ultimately, the discovery that retreat is a mental state that can be achieved anywhere, in a monastery or shopping mall, a cave or a crowd. © Nat Segnit 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466884]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retreat: The Risks and Rewards of Stepping Back from the World Author: Nat Segnit Narrator: Nat Segnit Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: June 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Stepping back from the world has always been part of human life. We're social animals but sometimes we want to be alone. That impulse is as old as civilisation but has never been more urgent. Today, mindfulness and meditation are everywhere and wellness tourism is booming. Whether it's a yoga break, an app or something more like boot camp, retreat is a feature of our lives now. Retreat journeys into this human obsession, mining neuroscience, psychology and history to reveal why we seek solitude, what we get out of it, what is going on in our brains and in our bodies when we achieve it. What has it meant to thinkers, and what does it mean in our age as an activity that is increasingly commodified? Is isolation about engaging more fully with reality, or evading it? And what does retreat mean when humanity has recently been in enforced isolation? Nat Segnit has felt the pull of solitude and the fear of it, as well as the warmth of homecoming and company. To answer these questions has been on retreats around the world and met yogic scholars, cognitive and social scientists, religious leaders, philosophers and artists. Retreat is clear-eyed and endlessly enlightening. It is about seeking happiness, fulfilment, a change of perspective, and our flight from stress and anxiety. And, ultimately, the discovery that retreat is a mental state that can be achieved anywhere, in a monastery or shopping mall, a cave or a crowd. © Nat Segnit 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466867 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fat Lady Sings: A collection of rediscovered works celebrating Black Britain curated by Booker Prize-winner Bernardine Evaristo Series: Part of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Jacqueline Roy Narrator: Nneka Okoye, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A groundbreaking novel exploring the intersection between race, class and mental health in the UK 'That is the glory of being a mental patient. Nothing is impossible.' It is the 1990s, and Gloria is living in a London psychiatric ward. She is unapologetically loud, audacious and eternally on the brink of bursting into song. After several months of uninterrupted routine, she is joined by another young black woman - Merle - who is full of silences and fear. Unable to confide in their doctors, they agree to journal their pasts. Whispered into tape recorders and scrawled ferociously at night, the remarkable stories of their lives are revealed. In this tender, deeply-moving depiction of mental health, Roy creates a striking portrait of two women finding strength in their shared vulnerability, as they navigate a system that fails to protect them. Life-affirming and fearlessly hopeful, this is an unforgettable story. 'This is a novel of daring - enjoyable, surprising and original.' Bernardine Evaristo 'A strong and humane work of fiction' Jackie Kay 'A striking commentary' Scotsman 'A strong, humorous and moving piece of fiction . . . such is the life injected into the characters that by the end of the novel there remains that reluctance to part with people you have come to love' calabash 'A joy' Pride 'Unflinchingly told . . . harrowing but also shockingly funny' Big Issue © Jacqueline Roy 2000 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Jacqueline Roy Thu, 04 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466867 thebookvoice.com 7:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fat Lady Sings: A collection of rediscovered works celebrating Black Britain curated by Booker Prize-winner Bernardine Evaristo Series: Part of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Jacqueline Roy Narrator: Nneka Okoye, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A groundbreaking novel exploring the intersection between race, class and mental health in the UK 'That is the glory of being a mental patient. Nothing is impossible.' It is the 1990s, and Gloria is living in a London psychiatric ward. She is unapologetically loud, audacious and eternally on the brink of bursting into song. After several months of uninterrupted routine, she is joined by another young black woman - Merle - who is full of silences and fear. Unable to confide in their doctors, they agree to journal their pasts. Whispered into tape recorders and scrawled ferociously at night, the remarkable stories of their lives are revealed. In this tender, deeply-moving depiction of mental health, Roy creates a striking portrait of two women finding strength in their shared vulnerability, as they navigate a system that fails to protect them. Life-affirming and fearlessly hopeful, this is an unforgettable story. 'This is a novel of daring - enjoyable, surprising and original.' Bernardine Evaristo 'A strong and humane work of fiction' Jackie Kay 'A striking commentary' Scotsman 'A strong, humorous and moving piece of fiction . . . such is the life injected into the characters that by the end of the novel there remains that reluctance to part with people you have come to love' calabash 'A joy' Pride 'Unflinchingly told . . . harrowing but also shockingly funny' Big Issue © Jacqueline Roy 2000 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466867]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Fat Lady Sings: A collection of rediscovered works celebrating Black Britain curated by Booker Prize-winner Bernardine Evaristo Series: Part of Black Britain: Writing Back Author: Jacqueline Roy Narrator: Nneka Okoye, Bernardine Evaristo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 59 minutes Release date: February 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. A groundbreaking novel exploring the intersection between race, class and mental health in the UK 'That is the glory of being a mental patient. Nothing is impossible.' It is the 1990s, and Gloria is living in a London psychiatric ward. She is unapologetically loud, audacious and eternally on the brink of bursting into song. After several months of uninterrupted routine, she is joined by another young black woman - Merle - who is full of silences and fear. Unable to confide in their doctors, they agree to journal their pasts. Whispered into tape recorders and scrawled ferociously at night, the remarkable stories of their lives are revealed. In this tender, deeply-moving depiction of mental health, Roy creates a striking portrait of two women finding strength in their shared vulnerability, as they navigate a system that fails to protect them. Life-affirming and fearlessly hopeful, this is an unforgettable story. 'This is a novel of daring - enjoyable, surprising and original.' Bernardine Evaristo 'A strong and humane work of fiction' Jackie Kay 'A striking commentary' Scotsman 'A strong, humorous and moving piece of fiction . . . such is the life injected into the characters that by the end of the novel there remains that reluctance to part with people you have come to love' calabash 'A joy' Pride 'Unflinchingly told . . . harrowing but also shockingly funny' Big Issue © Jacqueline Roy 2000 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466821 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’re Not Broken: Break free from trauma and reclaim your life Author: Sarah Woodhouse Narrator: Sarah Woodhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In one way or another, we all carry trauma. It can manifest as anxiety, shame, low self-esteem, over-eating, under-eating, addiction, depression, confusion, people-pleasing, under-earning, low mood, negative thinking, social anxiety, anger, brain fog and more. Traumas, big or 'little', leave us trapped in cycles of dysfunctional behaviours, negative thoughts and difficult feelings. Yet many people are unaware they're stuck in old reactions and patterns that stem from their past traumas. Many of us are wary of the word and push it away instead of moving towards it and learning how to break free. Dr Sarah Woodhouse is a Research Psychologist who specialises in trauma and is passionate about helping people face this word and their past. In You're Not Broken she teaches you what a trauma is (it's probably not what you think), and how to recognise when, why and how your past is holding you back. She gently explains the pitfalls of ignoring awkward, upsetting episodes and how true freedom comes from looking back at your past with honesty. Then, sharing the latest research-based techniques and her own personal experience, she guides you towards breaking the trauma loop, reawakening your true self and reclaiming your future. Sarah Woodhouse Tue, 30 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466821 thebookvoice.com 6:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’re Not Broken: Break free from trauma and reclaim your life Author: Sarah Woodhouse Narrator: Sarah Woodhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In one way or another, we all carry trauma. It can manifest as anxiety, shame, low self-esteem, over-eating, under-eating, addiction, depression, confusion, people-pleasing, under-earning, low mood, negative thinking, social anxiety, anger, brain fog and more. Traumas, big or 'little', leave us trapped in cycles of dysfunctional behaviours, negative thoughts and difficult feelings. Yet many people are unaware they're stuck in old reactions and patterns that stem from their past traumas. Many of us are wary of the word and push it away instead of moving towards it and learning how to break free. Dr Sarah Woodhouse is a Research Psychologist who specialises in trauma and is passionate about helping people face this word and their past. In You're Not Broken she teaches you what a trauma is (it's probably not what you think), and how to recognise when, why and how your past is holding you back. She gently explains the pitfalls of ignoring awkward, upsetting episodes and how true freedom comes from looking back at your past with honesty. Then, sharing the latest research-based techniques and her own personal experience, she guides you towards breaking the trauma loop, reawakening your true self and reclaiming your future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466821]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: You’re Not Broken: Break free from trauma and reclaim your life Author: Sarah Woodhouse Narrator: Sarah Woodhouse Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In one way or another, we all carry trauma. It can manifest as anxiety, shame, low self-esteem, over-eating, under-eating, addiction, depression, confusion, people-pleasing, under-earning, low mood, negative thinking, social anxiety, anger, brain fog and more. Traumas, big or 'little', leave us trapped in cycles of dysfunctional behaviours, negative thoughts and difficult feelings. Yet many people are unaware they're stuck in old reactions and patterns that stem from their past traumas. Many of us are wary of the word and push it away instead of moving towards it and learning how to break free. Dr Sarah Woodhouse is a Research Psychologist who specialises in trauma and is passionate about helping people face this word and their past. In You're Not Broken she teaches you what a trauma is (it's probably not what you think), and how to recognise when, why and how your past is holding you back. She gently explains the pitfalls of ignoring awkward, upsetting episodes and how true freedom comes from looking back at your past with honesty. Then, sharing the latest research-based techniques and her own personal experience, she guides you towards breaking the trauma loop, reawakening your true self and reclaiming your future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466139 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Is a Superpower: The Secret Strengths of Introverts in the Workplace Author: Jill Chang Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-have book for today's quiet warriors.' -Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet and Quiet Power and cofounder of Quiet Revolution  How does a self-described 'extreme introvert' thrive in a world where extroverts are rewarded and social institutions are set up in their favor? Using her extraordinary personal story as a 'case study of one,' Taiwanese author Jill Chang shows that introverts hold tremendous untapped potential for success. Chang describes how she succeeded-in Taiwan and in the United States-in fields that are filled with extroverts, including as an agent for Major League Baseball players, a manager of a team across more than twenty countries, and a leading figure in tech philanthropy. Instead of changing herself to fit an extroverted mold, she learned to embrace her introversion, turning it from a disadvantage to the reason she was able to accomplish great goals and excel in tasks that her extroverted peers missed. She offers advice on the best jobs for introverts, overcoming the additional difficulties language and cultural barriers can present, thriving at social events and business presentations, leveraging the special leadership traits of introverts, and much more. Part memoir and part career guide, this book gives introverts the tools to understand how they can form relationships, excel in cross-cultural workplaces, and navigate extroverted settings without compromising comfort or personality. Jill Chang Tue, 06 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466139 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Is a Superpower: The Secret Strengths of Introverts in the Workplace Author: Jill Chang Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-have book for today's quiet warriors.' -Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet and Quiet Power and cofounder of Quiet Revolution  How does a self-described 'extreme introvert' thrive in a world where extroverts are rewarded and social institutions are set up in their favor? Using her extraordinary personal story as a 'case study of one,' Taiwanese author Jill Chang shows that introverts hold tremendous untapped potential for success. Chang describes how she succeeded-in Taiwan and in the United States-in fields that are filled with extroverts, including as an agent for Major League Baseball players, a manager of a team across more than twenty countries, and a leading figure in tech philanthropy. Instead of changing herself to fit an extroverted mold, she learned to embrace her introversion, turning it from a disadvantage to the reason she was able to accomplish great goals and excel in tasks that her extroverted peers missed. She offers advice on the best jobs for introverts, overcoming the additional difficulties language and cultural barriers can present, thriving at social events and business presentations, leveraging the special leadership traits of introverts, and much more. Part memoir and part career guide, this book gives introverts the tools to understand how they can form relationships, excel in cross-cultural workplaces, and navigate extroverted settings without compromising comfort or personality. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Quiet Is a Superpower: The Secret Strengths of Introverts in the Workplace Author: Jill Chang Narrator: Natalie Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A must-have book for today's quiet warriors.' -Susan Cain, New York Times bestselling author of Quiet and Quiet Power and cofounder of Quiet Revolution  How does a self-described 'extreme introvert' thrive in a world where extroverts are rewarded and social institutions are set up in their favor? Using her extraordinary personal story as a 'case study of one,' Taiwanese author Jill Chang shows that introverts hold tremendous untapped potential for success. Chang describes how she succeeded-in Taiwan and in the United States-in fields that are filled with extroverts, including as an agent for Major League Baseball players, a manager of a team across more than twenty countries, and a leading figure in tech philanthropy. Instead of changing herself to fit an extroverted mold, she learned to embrace her introversion, turning it from a disadvantage to the reason she was able to accomplish great goals and excel in tasks that her extroverted peers missed. She offers advice on the best jobs for introverts, overcoming the additional difficulties language and cultural barriers can present, thriving at social events and business presentations, leveraging the special leadership traits of introverts, and much more. Part memoir and part career guide, this book gives introverts the tools to understand how they can form relationships, excel in cross-cultural workplaces, and navigate extroverted settings without compromising comfort or personality. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466012 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Author: Josh Smith Narrator: Josh Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn The Best Techniques in Dark Psychology and How To Influence People with Persuasion, NLP, and Mind Control. Do you want to improve your persuasive abilities? Want to get that job, win that argument, or become a better leader? Then this book is for you ! Manipulation is not necessarily a bad thing. Manipulation can be used for great good, and both the good and bad methods will be discussed in this book. We will see ways to use manipulation to get those things that are desired in life, particularly goals that lead to a lifetime of success and successful living. We will see ways to create new pathways in the mind that will lead to the elimination of negative thoughts that are detrimental to the achievement of success. This book covers all these topics and more. It is the consummate book for anyone who wishes to learn new ways to engage in controlling their own minds and the minds of others and in using techniques to live a successful life. What are you waiting for? BUY NOW! Josh Smith Sun, 11 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466012 thebookvoice.com 8:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Author: Josh Smith Narrator: Josh Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn The Best Techniques in Dark Psychology and How To Influence People with Persuasion, NLP, and Mind Control. Do you want to improve your persuasive abilities? Want to get that job, win that argument, or become a better leader? Then this book is for you ! Manipulation is not necessarily a bad thing. Manipulation can be used for great good, and both the good and bad methods will be discussed in this book. We will see ways to use manipulation to get those things that are desired in life, particularly goals that lead to a lifetime of success and successful living. We will see ways to create new pathways in the mind that will lead to the elimination of negative thoughts that are detrimental to the achievement of success. This book covers all these topics and more. It is the consummate book for anyone who wishes to learn new ways to engage in controlling their own minds and the minds of others and in using techniques to live a successful life. What are you waiting for? BUY NOW! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/466012]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Psychology and Manipulation Author: Josh Smith Narrator: Josh Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 44 minutes Release date: October 11, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn The Best Techniques in Dark Psychology and How To Influence People with Persuasion, NLP, and Mind Control. Do you want to improve your persuasive abilities? Want to get that job, win that argument, or become a better leader? Then this book is for you ! Manipulation is not necessarily a bad thing. Manipulation can be used for great good, and both the good and bad methods will be discussed in this book. We will see ways to use manipulation to get those things that are desired in life, particularly goals that lead to a lifetime of success and successful living. We will see ways to create new pathways in the mind that will lead to the elimination of negative thoughts that are detrimental to the achievement of success. This book covers all these topics and more. It is the consummate book for anyone who wishes to learn new ways to engage in controlling their own minds and the minds of others and in using techniques to live a successful life. What are you waiting for? BUY NOW! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465783 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do some people bounce back with vigor from daily setbacks, professional crises, or even intense personal trauma? This book reveals the key traits of those who emerge stronger from challenges, helps you train your brain to withstand the stresses of daily life, and presents an approach to an effective career reboot. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'How Resilience Works,' by Diane Coutu; 'Resilience for the Rest of Us,' by Daniel Goleman; 'How to Evaluate, Manage, and Strengthen Your Resilience,' by David Kopans; 'Find the Coaching in Criticism,' by Sheila Heen and Douglas Stone; 'Firing Back: How Great Leaders Rebound After Career Disasters,' by Jeffrey A. Sonnenfeld and Andrew J. Ward; and 'Resilience Is About How You Recharge, Not How You Endure,' by Shawn Achor and Michelle Gielan. Harvard Business Review Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465783 thebookvoice.com 2:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do some people bounce back with vigor from daily setbacks, professional crises, or even intense personal trauma? This book reveals the key traits of those who emerge stronger from challenges, helps you train your brain to withstand the stresses of daily life, and presents an approach to an effective career reboot. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'How Resilience Works,' by Diane Coutu; 'Resilience for the Rest of Us,' by Daniel Goleman; 'How to Evaluate, Manage, and Strengthen Your Resilience,' by David Kopans; 'Find the Coaching in Criticism,' by Sheila Heen and Douglas Stone; 'Firing Back: How Great Leaders Rebound After Career Disasters,' by Jeffrey A. Sonnenfeld and Andrew J. Ward; and 'Resilience Is About How You Recharge, Not How You Endure,' by Shawn Achor and Michelle Gielan. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465783]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Resilience Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 4 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How do some people bounce back with vigor from daily setbacks, professional crises, or even intense personal trauma? This book reveals the key traits of those who emerge stronger from challenges, helps you train your brain to withstand the stresses of daily life, and presents an approach to an effective career reboot. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'How Resilience Works,' by Diane Coutu; 'Resilience for the Rest of Us,' by Daniel Goleman; 'How to Evaluate, Manage, and Strengthen Your Resilience,' by David Kopans; 'Find the Coaching in Criticism,' by Sheila Heen and Douglas Stone; 'Firing Back: How Great Leaders Rebound After Career Disasters,' by Jeffrey A. Sonnenfeld and Andrew J. Ward; and 'Resilience Is About How You Recharge, Not How You Endure,' by Shawn Achor and Michelle Gielan. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465784 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Emotional Intelligence Collection: Happiness, Resilience, Empathy, Mindfulness Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to be human at work. Each book in the HBR's Emotional Intelligence series offers proven research showing how our emotions impact our work lives, practical advice for managing difficult people and situations, and inspiring essays on what it means to tend to our emotional well-being at work. Uplifting and practical, these books describe the social skills that are critical for ambitious professionals to master. This four-volume set includes Happiness, Resilience, Mindfulness, and Empathy. Harvard Business Review Tue, 29 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465784 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Emotional Intelligence Collection: Happiness, Resilience, Empathy, Mindfulness Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to be human at work. Each book in the HBR's Emotional Intelligence series offers proven research showing how our emotions impact our work lives, practical advice for managing difficult people and situations, and inspiring essays on what it means to tend to our emotional well-being at work. Uplifting and practical, these books describe the social skills that are critical for ambitious professionals to master. This four-volume set includes Happiness, Resilience, Mindfulness, and Empathy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465784]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Harvard Business Review Emotional Intelligence Collection: Happiness, Resilience, Empathy, Mindfulness Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Rachel Perry, Daniel Henning Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: December 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to be human at work. Each book in the HBR's Emotional Intelligence series offers proven research showing how our emotions impact our work lives, practical advice for managing difficult people and situations, and inspiring essays on what it means to tend to our emotional well-being at work. Uplifting and practical, these books describe the social skills that are critical for ambitious professionals to master. This four-volume set includes Happiness, Resilience, Mindfulness, and Empathy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465780 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Daniel Henning, Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empathy is credited as a factor in improved relationships and even better product development. But while it's easy to say 'just put yourself in someone else's shoes,' the reality is that understanding the motivations and emotions of others often proves elusive. This book helps you understand what empathy is, why it's important, how to surmount the hurdles that make you less empathetic—and when too much empathy is just too much. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'What Is Empathy?' by Daniel Goleman; 'Why Compassion Is a Better Managerial Tactic Than Toughness' by Emma Seppala; 'What Great Listeners Actually Do' by Jack Zenger and Joseph Folkman; 'Empathy Is Key to a Great Meeting' by Annie McKee; 'It’s Harder to Empathize with People If You've Been in Their Shoes' by Rachel Rutton, Mary-Hunter McDonnell, and Loran Nordgren; 'Being Powerful Makes You Less Empathetic' by Lou Solomon; 'A Process for Empathetic Product Design' by Jon Kolko; 'How Facebook Uses Empathy to Keep User Data Safe' by Melissa Luu-Van; 'The Limits of Empathy' by Adam Waytz; and 'What the Dalai Lama Taught Daniel Goleman About Emotional Intelligence,' an interview with Daniel Goleman by Andrea Ovans. Harvard Business Review Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465780 thebookvoice.com 1:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Daniel Henning, Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empathy is credited as a factor in improved relationships and even better product development. But while it's easy to say 'just put yourself in someone else's shoes,' the reality is that understanding the motivations and emotions of others often proves elusive. This book helps you understand what empathy is, why it's important, how to surmount the hurdles that make you less empathetic—and when too much empathy is just too much. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'What Is Empathy?' by Daniel Goleman; 'Why Compassion Is a Better Managerial Tactic Than Toughness' by Emma Seppala; 'What Great Listeners Actually Do' by Jack Zenger and Joseph Folkman; 'Empathy Is Key to a Great Meeting' by Annie McKee; 'It’s Harder to Empathize with People If You've Been in Their Shoes' by Rachel Rutton, Mary-Hunter McDonnell, and Loran Nordgren; 'Being Powerful Makes You Less Empathetic' by Lou Solomon; 'A Process for Empathetic Product Design' by Jon Kolko; 'How Facebook Uses Empathy to Keep User Data Safe' by Melissa Luu-Van; 'The Limits of Empathy' by Adam Waytz; and 'What the Dalai Lama Taught Daniel Goleman About Emotional Intelligence,' an interview with Daniel Goleman by Andrea Ovans. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465780]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empathy Author: Harvard Business Review Narrator: Daniel Henning, Rachel Perry Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 47 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Empathy is credited as a factor in improved relationships and even better product development. But while it's easy to say 'just put yourself in someone else's shoes,' the reality is that understanding the motivations and emotions of others often proves elusive. This book helps you understand what empathy is, why it's important, how to surmount the hurdles that make you less empathetic—and when too much empathy is just too much. This collection of articles from HBR includes 'What Is Empathy?' by Daniel Goleman; 'Why Compassion Is a Better Managerial Tactic Than Toughness' by Emma Seppala; 'What Great Listeners Actually Do' by Jack Zenger and Joseph Folkman; 'Empathy Is Key to a Great Meeting' by Annie McKee; 'It’s Harder to Empathize with People If You've Been in Their Shoes' by Rachel Rutton, Mary-Hunter McDonnell, and Loran Nordgren; 'Being Powerful Makes You Less Empathetic' by Lou Solomon; 'A Process for Empathetic Product Design' by Jon Kolko; 'How Facebook Uses Empathy to Keep User Data Safe' by Melissa Luu-Van; 'The Limits of Empathy' by Adam Waytz; and 'What the Dalai Lama Taught Daniel Goleman About Emotional Intelligence,' an interview with Daniel Goleman by Andrea Ovans. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465751 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Autism, Updated and Expanded: Build Healthy Foundations for Communication, Socialization, and Behavior at All Ages Author: Patricia S. Lemer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive resource for parents, therapists, caregivers, and educators, packed with lifelong strategies for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) management and support. Newly revised and updated, this user-friendly guide addresses autism identification, treatment, and prevention from pre-conception through adulthood. Outsmarting Autism describes more than fifty practical approaches with proven efficacy, including lifestyle modification, dietary considerations, and boosting the immune system. After health improves, focus turns to developing the sensory foundations for communication, social skills, and learning. Patricia Lemer's approach is grounded in research on multifactorial causes, or 'Total Load Theory,' which explains that developmental delays are caused not by one single factor, but by an overload of environmental stressors on genetically vulnerable individuals. Because every person with autism is unique, this book guides listeners to the therapies that may be right for each individual, helping to make the difference between management and healing. New research on topics like stem cells, cannabis, and dentistry is now included. Patricia S. Lemer Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465751 thebookvoice.com 26:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Autism, Updated and Expanded: Build Healthy Foundations for Communication, Socialization, and Behavior at All Ages Author: Patricia S. Lemer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive resource for parents, therapists, caregivers, and educators, packed with lifelong strategies for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) management and support. Newly revised and updated, this user-friendly guide addresses autism identification, treatment, and prevention from pre-conception through adulthood. Outsmarting Autism describes more than fifty practical approaches with proven efficacy, including lifestyle modification, dietary considerations, and boosting the immune system. After health improves, focus turns to developing the sensory foundations for communication, social skills, and learning. Patricia Lemer's approach is grounded in research on multifactorial causes, or 'Total Load Theory,' which explains that developmental delays are caused not by one single factor, but by an overload of environmental stressors on genetically vulnerable individuals. Because every person with autism is unique, this book guides listeners to the therapies that may be right for each individual, helping to make the difference between management and healing. New research on topics like stem cells, cannabis, and dentistry is now included. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465751]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Outsmarting Autism, Updated and Expanded: Build Healthy Foundations for Communication, Socialization, and Behavior at All Ages Author: Patricia S. Lemer Narrator: Wendy Tremont King Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 26 hours 45 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A comprehensive resource for parents, therapists, caregivers, and educators, packed with lifelong strategies for Autism Spectrum Disorder (ASD) management and support. Newly revised and updated, this user-friendly guide addresses autism identification, treatment, and prevention from pre-conception through adulthood. Outsmarting Autism describes more than fifty practical approaches with proven efficacy, including lifestyle modification, dietary considerations, and boosting the immune system. After health improves, focus turns to developing the sensory foundations for communication, social skills, and learning. Patricia Lemer's approach is grounded in research on multifactorial causes, or 'Total Load Theory,' which explains that developmental delays are caused not by one single factor, but by an overload of environmental stressors on genetically vulnerable individuals. Because every person with autism is unique, this book guides listeners to the therapies that may be right for each individual, helping to make the difference between management and healing. New research on topics like stem cells, cannabis, and dentistry is now included. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Superheroes: An Unauthorized Exploration Author: Robin S. Rosenberg, Ph.D. Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists get inside the human (and superhuman) mind, in these insightful essays about Batman, Wonder Woman, and many more of our favorite characters. Why do superheroes choose to be superheroes? Where does Spider-Man's altruism come from, and what does it mean? Why is there so much prejudice against the X-Men, and how could they have responded to it, other than the way they did? Why are super-villains so aggressive? The Psychology of Superheroes answers these questions in a wide range of essays on topics from Aquaman to Arkham Asylum—exploring the inner workings our heroes usually only share with their therapists. Robin S. Rosenberg, Ph.D. Tue, 26 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465716 thebookvoice.com 9:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Superheroes: An Unauthorized Exploration Author: Robin S. Rosenberg, Ph.D. Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists get inside the human (and superhuman) mind, in these insightful essays about Batman, Wonder Woman, and many more of our favorite characters. Why do superheroes choose to be superheroes? Where does Spider-Man's altruism come from, and what does it mean? Why is there so much prejudice against the X-Men, and how could they have responded to it, other than the way they did? Why are super-villains so aggressive? The Psychology of Superheroes answers these questions in a wide range of essays on topics from Aquaman to Arkham Asylum—exploring the inner workings our heroes usually only share with their therapists. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Psychology of Superheroes: An Unauthorized Exploration Author: Robin S. Rosenberg, Ph.D. Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists get inside the human (and superhuman) mind, in these insightful essays about Batman, Wonder Woman, and many more of our favorite characters. Why do superheroes choose to be superheroes? Where does Spider-Man's altruism come from, and what does it mean? Why is there so much prejudice against the X-Men, and how could they have responded to it, other than the way they did? Why are super-villains so aggressive? The Psychology of Superheroes answers these questions in a wide range of essays on topics from Aquaman to Arkham Asylum—exploring the inner workings our heroes usually only share with their therapists. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465594 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Conflict: Why We Get Trapped and How We Get Out Author: Amanda Ripley Narrator: Amanda Ripley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When we are baffled by the insanity of the “other side”—in our politics, at work, or at home—it’s because we aren’t seeing how the conflict itself has taken over. That’s what “high conflict” does. It’s the invisible hand of our time. And it’s different from the useful friction of healthy conflict. That’s good conflict, and it’s a necessary force that pushes us to be better people. High conflict is what happens when discord distills into a good-versus-evil kind of feud, the kind with an us and a them. In this state, the brain behaves differently. We feel increasingly certain of our own superiority, and everything we do to try to end the conflict, usually makes it worse. Eventually, we can start to mimic the behavior of our adversaries, harming what we hold most dear. In this “compulsively readable” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award-winning author) book, New York Times bestselling author and award-winning journalist Amanda Ripley investigates how good people get captured by high conflict—and how they break free. Our journey begins in California, where a world-renowned conflict expert struggles to extract himself from a political feud. Then we meet a Chicago gang leader who dedicates his life to a vendetta—only to realize, years later, that the story he’d told himself about the conflict was not quite true. Next, we travel to Colombia, to find out whether thousands of people can be nudged out of high conflict at scale. Finally, we return to America to see what happens when a group of liberal Manhattan Jews and conservative Michigan corrections officers choose to stay in each other’s homes in order to understand one another better, even as they continue to disagree. All these people, in dramatically different situations, were drawn into high conflict by similar forces, including conflict entrepreneurs, humiliation, and false binaries. But ultimately, all of them found ways to transform high conflict into good conflict, the kind that made them better people. They rehumanized and recatego­rized their opponents, and they revived curiosity and wonder, even as they continued to fight for what they knew was right. People do escape high conflict. Individuals—even entire communities—can short-circuit the feedback loops of outrage and blame, if they want to. This is an “insightful and enthralling” (The New York Times Book Review) book—and a mind-opening new way to think about conflict that will transform how we move through the world. Featuring audio highlights from actual interviews, town hall meetings, and podcasts. Amanda Ripley Tue, 06 Apr 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465594 thebookvoice.com 9:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Conflict: Why We Get Trapped and How We Get Out Author: Amanda Ripley Narrator: Amanda Ripley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When we are baffled by the insanity of the “other side”—in our politics, at work, or at home—it’s because we aren’t seeing how the conflict itself has taken over. That’s what “high conflict” does. It’s the invisible hand of our time. And it’s different from the useful friction of healthy conflict. That’s good conflict, and it’s a necessary force that pushes us to be better people. High conflict is what happens when discord distills into a good-versus-evil kind of feud, the kind with an us and a them. In this state, the brain behaves differently. We feel increasingly certain of our own superiority, and everything we do to try to end the conflict, usually makes it worse. Eventually, we can start to mimic the behavior of our adversaries, harming what we hold most dear. In this “compulsively readable” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award-winning author) book, New York Times bestselling author and award-winning journalist Amanda Ripley investigates how good people get captured by high conflict—and how they break free. Our journey begins in California, where a world-renowned conflict expert struggles to extract himself from a political feud. Then we meet a Chicago gang leader who dedicates his life to a vendetta—only to realize, years later, that the story he’d told himself about the conflict was not quite true. Next, we travel to Colombia, to find out whether thousands of people can be nudged out of high conflict at scale. Finally, we return to America to see what happens when a group of liberal Manhattan Jews and conservative Michigan corrections officers choose to stay in each other’s homes in order to understand one another better, even as they continue to disagree. All these people, in dramatically different situations, were drawn into high conflict by similar forces, including conflict entrepreneurs, humiliation, and false binaries. But ultimately, all of them found ways to transform high conflict into good conflict, the kind that made them better people. They rehumanized and recatego­rized their opponents, and they revived curiosity and wonder, even as they continued to fight for what they knew was right. People do escape high conflict. Individuals—even entire communities—can short-circuit the feedback loops of outrage and blame, if they want to. This is an “insightful and enthralling” (The New York Times Book Review) book—and a mind-opening new way to think about conflict that will transform how we move through the world. Featuring audio highlights from actual interviews, town hall meetings, and podcasts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465594]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: High Conflict: Why We Get Trapped and How We Get Out Author: Amanda Ripley Narrator: Amanda Ripley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 51 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: When we are baffled by the insanity of the “other side”—in our politics, at work, or at home—it’s because we aren’t seeing how the conflict itself has taken over. That’s what “high conflict” does. It’s the invisible hand of our time. And it’s different from the useful friction of healthy conflict. That’s good conflict, and it’s a necessary force that pushes us to be better people. High conflict is what happens when discord distills into a good-versus-evil kind of feud, the kind with an us and a them. In this state, the brain behaves differently. We feel increasingly certain of our own superiority, and everything we do to try to end the conflict, usually makes it worse. Eventually, we can start to mimic the behavior of our adversaries, harming what we hold most dear. In this “compulsively readable” (Evan Osnos, National Book Award-winning author) book, New York Times bestselling author and award-winning journalist Amanda Ripley investigates how good people get captured by high conflict—and how they break free. Our journey begins in California, where a world-renowned conflict expert struggles to extract himself from a political feud. Then we meet a Chicago gang leader who dedicates his life to a vendetta—only to realize, years later, that the story he’d told himself about the conflict was not quite true. Next, we travel to Colombia, to find out whether thousands of people can be nudged out of high conflict at scale. Finally, we return to America to see what happens when a group of liberal Manhattan Jews and conservative Michigan corrections officers choose to stay in each other’s homes in order to understand one another better, even as they continue to disagree. All these people, in dramatically different situations, were drawn into high conflict by similar forces, including conflict entrepreneurs, humiliation, and false binaries. But ultimately, all of them found ways to transform high conflict into good conflict, the kind that made them better people. They rehumanized and recatego­rized their opponents, and they revived curiosity and wonder, even as they continued to fight for what they knew was right. People do escape high conflict. Individuals—even entire communities—can short-circuit the feedback loops of outrage and blame, if they want to. This is an “insightful and enthralling” (The New York Times Book Review) book—and a mind-opening new way to think about conflict that will transform how we move through the world. Featuring audio highlights from actual interviews, town hall meetings, and podcasts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). Anna Sale Tue, 04 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588 thebookvoice.com 8:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/465588]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Let's Talk About Hard Things Author: Anna Sale Narrator: Anna Sale Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 3 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.17 of Total 12 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the host of the popular WNYC podcast Death, Sex, & Money, Let’s Talk About Hard Things is “like a good conversation with a friend” (The New Yorker) where “no topic is off-limits when it comes to creating meaningful connection” (Lori Gottlieb, author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone). Anna Sale wants you to have that conversation. You know the one. The one that you’ve been avoiding or putting off, maybe for years. The one that you’ve thought “they’ll never understand” or “do I really want to bring that up?” or “it’s not going to go well, so why even try?” Sale is the founder and host of WNYC’s popular, award-winning podcast Death, Sex, & Money or as the New York Times dubbed her “a therapist at happy hour.” She and her guests have direct and thought-provoking conversations, discussing topics that most of us are too squeamish, polite, or nervous to bring up. But Sale argues that we all experience these hard things, and by not talking to one another, we cut ourselves off, leading us to feel isolated and disconnected from people who can help us most. In Let’s Talk About Hard Things, Sale uses the best of what she’s learned from her podcast to reveal that when we dare to talk about hard things, we learn about ourselves, others, and the world that we make together. Diving into five of the most fraught conversation topics—death, sex, money, family, and identity—she moves between memoir, fascinating snapshots of a variety of Americans opening up about their lives, and expert opinions to show why having tough conversations is important and how to do them in a thoughtful and generous way. She uncovers that listening may be the most important part of a tough conversation, that the end goal should be understanding without the pressure of reconciliation, and that there are some things that words can’t fix (and why that’s actually okay). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464947 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Belonging: How to Survive and Thrive in an Unjust World (While Transforming it for the Better) Author: Lindo Bacon Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are in the midst of a cultural moment. #MeToo. #BlackLivesMatter. #TransIsBeautiful. #AbleismExists. #EffYourBeautyStandards. Those of us who don't fit into the 'mythical norm' (white, male, cisgender, able-bodied, slender, Christian, etc.)—which is to say, most of us—are demanding our basic right: To know that who we are matters. To belong. Being 'othered' and the body shame it spurs is not 'just' a feeling. Being erased and devalued impacts our ability to regulate our emotions, our relationships with others, our health and longevity, our finances, our ability to realize dreams, and whether we will be accepted, loved, or even safe. Radical Belonging is not a simple self-love treatise. Focusing only on self-love ignores the important fact that we have negative experiences because our culture has targeted certain bodies and people for abuse or alienation. For marginalized people, a focus on self-love can be a spoonful of sugar that makes the oppression go down. This groundbreaking book goes further, helping us to manage the challenges that stem from oppression and moving beyond self-love and into belonging. Lindo Bacon Tue, 16 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464947 thebookvoice.com 10:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Belonging: How to Survive and Thrive in an Unjust World (While Transforming it for the Better) Author: Lindo Bacon Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are in the midst of a cultural moment. #MeToo. #BlackLivesMatter. #TransIsBeautiful. #AbleismExists. #EffYourBeautyStandards. Those of us who don't fit into the 'mythical norm' (white, male, cisgender, able-bodied, slender, Christian, etc.)—which is to say, most of us—are demanding our basic right: To know that who we are matters. To belong. Being 'othered' and the body shame it spurs is not 'just' a feeling. Being erased and devalued impacts our ability to regulate our emotions, our relationships with others, our health and longevity, our finances, our ability to realize dreams, and whether we will be accepted, loved, or even safe. Radical Belonging is not a simple self-love treatise. Focusing only on self-love ignores the important fact that we have negative experiences because our culture has targeted certain bodies and people for abuse or alienation. For marginalized people, a focus on self-love can be a spoonful of sugar that makes the oppression go down. This groundbreaking book goes further, helping us to manage the challenges that stem from oppression and moving beyond self-love and into belonging. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464947]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Belonging: How to Survive and Thrive in an Unjust World (While Transforming it for the Better) Author: Lindo Bacon Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 50 minutes Release date: February 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We are in the midst of a cultural moment. #MeToo. #BlackLivesMatter. #TransIsBeautiful. #AbleismExists. #EffYourBeautyStandards. Those of us who don't fit into the 'mythical norm' (white, male, cisgender, able-bodied, slender, Christian, etc.)—which is to say, most of us—are demanding our basic right: To know that who we are matters. To belong. Being 'othered' and the body shame it spurs is not 'just' a feeling. Being erased and devalued impacts our ability to regulate our emotions, our relationships with others, our health and longevity, our finances, our ability to realize dreams, and whether we will be accepted, loved, or even safe. Radical Belonging is not a simple self-love treatise. Focusing only on self-love ignores the important fact that we have negative experiences because our culture has targeted certain bodies and people for abuse or alienation. For marginalized people, a focus on self-love can be a spoonful of sugar that makes the oppression go down. This groundbreaking book goes further, helping us to manage the challenges that stem from oppression and moving beyond self-love and into belonging. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464944 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior: How to Support Those Who Protect Us Author: Shauna Springer PhD Narrator: Scott A. Huesing Usmc (ret), Shauna Springer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warrior brings the worlds of the warrior and those they protect together to shine light on things that many of us thought we understood: trust, stigma, firearms, the imploding mind, and connection. Dr. Shauna Springer is a nationally recognized expert on initiatives that benefit the military community. Known as 'Doc Springer,' she is a trusted adviser for a vast network of veterans, military families, and fellow thought leaders. She has helped thousands of veterans and their partners thrive after military service, supporting warriors in reconnecting with their tribe, strengthening their relationships, and building lives driven by their values. In Warrior, Shauna offers a glimpse how our bravest citizens may struggle and draws from the experiences of our warfighters to help us understand true courage and the bonds of love that keep all of us in the fight. Shauna Springer PhD Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464944 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior: How to Support Those Who Protect Us Author: Shauna Springer PhD Narrator: Scott A. Huesing Usmc (ret), Shauna Springer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warrior brings the worlds of the warrior and those they protect together to shine light on things that many of us thought we understood: trust, stigma, firearms, the imploding mind, and connection. Dr. Shauna Springer is a nationally recognized expert on initiatives that benefit the military community. Known as 'Doc Springer,' she is a trusted adviser for a vast network of veterans, military families, and fellow thought leaders. She has helped thousands of veterans and their partners thrive after military service, supporting warriors in reconnecting with their tribe, strengthening their relationships, and building lives driven by their values. In Warrior, Shauna offers a glimpse how our bravest citizens may struggle and draws from the experiences of our warfighters to help us understand true courage and the bonds of love that keep all of us in the fight. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464944]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Warrior: How to Support Those Who Protect Us Author: Shauna Springer PhD Narrator: Scott A. Huesing Usmc (ret), Shauna Springer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Warrior brings the worlds of the warrior and those they protect together to shine light on things that many of us thought we understood: trust, stigma, firearms, the imploding mind, and connection. Dr. Shauna Springer is a nationally recognized expert on initiatives that benefit the military community. Known as 'Doc Springer,' she is a trusted adviser for a vast network of veterans, military families, and fellow thought leaders. She has helped thousands of veterans and their partners thrive after military service, supporting warriors in reconnecting with their tribe, strengthening their relationships, and building lives driven by their values. In Warrior, Shauna offers a glimpse how our bravest citizens may struggle and draws from the experiences of our warfighters to help us understand true courage and the bonds of love that keep all of us in the fight. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464919 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Wakanda Matters: What Black Panther Reveals About Psychology, Identity, and Communication Author: Sheena C. Howard, Ph.D. Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 2018, the Marvel Cinematic Universe finally delivered on something fans had long been waiting for: a feature film with a solo Black superhero. Black Panther introduced viewers to the stunning world of Wakanda, a fictional African country with incredible technological advancements, and to T'Challa, a young man stepping into his role as king and taking up the mantle of the Black Panther title from his late father. The unforgettable story, coupled with the film's mega-success, has undoubtedly shaped the future of superhero cinema, in addition to genuinely changing viewers' lives. Why Wakanda Matters gives this iconic film the in-depth analysis it deserves under the lens of the latest psychological concepts—as well as delving into the lasting cultural impact of this unforgettable story. Edited by Sheena C. Howard, an award-winning author, filmmaker, and scholar, Why Wakanda Matters features a collection of essays from leading experts in a variety of fields who offer insightful perspectives on topics such as cognitive dissonance, intergenerational trauma and resistance, social identity, collective identity, and cultural and racial identity. Fans of the movie and those interested in deeper discussions about the film will revel in this thought-provoking examination of all aspects of Black Panther and the power of psychology. Sheena C. Howard, Ph.D. Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464919 thebookvoice.com 9:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Wakanda Matters: What Black Panther Reveals About Psychology, Identity, and Communication Author: Sheena C. Howard, Ph.D. Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 2018, the Marvel Cinematic Universe finally delivered on something fans had long been waiting for: a feature film with a solo Black superhero. Black Panther introduced viewers to the stunning world of Wakanda, a fictional African country with incredible technological advancements, and to T'Challa, a young man stepping into his role as king and taking up the mantle of the Black Panther title from his late father. The unforgettable story, coupled with the film's mega-success, has undoubtedly shaped the future of superhero cinema, in addition to genuinely changing viewers' lives. Why Wakanda Matters gives this iconic film the in-depth analysis it deserves under the lens of the latest psychological concepts—as well as delving into the lasting cultural impact of this unforgettable story. Edited by Sheena C. Howard, an award-winning author, filmmaker, and scholar, Why Wakanda Matters features a collection of essays from leading experts in a variety of fields who offer insightful perspectives on topics such as cognitive dissonance, intergenerational trauma and resistance, social identity, collective identity, and cultural and racial identity. Fans of the movie and those interested in deeper discussions about the film will revel in this thought-provoking examination of all aspects of Black Panther and the power of psychology. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464919]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Wakanda Matters: What Black Panther Reveals About Psychology, Identity, and Communication Author: Sheena C. Howard, Ph.D. Narrator: Jd Jackson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In 2018, the Marvel Cinematic Universe finally delivered on something fans had long been waiting for: a feature film with a solo Black superhero. Black Panther introduced viewers to the stunning world of Wakanda, a fictional African country with incredible technological advancements, and to T'Challa, a young man stepping into his role as king and taking up the mantle of the Black Panther title from his late father. The unforgettable story, coupled with the film's mega-success, has undoubtedly shaped the future of superhero cinema, in addition to genuinely changing viewers' lives. Why Wakanda Matters gives this iconic film the in-depth analysis it deserves under the lens of the latest psychological concepts—as well as delving into the lasting cultural impact of this unforgettable story. Edited by Sheena C. Howard, an award-winning author, filmmaker, and scholar, Why Wakanda Matters features a collection of essays from leading experts in a variety of fields who offer insightful perspectives on topics such as cognitive dissonance, intergenerational trauma and resistance, social identity, collective identity, and cultural and racial identity. Fans of the movie and those interested in deeper discussions about the film will revel in this thought-provoking examination of all aspects of Black Panther and the power of psychology. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464502 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Walk from the Wild Edge: ‘This Book Has Changed Lives’ Chris Evans Author: Jake Tyler Narrator: Jake Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. After coming terrifyingly close to suicide, Jake Tyler was determined to take back control of his life from the clutches of depression. With only a pair of walking boots and a backpack, he left his home town of Maldon and began a 3000-mile walk around the British mainland. In documenting every step of his adventure, Jake shares the ways in which his road to recovery was enhanced by the kindness of strangers, who helped him to better understand himself and the power of human connection. This is both the story of Jake's lap of the UK and also of his journey to finding peace within himself and with the world around him. © Jake Tyler 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Jake Tyler Thu, 18 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464502 thebookvoice.com 9:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Walk from the Wild Edge: ‘This Book Has Changed Lives’ Chris Evans Author: Jake Tyler Narrator: Jake Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. After coming terrifyingly close to suicide, Jake Tyler was determined to take back control of his life from the clutches of depression. With only a pair of walking boots and a backpack, he left his home town of Maldon and began a 3000-mile walk around the British mainland. In documenting every step of his adventure, Jake shares the ways in which his road to recovery was enhanced by the kindness of strangers, who helped him to better understand himself and the power of human connection. This is both the story of Jake's lap of the UK and also of his journey to finding peace within himself and with the world around him. © Jake Tyler 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464502]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Walk from the Wild Edge: ‘This Book Has Changed Lives’ Chris Evans Author: Jake Tyler Narrator: Jake Tyler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 18, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. After coming terrifyingly close to suicide, Jake Tyler was determined to take back control of his life from the clutches of depression. With only a pair of walking boots and a backpack, he left his home town of Maldon and began a 3000-mile walk around the British mainland. In documenting every step of his adventure, Jake shares the ways in which his road to recovery was enhanced by the kindness of strangers, who helped him to better understand himself and the power of human connection. This is both the story of Jake's lap of the UK and also of his journey to finding peace within himself and with the world around him. © Jake Tyler 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464031 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Childhood is Controlling You. How to Stop Hurting & Move on. Author: Supesche Narrator: Supesche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A book about the effects of Ancestral Wounding. $10 could save you 10 years of pain!' This is a story about my life and all of it’s traumatic events. In this book, we will walk through my discovery and healing process. Together, we will discover the SHOCKING TRUTH of how I discovered that my life was being controlled by my childhood. You may be thinking that because this book is short, that it’s also basic. No. I literally wrote this book AS I was trying to heal. What I discovered, BLEW MY MIND. I truly believe that if you’ve ever felt lost or have had any trauma in your childhood or trouble with relationships, this book could help you. This book is worth EVERY SINGLE PENNY, and I’m not just saying that because I’m the Author. By the end of this book, you will be mind-blown and hopefully inspired to heal. Supesche Sat, 10 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464031 thebookvoice.com 0:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Childhood is Controlling You. How to Stop Hurting & Move on. Author: Supesche Narrator: Supesche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A book about the effects of Ancestral Wounding. $10 could save you 10 years of pain!' This is a story about my life and all of it’s traumatic events. In this book, we will walk through my discovery and healing process. Together, we will discover the SHOCKING TRUTH of how I discovered that my life was being controlled by my childhood. You may be thinking that because this book is short, that it’s also basic. No. I literally wrote this book AS I was trying to heal. What I discovered, BLEW MY MIND. I truly believe that if you’ve ever felt lost or have had any trauma in your childhood or trouble with relationships, this book could help you. This book is worth EVERY SINGLE PENNY, and I’m not just saying that because I’m the Author. By the end of this book, you will be mind-blown and hopefully inspired to heal. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/464031]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Childhood is Controlling You. How to Stop Hurting & Move on. Author: Supesche Narrator: Supesche Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 41 minutes Release date: October 10, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'A book about the effects of Ancestral Wounding. $10 could save you 10 years of pain!' This is a story about my life and all of it’s traumatic events. In this book, we will walk through my discovery and healing process. Together, we will discover the SHOCKING TRUTH of how I discovered that my life was being controlled by my childhood. You may be thinking that because this book is short, that it’s also basic. No. I literally wrote this book AS I was trying to heal. What I discovered, BLEW MY MIND. I truly believe that if you’ve ever felt lost or have had any trauma in your childhood or trouble with relationships, this book could help you. This book is worth EVERY SINGLE PENNY, and I’m not just saying that because I’m the Author. By the end of this book, you will be mind-blown and hopefully inspired to heal. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463979 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Jail - breaking the bars of binge eating Author: Stephanie Georgiou Narrator: Stephanie Georgiou, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you constantly think about food, your body shape or weight? Do you feel guilty if you eat something 'bad' or miss out on a gym session? Do you experience negative thoughts that get in the way of you living an optimal life? Well, guess what? You are not alone. Food Jail is written by Psychologist, Public Speaker and Food Enthusiast Stephanie Georgiou. In this compelling Self-Help Book, Stephanie shares her own dark and personal journey through an eating disorder which lasted almost a decade. She describes it as the 'devil entering your mind' and nothing else existing. She lets you take a deep dive into the brain of someone with an eating disorder and helps you understand how the mind works and how you can change any aspect of your life using her strategies. Become part of something great. It all starts with a decision to try. Stephanie Georgiou Fri, 09 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463979 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Jail - breaking the bars of binge eating Author: Stephanie Georgiou Narrator: Stephanie Georgiou, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you constantly think about food, your body shape or weight? Do you feel guilty if you eat something 'bad' or miss out on a gym session? Do you experience negative thoughts that get in the way of you living an optimal life? Well, guess what? You are not alone. Food Jail is written by Psychologist, Public Speaker and Food Enthusiast Stephanie Georgiou. In this compelling Self-Help Book, Stephanie shares her own dark and personal journey through an eating disorder which lasted almost a decade. She describes it as the 'devil entering your mind' and nothing else existing. She lets you take a deep dive into the brain of someone with an eating disorder and helps you understand how the mind works and how you can change any aspect of your life using her strategies. Become part of something great. It all starts with a decision to try. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463979]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Food Jail - breaking the bars of binge eating Author: Stephanie Georgiou Narrator: Stephanie Georgiou, Dave Stokes Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you constantly think about food, your body shape or weight? Do you feel guilty if you eat something 'bad' or miss out on a gym session? Do you experience negative thoughts that get in the way of you living an optimal life? Well, guess what? You are not alone. Food Jail is written by Psychologist, Public Speaker and Food Enthusiast Stephanie Georgiou. In this compelling Self-Help Book, Stephanie shares her own dark and personal journey through an eating disorder which lasted almost a decade. She describes it as the 'devil entering your mind' and nothing else existing. She lets you take a deep dive into the brain of someone with an eating disorder and helps you understand how the mind works and how you can change any aspect of your life using her strategies. Become part of something great. It all starts with a decision to try. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: A Flaw in Human Judgment Author: Olivier Sibony, Daniel Kahneman, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow, the co-author of Nudge, and the author of You Are About to Make a Terrible Mistake! comes Noise, a revolutionary exploration of why people make bad judgments, and how to control both noise and cognitive bias.​ Imagine that two doctors in the same city give different diagnoses to identical patients—or that two judges in the same courthouse give markedly different sentences to people who have committed the same crime. Suppose that different interviewers at the same firm make different decisions about indistinguishable job applicants—or that when a company is handling customer complaints, the resolution depends on who happens to answer the phone. Now imagine that the same doctor, the same judge, the same interviewer, or the same customer service agent makes different decisions depending on whether it is morning or afternoon, or Monday rather than Wednesday. These are examples of noise: variability in judgments that should be identical.   In Noise, Daniel Kahneman, Olivier Sibony, and Cass R. Sunstein show the detrimental effects of noise in many fields, including medicine, law, economic forecasting, forensic science, bail, child protection, strategy, performance reviews, and personnel selection. Wherever there is judgment, there is noise. Yet, most of the time, individuals and organizations alike are unaware of it. They neglect noise. With a few simple remedies, people can reduce both noise and bias, and so make far better decisions.   Packed with original ideas, and offering the same kinds of research-based insights that made Thinking, Fast and Slow and Nudge groundbreaking New York Times bestsellers, Noise explains how and why humans are so susceptible to noise in judgment—and what we can do about it. Cover design © HarperCollins Publishers 2021 * This audiobook contains a downloadable PDF which includes figures from the book. Olivier Sibony, Daniel Kahneman, Cass R. Sunstein Tue, 18 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463973 thebookvoice.com 13:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: A Flaw in Human Judgment Author: Olivier Sibony, Daniel Kahneman, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow, the co-author of Nudge, and the author of You Are About to Make a Terrible Mistake! comes Noise, a revolutionary exploration of why people make bad judgments, and how to control both noise and cognitive bias.​ Imagine that two doctors in the same city give different diagnoses to identical patients—or that two judges in the same courthouse give markedly different sentences to people who have committed the same crime. Suppose that different interviewers at the same firm make different decisions about indistinguishable job applicants—or that when a company is handling customer complaints, the resolution depends on who happens to answer the phone. Now imagine that the same doctor, the same judge, the same interviewer, or the same customer service agent makes different decisions depending on whether it is morning or afternoon, or Monday rather than Wednesday. These are examples of noise: variability in judgments that should be identical.   In Noise, Daniel Kahneman, Olivier Sibony, and Cass R. Sunstein show the detrimental effects of noise in many fields, including medicine, law, economic forecasting, forensic science, bail, child protection, strategy, performance reviews, and personnel selection. Wherever there is judgment, there is noise. Yet, most of the time, individuals and organizations alike are unaware of it. They neglect noise. With a few simple remedies, people can reduce both noise and bias, and so make far better decisions.   Packed with original ideas, and offering the same kinds of research-based insights that made Thinking, Fast and Slow and Nudge groundbreaking New York Times bestsellers, Noise explains how and why humans are so susceptible to noise in judgment—and what we can do about it. Cover design © HarperCollins Publishers 2021 * This audiobook contains a downloadable PDF which includes figures from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Noise: A Flaw in Human Judgment Author: Olivier Sibony, Daniel Kahneman, Cass R. Sunstein Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 13 hours 28 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 28 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From the bestselling author of Thinking, Fast and Slow, the co-author of Nudge, and the author of You Are About to Make a Terrible Mistake! comes Noise, a revolutionary exploration of why people make bad judgments, and how to control both noise and cognitive bias.​ Imagine that two doctors in the same city give different diagnoses to identical patients—or that two judges in the same courthouse give markedly different sentences to people who have committed the same crime. Suppose that different interviewers at the same firm make different decisions about indistinguishable job applicants—or that when a company is handling customer complaints, the resolution depends on who happens to answer the phone. Now imagine that the same doctor, the same judge, the same interviewer, or the same customer service agent makes different decisions depending on whether it is morning or afternoon, or Monday rather than Wednesday. These are examples of noise: variability in judgments that should be identical.   In Noise, Daniel Kahneman, Olivier Sibony, and Cass R. Sunstein show the detrimental effects of noise in many fields, including medicine, law, economic forecasting, forensic science, bail, child protection, strategy, performance reviews, and personnel selection. Wherever there is judgment, there is noise. Yet, most of the time, individuals and organizations alike are unaware of it. They neglect noise. With a few simple remedies, people can reduce both noise and bias, and so make far better decisions.   Packed with original ideas, and offering the same kinds of research-based insights that made Thinking, Fast and Slow and Nudge groundbreaking New York Times bestsellers, Noise explains how and why humans are so susceptible to noise in judgment—and what we can do about it. Cover design © HarperCollins Publishers 2021 * This audiobook contains a downloadable PDF which includes figures from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463962 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwinding Anxiety: New Science Shows How to Break the Cycles of Worry and Fear to Heal Your Mind Author: Judson Brewer Narrator: Judson Brewer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step plan clinically proven to break the cycle of worry and fear that drives anxiety and addictive habits We are living through one of the most anxious periods any of us can remember. Whether facing issues as public as a pandemic or as personal as having kids at home and fighting the urge to reach for the wine bottle every night, we are feeling overwhelmed and out of control. But in this timely book, Judson Brewer explains how to uproot anxiety at its source using brain-based techniques and small hacks accessible to anyone.  We think of anxiety as everything from mild unease to full-blown panic. But it's also what drives the addictive behaviors and bad habits we use to cope (e.g. stress eating, procrastination, doom scrolling and social media). Plus, anxiety lives in a part of the brain that resists rational thought. So we get stuck in anxiety habit loops that we can't think our way out of or use willpower to overcome. Dr. Brewer teaches us map our brains to discover our triggers, defuse them with the simple but powerful practice of curiosity, and to train our brains using mindfulness and other practices that his lab has proven can work. Distilling more than 20 years of research and hands-on work with thousands of patients, including Olympic athletes and coaches, and leaders in government and business, Dr. Brewer has created a clear, solution-oriented program that anyone can use to feel better - no matter how anxious they feel. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the behavioral tendencies questionnaire from the book. Judson Brewer Tue, 09 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463962 thebookvoice.com 7:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwinding Anxiety: New Science Shows How to Break the Cycles of Worry and Fear to Heal Your Mind Author: Judson Brewer Narrator: Judson Brewer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step plan clinically proven to break the cycle of worry and fear that drives anxiety and addictive habits We are living through one of the most anxious periods any of us can remember. Whether facing issues as public as a pandemic or as personal as having kids at home and fighting the urge to reach for the wine bottle every night, we are feeling overwhelmed and out of control. But in this timely book, Judson Brewer explains how to uproot anxiety at its source using brain-based techniques and small hacks accessible to anyone.  We think of anxiety as everything from mild unease to full-blown panic. But it's also what drives the addictive behaviors and bad habits we use to cope (e.g. stress eating, procrastination, doom scrolling and social media). Plus, anxiety lives in a part of the brain that resists rational thought. So we get stuck in anxiety habit loops that we can't think our way out of or use willpower to overcome. Dr. Brewer teaches us map our brains to discover our triggers, defuse them with the simple but powerful practice of curiosity, and to train our brains using mindfulness and other practices that his lab has proven can work. Distilling more than 20 years of research and hands-on work with thousands of patients, including Olympic athletes and coaches, and leaders in government and business, Dr. Brewer has created a clear, solution-oriented program that anyone can use to feel better - no matter how anxious they feel. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the behavioral tendencies questionnaire from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463962]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Unwinding Anxiety: New Science Shows How to Break the Cycles of Worry and Fear to Heal Your Mind Author: Judson Brewer Narrator: Judson Brewer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 21 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.2 of Total 75 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A step-by-step plan clinically proven to break the cycle of worry and fear that drives anxiety and addictive habits We are living through one of the most anxious periods any of us can remember. Whether facing issues as public as a pandemic or as personal as having kids at home and fighting the urge to reach for the wine bottle every night, we are feeling overwhelmed and out of control. But in this timely book, Judson Brewer explains how to uproot anxiety at its source using brain-based techniques and small hacks accessible to anyone.  We think of anxiety as everything from mild unease to full-blown panic. But it's also what drives the addictive behaviors and bad habits we use to cope (e.g. stress eating, procrastination, doom scrolling and social media). Plus, anxiety lives in a part of the brain that resists rational thought. So we get stuck in anxiety habit loops that we can't think our way out of or use willpower to overcome. Dr. Brewer teaches us map our brains to discover our triggers, defuse them with the simple but powerful practice of curiosity, and to train our brains using mindfulness and other practices that his lab has proven can work. Distilling more than 20 years of research and hands-on work with thousands of patients, including Olympic athletes and coaches, and leaders in government and business, Dr. Brewer has created a clear, solution-oriented program that anyone can use to feel better - no matter how anxious they feel. *This audiobook includes a PDF of the behavioral tendencies questionnaire from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463952 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sincerely, Your Autistic Child: What People on the Autism Spectrum Wish Their Parents Knew About Growing Up, Acceptance, and Identity Author: Autistic Women And Nonbinary Network Narrator: Stephanie Mounce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A diverse collection of autistic voices that highlights how parents can avoid common mistakes and misconceptions, and make their child feel truly accepted, valued, and celebrated for who they are. Most resources available for parents come from psychologists, educators, and doctors, offering parents a narrow and technical approach to autism. Sincerely, Your Autistic Child represents an authentic resource for parents written by autistic people themselves. From childhood and education to culture, gender identity, and sexuality, this anthology tackles the everyday joys and challenges of growing up while honestly addressing the emotional needs, sensitivity, and vibrancy of autistic kids, youth, and young adults. Contributors reflect on what they have learned while growing up on the autism spectrum and how parents can avoid common mistakes and overcome challenges while raising their child. Part memoir, part guide, and part love letter, Sincerely, Your Autistic Child is an indispensable collection that invites parents and allies into the unique and often unheard experiences of autistic children and teens. Autistic Women And Nonbinary Network Tue, 30 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463952 thebookvoice.com 6:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sincerely, Your Autistic Child: What People on the Autism Spectrum Wish Their Parents Knew About Growing Up, Acceptance, and Identity Author: Autistic Women And Nonbinary Network Narrator: Stephanie Mounce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A diverse collection of autistic voices that highlights how parents can avoid common mistakes and misconceptions, and make their child feel truly accepted, valued, and celebrated for who they are. Most resources available for parents come from psychologists, educators, and doctors, offering parents a narrow and technical approach to autism. Sincerely, Your Autistic Child represents an authentic resource for parents written by autistic people themselves. From childhood and education to culture, gender identity, and sexuality, this anthology tackles the everyday joys and challenges of growing up while honestly addressing the emotional needs, sensitivity, and vibrancy of autistic kids, youth, and young adults. Contributors reflect on what they have learned while growing up on the autism spectrum and how parents can avoid common mistakes and overcome challenges while raising their child. Part memoir, part guide, and part love letter, Sincerely, Your Autistic Child is an indispensable collection that invites parents and allies into the unique and often unheard experiences of autistic children and teens. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463952]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Sincerely, Your Autistic Child: What People on the Autism Spectrum Wish Their Parents Knew About Growing Up, Acceptance, and Identity Author: Autistic Women And Nonbinary Network Narrator: Stephanie Mounce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 10 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.29 of Total 7 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A diverse collection of autistic voices that highlights how parents can avoid common mistakes and misconceptions, and make their child feel truly accepted, valued, and celebrated for who they are. Most resources available for parents come from psychologists, educators, and doctors, offering parents a narrow and technical approach to autism. Sincerely, Your Autistic Child represents an authentic resource for parents written by autistic people themselves. From childhood and education to culture, gender identity, and sexuality, this anthology tackles the everyday joys and challenges of growing up while honestly addressing the emotional needs, sensitivity, and vibrancy of autistic kids, youth, and young adults. Contributors reflect on what they have learned while growing up on the autism spectrum and how parents can avoid common mistakes and overcome challenges while raising their child. Part memoir, part guide, and part love letter, Sincerely, Your Autistic Child is an indispensable collection that invites parents and allies into the unique and often unheard experiences of autistic children and teens. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463552 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jede Wunde lässt sich heilen - Wie wir emotionale Verletzungen und Kränkungen aus der Vergangenheit loslassen (Ungekürzt) Author: Susanne Hühn Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt wenig, was das Leben so nachhaltig vergiften kann wie erlittene Kränkungen, Verletzungen und Ungerechtigkeiten. Die Gefühle, die ein Mensch durchmacht, wenn er zu Unrecht für etwas verurteilt, wenn er verlassen, betrogen oder belogen wird, graben sich oft tief in die Seele ein - besonders, wenn er nicht die Möglichkeit bekommt, die eigene Sicht der Dinge zu vermitteln. Doch nicht nur die emotionale Wunde an sich, sondern auch unser langfristiger Umgang damit stellt häufig eine Belastung dar. So können etwa negative Glaubenssätze entstehen, die uns an Freude und Erfüllung hindern. Doch jeder kann Frieden finden, wenn er den Schmerz über das, was er erlebt oder vielleicht sogar mit verursacht hat, zu fühlen bereit ist und dem Leben eine neue Chance gibt. Wege dorthin sind Susanne Hühns besondere Form der Arbeit mit dem inneren Kind sowie weitere heilsame Übungen und Tools, um die verletzende Situation anzuerkennen, liebevolle Selbstfürsorge zu üben und schließlich zu heilen. Susanne Hühn Wed, 02 Oct 2019 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463552 thebookvoice.com 5:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jede Wunde lässt sich heilen - Wie wir emotionale Verletzungen und Kränkungen aus der Vergangenheit loslassen (Ungekürzt) Author: Susanne Hühn Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt wenig, was das Leben so nachhaltig vergiften kann wie erlittene Kränkungen, Verletzungen und Ungerechtigkeiten. Die Gefühle, die ein Mensch durchmacht, wenn er zu Unrecht für etwas verurteilt, wenn er verlassen, betrogen oder belogen wird, graben sich oft tief in die Seele ein - besonders, wenn er nicht die Möglichkeit bekommt, die eigene Sicht der Dinge zu vermitteln. Doch nicht nur die emotionale Wunde an sich, sondern auch unser langfristiger Umgang damit stellt häufig eine Belastung dar. So können etwa negative Glaubenssätze entstehen, die uns an Freude und Erfüllung hindern. Doch jeder kann Frieden finden, wenn er den Schmerz über das, was er erlebt oder vielleicht sogar mit verursacht hat, zu fühlen bereit ist und dem Leben eine neue Chance gibt. Wege dorthin sind Susanne Hühns besondere Form der Arbeit mit dem inneren Kind sowie weitere heilsame Übungen und Tools, um die verletzende Situation anzuerkennen, liebevolle Selbstfürsorge zu üben und schließlich zu heilen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463552]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Jede Wunde lässt sich heilen - Wie wir emotionale Verletzungen und Kränkungen aus der Vergangenheit loslassen (Ungekürzt) Author: Susanne Hühn Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 26 minutes Release date: October 2, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Es gibt wenig, was das Leben so nachhaltig vergiften kann wie erlittene Kränkungen, Verletzungen und Ungerechtigkeiten. Die Gefühle, die ein Mensch durchmacht, wenn er zu Unrecht für etwas verurteilt, wenn er verlassen, betrogen oder belogen wird, graben sich oft tief in die Seele ein - besonders, wenn er nicht die Möglichkeit bekommt, die eigene Sicht der Dinge zu vermitteln. Doch nicht nur die emotionale Wunde an sich, sondern auch unser langfristiger Umgang damit stellt häufig eine Belastung dar. So können etwa negative Glaubenssätze entstehen, die uns an Freude und Erfüllung hindern. Doch jeder kann Frieden finden, wenn er den Schmerz über das, was er erlebt oder vielleicht sogar mit verursacht hat, zu fühlen bereit ist und dem Leben eine neue Chance gibt. Wege dorthin sind Susanne Hühns besondere Form der Arbeit mit dem inneren Kind sowie weitere heilsame Übungen und Tools, um die verletzende Situation anzuerkennen, liebevolle Selbstfürsorge zu üben und schließlich zu heilen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463186 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopamine Nation: Finding Balance in the Age of Indulgence Author: Anna Lembke Narrator: Anna Lembke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 274 Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 35 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES and LOS ANGELES TIMES BESTSELLER “Brilliant . . . riveting, scary, cogent, and cleverly argued.”—Beth Macy, author of Dopesick, as heard on Fresh Air This book is about pleasure. It’s also about pain. Most important, it’s about how to find the delicate balance between the two, and why now more than ever finding balance is essential. We’re living in a time of unprecedented access to high-reward, high-dopamine stimuli: drugs, food, news, gambling, shopping, gaming, texting, sexting, Facebooking, Instagramming, YouTubing, tweeting . . . The increased numbers, variety, and potency is staggering. The smartphone is the modern-day hypodermic needle, delivering digital dopamine 24/7 for a wired generation. As such we’ve all become vulnerable to compulsive overconsumption.   In Dopamine Nation, Dr. Anna Lembke, psychiatrist and author, explores the exciting new scientific discoveries that explain why the relentless pursuit of pleasure leads to pain . . . and what to do about it. Condensing complex neuroscience into easy-to-understand metaphors, Lembke illustrates how finding contentment and connectedness means keeping dopamine in check. The lived experiences of her patients are the gripping fabric of her narrative. Their riveting stories of suffering and redemption give us all hope for managing our consumption and transforming our lives. In essence, Dopamine Nation shows that the secret to finding balance is combining the science of desire with the wisdom of recovery. Anna Lembke Tue, 24 Aug 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463186 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopamine Nation: Finding Balance in the Age of Indulgence Author: Anna Lembke Narrator: Anna Lembke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 274 Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 35 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES and LOS ANGELES TIMES BESTSELLER “Brilliant . . . riveting, scary, cogent, and cleverly argued.”—Beth Macy, author of Dopesick, as heard on Fresh Air This book is about pleasure. It’s also about pain. Most important, it’s about how to find the delicate balance between the two, and why now more than ever finding balance is essential. We’re living in a time of unprecedented access to high-reward, high-dopamine stimuli: drugs, food, news, gambling, shopping, gaming, texting, sexting, Facebooking, Instagramming, YouTubing, tweeting . . . The increased numbers, variety, and potency is staggering. The smartphone is the modern-day hypodermic needle, delivering digital dopamine 24/7 for a wired generation. As such we’ve all become vulnerable to compulsive overconsumption.   In Dopamine Nation, Dr. Anna Lembke, psychiatrist and author, explores the exciting new scientific discoveries that explain why the relentless pursuit of pleasure leads to pain . . . and what to do about it. Condensing complex neuroscience into easy-to-understand metaphors, Lembke illustrates how finding contentment and connectedness means keeping dopamine in check. The lived experiences of her patients are the gripping fabric of her narrative. Their riveting stories of suffering and redemption give us all hope for managing our consumption and transforming our lives. In essence, Dopamine Nation shows that the secret to finding balance is combining the science of desire with the wisdom of recovery. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463186]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dopamine Nation: Finding Balance in the Age of Indulgence Author: Anna Lembke Narrator: Anna Lembke Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.28 of Total 274 Ratings of Narrator: 4.51 of Total 35 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: INSTANT NEW YORK TIMES and LOS ANGELES TIMES BESTSELLER “Brilliant . . . riveting, scary, cogent, and cleverly argued.”—Beth Macy, author of Dopesick, as heard on Fresh Air This book is about pleasure. It’s also about pain. Most important, it’s about how to find the delicate balance between the two, and why now more than ever finding balance is essential. We’re living in a time of unprecedented access to high-reward, high-dopamine stimuli: drugs, food, news, gambling, shopping, gaming, texting, sexting, Facebooking, Instagramming, YouTubing, tweeting . . . The increased numbers, variety, and potency is staggering. The smartphone is the modern-day hypodermic needle, delivering digital dopamine 24/7 for a wired generation. As such we’ve all become vulnerable to compulsive overconsumption.   In Dopamine Nation, Dr. Anna Lembke, psychiatrist and author, explores the exciting new scientific discoveries that explain why the relentless pursuit of pleasure leads to pain . . . and what to do about it. Condensing complex neuroscience into easy-to-understand metaphors, Lembke illustrates how finding contentment and connectedness means keeping dopamine in check. The lived experiences of her patients are the gripping fabric of her narrative. Their riveting stories of suffering and redemption give us all hope for managing our consumption and transforming our lives. In essence, Dopamine Nation shows that the secret to finding balance is combining the science of desire with the wisdom of recovery. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463181 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change: The Science of Getting from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be Author: Katy Milkman Narrator: Katy Milkman, Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal bestseller “A welcome revelation.” --The Financial Times Award-winning Wharton Professor and Choiceology podcast host Katy Milkman has devoted her career to the study of behavior change. In this ground-breaking book, Milkman reveals a proven path that can take you from where you are to where you want to be, with a foreword from psychologist Angela Duckworth, the best-selling author of Grit. Change comes most readily when you understand what's standing between you and success and tailor your solution to that roadblock. If you want to work out more but find exercise difficult and boring, downloading a goal-setting app probably won't help. But what if, instead, you transformed your workouts so they became a source of pleasure instead of a chore? Turning an uphill battle into a downhill one is the key to success. Drawing on Milkman's original research and the work of her world-renowned scientific collaborators, How to Change shares strategic methods for identifying and overcoming common barriers to change, such as impulsivity, procrastination, and forgetfulness. Through case studies and engaging stories, you’ll learn:   •   Why timing can be everything when it comes to making a change   •   How to turn temptation and inertia into assets   •   That giving advice, even if it's about something you're struggling with, can help you achieve more Whether you're a manager, coach, or teacher aiming to help others change for the better or are struggling to kick-start change yourself, How to Change offers an invaluable, science-based blueprint for achieving your goals, once and for all. Katy Milkman Tue, 04 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463181 thebookvoice.com 6:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change: The Science of Getting from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be Author: Katy Milkman Narrator: Katy Milkman, Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal bestseller “A welcome revelation.” --The Financial Times Award-winning Wharton Professor and Choiceology podcast host Katy Milkman has devoted her career to the study of behavior change. In this ground-breaking book, Milkman reveals a proven path that can take you from where you are to where you want to be, with a foreword from psychologist Angela Duckworth, the best-selling author of Grit. Change comes most readily when you understand what's standing between you and success and tailor your solution to that roadblock. If you want to work out more but find exercise difficult and boring, downloading a goal-setting app probably won't help. But what if, instead, you transformed your workouts so they became a source of pleasure instead of a chore? Turning an uphill battle into a downhill one is the key to success. Drawing on Milkman's original research and the work of her world-renowned scientific collaborators, How to Change shares strategic methods for identifying and overcoming common barriers to change, such as impulsivity, procrastination, and forgetfulness. Through case studies and engaging stories, you’ll learn:   •   Why timing can be everything when it comes to making a change   •   How to turn temptation and inertia into assets   •   That giving advice, even if it's about something you're struggling with, can help you achieve more Whether you're a manager, coach, or teacher aiming to help others change for the better or are struggling to kick-start change yourself, How to Change offers an invaluable, science-based blueprint for achieving your goals, once and for all. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/463181]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Change: The Science of Getting from Where You Are to Where You Want to Be Author: Katy Milkman Narrator: Katy Milkman, Angela Duckworth Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 14 minutes Release date: May 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.48 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Wall Street Journal bestseller “A welcome revelation.” --The Financial Times Award-winning Wharton Professor and Choiceology podcast host Katy Milkman has devoted her career to the study of behavior change. In this ground-breaking book, Milkman reveals a proven path that can take you from where you are to where you want to be, with a foreword from psychologist Angela Duckworth, the best-selling author of Grit. Change comes most readily when you understand what's standing between you and success and tailor your solution to that roadblock. If you want to work out more but find exercise difficult and boring, downloading a goal-setting app probably won't help. But what if, instead, you transformed your workouts so they became a source of pleasure instead of a chore? Turning an uphill battle into a downhill one is the key to success. Drawing on Milkman's original research and the work of her world-renowned scientific collaborators, How to Change shares strategic methods for identifying and overcoming common barriers to change, such as impulsivity, procrastination, and forgetfulness. Through case studies and engaging stories, you’ll learn:   •   Why timing can be everything when it comes to making a change   •   How to turn temptation and inertia into assets   •   That giving advice, even if it's about something you're struggling with, can help you achieve more Whether you're a manager, coach, or teacher aiming to help others change for the better or are struggling to kick-start change yourself, How to Change offers an invaluable, science-based blueprint for achieving your goals, once and for all. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462926 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming to Our Senses: A Boy Who Learned to See, a Girl Who Learned to Hear, and How We All Discover the World Author: Susan R. Barry Narrator: Rengin Altay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A neurobiologist reexamines the personal nature of perception in this groundbreaking guide to a new model for our senses.  We think of perception as a passive, mechanical process, as if our eyes are cameras and our ears microphones. But as neurobiologist Susan R. Barry argues, perception is a deeply personal act. Our environments, our relationships, and our actions shape and reshape our senses throughout our lives. This idea is no more apparent than in the cases of people who gain senses as adults. Barry tells the stories of Liam McCoy, practically blind from birth, and Zohra Damji, born deaf, in the decade following surgeries that restored their senses. As Liam and Zohra learned entirely new ways of being, Barry discovered an entirely new model of the nature of perception. Coming to Our Senses is a celebration of human resilience and a powerful reminder that, before you can really understand other people, you must first recognize that their worlds are fundamentally different from your own. Susan R. Barry Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462926 thebookvoice.com 6:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming to Our Senses: A Boy Who Learned to See, a Girl Who Learned to Hear, and How We All Discover the World Author: Susan R. Barry Narrator: Rengin Altay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A neurobiologist reexamines the personal nature of perception in this groundbreaking guide to a new model for our senses.  We think of perception as a passive, mechanical process, as if our eyes are cameras and our ears microphones. But as neurobiologist Susan R. Barry argues, perception is a deeply personal act. Our environments, our relationships, and our actions shape and reshape our senses throughout our lives. This idea is no more apparent than in the cases of people who gain senses as adults. Barry tells the stories of Liam McCoy, practically blind from birth, and Zohra Damji, born deaf, in the decade following surgeries that restored their senses. As Liam and Zohra learned entirely new ways of being, Barry discovered an entirely new model of the nature of perception. Coming to Our Senses is a celebration of human resilience and a powerful reminder that, before you can really understand other people, you must first recognize that their worlds are fundamentally different from your own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462926]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Coming to Our Senses: A Boy Who Learned to See, a Girl Who Learned to Hear, and How We All Discover the World Author: Susan R. Barry Narrator: Rengin Altay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 56 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A neurobiologist reexamines the personal nature of perception in this groundbreaking guide to a new model for our senses.  We think of perception as a passive, mechanical process, as if our eyes are cameras and our ears microphones. But as neurobiologist Susan R. Barry argues, perception is a deeply personal act. Our environments, our relationships, and our actions shape and reshape our senses throughout our lives. This idea is no more apparent than in the cases of people who gain senses as adults. Barry tells the stories of Liam McCoy, practically blind from birth, and Zohra Damji, born deaf, in the decade following surgeries that restored their senses. As Liam and Zohra learned entirely new ways of being, Barry discovered an entirely new model of the nature of perception. Coming to Our Senses is a celebration of human resilience and a powerful reminder that, before you can really understand other people, you must first recognize that their worlds are fundamentally different from your own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462247 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Andrea Kaseman Narrator: Stella June Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Our daily lives now are riddled with so many tasks, responsibilities, and struggles that it is common now to always feel anxious and stressed. There is always something to deal with. It feels like we are being assaulted with constant worries and anxious thoughts that it has become difficult to remain calm and find that inner peace within ourselves. This audiobook will teach you the steps you can take to ease your anxiety and unlock the peaceful side of yourself. You will discover the methods you can try to disconnect from your daily routine and stress and find peace. It will teach you the tools you need to overcome your fear and anxiety. It will teach you how to discover that tranquil feeling of inner peace so you can find happiness. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Live With What Is - Use Meditation - Get Back to Nature - Smile Power - Stop Depression and Anxiety By Helping Others - Keep Hope Alive - Hold Your Beliefs Dear - Continue Learning - Live For Today - Getting Rid of Fear As we grow older, we would be facing more challenges and problems. This is a guarantee that's why it is crucial that you learn how to deal with them so you won't let anxiety eat you. You have to know how to find that inner peace when faced with difficult situations so you can give yourself a break from the stress. If you want to discover how you can discover the ways to overcome your anxiety by finding your inner peace, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. Andrea Kaseman Sun, 27 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462247 thebookvoice.com 0:39:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Andrea Kaseman Narrator: Stella June Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Our daily lives now are riddled with so many tasks, responsibilities, and struggles that it is common now to always feel anxious and stressed. There is always something to deal with. It feels like we are being assaulted with constant worries and anxious thoughts that it has become difficult to remain calm and find that inner peace within ourselves. This audiobook will teach you the steps you can take to ease your anxiety and unlock the peaceful side of yourself. You will discover the methods you can try to disconnect from your daily routine and stress and find peace. It will teach you the tools you need to overcome your fear and anxiety. It will teach you how to discover that tranquil feeling of inner peace so you can find happiness. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Live With What Is - Use Meditation - Get Back to Nature - Smile Power - Stop Depression and Anxiety By Helping Others - Keep Hope Alive - Hold Your Beliefs Dear - Continue Learning - Live For Today - Getting Rid of Fear As we grow older, we would be facing more challenges and problems. This is a guarantee that's why it is crucial that you learn how to deal with them so you won't let anxiety eat you. You have to know how to find that inner peace when faced with difficult situations so you can give yourself a break from the stress. If you want to discover how you can discover the ways to overcome your anxiety by finding your inner peace, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462247]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Author: Andrea Kaseman Narrator: Stella June Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 39 minutes Release date: September 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ease Your Anxiety: The Ultimate Guide to Fighting Off Your Anxiety, Discover Foolproof Ways on How to Overcome Your Anxiety and Live a More Peaceful Life Our daily lives now are riddled with so many tasks, responsibilities, and struggles that it is common now to always feel anxious and stressed. There is always something to deal with. It feels like we are being assaulted with constant worries and anxious thoughts that it has become difficult to remain calm and find that inner peace within ourselves. This audiobook will teach you the steps you can take to ease your anxiety and unlock the peaceful side of yourself. You will discover the methods you can try to disconnect from your daily routine and stress and find peace. It will teach you the tools you need to overcome your fear and anxiety. It will teach you how to discover that tranquil feeling of inner peace so you can find happiness. This audiobook will discuss the following topics: - Live With What Is - Use Meditation - Get Back to Nature - Smile Power - Stop Depression and Anxiety By Helping Others - Keep Hope Alive - Hold Your Beliefs Dear - Continue Learning - Live For Today - Getting Rid of Fear As we grow older, we would be facing more challenges and problems. This is a guarantee that's why it is crucial that you learn how to deal with them so you won't let anxiety eat you. You have to know how to find that inner peace when faced with difficult situations so you can give yourself a break from the stress. If you want to discover how you can discover the ways to overcome your anxiety by finding your inner peace, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462234 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional: Una guía paso a paso para mejorar su coeficiente emocional, controlar sus emociones y comprender sus relaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¡Descubra cómo puede cultivar la inteligencia emocional y sacar el mayor provecho posible! ¡Aprenda de las habilidades emocionales de los mejores líderes! ¿Estás preparado para triunfar en la vida? Aquí encontrarás los pasos necesarios para mejorar tu coeficiente emocional. ¿Deseas ser el mejor trabajador? ¿Quieres encontrar empleo usando la inteligencia emocional? ¿Deseas mantener una buena relación con tu familia, amigos e incluso compañeros de trabajo? Todos podemos cultivar la inteligencia emocional y utilizar esto para un beneficio. ¿Sabías que las grandes empresas buscan personas con un alto nivel de inteligencia emocional? Vivimos en un mundo cambiante, las nuevas exigencias globales nos hace evolucionar, ¡la inteligencia emocional es el nuevo camino! En “Inteligencia Emocional” encontrarás: - ¿Cómo manejar las emociones y obtener el control? - ¿Cómo perfeccionar las habilidades emocionales? - ¿Cómo ser mejores empleados con la inteligencia emocional? - ¿Cómo deshacerse de las relaciones tóxicas? - 10 casos de la vida real sobre inteligencia emocional. - ¿Qué modelos hay en la inteligencia emocional? - La comunicación asertiva en la inteligencia emocional. - Y mucho, mucho más... Si sientes que tus emociones te controlan e incluso si todo te molesta, o si sientes que no puedes más con el estrés, aquí encontrarás la forma de alcanzar el nivel óptimo para ti. Si quieres ser más productivo y mejorar el desempeño en tu trabajo, sin duda la inteligencia emocional te llevará a alcanzar tus metas. Si deseas manejar los conflictos de la vida diaria y no caer en la violencia, este libro te muestra las pautas para evitar conflictos. Si estás cansado de leer lo mismo y con pocas bases de investigación sobre la inteligencia emocional, aquí encontrarás en un solo lugar todas las opiniones de destacados especialistas ¡Tengo preparado esta información para ti! Leticia Caballero Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462234 thebookvoice.com 3:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional: Una guía paso a paso para mejorar su coeficiente emocional, controlar sus emociones y comprender sus relaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¡Descubra cómo puede cultivar la inteligencia emocional y sacar el mayor provecho posible! ¡Aprenda de las habilidades emocionales de los mejores líderes! ¿Estás preparado para triunfar en la vida? Aquí encontrarás los pasos necesarios para mejorar tu coeficiente emocional. ¿Deseas ser el mejor trabajador? ¿Quieres encontrar empleo usando la inteligencia emocional? ¿Deseas mantener una buena relación con tu familia, amigos e incluso compañeros de trabajo? Todos podemos cultivar la inteligencia emocional y utilizar esto para un beneficio. ¿Sabías que las grandes empresas buscan personas con un alto nivel de inteligencia emocional? Vivimos en un mundo cambiante, las nuevas exigencias globales nos hace evolucionar, ¡la inteligencia emocional es el nuevo camino! En “Inteligencia Emocional” encontrarás: - ¿Cómo manejar las emociones y obtener el control? - ¿Cómo perfeccionar las habilidades emocionales? - ¿Cómo ser mejores empleados con la inteligencia emocional? - ¿Cómo deshacerse de las relaciones tóxicas? - 10 casos de la vida real sobre inteligencia emocional. - ¿Qué modelos hay en la inteligencia emocional? - La comunicación asertiva en la inteligencia emocional. - Y mucho, mucho más... Si sientes que tus emociones te controlan e incluso si todo te molesta, o si sientes que no puedes más con el estrés, aquí encontrarás la forma de alcanzar el nivel óptimo para ti. Si quieres ser más productivo y mejorar el desempeño en tu trabajo, sin duda la inteligencia emocional te llevará a alcanzar tus metas. Si deseas manejar los conflictos de la vida diaria y no caer en la violencia, este libro te muestra las pautas para evitar conflictos. Si estás cansado de leer lo mismo y con pocas bases de investigación sobre la inteligencia emocional, aquí encontrarás en un solo lugar todas las opiniones de destacados especialistas ¡Tengo preparado esta información para ti! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462234]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Inteligencia Emocional: Una guía paso a paso para mejorar su coeficiente emocional, controlar sus emociones y comprender sus relaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 36 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ¡Descubra cómo puede cultivar la inteligencia emocional y sacar el mayor provecho posible! ¡Aprenda de las habilidades emocionales de los mejores líderes! ¿Estás preparado para triunfar en la vida? Aquí encontrarás los pasos necesarios para mejorar tu coeficiente emocional. ¿Deseas ser el mejor trabajador? ¿Quieres encontrar empleo usando la inteligencia emocional? ¿Deseas mantener una buena relación con tu familia, amigos e incluso compañeros de trabajo? Todos podemos cultivar la inteligencia emocional y utilizar esto para un beneficio. ¿Sabías que las grandes empresas buscan personas con un alto nivel de inteligencia emocional? Vivimos en un mundo cambiante, las nuevas exigencias globales nos hace evolucionar, ¡la inteligencia emocional es el nuevo camino! En “Inteligencia Emocional” encontrarás: - ¿Cómo manejar las emociones y obtener el control? - ¿Cómo perfeccionar las habilidades emocionales? - ¿Cómo ser mejores empleados con la inteligencia emocional? - ¿Cómo deshacerse de las relaciones tóxicas? - 10 casos de la vida real sobre inteligencia emocional. - ¿Qué modelos hay en la inteligencia emocional? - La comunicación asertiva en la inteligencia emocional. - Y mucho, mucho más... Si sientes que tus emociones te controlan e incluso si todo te molesta, o si sientes que no puedes más con el estrés, aquí encontrarás la forma de alcanzar el nivel óptimo para ti. Si quieres ser más productivo y mejorar el desempeño en tu trabajo, sin duda la inteligencia emocional te llevará a alcanzar tus metas. Si deseas manejar los conflictos de la vida diaria y no caer en la violencia, este libro te muestra las pautas para evitar conflictos. Si estás cansado de leer lo mismo y con pocas bases de investigación sobre la inteligencia emocional, aquí encontrarás en un solo lugar todas las opiniones de destacados especialistas ¡Tengo preparado esta información para ti! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462046 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cure for Darkness: The Story of Depression and How We Treat It Author: Alex Riley Narrator: Alex Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, “rich, and generous” (Financial Times) look at the treatment of depression by an award-winning science writer that blends popular science, narrative history, and memoir. Is depression a persistent low mood, or is it a range of symptoms? Can it be expressed through a single diagnosis, or does depression actually refer to a diversity of mental disorders? Is there, or will there ever be, a cure? In seeking the answers to these questions, Riley finds a rich history of ideas and treatments—and takes the reader on a gripping narrative journey, packed with fascinating stories like the junior doctor who discovered that some of the first antidepressants had a deadly reaction with cheese. “Interweaving memoir, case histories, and accounts of new therapies, Riley anatomizes what is still a fairly young science, and a troubled one” (The New Yorker). Reporting on the field of global mental health from its colonial past to the present day, Riley highlights a range of scalable therapies, including how a group of grandmothers stands on the frontline of a mental health revolution. Hopeful, fascinating, and profound, A Cure for Darkness is “recommended reading for anyone with even a peripheral interest in depression” (Washington Examiner). Alex Riley Tue, 13 Apr 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462046 thebookvoice.com 12:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cure for Darkness: The Story of Depression and How We Treat It Author: Alex Riley Narrator: Alex Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, “rich, and generous” (Financial Times) look at the treatment of depression by an award-winning science writer that blends popular science, narrative history, and memoir. Is depression a persistent low mood, or is it a range of symptoms? Can it be expressed through a single diagnosis, or does depression actually refer to a diversity of mental disorders? Is there, or will there ever be, a cure? In seeking the answers to these questions, Riley finds a rich history of ideas and treatments—and takes the reader on a gripping narrative journey, packed with fascinating stories like the junior doctor who discovered that some of the first antidepressants had a deadly reaction with cheese. “Interweaving memoir, case histories, and accounts of new therapies, Riley anatomizes what is still a fairly young science, and a troubled one” (The New Yorker). Reporting on the field of global mental health from its colonial past to the present day, Riley highlights a range of scalable therapies, including how a group of grandmothers stands on the frontline of a mental health revolution. Hopeful, fascinating, and profound, A Cure for Darkness is “recommended reading for anyone with even a peripheral interest in depression” (Washington Examiner). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/462046]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Cure for Darkness: The Story of Depression and How We Treat It Author: Alex Riley Narrator: Alex Riley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 13, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fascinating, “rich, and generous” (Financial Times) look at the treatment of depression by an award-winning science writer that blends popular science, narrative history, and memoir. Is depression a persistent low mood, or is it a range of symptoms? Can it be expressed through a single diagnosis, or does depression actually refer to a diversity of mental disorders? Is there, or will there ever be, a cure? In seeking the answers to these questions, Riley finds a rich history of ideas and treatments—and takes the reader on a gripping narrative journey, packed with fascinating stories like the junior doctor who discovered that some of the first antidepressants had a deadly reaction with cheese. “Interweaving memoir, case histories, and accounts of new therapies, Riley anatomizes what is still a fairly young science, and a troubled one” (The New Yorker). Reporting on the field of global mental health from its colonial past to the present day, Riley highlights a range of scalable therapies, including how a group of grandmothers stands on the frontline of a mental health revolution. Hopeful, fascinating, and profound, A Cure for Darkness is “recommended reading for anyone with even a peripheral interest in depression” (Washington Examiner). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461809 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Even: How Millennials Became the Burnout Generation Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An incendiary personal and cultural investigation of burnout Are you tired, stressed and trying your best but somehow still not doing enough? Has the bottom half of your To Do list been locked in place for months? Is everything becoming work as your job seeps into your evenings, you monetise your hobbies and perform your leisure time on social media? This is burnout - what increasingly like the defining feature of our lives. We are exhausted. But burnout is not a personal failing. It is a creeping part of modern culture, shaped by deep-rooted political, historical and economic forces, and it is affecting how we work, parent, socialise and inhabit the world. Anne Helen Petersen identifies burnout with moving clarity - what it feels like and how it manifests across communities. Through her own experience, original interviews and detailed analysis, she traces the institutional and generational causes of burnout. And, in doing so, she helps us to let go of our guilt and imagine a possible future. Reassuring, insightful and galvanising, Can't Even is essential reading for all of us. © Anne Helen 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Anne Helen Petersen Thu, 14 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461809 thebookvoice.com 8:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Even: How Millennials Became the Burnout Generation Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An incendiary personal and cultural investigation of burnout Are you tired, stressed and trying your best but somehow still not doing enough? Has the bottom half of your To Do list been locked in place for months? Is everything becoming work as your job seeps into your evenings, you monetise your hobbies and perform your leisure time on social media? This is burnout - what increasingly like the defining feature of our lives. We are exhausted. But burnout is not a personal failing. It is a creeping part of modern culture, shaped by deep-rooted political, historical and economic forces, and it is affecting how we work, parent, socialise and inhabit the world. Anne Helen Petersen identifies burnout with moving clarity - what it feels like and how it manifests across communities. Through her own experience, original interviews and detailed analysis, she traces the institutional and generational causes of burnout. And, in doing so, she helps us to let go of our guilt and imagine a possible future. Reassuring, insightful and galvanising, Can't Even is essential reading for all of us. © Anne Helen 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461809]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Can't Even: How Millennials Became the Burnout Generation Author: Anne Helen Petersen Narrator: Anne Helen Petersen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 25 minutes Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An incendiary personal and cultural investigation of burnout Are you tired, stressed and trying your best but somehow still not doing enough? Has the bottom half of your To Do list been locked in place for months? Is everything becoming work as your job seeps into your evenings, you monetise your hobbies and perform your leisure time on social media? This is burnout - what increasingly like the defining feature of our lives. We are exhausted. But burnout is not a personal failing. It is a creeping part of modern culture, shaped by deep-rooted political, historical and economic forces, and it is affecting how we work, parent, socialise and inhabit the world. Anne Helen Petersen identifies burnout with moving clarity - what it feels like and how it manifests across communities. Through her own experience, original interviews and detailed analysis, she traces the institutional and generational causes of burnout. And, in doing so, she helps us to let go of our guilt and imagine a possible future. Reassuring, insightful and galvanising, Can't Even is essential reading for all of us. © Anne Helen 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461777 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Status Game: On Human Life and How to Play It Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Will Storr is one of our best journalists of ideas … The Status Game might be his best yet’ James Marriott, Books of the Year, The Times What drives our political and moral beliefs? What makes us like some things and dislike others? What shapes how we behave, and misbehave, in groups? What makes you, you? For centuries, philosophers and scholars have described human behaviour in terms of sex, power and money. In The Status Game, bestselling author Will Storr radically turns this thinking on its head by arguing that it is our irrepressible craving for status that ultimately defines who we are. From the era of the hunter-gatherer to today, when we exist as workers in the globalised economy and citizens of online worlds, the need for status has always been wired into us. A wealth of research shows that how much of it we possess dramatically affects not only our happiness and wellbeing but also our physical health – and without sufficient status, we become more ill, and live shorter lives. It’s an unconscious obsession that drives the best and worst of us: our innovation, arts and civilisation as well as our murders, wars and genocides. But why is status such an all-consuming prize? What happens if it’s taken away from us? And how can our unquenchable thirst for it explain cults, moral panics, conspiracy theories, the rise of social media and the ‘culture wars’ of today? On a breathtaking journey through time and culture, The Status Game offers a sweeping rethink of human psychology that will change how you see others – and how you see yourself. Will Storr Thu, 02 Sep 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461777 thebookvoice.com 11:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Status Game: On Human Life and How to Play It Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Will Storr is one of our best journalists of ideas … The Status Game might be his best yet’ James Marriott, Books of the Year, The Times What drives our political and moral beliefs? What makes us like some things and dislike others? What shapes how we behave, and misbehave, in groups? What makes you, you? For centuries, philosophers and scholars have described human behaviour in terms of sex, power and money. In The Status Game, bestselling author Will Storr radically turns this thinking on its head by arguing that it is our irrepressible craving for status that ultimately defines who we are. From the era of the hunter-gatherer to today, when we exist as workers in the globalised economy and citizens of online worlds, the need for status has always been wired into us. A wealth of research shows that how much of it we possess dramatically affects not only our happiness and wellbeing but also our physical health – and without sufficient status, we become more ill, and live shorter lives. It’s an unconscious obsession that drives the best and worst of us: our innovation, arts and civilisation as well as our murders, wars and genocides. But why is status such an all-consuming prize? What happens if it’s taken away from us? And how can our unquenchable thirst for it explain cults, moral panics, conspiracy theories, the rise of social media and the ‘culture wars’ of today? On a breathtaking journey through time and culture, The Status Game offers a sweeping rethink of human psychology that will change how you see others – and how you see yourself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461777]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Status Game: On Human Life and How to Play It Author: Will Storr Narrator: Will Storr Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 1 minute Release date: September 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Will Storr is one of our best journalists of ideas … The Status Game might be his best yet’ James Marriott, Books of the Year, The Times What drives our political and moral beliefs? What makes us like some things and dislike others? What shapes how we behave, and misbehave, in groups? What makes you, you? For centuries, philosophers and scholars have described human behaviour in terms of sex, power and money. In The Status Game, bestselling author Will Storr radically turns this thinking on its head by arguing that it is our irrepressible craving for status that ultimately defines who we are. From the era of the hunter-gatherer to today, when we exist as workers in the globalised economy and citizens of online worlds, the need for status has always been wired into us. A wealth of research shows that how much of it we possess dramatically affects not only our happiness and wellbeing but also our physical health – and without sufficient status, we become more ill, and live shorter lives. It’s an unconscious obsession that drives the best and worst of us: our innovation, arts and civilisation as well as our murders, wars and genocides. But why is status such an all-consuming prize? What happens if it’s taken away from us? And how can our unquenchable thirst for it explain cults, moral panics, conspiracy theories, the rise of social media and the ‘culture wars’ of today? On a breathtaking journey through time and culture, The Status Game offers a sweeping rethink of human psychology that will change how you see others – and how you see yourself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461755 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Made Simple: Competencies in Assessment, Treatment and Working with Survivors Author: Jamie Marich PhD LPCC-S LICDC-CS Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Trauma Made Simple, trauma expert Dr. Jamie Marich brings her practical style of training to audio, using clinical common sense to wade through theory, research, and hype surrounding trauma. Learn about trauma in a way that is relevant to clinical work, including extensive coverage on PTSD and other diagnoses through a bio-psycho-social-spiritual lens. Make clinically informed decisions based on setting, client preparedness, and other contextual variables. Develop strategies for treatment planning based on the best possible treatments in the field today. Trauma Made Simple addresses a variety of issues that are imperative to trauma competency in clinical work, including how to handle grief and mourning, assessing for and addressing addiction (even if you are not an addiction counselor), and how to manage professional development issues, including self-care. Jamie Marich PhD LPCC-S LICDC-CS Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461755 thebookvoice.com 9:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Made Simple: Competencies in Assessment, Treatment and Working with Survivors Author: Jamie Marich PhD LPCC-S LICDC-CS Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Trauma Made Simple, trauma expert Dr. Jamie Marich brings her practical style of training to audio, using clinical common sense to wade through theory, research, and hype surrounding trauma. Learn about trauma in a way that is relevant to clinical work, including extensive coverage on PTSD and other diagnoses through a bio-psycho-social-spiritual lens. Make clinically informed decisions based on setting, client preparedness, and other contextual variables. Develop strategies for treatment planning based on the best possible treatments in the field today. Trauma Made Simple addresses a variety of issues that are imperative to trauma competency in clinical work, including how to handle grief and mourning, assessing for and addressing addiction (even if you are not an addiction counselor), and how to manage professional development issues, including self-care. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461755]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Trauma Made Simple: Competencies in Assessment, Treatment and Working with Survivors Author: Jamie Marich PhD LPCC-S LICDC-CS Narrator: Emily Durante Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 5 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Trauma Made Simple, trauma expert Dr. Jamie Marich brings her practical style of training to audio, using clinical common sense to wade through theory, research, and hype surrounding trauma. Learn about trauma in a way that is relevant to clinical work, including extensive coverage on PTSD and other diagnoses through a bio-psycho-social-spiritual lens. Make clinically informed decisions based on setting, client preparedness, and other contextual variables. Develop strategies for treatment planning based on the best possible treatments in the field today. Trauma Made Simple addresses a variety of issues that are imperative to trauma competency in clinical work, including how to handle grief and mourning, assessing for and addressing addiction (even if you are not an addiction counselor), and how to manage professional development issues, including self-care. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461754 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy: A Therapist's Guide to New and Innovative Approaches Author: Tammy Nelson PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout her thirty-year career, Dr. Tammy Nelson found that couples therapists have traditionally been taught little about sex therapy, and sex therapists have minimal education in relationship systems. This leaves clinicians searching for more interventions for both couples and sexuality. To bridge the gap, Dr. Nelson, relationship expert and board-certified sexologist, has gathered the top authorities in the field of integrative treatment to create this groundbreaking book for all therapists looking for a comprehensive treatment resource. Featuring new approaches combining sex therapy and relationship counseling, Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy brings treatment skills into practice, with real-world experiences, interventions, techniques, strategies, and case examples. Topics include: Biopsychosocial Approach, Sexual Medicine Model, Imago Relationship Therapy, Internal Family Systems, Trauma and Group Therapy Intersectionality, Kink Competence, Art Therapy, Somatic Interventions, LGB(Trans)QIA, Nutri-Sexual Health, Alternative Mindfulness, and Future of Sex. Tammy Nelson PhD Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461754 thebookvoice.com 10:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy: A Therapist's Guide to New and Innovative Approaches Author: Tammy Nelson PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout her thirty-year career, Dr. Tammy Nelson found that couples therapists have traditionally been taught little about sex therapy, and sex therapists have minimal education in relationship systems. This leaves clinicians searching for more interventions for both couples and sexuality. To bridge the gap, Dr. Nelson, relationship expert and board-certified sexologist, has gathered the top authorities in the field of integrative treatment to create this groundbreaking book for all therapists looking for a comprehensive treatment resource. Featuring new approaches combining sex therapy and relationship counseling, Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy brings treatment skills into practice, with real-world experiences, interventions, techniques, strategies, and case examples. Topics include: Biopsychosocial Approach, Sexual Medicine Model, Imago Relationship Therapy, Internal Family Systems, Trauma and Group Therapy Intersectionality, Kink Competence, Art Therapy, Somatic Interventions, LGB(Trans)QIA, Nutri-Sexual Health, Alternative Mindfulness, and Future of Sex. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461754]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy: A Therapist's Guide to New and Innovative Approaches Author: Tammy Nelson PhD Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 16 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Throughout her thirty-year career, Dr. Tammy Nelson found that couples therapists have traditionally been taught little about sex therapy, and sex therapists have minimal education in relationship systems. This leaves clinicians searching for more interventions for both couples and sexuality. To bridge the gap, Dr. Nelson, relationship expert and board-certified sexologist, has gathered the top authorities in the field of integrative treatment to create this groundbreaking book for all therapists looking for a comprehensive treatment resource. Featuring new approaches combining sex therapy and relationship counseling, Integrative Sex & Couples Therapy brings treatment skills into practice, with real-world experiences, interventions, techniques, strategies, and case examples. Topics include: Biopsychosocial Approach, Sexual Medicine Model, Imago Relationship Therapy, Internal Family Systems, Trauma and Group Therapy Intersectionality, Kink Competence, Art Therapy, Somatic Interventions, LGB(Trans)QIA, Nutri-Sexual Health, Alternative Mindfulness, and Future of Sex. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retelling the Stories of Our Lives: Everyday Narrative Therapy to Draw Inspiration and Transform Experience Author: David Denborough Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives and their pathways are not fixed in stone; instead they are shaped by story. The ways in which we understand and share the stories of our lives therefore make all the difference. If we tell stories that emphasize only desolation, then we become weaker. If we tell our stories in ways that make us stronger, we can soothe our losses and ease our sorrows. Learning how to re-envision the stories we tell about ourselves can make an enormous difference in the ways we live our lives. Drawing on wisdoms from the field of narrative therapy, this book is designed to help people rewrite and retell the stories of their lives. The book invites listeners to take a new look at their own stories and to find solutions to problems and predicaments in unexpected places. Listeners are introduced to key ideas of narrative practice like externalizing problems—'the person is not the problem, the problem is the problem'—and the concept of 're-membering' one's life. Easy-to-understand examples and exercises demonstrate how these ideas have helped many people overcome intense hardship and will help listeners make these techniques their own. The book also outlines practical strategies for reclaiming and celebrating one's experience in the face of specific challenges such as trauma, abuse, personal failure, grief, and aging. David Denborough Tue, 22 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461738 thebookvoice.com 8:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retelling the Stories of Our Lives: Everyday Narrative Therapy to Draw Inspiration and Transform Experience Author: David Denborough Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives and their pathways are not fixed in stone; instead they are shaped by story. The ways in which we understand and share the stories of our lives therefore make all the difference. If we tell stories that emphasize only desolation, then we become weaker. If we tell our stories in ways that make us stronger, we can soothe our losses and ease our sorrows. Learning how to re-envision the stories we tell about ourselves can make an enormous difference in the ways we live our lives. Drawing on wisdoms from the field of narrative therapy, this book is designed to help people rewrite and retell the stories of their lives. The book invites listeners to take a new look at their own stories and to find solutions to problems and predicaments in unexpected places. Listeners are introduced to key ideas of narrative practice like externalizing problems—'the person is not the problem, the problem is the problem'—and the concept of 're-membering' one's life. Easy-to-understand examples and exercises demonstrate how these ideas have helped many people overcome intense hardship and will help listeners make these techniques their own. The book also outlines practical strategies for reclaiming and celebrating one's experience in the face of specific challenges such as trauma, abuse, personal failure, grief, and aging. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Retelling the Stories of Our Lives: Everyday Narrative Therapy to Draw Inspiration and Transform Experience Author: David Denborough Narrator: Grant Cartwright Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 16 minutes Release date: December 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Our lives and their pathways are not fixed in stone; instead they are shaped by story. The ways in which we understand and share the stories of our lives therefore make all the difference. If we tell stories that emphasize only desolation, then we become weaker. If we tell our stories in ways that make us stronger, we can soothe our losses and ease our sorrows. Learning how to re-envision the stories we tell about ourselves can make an enormous difference in the ways we live our lives. Drawing on wisdoms from the field of narrative therapy, this book is designed to help people rewrite and retell the stories of their lives. The book invites listeners to take a new look at their own stories and to find solutions to problems and predicaments in unexpected places. Listeners are introduced to key ideas of narrative practice like externalizing problems—'the person is not the problem, the problem is the problem'—and the concept of 're-membering' one's life. Easy-to-understand examples and exercises demonstrate how these ideas have helped many people overcome intense hardship and will help listeners make these techniques their own. The book also outlines practical strategies for reclaiming and celebrating one's experience in the face of specific challenges such as trauma, abuse, personal failure, grief, and aging. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461627 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Pleaser's Guide to Loving Others Without Losing Yourself Author: Dr. Mike Bechtle Narrator: Mike Bechtle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all want other people to like us and think well of us. But when we depend on the praise, admiration, or appreciation of others for our sense of self-worth, we become trapped in an exhausting and debilitating cycle of people-pleasing relationships where we always give and rarely receive. The most common advice we hear—Start putting your own needs first!—doesn't work, because we do love helping other people! Thankfully, the solution to the people pleaser's 'problem' isn't to fundamentally change who you are—it's to fundamentally change where you find your worth. In this freeing book, Dr. Mike Bechtle shows you stop letting your fears of rejection, criticism, invisibility, or inadequacy drive your actions and start rebuilding your sense of self-worth from the inside out. When you do, you'll discover that what you once thought of as a struggle is actually a strength. Dr. Mike Bechtle Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461627 thebookvoice.com 5:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Pleaser's Guide to Loving Others Without Losing Yourself Author: Dr. Mike Bechtle Narrator: Mike Bechtle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all want other people to like us and think well of us. But when we depend on the praise, admiration, or appreciation of others for our sense of self-worth, we become trapped in an exhausting and debilitating cycle of people-pleasing relationships where we always give and rarely receive. The most common advice we hear—Start putting your own needs first!—doesn't work, because we do love helping other people! Thankfully, the solution to the people pleaser's 'problem' isn't to fundamentally change who you are—it's to fundamentally change where you find your worth. In this freeing book, Dr. Mike Bechtle shows you stop letting your fears of rejection, criticism, invisibility, or inadequacy drive your actions and start rebuilding your sense of self-worth from the inside out. When you do, you'll discover that what you once thought of as a struggle is actually a strength. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/461627]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The People Pleaser's Guide to Loving Others Without Losing Yourself Author: Dr. Mike Bechtle Narrator: Mike Bechtle Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all want other people to like us and think well of us. But when we depend on the praise, admiration, or appreciation of others for our sense of self-worth, we become trapped in an exhausting and debilitating cycle of people-pleasing relationships where we always give and rarely receive. The most common advice we hear—Start putting your own needs first!—doesn't work, because we do love helping other people! Thankfully, the solution to the people pleaser's 'problem' isn't to fundamentally change who you are—it's to fundamentally change where you find your worth. In this freeing book, Dr. Mike Bechtle shows you stop letting your fears of rejection, criticism, invisibility, or inadequacy drive your actions and start rebuilding your sense of self-worth from the inside out. When you do, you'll discover that what you once thought of as a struggle is actually a strength. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460571 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery Bible: Empath, Codependency, Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know the secret that brought millions of people to success? Would you like to: - cope with stressful situations? - resolve conflicts? - communicate well? - understand how not to depend on others? Emotional intelligence is one of the most exciting and practical concepts of today’s psychological science. Briefly, emotional intelligence means understanding emotions – both yours and other persons. A well-developed emotional intelligent skill can help everybody, especially if you’re a leader, or aspire to be a leader, or just want to improve your social skills, you must be aware that emotional intelligence is your key quality and you should work at it all the time. Included in this audio book collection are: - Empath: A beginners guide to developing your emotional skills and sharpening your sensibility to unlock your full human potentials - Codependency: How to Detect Toxic Relationships, Discover Narcissistic Personalities, Regain Control of Your Life and Stop Being Dependent On Others - Emotional Intelligence 2.0: A Practical Guide To Understanding Your Mind Secrets, Sharpening Your Mental Skills To Perform Better At Work And Improve Your Social Life Can you imagine how your life will look like with a strong emotional intelligence? Are you ready to unlock your full potential to improve your life and achieve the great success you deserve? Scroll up and Get Your Audiobook Now! Daniel Cloud Thu, 17 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460571 thebookvoice.com 8:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery Bible: Empath, Codependency, Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know the secret that brought millions of people to success? Would you like to: - cope with stressful situations? - resolve conflicts? - communicate well? - understand how not to depend on others? Emotional intelligence is one of the most exciting and practical concepts of today’s psychological science. Briefly, emotional intelligence means understanding emotions – both yours and other persons. A well-developed emotional intelligent skill can help everybody, especially if you’re a leader, or aspire to be a leader, or just want to improve your social skills, you must be aware that emotional intelligence is your key quality and you should work at it all the time. Included in this audio book collection are: - Empath: A beginners guide to developing your emotional skills and sharpening your sensibility to unlock your full human potentials - Codependency: How to Detect Toxic Relationships, Discover Narcissistic Personalities, Regain Control of Your Life and Stop Being Dependent On Others - Emotional Intelligence 2.0: A Practical Guide To Understanding Your Mind Secrets, Sharpening Your Mental Skills To Perform Better At Work And Improve Your Social Life Can you imagine how your life will look like with a strong emotional intelligence? Are you ready to unlock your full potential to improve your life and achieve the great success you deserve? Scroll up and Get Your Audiobook Now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460571]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence Mastery Bible: Empath, Codependency, Emotional Intelligence 2.0 Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 8 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 31 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 10 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to know the secret that brought millions of people to success? Would you like to: - cope with stressful situations? - resolve conflicts? - communicate well? - understand how not to depend on others? Emotional intelligence is one of the most exciting and practical concepts of today’s psychological science. Briefly, emotional intelligence means understanding emotions – both yours and other persons. A well-developed emotional intelligent skill can help everybody, especially if you’re a leader, or aspire to be a leader, or just want to improve your social skills, you must be aware that emotional intelligence is your key quality and you should work at it all the time. Included in this audio book collection are: - Empath: A beginners guide to developing your emotional skills and sharpening your sensibility to unlock your full human potentials - Codependency: How to Detect Toxic Relationships, Discover Narcissistic Personalities, Regain Control of Your Life and Stop Being Dependent On Others - Emotional Intelligence 2.0: A Practical Guide To Understanding Your Mind Secrets, Sharpening Your Mental Skills To Perform Better At Work And Improve Your Social Life Can you imagine how your life will look like with a strong emotional intelligence? Are you ready to unlock your full potential to improve your life and achieve the great success you deserve? Scroll up and Get Your Audiobook Now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460560 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management for Beginners: Learn How to Stress Free Living and Finding Peace by Using Mindfulness. Fast Proven Treatment for Stress & Anxiety Author: Elizabeth Muniz Narrator: Richard Willer, Dawson Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress Management for Beginners represents the new standard in ѕtrеѕѕ management for individuals and healthcare and mental healthcare рrоfеѕѕiоnаlѕ. Nо other audiobook offers the scientific ѕсоре, compelling ѕuссеѕѕ stories, and соmрrеhеnѕivе mind-bоdу-spirit strategies fоr stress management and mindfulness. What yоu will learn in this audiobook: Mindfulness for personal development and inner peace Efficient ways to implement stress management Stress-management programs for fighting stress Stress management and freedom from anxiety Self-awareness as a key to growth and change How to trust your intuition And lots more Who should listen to this audiobook: Anyone who wants to experience better health and more inner peace Individuals experiencing emotional challenges related to job, money, relationships, life changes, addictions, physical/emotional/sexual trauma, low self-esteem, guilt, anxiety, or depression Healthcare and mental healthcare professionals who value sound new approaches, concrete treatment strategies, and significant reference material related to the mind-body-spirit connection. Why iѕ it ѕо important tо mаnаgе ѕtrеѕѕ? Because it's killing us. Consider that between 80-90 percent of all illnesses are stress-related, and over 100 million Americans suffer from stress-related illnesses. More importantly, stress is linked to the six leading causes of death: heart disease, cancer, lung disease, accidents, cirrhosis of the liver, and suicide. Elizabeth Muniz Thu, 24 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460560 thebookvoice.com 4:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management for Beginners: Learn How to Stress Free Living and Finding Peace by Using Mindfulness. Fast Proven Treatment for Stress & Anxiety Author: Elizabeth Muniz Narrator: Richard Willer, Dawson Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress Management for Beginners represents the new standard in ѕtrеѕѕ management for individuals and healthcare and mental healthcare рrоfеѕѕiоnаlѕ. Nо other audiobook offers the scientific ѕсоре, compelling ѕuссеѕѕ stories, and соmрrеhеnѕivе mind-bоdу-spirit strategies fоr stress management and mindfulness. What yоu will learn in this audiobook: Mindfulness for personal development and inner peace Efficient ways to implement stress management Stress-management programs for fighting stress Stress management and freedom from anxiety Self-awareness as a key to growth and change How to trust your intuition And lots more Who should listen to this audiobook: Anyone who wants to experience better health and more inner peace Individuals experiencing emotional challenges related to job, money, relationships, life changes, addictions, physical/emotional/sexual trauma, low self-esteem, guilt, anxiety, or depression Healthcare and mental healthcare professionals who value sound new approaches, concrete treatment strategies, and significant reference material related to the mind-body-spirit connection. Why iѕ it ѕо important tо mаnаgе ѕtrеѕѕ? Because it's killing us. Consider that between 80-90 percent of all illnesses are stress-related, and over 100 million Americans suffer from stress-related illnesses. More importantly, stress is linked to the six leading causes of death: heart disease, cancer, lung disease, accidents, cirrhosis of the liver, and suicide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460560]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress Management for Beginners: Learn How to Stress Free Living and Finding Peace by Using Mindfulness. Fast Proven Treatment for Stress & Anxiety Author: Elizabeth Muniz Narrator: Richard Willer, Dawson Studio Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 3 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stress Management for Beginners represents the new standard in ѕtrеѕѕ management for individuals and healthcare and mental healthcare рrоfеѕѕiоnаlѕ. Nо other audiobook offers the scientific ѕсоре, compelling ѕuссеѕѕ stories, and соmрrеhеnѕivе mind-bоdу-spirit strategies fоr stress management and mindfulness. What yоu will learn in this audiobook: Mindfulness for personal development and inner peace Efficient ways to implement stress management Stress-management programs for fighting stress Stress management and freedom from anxiety Self-awareness as a key to growth and change How to trust your intuition And lots more Who should listen to this audiobook: Anyone who wants to experience better health and more inner peace Individuals experiencing emotional challenges related to job, money, relationships, life changes, addictions, physical/emotional/sexual trauma, low self-esteem, guilt, anxiety, or depression Healthcare and mental healthcare professionals who value sound new approaches, concrete treatment strategies, and significant reference material related to the mind-body-spirit connection. Why iѕ it ѕо important tо mаnаgе ѕtrеѕѕ? Because it's killing us. Consider that between 80-90 percent of all illnesses are stress-related, and over 100 million Americans suffer from stress-related illnesses. More importantly, stress is linked to the six leading causes of death: heart disease, cancer, lung disease, accidents, cirrhosis of the liver, and suicide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460558 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP MASTERY: Neuro-Linguistic Programming, How to Influence People, Reprogram Yourself and Maximize Your Potential Through NLP Author: Richard Avant Narrator: David Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) is the most common & prominent term using now. It has many benefits as well as its application are covering our daily routines. Do you want to Learn about NLP? Do you have Interest in covering whole aspects of NLP terminology? Do you like do influence someone with you NLP strategies? Do you want to make vast your business with NLP? Do you need a reprogramming or refreshing situation sometimes? Do you want to reduce or release disputes or conflicts of your society with the help of NLP? Do you want to know anchoring techniques & its benefits? If the answer to any of these questions is 'yes,' no need to panic. This book will give you exactly what you need. Through this book you will learn: Neuro Linguistic Programming Its History & Origins Some prominent types & examples of NLP Fundamental Pillars & Principles of NLP Levels of Neuro Linguistic Programming NLP Meta Model & its Aspects How NLP helps in Business & its Benefits What is Reprogramming & its impact on our lives Business & Artificial Intelligence’ applications of NLP How to influence people with NLP techniques Disputes & Religious Summaries of NLP Brief description of Reframing & Anchoring So don’t make a delay & click the “Buy Now” button to get your own book now. Richard Avant Sun, 17 Nov 2019 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460558 thebookvoice.com 3:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP MASTERY: Neuro-Linguistic Programming, How to Influence People, Reprogram Yourself and Maximize Your Potential Through NLP Author: Richard Avant Narrator: David Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) is the most common & prominent term using now. It has many benefits as well as its application are covering our daily routines. Do you want to Learn about NLP? Do you have Interest in covering whole aspects of NLP terminology? Do you like do influence someone with you NLP strategies? Do you want to make vast your business with NLP? Do you need a reprogramming or refreshing situation sometimes? Do you want to reduce or release disputes or conflicts of your society with the help of NLP? Do you want to know anchoring techniques & its benefits? If the answer to any of these questions is 'yes,' no need to panic. This book will give you exactly what you need. Through this book you will learn: Neuro Linguistic Programming Its History & Origins Some prominent types & examples of NLP Fundamental Pillars & Principles of NLP Levels of Neuro Linguistic Programming NLP Meta Model & its Aspects How NLP helps in Business & its Benefits What is Reprogramming & its impact on our lives Business & Artificial Intelligence’ applications of NLP How to influence people with NLP techniques Disputes & Religious Summaries of NLP Brief description of Reframing & Anchoring So don’t make a delay & click the “Buy Now” button to get your own book now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460558]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP MASTERY: Neuro-Linguistic Programming, How to Influence People, Reprogram Yourself and Maximize Your Potential Through NLP Author: Richard Avant Narrator: David Martin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 54 minutes Release date: November 17, 2019 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Neuro Linguistic Programming (NLP) is the most common & prominent term using now. It has many benefits as well as its application are covering our daily routines. Do you want to Learn about NLP? Do you have Interest in covering whole aspects of NLP terminology? Do you like do influence someone with you NLP strategies? Do you want to make vast your business with NLP? Do you need a reprogramming or refreshing situation sometimes? Do you want to reduce or release disputes or conflicts of your society with the help of NLP? Do you want to know anchoring techniques & its benefits? If the answer to any of these questions is 'yes,' no need to panic. This book will give you exactly what you need. Through this book you will learn: Neuro Linguistic Programming Its History & Origins Some prominent types & examples of NLP Fundamental Pillars & Principles of NLP Levels of Neuro Linguistic Programming NLP Meta Model & its Aspects How NLP helps in Business & its Benefits What is Reprogramming & its impact on our lives Business & Artificial Intelligence’ applications of NLP How to influence people with NLP techniques Disputes & Religious Summaries of NLP Brief description of Reframing & Anchoring So don’t make a delay & click the “Buy Now” button to get your own book now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te perdiste en las conversaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo leer a las personas con facilidad, predisponer bien a todo el mundo y no volver a creerle a mentirosos... Si quieres saber quién miente en una conversación, construir una imagen personal positiva y de autoridad o averiguar qué pasó esa vez que te rechazaron sin darte oportunidad de exponer tu argumento, ahora puedes hacerlo de manera fácil y rápida. Los grandes líderes y las personas con el don social son grandes lectores del lenguaje no verbal, saben entenderlo y lo usan constantemente a su favor. En “La forma fácil de analizar a las personas” encontrarás: • Un enfoque fresco y dinámico del lenguaje no verbal • ¡Técnicas para convertirte en un rápido y eficaz lector de personas! • Nuevas formas de relacionarte y técnicas para mejorar tu imagen profesional y personal • ¡Los principales errores al leer a las personas y los principales errores al construir una primera impresión! • La forma de influenciar a tu favor a cualquier persona y ganar (o empatar) cualquier discusión • Cómo identificar a los mentirosos y no ser engañado ni manipulado • Irradiar confianza y asertividad • ¡Y eso apenas está rascando la superficie! Tendrás todas las herramientas necesarias para lograr tu meta de aprender a leer a las personas con más claridad que en ningún otro lado, ejercicios de práctica, experiencias personales y mucho más. Leer a las personas no es solo una habilidad útil, es una habilidad indispensable para manejarse más efectivamente en las relaciones de pareja, laborales y/o familiares. Leticia Caballero Fri, 25 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516 thebookvoice.com 3:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te perdiste en las conversaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo leer a las personas con facilidad, predisponer bien a todo el mundo y no volver a creerle a mentirosos... Si quieres saber quién miente en una conversación, construir una imagen personal positiva y de autoridad o averiguar qué pasó esa vez que te rechazaron sin darte oportunidad de exponer tu argumento, ahora puedes hacerlo de manera fácil y rápida. Los grandes líderes y las personas con el don social son grandes lectores del lenguaje no verbal, saben entenderlo y lo usan constantemente a su favor. En “La forma fácil de analizar a las personas” encontrarás: • Un enfoque fresco y dinámico del lenguaje no verbal • ¡Técnicas para convertirte en un rápido y eficaz lector de personas! • Nuevas formas de relacionarte y técnicas para mejorar tu imagen profesional y personal • ¡Los principales errores al leer a las personas y los principales errores al construir una primera impresión! • La forma de influenciar a tu favor a cualquier persona y ganar (o empatar) cualquier discusión • Cómo identificar a los mentirosos y no ser engañado ni manipulado • Irradiar confianza y asertividad • ¡Y eso apenas está rascando la superficie! Tendrás todas las herramientas necesarias para lograr tu meta de aprender a leer a las personas con más claridad que en ningún otro lado, ejercicios de práctica, experiencias personales y mucho más. Leer a las personas no es solo una habilidad útil, es una habilidad indispensable para manejarse más efectivamente en las relaciones de pareja, laborales y/o familiares. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460516]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La forma más sencilla de analizar a las personas: Aprende a leer a las personas, entender su lenguaje corporal y descubre lo que siempre te perdiste en las conversaciones Author: Leticia Caballero Narrator: Sandra Corredor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Descubre cómo leer a las personas con facilidad, predisponer bien a todo el mundo y no volver a creerle a mentirosos... Si quieres saber quién miente en una conversación, construir una imagen personal positiva y de autoridad o averiguar qué pasó esa vez que te rechazaron sin darte oportunidad de exponer tu argumento, ahora puedes hacerlo de manera fácil y rápida. Los grandes líderes y las personas con el don social son grandes lectores del lenguaje no verbal, saben entenderlo y lo usan constantemente a su favor. En “La forma fácil de analizar a las personas” encontrarás: • Un enfoque fresco y dinámico del lenguaje no verbal • ¡Técnicas para convertirte en un rápido y eficaz lector de personas! • Nuevas formas de relacionarte y técnicas para mejorar tu imagen profesional y personal • ¡Los principales errores al leer a las personas y los principales errores al construir una primera impresión! • La forma de influenciar a tu favor a cualquier persona y ganar (o empatar) cualquier discusión • Cómo identificar a los mentirosos y no ser engañado ni manipulado • Irradiar confianza y asertividad • ¡Y eso apenas está rascando la superficie! Tendrás todas las herramientas necesarias para lograr tu meta de aprender a leer a las personas con más claridad que en ningún otro lado, ejercicios de práctica, experiencias personales y mucho más. Leer a las personas no es solo una habilidad útil, es una habilidad indispensable para manejarse más efectivamente en las relaciones de pareja, laborales y/o familiares. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Why: A revolutionary new model for understanding others, improving communication, and healing division Author: Bob Raleigh Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EVER WONDERED WHY PEOPLE REALLY DO WHAT THEY DO? (AND WHAT WE COULD ACCOMPLISH IF WE ONLY KNEW?) We need a clear-eyed look at what’s happening in society right now. Misinformation, fake news, and politicization is affecting how we as a society come to grips with a global pandemic, economic inequality, and racial injustice. If we are to mend the divides between us and grapple with the challenges before us, we need, first, to understand the why. In The Search for Why, Bob Raleigh provides a new model for how to understand human behavior, the fundamentals of why we do what we do. He draws on his experience in market research and public communication strategy and combines that with research in the social sciences, like psychology, cognitive and behavioral sciences, and anthropology. The Search for Why covers topics like: -Why so frequently people seem to act against their own best interests, both in politics and their personal lives -How to better communicate with one another across political and cultural divides -How to craft persuasive messages that meet people where they are, and listen to what they are saying back -Ways you can apply this model to help build a better world, at a personal, social, and global level -What influences our decisions, even when we don’t realize it For anyone looking to persuade people, heal divisions, or build better relationships, The Search for Why is a crucial step in the right direction. Bob Raleigh Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460436 thebookvoice.com 9:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Why: A revolutionary new model for understanding others, improving communication, and healing division Author: Bob Raleigh Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EVER WONDERED WHY PEOPLE REALLY DO WHAT THEY DO? (AND WHAT WE COULD ACCOMPLISH IF WE ONLY KNEW?) We need a clear-eyed look at what’s happening in society right now. Misinformation, fake news, and politicization is affecting how we as a society come to grips with a global pandemic, economic inequality, and racial injustice. If we are to mend the divides between us and grapple with the challenges before us, we need, first, to understand the why. In The Search for Why, Bob Raleigh provides a new model for how to understand human behavior, the fundamentals of why we do what we do. He draws on his experience in market research and public communication strategy and combines that with research in the social sciences, like psychology, cognitive and behavioral sciences, and anthropology. The Search for Why covers topics like: -Why so frequently people seem to act against their own best interests, both in politics and their personal lives -How to better communicate with one another across political and cultural divides -How to craft persuasive messages that meet people where they are, and listen to what they are saying back -Ways you can apply this model to help build a better world, at a personal, social, and global level -What influences our decisions, even when we don’t realize it For anyone looking to persuade people, heal divisions, or build better relationships, The Search for Why is a crucial step in the right direction. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/460436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Search for Why: A revolutionary new model for understanding others, improving communication, and healing division Author: Bob Raleigh Narrator: Neil Shah Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EVER WONDERED WHY PEOPLE REALLY DO WHAT THEY DO? (AND WHAT WE COULD ACCOMPLISH IF WE ONLY KNEW?) We need a clear-eyed look at what’s happening in society right now. Misinformation, fake news, and politicization is affecting how we as a society come to grips with a global pandemic, economic inequality, and racial injustice. If we are to mend the divides between us and grapple with the challenges before us, we need, first, to understand the why. In The Search for Why, Bob Raleigh provides a new model for how to understand human behavior, the fundamentals of why we do what we do. He draws on his experience in market research and public communication strategy and combines that with research in the social sciences, like psychology, cognitive and behavioral sciences, and anthropology. The Search for Why covers topics like: -Why so frequently people seem to act against their own best interests, both in politics and their personal lives -How to better communicate with one another across political and cultural divides -How to craft persuasive messages that meet people where they are, and listen to what they are saying back -Ways you can apply this model to help build a better world, at a personal, social, and global level -What influences our decisions, even when we don’t realize it For anyone looking to persuade people, heal divisions, or build better relationships, The Search for Why is a crucial step in the right direction. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459559 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Framers: Human Advantage in an Age of Technology and Turmoil Author: Francis De Véricourt, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Cukier and his co-authors have a more ambitious project than Kahneman and Harari. They don’t want to just point out how powerfully we are influenced by our perspectives and prejudices—our frames. They want to show us that these frames are tools, and that we can optimise their use.” —Forbes From pandemics to populism, AI to ISIS, wealth inequity to climate change, humanity faces unprecedented challenges that threaten our very existence. The essential tool that will enable humanity to find the best way foward is defined in Framers by internationally renowned authors Kenneth Cukier, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, and Francis de Véricourt.    To frame is to make a mental model that enables us to make sense of new situations. Frames guide the decisions we make and the results we attain. People have long focused on traits like memory and reasoning, leaving framing all but ignored. But with computers becoming better at some of those cognitive tasks, framing stands out as a critical function—and only humans can do it. This book is the first guide to mastering this human ability.   Illustrating their case with compelling examples and the latest research, authors Cukier, Mayer-Schönberger, and de Véricourt examine:   ·       Why advice to “think outside the box” is useless ·       How Spotify beat Apple by reframing music as an experience ·       How the #MeToo twitter hashtag reframed the perception of sexual assault ·       The disaster of framing Covid-19 as equivalent to seasonal flu, and how framing it akin to SARS delivered New Zealand from the pandemic   Framers shows how framing is not just a way to improve how we make decisions in the era of algorithms—but why it will be a matter of survival for humanity in a time of societal upheaval and machine prosperity. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Francis De Véricourt, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier Tue, 11 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459559 thebookvoice.com 7:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Framers: Human Advantage in an Age of Technology and Turmoil Author: Francis De Véricourt, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Cukier and his co-authors have a more ambitious project than Kahneman and Harari. They don’t want to just point out how powerfully we are influenced by our perspectives and prejudices—our frames. They want to show us that these frames are tools, and that we can optimise their use.” —Forbes From pandemics to populism, AI to ISIS, wealth inequity to climate change, humanity faces unprecedented challenges that threaten our very existence. The essential tool that will enable humanity to find the best way foward is defined in Framers by internationally renowned authors Kenneth Cukier, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, and Francis de Véricourt.    To frame is to make a mental model that enables us to make sense of new situations. Frames guide the decisions we make and the results we attain. People have long focused on traits like memory and reasoning, leaving framing all but ignored. But with computers becoming better at some of those cognitive tasks, framing stands out as a critical function—and only humans can do it. This book is the first guide to mastering this human ability.   Illustrating their case with compelling examples and the latest research, authors Cukier, Mayer-Schönberger, and de Véricourt examine:   ·       Why advice to “think outside the box” is useless ·       How Spotify beat Apple by reframing music as an experience ·       How the #MeToo twitter hashtag reframed the perception of sexual assault ·       The disaster of framing Covid-19 as equivalent to seasonal flu, and how framing it akin to SARS delivered New Zealand from the pandemic   Framers shows how framing is not just a way to improve how we make decisions in the era of algorithms—but why it will be a matter of survival for humanity in a time of societal upheaval and machine prosperity. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459559]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Framers: Human Advantage in an Age of Technology and Turmoil Author: Francis De Véricourt, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, Kenneth Cukier Narrator: Kaleo Griffith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 46 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Cukier and his co-authors have a more ambitious project than Kahneman and Harari. They don’t want to just point out how powerfully we are influenced by our perspectives and prejudices—our frames. They want to show us that these frames are tools, and that we can optimise their use.” —Forbes From pandemics to populism, AI to ISIS, wealth inequity to climate change, humanity faces unprecedented challenges that threaten our very existence. The essential tool that will enable humanity to find the best way foward is defined in Framers by internationally renowned authors Kenneth Cukier, Viktor Mayer-Schönberger, and Francis de Véricourt.    To frame is to make a mental model that enables us to make sense of new situations. Frames guide the decisions we make and the results we attain. People have long focused on traits like memory and reasoning, leaving framing all but ignored. But with computers becoming better at some of those cognitive tasks, framing stands out as a critical function—and only humans can do it. This book is the first guide to mastering this human ability.   Illustrating their case with compelling examples and the latest research, authors Cukier, Mayer-Schönberger, and de Véricourt examine:   ·       Why advice to “think outside the box” is useless ·       How Spotify beat Apple by reframing music as an experience ·       How the #MeToo twitter hashtag reframed the perception of sexual assault ·       The disaster of framing Covid-19 as equivalent to seasonal flu, and how framing it akin to SARS delivered New Zealand from the pandemic   Framers shows how framing is not just a way to improve how we make decisions in the era of algorithms—but why it will be a matter of survival for humanity in a time of societal upheaval and machine prosperity. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459378 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Intuitive Eating: 2 Audiobooks in 1 - Learn How to Unlock Your Mind, Begin a Healthy Relationship with Food, and Stop Overeating, Binge Eating, Compulsive Eating, and Emotional Ea Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It doesn’t matter whether you’ve just been clinically diagnosed with an eating disorder, you have recently gotten worried about your bad eating habits, or have been through endless therapies but can’t stop thinking about food, because this audiobook is meant for anyone going through this problem. Are you ready to turn a new leaf in your life where you no longer have to struggle with controlling how much and what you eat? If you answered YES, let this audiobook usher you into your new self with its simple, easy to follow language. More precisely, you will learn: • What emotional eating is, and how to know that you are an emotional eater • The connection between emotional eating and binge eating • The basics about intuitive eating, including what it is, how it works, and why you should adopt intuitive eating • Why it is so hard to practice intuitive eating • How to switch your mindset to that of an intuitive eater • How to effectively separate your emotions and hunger • How to identify the kind of eater you are • 10 powerful principles that you should adopt to become an intuitive eater • How to overcome binge eating with simple tips • How to get through the confusion that may come with adopting intuitive eating • How to establish a healthy relationship with food • How to lose weight through mindful eating • And much more! All you need to get started is simple: Scroll up and click Buy Now With 1-Click or Buy Now to get started! Manuel Nestor Eagle Mon, 14 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459378 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Intuitive Eating: 2 Audiobooks in 1 - Learn How to Unlock Your Mind, Begin a Healthy Relationship with Food, and Stop Overeating, Binge Eating, Compulsive Eating, and Emotional Ea Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It doesn’t matter whether you’ve just been clinically diagnosed with an eating disorder, you have recently gotten worried about your bad eating habits, or have been through endless therapies but can’t stop thinking about food, because this audiobook is meant for anyone going through this problem. Are you ready to turn a new leaf in your life where you no longer have to struggle with controlling how much and what you eat? If you answered YES, let this audiobook usher you into your new self with its simple, easy to follow language. More precisely, you will learn: • What emotional eating is, and how to know that you are an emotional eater • The connection between emotional eating and binge eating • The basics about intuitive eating, including what it is, how it works, and why you should adopt intuitive eating • Why it is so hard to practice intuitive eating • How to switch your mindset to that of an intuitive eater • How to effectively separate your emotions and hunger • How to identify the kind of eater you are • 10 powerful principles that you should adopt to become an intuitive eater • How to overcome binge eating with simple tips • How to get through the confusion that may come with adopting intuitive eating • How to establish a healthy relationship with food • How to lose weight through mindful eating • And much more! All you need to get started is simple: Scroll up and click Buy Now With 1-Click or Buy Now to get started! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459378]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Intuitive Eating: 2 Audiobooks in 1 - Learn How to Unlock Your Mind, Begin a Healthy Relationship with Food, and Stop Overeating, Binge Eating, Compulsive Eating, and Emotional Ea Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: September 14, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It doesn’t matter whether you’ve just been clinically diagnosed with an eating disorder, you have recently gotten worried about your bad eating habits, or have been through endless therapies but can’t stop thinking about food, because this audiobook is meant for anyone going through this problem. Are you ready to turn a new leaf in your life where you no longer have to struggle with controlling how much and what you eat? If you answered YES, let this audiobook usher you into your new self with its simple, easy to follow language. More precisely, you will learn: • What emotional eating is, and how to know that you are an emotional eater • The connection between emotional eating and binge eating • The basics about intuitive eating, including what it is, how it works, and why you should adopt intuitive eating • Why it is so hard to practice intuitive eating • How to switch your mindset to that of an intuitive eater • How to effectively separate your emotions and hunger • How to identify the kind of eater you are • 10 powerful principles that you should adopt to become an intuitive eater • How to overcome binge eating with simple tips • How to get through the confusion that may come with adopting intuitive eating • How to establish a healthy relationship with food • How to lose weight through mindful eating • And much more! All you need to get started is simple: Scroll up and click Buy Now With 1-Click or Buy Now to get started! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459366 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guided Meditation for Anxiety: A Complete Guide for Beating Stress and Anxiety Using Mindfulness and Meditation Techniques Author: Rosalie Rowell Narrator: Susan Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with a never-ending cycle of stress and anxiety and have been looking to calm down, release all the pressure and recover with meditation but haven’t been able to start, let alone figure out what the process involves? And are you looking for a beginner-friendly, motivating, and actionable guide that will hold you by the hand until you neutralize stress and anxiety effectively? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading… You Are A Step Away From Discovering Exactly How You Can Leverage The Power Of Meditation To Turn Things Around, Start Becoming Happier, Calmer, Fulfilled, Less Apprehensive And More! We all live in difficult times that are characterized by endless pressure whether it’s at work at home, at school, or in any other environment. Yet, science is clear on the fact that people who meditate lead happier lives than those who don’t. The University of Wisconsin is one among hundreds that found that meditation is a true stress and anxiety buster, proving that it shrinks the section in the brain that regulates stress and anxiety when it is practiced consistently. By virtue that you are reading this, it is clear you’ve probably heard some good things about meditation being effective for stress but are probably wondering… More precisely, it teaches you: • What meditation is, what its purpose is, and how it is applied in different environments • The history of meditation and how it has changed over time • How anxiety, stress, and their respective disorders come about and how they are dealt with conventionally • How stress and anxiety can affect your relationships • How to know that you are suffering from stress or anxiety • How you can relieve stress and anxiety in easy steps • The benefits of meditation and mindfulness • How to motivate yourself to defeat stress effectively …And much more! Rosalie Rowell Wed, 16 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459366 thebookvoice.com 2:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guided Meditation for Anxiety: A Complete Guide for Beating Stress and Anxiety Using Mindfulness and Meditation Techniques Author: Rosalie Rowell Narrator: Susan Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with a never-ending cycle of stress and anxiety and have been looking to calm down, release all the pressure and recover with meditation but haven’t been able to start, let alone figure out what the process involves? And are you looking for a beginner-friendly, motivating, and actionable guide that will hold you by the hand until you neutralize stress and anxiety effectively? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading… You Are A Step Away From Discovering Exactly How You Can Leverage The Power Of Meditation To Turn Things Around, Start Becoming Happier, Calmer, Fulfilled, Less Apprehensive And More! We all live in difficult times that are characterized by endless pressure whether it’s at work at home, at school, or in any other environment. Yet, science is clear on the fact that people who meditate lead happier lives than those who don’t. The University of Wisconsin is one among hundreds that found that meditation is a true stress and anxiety buster, proving that it shrinks the section in the brain that regulates stress and anxiety when it is practiced consistently. By virtue that you are reading this, it is clear you’ve probably heard some good things about meditation being effective for stress but are probably wondering… More precisely, it teaches you: • What meditation is, what its purpose is, and how it is applied in different environments • The history of meditation and how it has changed over time • How anxiety, stress, and their respective disorders come about and how they are dealt with conventionally • How stress and anxiety can affect your relationships • How to know that you are suffering from stress or anxiety • How you can relieve stress and anxiety in easy steps • The benefits of meditation and mindfulness • How to motivate yourself to defeat stress effectively …And much more! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459366]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Guided Meditation for Anxiety: A Complete Guide for Beating Stress and Anxiety Using Mindfulness and Meditation Techniques Author: Rosalie Rowell Narrator: Susan Piper Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you struggling with a never-ending cycle of stress and anxiety and have been looking to calm down, release all the pressure and recover with meditation but haven’t been able to start, let alone figure out what the process involves? And are you looking for a beginner-friendly, motivating, and actionable guide that will hold you by the hand until you neutralize stress and anxiety effectively? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading… You Are A Step Away From Discovering Exactly How You Can Leverage The Power Of Meditation To Turn Things Around, Start Becoming Happier, Calmer, Fulfilled, Less Apprehensive And More! We all live in difficult times that are characterized by endless pressure whether it’s at work at home, at school, or in any other environment. Yet, science is clear on the fact that people who meditate lead happier lives than those who don’t. The University of Wisconsin is one among hundreds that found that meditation is a true stress and anxiety buster, proving that it shrinks the section in the brain that regulates stress and anxiety when it is practiced consistently. By virtue that you are reading this, it is clear you’ve probably heard some good things about meditation being effective for stress but are probably wondering… More precisely, it teaches you: • What meditation is, what its purpose is, and how it is applied in different environments • The history of meditation and how it has changed over time • How anxiety, stress, and their respective disorders come about and how they are dealt with conventionally • How stress and anxiety can affect your relationships • How to know that you are suffering from stress or anxiety • How you can relieve stress and anxiety in easy steps • The benefits of meditation and mindfulness • How to motivate yourself to defeat stress effectively …And much more! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Projections: A Story of Human Emotions Author: Karl Deisseroth Narrator: Karl Deisseroth, Natalie Naudus, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking tour of the human mind that illuminates the biological nature of our inner worlds and emotions, through gripping, moving—and, at times, harrowing—clinical stories “[A] scintillating and moving analysis of the human brain and emotions.”—Nature “Beautifully connects the inner feelings within all human beings to deep insights from modern psychiatry and neuroscience.”—Robert Lefkowitz, Nobel Laureate Karl Deisseroth has spent his life pursuing truths about the human mind, both as a renowned clinical psychiatrist and as a researcher creating and developing the revolutionary field of optogenetics, which uses light to help decipher the brain’s workings. In Projections, he combines his knowledge of the brain’s inner circuitry with a deep empathy for his patients to examine what mental illness reveals about the human mind and the origin of human feelings—how the broken can illuminate the unbroken. Through cutting-edge research and gripping case studies from Deisseroth’s own patients, Projections tells a larger story about the material origins of human emotion, bridging the gap between the ancient circuits of our brain and the poignant moments of suffering in our daily lives. The stories of Deisseroth’s patients are rich with humanity and shine an unprecedented light on the self—and the ways in which it can break down. A young woman with an eating disorder reveals how the mind can rebel against the brain’s most primitive drives of hunger and thirst; an older man, smothered into silence by depression and dementia, shows how humans evolved to feel not only joy but also its absence; and a lonely Uighur woman far from her homeland teaches both the importance—and challenges—of deep social bonds. Illuminating, literary, and essential, Projections is a revelatory, immensely powerful work. It transforms our understanding not only of the brain but of ourselves as social beings—giving vivid illustrations through science and resonant human stories of our yearning for connection and meaning. Karl Deisseroth Tue, 15 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459332 thebookvoice.com 9:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Projections: A Story of Human Emotions Author: Karl Deisseroth Narrator: Karl Deisseroth, Natalie Naudus, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking tour of the human mind that illuminates the biological nature of our inner worlds and emotions, through gripping, moving—and, at times, harrowing—clinical stories “[A] scintillating and moving analysis of the human brain and emotions.”—Nature “Beautifully connects the inner feelings within all human beings to deep insights from modern psychiatry and neuroscience.”—Robert Lefkowitz, Nobel Laureate Karl Deisseroth has spent his life pursuing truths about the human mind, both as a renowned clinical psychiatrist and as a researcher creating and developing the revolutionary field of optogenetics, which uses light to help decipher the brain’s workings. In Projections, he combines his knowledge of the brain’s inner circuitry with a deep empathy for his patients to examine what mental illness reveals about the human mind and the origin of human feelings—how the broken can illuminate the unbroken. Through cutting-edge research and gripping case studies from Deisseroth’s own patients, Projections tells a larger story about the material origins of human emotion, bridging the gap between the ancient circuits of our brain and the poignant moments of suffering in our daily lives. The stories of Deisseroth’s patients are rich with humanity and shine an unprecedented light on the self—and the ways in which it can break down. A young woman with an eating disorder reveals how the mind can rebel against the brain’s most primitive drives of hunger and thirst; an older man, smothered into silence by depression and dementia, shows how humans evolved to feel not only joy but also its absence; and a lonely Uighur woman far from her homeland teaches both the importance—and challenges—of deep social bonds. Illuminating, literary, and essential, Projections is a revelatory, immensely powerful work. It transforms our understanding not only of the brain but of ourselves as social beings—giving vivid illustrations through science and resonant human stories of our yearning for connection and meaning. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Projections: A Story of Human Emotions Author: Karl Deisseroth Narrator: Karl Deisseroth, Natalie Naudus, Karen Chilton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 32 minutes Release date: June 15, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A groundbreaking tour of the human mind that illuminates the biological nature of our inner worlds and emotions, through gripping, moving—and, at times, harrowing—clinical stories “[A] scintillating and moving analysis of the human brain and emotions.”—Nature “Beautifully connects the inner feelings within all human beings to deep insights from modern psychiatry and neuroscience.”—Robert Lefkowitz, Nobel Laureate Karl Deisseroth has spent his life pursuing truths about the human mind, both as a renowned clinical psychiatrist and as a researcher creating and developing the revolutionary field of optogenetics, which uses light to help decipher the brain’s workings. In Projections, he combines his knowledge of the brain’s inner circuitry with a deep empathy for his patients to examine what mental illness reveals about the human mind and the origin of human feelings—how the broken can illuminate the unbroken. Through cutting-edge research and gripping case studies from Deisseroth’s own patients, Projections tells a larger story about the material origins of human emotion, bridging the gap between the ancient circuits of our brain and the poignant moments of suffering in our daily lives. The stories of Deisseroth’s patients are rich with humanity and shine an unprecedented light on the self—and the ways in which it can break down. A young woman with an eating disorder reveals how the mind can rebel against the brain’s most primitive drives of hunger and thirst; an older man, smothered into silence by depression and dementia, shows how humans evolved to feel not only joy but also its absence; and a lonely Uighur woman far from her homeland teaches both the importance—and challenges—of deep social bonds. Illuminating, literary, and essential, Projections is a revelatory, immensely powerful work. It transforms our understanding not only of the brain but of ourselves as social beings—giving vivid illustrations through science and resonant human stories of our yearning for connection and meaning. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459313 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sabiduría de todos los tiempos: Cómo acercar las verdades eternas a nuestra vida cotidiana Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Una reflexión sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria: amor, esperanza... Esta obra recoge fragmentos de algunos de los más excelsos maestros del pensamiento de todos los tiempos, desde Pitágoras hasta la madre Teresa, desde Buda hasta Gandhi. Tales fragmentos dan pie al doctor Dyer para reflexionar sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria. La sabiduría de todos los tiempos es, pues, mucho más que una antología de lo más noble del pensamiento universal: es una muestra de la perennidad del espíritu a través de todas las épocas, de cómo los seres humanos han buscado por las mismas vías los secretos del oficio de vivir, legando, de paso, a las generaciones posteriores unas enseñanzas que Wayne W. Dyer se encarga de acercar al lector de hoy. Dr. Wayne Dyer Thu, 15 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459313 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sabiduría de todos los tiempos: Cómo acercar las verdades eternas a nuestra vida cotidiana Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Una reflexión sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria: amor, esperanza... Esta obra recoge fragmentos de algunos de los más excelsos maestros del pensamiento de todos los tiempos, desde Pitágoras hasta la madre Teresa, desde Buda hasta Gandhi. Tales fragmentos dan pie al doctor Dyer para reflexionar sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria. La sabiduría de todos los tiempos es, pues, mucho más que una antología de lo más noble del pensamiento universal: es una muestra de la perennidad del espíritu a través de todas las épocas, de cómo los seres humanos han buscado por las mismas vías los secretos del oficio de vivir, legando, de paso, a las generaciones posteriores unas enseñanzas que Wayne W. Dyer se encarga de acercar al lector de hoy. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459313]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La sabiduría de todos los tiempos: Cómo acercar las verdades eternas a nuestra vida cotidiana Author: Dr. Wayne Dyer Narrator: Miguel ángel álvarez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: October 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Una reflexión sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria: amor, esperanza... Esta obra recoge fragmentos de algunos de los más excelsos maestros del pensamiento de todos los tiempos, desde Pitágoras hasta la madre Teresa, desde Buda hasta Gandhi. Tales fragmentos dan pie al doctor Dyer para reflexionar sobre un conjunto de valores y virtudes cuya práctica es la base de una vida plena y satisfactoria. La sabiduría de todos los tiempos es, pues, mucho más que una antología de lo más noble del pensamiento universal: es una muestra de la perennidad del espíritu a través de todas las épocas, de cómo los seres humanos han buscado por las mismas vías los secretos del oficio de vivir, legando, de paso, a las generaciones posteriores unas enseñanzas que Wayne W. Dyer se encarga de acercar al lector de hoy. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459307 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love Jesus, but I Want to Die: Finding Hope in the Darkness of Depression Author: Sarah J. Robinson Narrator: Sarah J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, shame-free guide for your darkest days “A one-of-a-kind book . . . to read for yourself or give to a struggling friend or loved one without the fear that depression and suicidal thoughts will be minimized, medicalized or over-spiritualized.”—Kay Warren, cofounder of Saddleback Church   What happens when loving Jesus doesn’t cure you of depression, anxiety, or suicidal thoughts? You might be crushed by shame over your mental illness, only to be told by well-meaning Christians to “choose joy” and “pray more.” So you beg God to take away the pain, but nothing eases the ache inside. As darkness lingers and color drains from your world, you’re left wondering if God has abandoned you.    You just want a way out.   But there’s hope.   In I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die, Sarah J. Robinson offers a healthy, practical, and shame-free guide for Christians struggling with mental illness. With unflinching honesty, Sarah shares her story of battling depression and fighting to stay alive despite toxic theology that made her afraid to seek help outside the church. Pairing her own story with scriptural insights, mental health research, and simple practices, Sarah helps you reconnect with the God who is present in our deepest anguish and discover that you are worth everything it takes to get better.   Beautifully written and full of hard-won wisdom, I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die offers a path toward a rich, hope-filled life in Christ, even when healing doesn’t look like what you expect. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of appendices from the book. Sarah J. Robinson Tue, 11 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459307 thebookvoice.com 8:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love Jesus, but I Want to Die: Finding Hope in the Darkness of Depression Author: Sarah J. Robinson Narrator: Sarah J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, shame-free guide for your darkest days “A one-of-a-kind book . . . to read for yourself or give to a struggling friend or loved one without the fear that depression and suicidal thoughts will be minimized, medicalized or over-spiritualized.”—Kay Warren, cofounder of Saddleback Church   What happens when loving Jesus doesn’t cure you of depression, anxiety, or suicidal thoughts? You might be crushed by shame over your mental illness, only to be told by well-meaning Christians to “choose joy” and “pray more.” So you beg God to take away the pain, but nothing eases the ache inside. As darkness lingers and color drains from your world, you’re left wondering if God has abandoned you.    You just want a way out.   But there’s hope.   In I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die, Sarah J. Robinson offers a healthy, practical, and shame-free guide for Christians struggling with mental illness. With unflinching honesty, Sarah shares her story of battling depression and fighting to stay alive despite toxic theology that made her afraid to seek help outside the church. Pairing her own story with scriptural insights, mental health research, and simple practices, Sarah helps you reconnect with the God who is present in our deepest anguish and discover that you are worth everything it takes to get better.   Beautifully written and full of hard-won wisdom, I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die offers a path toward a rich, hope-filled life in Christ, even when healing doesn’t look like what you expect. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of appendices from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459307]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: I Love Jesus, but I Want to Die: Finding Hope in the Darkness of Depression Author: Sarah J. Robinson Narrator: Sarah J. Robinson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 9 minutes Release date: May 11, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A compassionate, shame-free guide for your darkest days “A one-of-a-kind book . . . to read for yourself or give to a struggling friend or loved one without the fear that depression and suicidal thoughts will be minimized, medicalized or over-spiritualized.”—Kay Warren, cofounder of Saddleback Church   What happens when loving Jesus doesn’t cure you of depression, anxiety, or suicidal thoughts? You might be crushed by shame over your mental illness, only to be told by well-meaning Christians to “choose joy” and “pray more.” So you beg God to take away the pain, but nothing eases the ache inside. As darkness lingers and color drains from your world, you’re left wondering if God has abandoned you.    You just want a way out.   But there’s hope.   In I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die, Sarah J. Robinson offers a healthy, practical, and shame-free guide for Christians struggling with mental illness. With unflinching honesty, Sarah shares her story of battling depression and fighting to stay alive despite toxic theology that made her afraid to seek help outside the church. Pairing her own story with scriptural insights, mental health research, and simple practices, Sarah helps you reconnect with the God who is present in our deepest anguish and discover that you are worth everything it takes to get better.   Beautifully written and full of hard-won wisdom, I Love Jesus, But I Want to Die offers a path toward a rich, hope-filled life in Christ, even when healing doesn’t look like what you expect. * This audiobook edition includes a downloadable PDF of appendices from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459022 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459022]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve Your Highest Potential Author: Chitra Jha Narrator: Mala Mangla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all have an underlying desire to achieve more than what we already have, but something stops us from moving forward. We ve all looked at more successful, happier people than us, and wondered what we are doing wrong. Why is it that we feel unable to progress any further? What is that always stops us from being the best that we can be? Written by a columnist and lifestyle coach, Chitra Jha, Achieve Your Highest Potential, is a step by step guide to set you on your personal growth plan. It will help you to break all the barriers and be the success you should be Chitra Jha Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459022 thebookvoice.com 8:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459022]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve Your Highest Potential Author: Chitra Jha Narrator: Mala Mangla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all have an underlying desire to achieve more than what we already have, but something stops us from moving forward. We ve all looked at more successful, happier people than us, and wondered what we are doing wrong. Why is it that we feel unable to progress any further? What is that always stops us from being the best that we can be? Written by a columnist and lifestyle coach, Chitra Jha, Achieve Your Highest Potential, is a step by step guide to set you on your personal growth plan. It will help you to break all the barriers and be the success you should be Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/459022]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Achieve Your Highest Potential Author: Chitra Jha Narrator: Mala Mangla Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 10 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all have an underlying desire to achieve more than what we already have, but something stops us from moving forward. We ve all looked at more successful, happier people than us, and wondered what we are doing wrong. Why is it that we feel unable to progress any further? What is that always stops us from being the best that we can be? Written by a columnist and lifestyle coach, Chitra Jha, Achieve Your Highest Potential, is a step by step guide to set you on your personal growth plan. It will help you to break all the barriers and be the success you should be https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. Joann Condie Tue, 06 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375 thebookvoice.com 5:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/458375]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aftershock: Overcoming His Secret Life with Pornography: A Plan for Recovery Author: Joann Condie Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 51 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Aftershock, an experienced counselor and therapist offer hope―and a practical plan―for women who have discovered their husband’s struggle with pornography and other sexual infidelities. What do you do when your inner world is crumbling in the aftershock of this devastating betrayal? Read this book! From the seven steps for self-care and learning how to deal with the emotions that follow this unwelcome news to considering the “why” of his behavior and deciding on a plan of action, this book gives women a process to follow once they find themselves in “aftershock.” Based on biblical principles and psychologically sound advice, Aftershock is designed to help women heal, grow, and receive restoration for themselves, their husbands, and their marriages. Readers are encouraged to journal to aid in the healing process, and at the end of each chapter, they will find a reflection, questions, and a prayer to help them absorb the material. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram Test Book: A Practical Guide to Self-Discovery & Self-Realization for Better Relationships and a Better Life: Best Audiobooks & Books; Book 2 Author: Carly Greene Narrator: Ryan Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 23 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We view the world through a narrow lens and demand that others see and do things as we see fit. This is where conflicts arise and communication fizzles out. If we only learn to widen our awareness and celebrate each individual for their authentic self, we will be able to deepen our connections and learn to grow and thrive together. This is why the Enneagram has proven to be such a potent tool for finding common ground. It reminds us that every person sees and interacts with the world differently, and allows us to grow individually while also pushing us to better understand the people in our lives. Once you are able to establish which of the 9 personality types you belong to, becoming your best, authentic self while being a great partner and ally will come naturally. This is the impetus that drove Carly Greene to craft her life-changing book, “The Enneagram Test Book”. This guide is made for soul-searching people, so you can have a practical guide to self-discovery and self-realization and have better relationships and a better life. Over the course of this life-changing book, you will: • Get to know yourself better by answering a thorough questionnaire about where you belong in the 9 Enneagram personality types • Maximize your inherent strengths and unlearn the habits that hold you back by reading about your childhood patterns • Grow and thrive in the world and in your relationships by learning the proven practices that help you become your best, authentic self • And more! With the help of this guide, you will be able to take your self-awareness to the next level by using it to empathize with others and become a better partner, friend, and ally in the lives of those you love. Start living an authentic, purposeful life and bring joy to others using the Enneagram Test Book today! Carly Greene Mon, 24 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457974 thebookvoice.com 1:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram Test Book: A Practical Guide to Self-Discovery & Self-Realization for Better Relationships and a Better Life: Best Audiobooks & Books; Book 2 Author: Carly Greene Narrator: Ryan Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 23 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We view the world through a narrow lens and demand that others see and do things as we see fit. This is where conflicts arise and communication fizzles out. If we only learn to widen our awareness and celebrate each individual for their authentic self, we will be able to deepen our connections and learn to grow and thrive together. This is why the Enneagram has proven to be such a potent tool for finding common ground. It reminds us that every person sees and interacts with the world differently, and allows us to grow individually while also pushing us to better understand the people in our lives. Once you are able to establish which of the 9 personality types you belong to, becoming your best, authentic self while being a great partner and ally will come naturally. This is the impetus that drove Carly Greene to craft her life-changing book, “The Enneagram Test Book”. This guide is made for soul-searching people, so you can have a practical guide to self-discovery and self-realization and have better relationships and a better life. Over the course of this life-changing book, you will: • Get to know yourself better by answering a thorough questionnaire about where you belong in the 9 Enneagram personality types • Maximize your inherent strengths and unlearn the habits that hold you back by reading about your childhood patterns • Grow and thrive in the world and in your relationships by learning the proven practices that help you become your best, authentic self • And more! With the help of this guide, you will be able to take your self-awareness to the next level by using it to empathize with others and become a better partner, friend, and ally in the lives of those you love. Start living an authentic, purposeful life and bring joy to others using the Enneagram Test Book today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Enneagram Test Book: A Practical Guide to Self-Discovery & Self-Realization for Better Relationships and a Better Life: Best Audiobooks & Books; Book 2 Author: Carly Greene Narrator: Ryan Thompson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 11 minutes Release date: August 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.78 of Total 23 Ratings of Narrator: 4.78 of Total 23 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We view the world through a narrow lens and demand that others see and do things as we see fit. This is where conflicts arise and communication fizzles out. If we only learn to widen our awareness and celebrate each individual for their authentic self, we will be able to deepen our connections and learn to grow and thrive together. This is why the Enneagram has proven to be such a potent tool for finding common ground. It reminds us that every person sees and interacts with the world differently, and allows us to grow individually while also pushing us to better understand the people in our lives. Once you are able to establish which of the 9 personality types you belong to, becoming your best, authentic self while being a great partner and ally will come naturally. This is the impetus that drove Carly Greene to craft her life-changing book, “The Enneagram Test Book”. This guide is made for soul-searching people, so you can have a practical guide to self-discovery and self-realization and have better relationships and a better life. Over the course of this life-changing book, you will: • Get to know yourself better by answering a thorough questionnaire about where you belong in the 9 Enneagram personality types • Maximize your inherent strengths and unlearn the habits that hold you back by reading about your childhood patterns • Grow and thrive in the world and in your relationships by learning the proven practices that help you become your best, authentic self • And more! With the help of this guide, you will be able to take your self-awareness to the next level by using it to empathize with others and become a better partner, friend, and ally in the lives of those you love. Start living an authentic, purposeful life and bring joy to others using the Enneagram Test Book today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457922 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life Author: M.K. Jameson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life When we hear the word clutter, most people think of the clutter and mess found in their homes. But our homes are not the only ones getting cluttered these days. Because of all the daily stresses we face, our mind is often multitasking and ends up being very cluttered. Most people feel that their minds are not at peace even in sleep. It is constantly in chaos from thinking about responsibilities, bills, problems, goals, and various other issues. It is very important that we take care of and declutter our minds so that it is always working at its peak level. This audiobook will teach you how to develop a greater sense of mental clarity and space in your mind. You will discover how to get rid of clutter in your brain so that it could develop more effective strategies to achieve success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following topics: - Different Kinds of Mental Clutter and What Can Trigger It - Letting Go of the Past - The Power of Positive Thinking - How to Improve Your Focus - Ways to Clear the Mind Clutter Most people live with very cluttered minds that affect their everyday lives but more often than not, this issue just gets ignored and unresolved. An uncluttered mind is crucial for decision-making skills. If you want to learn more about the useful tactics you can use to declutter your mind and gain mental clarity, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. M.K. Jameson Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457922 thebookvoice.com 0:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life Author: M.K. Jameson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life When we hear the word clutter, most people think of the clutter and mess found in their homes. But our homes are not the only ones getting cluttered these days. Because of all the daily stresses we face, our mind is often multitasking and ends up being very cluttered. Most people feel that their minds are not at peace even in sleep. It is constantly in chaos from thinking about responsibilities, bills, problems, goals, and various other issues. It is very important that we take care of and declutter our minds so that it is always working at its peak level. This audiobook will teach you how to develop a greater sense of mental clarity and space in your mind. You will discover how to get rid of clutter in your brain so that it could develop more effective strategies to achieve success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following topics: - Different Kinds of Mental Clutter and What Can Trigger It - Letting Go of the Past - The Power of Positive Thinking - How to Improve Your Focus - Ways to Clear the Mind Clutter Most people live with very cluttered minds that affect their everyday lives but more often than not, this issue just gets ignored and unresolved. An uncluttered mind is crucial for decision-making skills. If you want to learn more about the useful tactics you can use to declutter your mind and gain mental clarity, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457922]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life Author: M.K. Jameson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Master Your Thinking: The Ultimate Guide to Achieving Mental Clarity, Discover Effective Strategies on How You Can Obtain Mental Clarity to Achieve Greater Success In Your Life When we hear the word clutter, most people think of the clutter and mess found in their homes. But our homes are not the only ones getting cluttered these days. Because of all the daily stresses we face, our mind is often multitasking and ends up being very cluttered. Most people feel that their minds are not at peace even in sleep. It is constantly in chaos from thinking about responsibilities, bills, problems, goals, and various other issues. It is very important that we take care of and declutter our minds so that it is always working at its peak level. This audiobook will teach you how to develop a greater sense of mental clarity and space in your mind. You will discover how to get rid of clutter in your brain so that it could develop more effective strategies to achieve success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following topics: - Different Kinds of Mental Clutter and What Can Trigger It - Letting Go of the Past - The Power of Positive Thinking - How to Improve Your Focus - Ways to Clear the Mind Clutter Most people live with very cluttered minds that affect their everyday lives but more often than not, this issue just gets ignored and unresolved. An uncluttered mind is crucial for decision-making skills. If you want to learn more about the useful tactics you can use to declutter your mind and gain mental clarity, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The instant Sunday Times bestseller A FINANCIAL TIMES, GUARDIAN AND OBSERVER BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF THE DAILY TELEGRAPH'S 75 BEST BOOKS OF 2021 What if you stopped trying to do everything, so that you could finally get round to what counts? We're obsessed with our lengthening to-do lists, our overfilled inboxes, the struggle against distraction, and the sense that our attention spans are shrivelling. Still, we rarely make the connection between our daily struggles with time and the ultimate time management problem: the question of how best to use our ridiculously brief time on the planet, which amounts on average to about four thousand weeks. Four Thousand Weeks is an uplifting, engrossing and deeply realistic exploration of the challenge. Rejecting the futile modern obsession with 'getting everything done,' it introduces readers to tools for constructing a meaningful life by embracing rather than denying their limitations. Drawing on the insights of both ancient and contemporary philosophers, psychologists, and spiritual teachers, Oliver Burkeman sets out to realign our relationship with time - and in doing so, to liberate us from its tyranny. Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. 'Life is finite. You don't have to fit everything in... Read this book and wake up to a new way of thinking and living' EMMA GANNON 'A much-needed reality check on our culture's crazy assumptions around work, productivity and living a meaningful life' MARK MANSON, bestselling author of THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A F*CK 'Comforting, fascinating, engaging, inspiring and USEFUL, actually genuinely useful' MARIAN KEYES © Oliver Burkeman 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Oliver Burkeman Thu, 26 Aug 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910 thebookvoice.com 5:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The instant Sunday Times bestseller A FINANCIAL TIMES, GUARDIAN AND OBSERVER BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF THE DAILY TELEGRAPH'S 75 BEST BOOKS OF 2021 What if you stopped trying to do everything, so that you could finally get round to what counts? We're obsessed with our lengthening to-do lists, our overfilled inboxes, the struggle against distraction, and the sense that our attention spans are shrivelling. Still, we rarely make the connection between our daily struggles with time and the ultimate time management problem: the question of how best to use our ridiculously brief time on the planet, which amounts on average to about four thousand weeks. Four Thousand Weeks is an uplifting, engrossing and deeply realistic exploration of the challenge. Rejecting the futile modern obsession with 'getting everything done,' it introduces readers to tools for constructing a meaningful life by embracing rather than denying their limitations. Drawing on the insights of both ancient and contemporary philosophers, psychologists, and spiritual teachers, Oliver Burkeman sets out to realign our relationship with time - and in doing so, to liberate us from its tyranny. Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. 'Life is finite. You don't have to fit everything in... Read this book and wake up to a new way of thinking and living' EMMA GANNON 'A much-needed reality check on our culture's crazy assumptions around work, productivity and living a meaningful life' MARK MANSON, bestselling author of THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A F*CK 'Comforting, fascinating, engaging, inspiring and USEFUL, actually genuinely useful' MARIAN KEYES © Oliver Burkeman 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Four Thousand Weeks: Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. Author: Oliver Burkeman Narrator: Oliver Burkeman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 54 minutes Release date: August 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.58 of Total 48 Ratings of Narrator: 4.74 of Total 19 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. The instant Sunday Times bestseller A FINANCIAL TIMES, GUARDIAN AND OBSERVER BOOK OF THE YEAR ONE OF THE DAILY TELEGRAPH'S 75 BEST BOOKS OF 2021 What if you stopped trying to do everything, so that you could finally get round to what counts? We're obsessed with our lengthening to-do lists, our overfilled inboxes, the struggle against distraction, and the sense that our attention spans are shrivelling. Still, we rarely make the connection between our daily struggles with time and the ultimate time management problem: the question of how best to use our ridiculously brief time on the planet, which amounts on average to about four thousand weeks. Four Thousand Weeks is an uplifting, engrossing and deeply realistic exploration of the challenge. Rejecting the futile modern obsession with 'getting everything done,' it introduces readers to tools for constructing a meaningful life by embracing rather than denying their limitations. Drawing on the insights of both ancient and contemporary philosophers, psychologists, and spiritual teachers, Oliver Burkeman sets out to realign our relationship with time - and in doing so, to liberate us from its tyranny. Embrace your limits. Change your life. Make your four thousand weeks count. 'Life is finite. You don't have to fit everything in... Read this book and wake up to a new way of thinking and living' EMMA GANNON 'A much-needed reality check on our culture's crazy assumptions around work, productivity and living a meaningful life' MARK MANSON, bestselling author of THE SUBTLE ART OF NOT GIVING A F*CK 'Comforting, fascinating, engaging, inspiring and USEFUL, actually genuinely useful' MARIAN KEYES © Oliver Burkeman 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457814 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laughing Baby: The Extraordinary Science behind What Makes Babies Happy Author: Caspar Addyman Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The laughter of tiny babies is endearing, entrancing, and infectious. Powerful enough to reinvigorate even the most weary parent, it is also a fascinating window into what they are learning. Long before they can talk, babies communicate their experience of the world through laughter and tears. Until now, however, psychologists and parenting experts have largely focused on moments of stress and confusion. Dr Caspar Addyman is a developmental psychologist who decided to change that. For six years Caspar has run the Baby Laughter project, collecting data, videos, and stories from parents all over the world. He learned that laughter and smiles are of central importance at the start of life, defining our cognitive and emotional development. Squeals of joy accompany all of a baby's little breakthroughs, connecting them to their nearest and dearest. The Laughing Baby is the culmination of Caspar's research. Moving chronologically through the first two years of infancy, it shows how babies provide the origin story for our incredible abilities, and how understanding them is key to understanding ourselves. Caspar Addyman Tue, 16 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457814 thebookvoice.com 10:24:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laughing Baby: The Extraordinary Science behind What Makes Babies Happy Author: Caspar Addyman Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The laughter of tiny babies is endearing, entrancing, and infectious. Powerful enough to reinvigorate even the most weary parent, it is also a fascinating window into what they are learning. Long before they can talk, babies communicate their experience of the world through laughter and tears. Until now, however, psychologists and parenting experts have largely focused on moments of stress and confusion. Dr Caspar Addyman is a developmental psychologist who decided to change that. For six years Caspar has run the Baby Laughter project, collecting data, videos, and stories from parents all over the world. He learned that laughter and smiles are of central importance at the start of life, defining our cognitive and emotional development. Squeals of joy accompany all of a baby's little breakthroughs, connecting them to their nearest and dearest. The Laughing Baby is the culmination of Caspar's research. Moving chronologically through the first two years of infancy, it shows how babies provide the origin story for our incredible abilities, and how understanding them is key to understanding ourselves. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457814]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Laughing Baby: The Extraordinary Science behind What Makes Babies Happy Author: Caspar Addyman Narrator: Liam Gerrard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 24 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The laughter of tiny babies is endearing, entrancing, and infectious. Powerful enough to reinvigorate even the most weary parent, it is also a fascinating window into what they are learning. Long before they can talk, babies communicate their experience of the world through laughter and tears. Until now, however, psychologists and parenting experts have largely focused on moments of stress and confusion. Dr Caspar Addyman is a developmental psychologist who decided to change that. For six years Caspar has run the Baby Laughter project, collecting data, videos, and stories from parents all over the world. He learned that laughter and smiles are of central importance at the start of life, defining our cognitive and emotional development. Squeals of joy accompany all of a baby's little breakthroughs, connecting them to their nearest and dearest. The Laughing Baby is the culmination of Caspar's research. Moving chronologically through the first two years of infancy, it shows how babies provide the origin story for our incredible abilities, and how understanding them is key to understanding ourselves. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457655 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aggression in Play Therapy: A Neurobiological Approach for Integrating Intensity Author: Lisa Dion Narrator: Lisa Dion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Offers play therapists practical ways of handling a pervasive issue with intense and aggressive play by their clients. With an understanding of aggressive play based on brain function and neuroscience, this book provides therapists with a framework to work authentically with aggressive play, while making it an integrative and therapeutic experience for the child. Through the lens of neuroscience and interpersonal neurobiology, therapists are taught how to integrate the intensity experienced by both the child and the therapist during aggressive play in a way that leads towards greater healing and integration. The book explains the neurological processes that lead kids to dysregulation and provides therapists with tools to help their clients facilitate deep emotional healing, without causing their own nervous system to shut down. Topics covered include: embracing aggression; understanding the nervous system; understanding regulation; developing yourself as an external regulator; authentic expression; setting boundaries; working with emotional flooding; supporting parents during aggressive play. Lisa Dion Tue, 08 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457655 thebookvoice.com 5:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aggression in Play Therapy: A Neurobiological Approach for Integrating Intensity Author: Lisa Dion Narrator: Lisa Dion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Offers play therapists practical ways of handling a pervasive issue with intense and aggressive play by their clients. With an understanding of aggressive play based on brain function and neuroscience, this book provides therapists with a framework to work authentically with aggressive play, while making it an integrative and therapeutic experience for the child. Through the lens of neuroscience and interpersonal neurobiology, therapists are taught how to integrate the intensity experienced by both the child and the therapist during aggressive play in a way that leads towards greater healing and integration. The book explains the neurological processes that lead kids to dysregulation and provides therapists with tools to help their clients facilitate deep emotional healing, without causing their own nervous system to shut down. Topics covered include: embracing aggression; understanding the nervous system; understanding regulation; developing yourself as an external regulator; authentic expression; setting boundaries; working with emotional flooding; supporting parents during aggressive play. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457655]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Aggression in Play Therapy: A Neurobiological Approach for Integrating Intensity Author: Lisa Dion Narrator: Lisa Dion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 48 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Offers play therapists practical ways of handling a pervasive issue with intense and aggressive play by their clients. With an understanding of aggressive play based on brain function and neuroscience, this book provides therapists with a framework to work authentically with aggressive play, while making it an integrative and therapeutic experience for the child. Through the lens of neuroscience and interpersonal neurobiology, therapists are taught how to integrate the intensity experienced by both the child and the therapist during aggressive play in a way that leads towards greater healing and integration. The book explains the neurological processes that lead kids to dysregulation and provides therapists with tools to help their clients facilitate deep emotional healing, without causing their own nervous system to shut down. Topics covered include: embracing aggression; understanding the nervous system; understanding regulation; developing yourself as an external regulator; authentic expression; setting boundaries; working with emotional flooding; supporting parents during aggressive play. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering Author: Scott A. Small Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY Scott A. Small Tue, 13 Jul 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116 thebookvoice.com 5:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering Author: Scott A. Small Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457116]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Forgetting: The Benefits of Not Remembering Author: Scott A. Small Narrator: Timothy Andrés Pabon Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Fascinating and useful . . . The distinguished memory researcher Scott A. Small explains why forgetfulness is not only normal but also beneficial.”—Walter Isaacson, bestselling author of Leonardo da Vinci and Steve Jobs Who wouldn’t want a better memory? Dr. Scott Small has dedicated his career to understanding why memory forsakes us. As director of the Alzheimer’s Disease Research Center at Columbia University, he focuses largely on patients who experience pathological forgetting, and it is in contrast to their suffering that normal forgetting, which we experience every day, appears in sharp relief.   Until recently, most everyone—memory scientists included—believed that forgetting served no purpose. But new research in psychology, neurobiology, medicine, and computer science tells a different story. Forgetting is not a failure of our minds. It’s not even a benign glitch. It is, in fact, good for us—and, alongside memory, it is a required function for our minds to work best.   Forgetting benefits our cognitive and creative abilities, emotional well-being, and even our personal and societal health. As frustrating as a typical lapse can be, it’s precisely what opens up our minds to making better decisions, experiencing joy and relationships, and flourishing artistically.   From studies of bonobos in the wild to visits with the iconic painter Jasper Johns and the renowned decision-making expert Daniel Kahneman, Small looks across disciplines to put new scientific findings into illuminating context while also revealing groundbreaking developments about Alzheimer’s disease. The next time you forget where you left your keys, remember that a little forgetting does a lot of good. *Includes a downloadable PDF of images from the book Cover art: © 2021 The Easton Foundation / Licensed by VAGA at Artists Rights Society (ARS), NY https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457068 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La revolución emocional: ¡Todos necesitamos lo mismo para sentirnos bien! Author: Inma Puig Narrator: Inma Puig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A partir de historias vividas, Inma Puig muestra cómo aprender a gestionar las propias emociones y a entender las de los demás en el entorno personal y empresarial nos permite descubrir otra realidad. Esta «evolución emocional» al alcance de todos abrirá sin duda las puertas a un mundo mejor. Nos hallamos inmersos en una revolución en la que los cambios tecnológicos se suceden a un ritmo vertiginoso, en la vida diaria y en campos como la inteligencia artificial o la genética que incluso permitirán alargar la vida. Sin embargo, en una sociedad en la que hemos perdido la privacidad y todos somos cada vez más anónimos, ¿cómo afectarán estos avances tan deslumbrantes a nuestras emociones? ¿De qué nos sirve incrementar la longevidad, por ejemplo, si el resultado es una vida sin sentimientos? No hay más que mirar a nuestro alrededor para constatar que las emociones se han obviado en las empresas y en las relaciones personales. Por ello es urgente emprender una nueva revolución sin la cual las anteriores no habrían tenido sentido: Una «revolución emocional» al alcance de todos, personas y empresas, y que permitirá respetar, compartir y considerar los sentimientos propios y ajenos. Porque la realidad nos muestra que solo nos emociona lo que es auténtico, que solo recordamos lo que nos emociona, que solo aprendemos de aquello que nos emociona y que la vida solo vale la pena ser vivida con pasión. Además, la práctica demuestra que lo que no se hace con sentimiento se muere por el camino. Y basta con imaginar qué pasaría si tuviéramos en cuenta qué es lo que sienten y cómo se sienten quienes nos rodean. Evidentemente, sería un mundo mucho mejor. Reseñas: «Como afirma Inma Puig en La revolución emocional, cuando hablamos de transformación, deberíamos concentrarnos menos en la tecnología y la reingeniería de procesos y más en programas para desarrollar las competencias emocionales, sociales y relacionales. Ya es hora de devolver la humanidad al mundo de los negocios.» Sarah Harmon, Directora de LinkedIn España y Portugal «A veces no nos damos cuenta de lo que estamos haciendo. Lo hacemos casi por inercia, porque debemos hacerlo. Inma me ha ayudado a comprender muchas cosas y a mejorar en otras y, por encima de todo, me ha enseñado a elegir.» Andrés Iniesta, jugador del F.C. Barcelona y del Vissel Kobe «El libro de Inma Puig es imprescindible para comprender que la vanguardia no va de tecnología, ni de producto, sino de personas y de revolución sensible. En la restauración, y quizás en el mundo de la empresa, vanguardia e innovación es cuidar a las personas.» Joan, Josep y Jordi Roca, El Celler de Can Roca Inma Puig Thu, 12 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457068 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La revolución emocional: ¡Todos necesitamos lo mismo para sentirnos bien! Author: Inma Puig Narrator: Inma Puig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A partir de historias vividas, Inma Puig muestra cómo aprender a gestionar las propias emociones y a entender las de los demás en el entorno personal y empresarial nos permite descubrir otra realidad. Esta «evolución emocional» al alcance de todos abrirá sin duda las puertas a un mundo mejor. Nos hallamos inmersos en una revolución en la que los cambios tecnológicos se suceden a un ritmo vertiginoso, en la vida diaria y en campos como la inteligencia artificial o la genética que incluso permitirán alargar la vida. Sin embargo, en una sociedad en la que hemos perdido la privacidad y todos somos cada vez más anónimos, ¿cómo afectarán estos avances tan deslumbrantes a nuestras emociones? ¿De qué nos sirve incrementar la longevidad, por ejemplo, si el resultado es una vida sin sentimientos? No hay más que mirar a nuestro alrededor para constatar que las emociones se han obviado en las empresas y en las relaciones personales. Por ello es urgente emprender una nueva revolución sin la cual las anteriores no habrían tenido sentido: Una «revolución emocional» al alcance de todos, personas y empresas, y que permitirá respetar, compartir y considerar los sentimientos propios y ajenos. Porque la realidad nos muestra que solo nos emociona lo que es auténtico, que solo recordamos lo que nos emociona, que solo aprendemos de aquello que nos emociona y que la vida solo vale la pena ser vivida con pasión. Además, la práctica demuestra que lo que no se hace con sentimiento se muere por el camino. Y basta con imaginar qué pasaría si tuviéramos en cuenta qué es lo que sienten y cómo se sienten quienes nos rodean. Evidentemente, sería un mundo mucho mejor. Reseñas: «Como afirma Inma Puig en La revolución emocional, cuando hablamos de transformación, deberíamos concentrarnos menos en la tecnología y la reingeniería de procesos y más en programas para desarrollar las competencias emocionales, sociales y relacionales. Ya es hora de devolver la humanidad al mundo de los negocios.» Sarah Harmon, Directora de LinkedIn España y Portugal «A veces no nos damos cuenta de lo que estamos haciendo. Lo hacemos casi por inercia, porque debemos hacerlo. Inma me ha ayudado a comprender muchas cosas y a mejorar en otras y, por encima de todo, me ha enseñado a elegir.» Andrés Iniesta, jugador del F.C. Barcelona y del Vissel Kobe «El libro de Inma Puig es imprescindible para comprender que la vanguardia no va de tecnología, ni de producto, sino de personas y de revolución sensible. En la restauración, y quizás en el mundo de la empresa, vanguardia e innovación es cuidar a las personas.» Joan, Josep y Jordi Roca, El Celler de Can Roca Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/457068]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - La revolución emocional: ¡Todos necesitamos lo mismo para sentirnos bien! Author: Inma Puig Narrator: Inma Puig Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A partir de historias vividas, Inma Puig muestra cómo aprender a gestionar las propias emociones y a entender las de los demás en el entorno personal y empresarial nos permite descubrir otra realidad. Esta «evolución emocional» al alcance de todos abrirá sin duda las puertas a un mundo mejor. Nos hallamos inmersos en una revolución en la que los cambios tecnológicos se suceden a un ritmo vertiginoso, en la vida diaria y en campos como la inteligencia artificial o la genética que incluso permitirán alargar la vida. Sin embargo, en una sociedad en la que hemos perdido la privacidad y todos somos cada vez más anónimos, ¿cómo afectarán estos avances tan deslumbrantes a nuestras emociones? ¿De qué nos sirve incrementar la longevidad, por ejemplo, si el resultado es una vida sin sentimientos? No hay más que mirar a nuestro alrededor para constatar que las emociones se han obviado en las empresas y en las relaciones personales. Por ello es urgente emprender una nueva revolución sin la cual las anteriores no habrían tenido sentido: Una «revolución emocional» al alcance de todos, personas y empresas, y que permitirá respetar, compartir y considerar los sentimientos propios y ajenos. Porque la realidad nos muestra que solo nos emociona lo que es auténtico, que solo recordamos lo que nos emociona, que solo aprendemos de aquello que nos emociona y que la vida solo vale la pena ser vivida con pasión. Además, la práctica demuestra que lo que no se hace con sentimiento se muere por el camino. Y basta con imaginar qué pasaría si tuviéramos en cuenta qué es lo que sienten y cómo se sienten quienes nos rodean. Evidentemente, sería un mundo mucho mejor. Reseñas: «Como afirma Inma Puig en La revolución emocional, cuando hablamos de transformación, deberíamos concentrarnos menos en la tecnología y la reingeniería de procesos y más en programas para desarrollar las competencias emocionales, sociales y relacionales. Ya es hora de devolver la humanidad al mundo de los negocios.» Sarah Harmon, Directora de LinkedIn España y Portugal «A veces no nos damos cuenta de lo que estamos haciendo. Lo hacemos casi por inercia, porque debemos hacerlo. Inma me ha ayudado a comprender muchas cosas y a mejorar en otras y, por encima de todo, me ha enseñado a elegir.» Andrés Iniesta, jugador del F.C. Barcelona y del Vissel Kobe «El libro de Inma Puig es imprescindible para comprender que la vanguardia no va de tecnología, ni de producto, sino de personas y de revolución sensible. En la restauración, y quizás en el mundo de la empresa, vanguardia e innovación es cuidar a las personas.» Joan, Josep y Jordi Roca, El Celler de Can Roca https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456937 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath – A Complete Healing Guide: Self-Discovery, Coping Strategies, Survival Techniques for Highly Sensitive People. Dealing with the Effects of Empathy and how to develop to Enhance Your Life NOW! Author: Ewan Miller Narrator: Ted Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 56 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you continuously feel the urge to help others whilst feeling tired and undervalued? then keep reading…… Are you labelled as being over sensitive? Do you understand others including their hidden motives? Are you overwhelmed and intimidated when attending public functions? Do you suffer from anxiety? Are toxic people often attracted to you? Answering yes to any of these may signal that you are an Empath. “Empath – A Complete Healing Guide “, will show you skills on how to use this powerful yet challenging gift. In this audiobook you will discover: • The best coping strategies for your personal and working life. • The one method all empaths should know for when attending public events. • A simple healing trick you can do to stop you feeling drained. • Why being an empath is a gift. • The biggest mistake an empath can make. • And much, much more. The proven methods and pieces of knowledge are so easy to follow. Even if you never realized that you were an Empath before, you will still be able to use these methods to enhance your empathic abilities in your personal and working life. So, if you want to improve your life and stop feeling emotionally drained, then click 'download' and 'start listening' Ewan Miller Tue, 11 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456937 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath – A Complete Healing Guide: Self-Discovery, Coping Strategies, Survival Techniques for Highly Sensitive People. Dealing with the Effects of Empathy and how to develop to Enhance Your Life NOW! Author: Ewan Miller Narrator: Ted Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 56 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you continuously feel the urge to help others whilst feeling tired and undervalued? then keep reading…… Are you labelled as being over sensitive? Do you understand others including their hidden motives? Are you overwhelmed and intimidated when attending public functions? Do you suffer from anxiety? Are toxic people often attracted to you? Answering yes to any of these may signal that you are an Empath. “Empath – A Complete Healing Guide “, will show you skills on how to use this powerful yet challenging gift. In this audiobook you will discover: • The best coping strategies for your personal and working life. • The one method all empaths should know for when attending public events. • A simple healing trick you can do to stop you feeling drained. • Why being an empath is a gift. • The biggest mistake an empath can make. • And much, much more. The proven methods and pieces of knowledge are so easy to follow. Even if you never realized that you were an Empath before, you will still be able to use these methods to enhance your empathic abilities in your personal and working life. So, if you want to improve your life and stop feeling emotionally drained, then click 'download' and 'start listening' Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456937]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Empath – A Complete Healing Guide: Self-Discovery, Coping Strategies, Survival Techniques for Highly Sensitive People. Dealing with the Effects of Empathy and how to develop to Enhance Your Life NOW! Author: Ewan Miller Narrator: Ted Ryan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.81 of Total 62 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 56 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you continuously feel the urge to help others whilst feeling tired and undervalued? then keep reading…… Are you labelled as being over sensitive? Do you understand others including their hidden motives? Are you overwhelmed and intimidated when attending public functions? Do you suffer from anxiety? Are toxic people often attracted to you? Answering yes to any of these may signal that you are an Empath. “Empath – A Complete Healing Guide “, will show you skills on how to use this powerful yet challenging gift. In this audiobook you will discover: • The best coping strategies for your personal and working life. • The one method all empaths should know for when attending public events. • A simple healing trick you can do to stop you feeling drained. • Why being an empath is a gift. • The biggest mistake an empath can make. • And much, much more. The proven methods and pieces of knowledge are so easy to follow. Even if you never realized that you were an Empath before, you will still be able to use these methods to enhance your empathic abilities in your personal and working life. So, if you want to improve your life and stop feeling emotionally drained, then click 'download' and 'start listening' https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456835 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Killing Remotely: The Psychology of Killing with Drones Author: Wayne Phelps Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “can’t-miss for anyone interested in current military affairs,” On Killing Remotely reveals and explores the costs—to individual soldiers and to society—of the way we wage war today (Kirkus Reviews, starred).  Throughout history society has determined specific rules of engagement between adversaries in armed conflict.  With advances in technology, from armor to in the Middle Ages to nerve gas in World War I to weapons of mass destruction in our own time, the rules have constantly evolved.  Today, when killing the enemy can seem palpably risk-free and tantamount to playing a violent video game, what constitutes warfare?  What is the effect of remote combat on individual soldiers?  And what are the unforeseen repercussions that could affect us all?   Lt Col Wayne Phelps, former commander of a Remotely Piloted Aircraft unit, addresses these questions and many others as he tells the story of the men and women of today’s “chair force.”  Exploring the ethics of remote military engagement, the misconceptions about PTSD among RPA operators, and the specter of military weaponry controlled by robots, his book is an urgent and compelling reminder that it should always be difficult to kill another human being lest we risk losing what makes us human. Wayne Phelps Tue, 08 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456835 thebookvoice.com 12:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Killing Remotely: The Psychology of Killing with Drones Author: Wayne Phelps Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “can’t-miss for anyone interested in current military affairs,” On Killing Remotely reveals and explores the costs—to individual soldiers and to society—of the way we wage war today (Kirkus Reviews, starred).  Throughout history society has determined specific rules of engagement between adversaries in armed conflict.  With advances in technology, from armor to in the Middle Ages to nerve gas in World War I to weapons of mass destruction in our own time, the rules have constantly evolved.  Today, when killing the enemy can seem palpably risk-free and tantamount to playing a violent video game, what constitutes warfare?  What is the effect of remote combat on individual soldiers?  And what are the unforeseen repercussions that could affect us all?   Lt Col Wayne Phelps, former commander of a Remotely Piloted Aircraft unit, addresses these questions and many others as he tells the story of the men and women of today’s “chair force.”  Exploring the ethics of remote military engagement, the misconceptions about PTSD among RPA operators, and the specter of military weaponry controlled by robots, his book is an urgent and compelling reminder that it should always be difficult to kill another human being lest we risk losing what makes us human. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456835]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Killing Remotely: The Psychology of Killing with Drones Author: Wayne Phelps Narrator: Matt Kugler Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 59 minutes Release date: June 8, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “can’t-miss for anyone interested in current military affairs,” On Killing Remotely reveals and explores the costs—to individual soldiers and to society—of the way we wage war today (Kirkus Reviews, starred).  Throughout history society has determined specific rules of engagement between adversaries in armed conflict.  With advances in technology, from armor to in the Middle Ages to nerve gas in World War I to weapons of mass destruction in our own time, the rules have constantly evolved.  Today, when killing the enemy can seem palpably risk-free and tantamount to playing a violent video game, what constitutes warfare?  What is the effect of remote combat on individual soldiers?  And what are the unforeseen repercussions that could affect us all?   Lt Col Wayne Phelps, former commander of a Remotely Piloted Aircraft unit, addresses these questions and many others as he tells the story of the men and women of today’s “chair force.”  Exploring the ethics of remote military engagement, the misconceptions about PTSD among RPA operators, and the specter of military weaponry controlled by robots, his book is an urgent and compelling reminder that it should always be difficult to kill another human being lest we risk losing what makes us human. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456781 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Cope When You Can Heal?: How Healthcare Heroes of COVID-19 Can Recover from PTSD Author: Diana Hendel, Mark Goulston Narrator: Dave Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why Cope When You Can Heal? is an essential resource for doctors, nurses, paramedics, and other healthcare professionals—and the leaders who support them—as they navigate the traumatic stress they have experienced and continue to face. COVID-19 has traumatized the world—and no group has been more impacted than frontline healthcare workers.?They’ve worked without adequate personal protective equipment (PPE), witnessed mass death, and been forced to make choices that haunt them. Many have fallen ill, while others have worried endlessly about their own health and that of their loved ones. Additionally, all of this is happening in the context of a divided nation, a struggling industry, and a “just get over it” culture that exacerbates the problems healthcare workers face, while minimizing their suffering. These factors have created the perfect storm for widespread stress, depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—and, increasingly, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Medical doctor and psychiatrist Mark Goulston shares practical, evidence-based techniques and treatments for managing traumatic stress that will fill you with hope and inspiration. In Why Cope When You Can Heal?, you will discover: - real-world accounts and experiences from frontline workers; - an overview of treatment options; and - exercises, tools, and tips that you can use?today. This guide will help you—and those you love and support in the COVID-19 battle—begin the process of healing from the inside out and reconnect with the joys and rewards of career and life. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Diana Hendel, Mark Goulston Tue, 01 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456781 thebookvoice.com 4:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Cope When You Can Heal?: How Healthcare Heroes of COVID-19 Can Recover from PTSD Author: Diana Hendel, Mark Goulston Narrator: Dave Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why Cope When You Can Heal? is an essential resource for doctors, nurses, paramedics, and other healthcare professionals—and the leaders who support them—as they navigate the traumatic stress they have experienced and continue to face. COVID-19 has traumatized the world—and no group has been more impacted than frontline healthcare workers.?They’ve worked without adequate personal protective equipment (PPE), witnessed mass death, and been forced to make choices that haunt them. Many have fallen ill, while others have worried endlessly about their own health and that of their loved ones. Additionally, all of this is happening in the context of a divided nation, a struggling industry, and a “just get over it” culture that exacerbates the problems healthcare workers face, while minimizing their suffering. These factors have created the perfect storm for widespread stress, depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—and, increasingly, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Medical doctor and psychiatrist Mark Goulston shares practical, evidence-based techniques and treatments for managing traumatic stress that will fill you with hope and inspiration. In Why Cope When You Can Heal?, you will discover: - real-world accounts and experiences from frontline workers; - an overview of treatment options; and - exercises, tools, and tips that you can use?today. This guide will help you—and those you love and support in the COVID-19 battle—begin the process of healing from the inside out and reconnect with the joys and rewards of career and life. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456781]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Why Cope When You Can Heal?: How Healthcare Heroes of COVID-19 Can Recover from PTSD Author: Diana Hendel, Mark Goulston Narrator: Dave Walton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 1 minute Release date: December 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why Cope When You Can Heal? is an essential resource for doctors, nurses, paramedics, and other healthcare professionals—and the leaders who support them—as they navigate the traumatic stress they have experienced and continue to face. COVID-19 has traumatized the world—and no group has been more impacted than frontline healthcare workers.?They’ve worked without adequate personal protective equipment (PPE), witnessed mass death, and been forced to make choices that haunt them. Many have fallen ill, while others have worried endlessly about their own health and that of their loved ones. Additionally, all of this is happening in the context of a divided nation, a struggling industry, and a “just get over it” culture that exacerbates the problems healthcare workers face, while minimizing their suffering. These factors have created the perfect storm for widespread stress, depression, anxiety, and hopelessness—and, increasingly, posttraumatic stress disorder (PTSD). Medical doctor and psychiatrist Mark Goulston shares practical, evidence-based techniques and treatments for managing traumatic stress that will fill you with hope and inspiration. In Why Cope When You Can Heal?, you will discover: - real-world accounts and experiences from frontline workers; - an overview of treatment options; and - exercises, tools, and tips that you can use?today. This guide will help you—and those you love and support in the COVID-19 battle—begin the process of healing from the inside out and reconnect with the joys and rewards of career and life. THIS AUDIOBOOK MAY INCLUDE INFORMATION REGARDING THE COVID-19 PANDEMIC. INFORMATION RELATED TO COVID-19 CONTINUES TO EVOLVE. AUDIOBOOKS.COM ENCOURAGES YOU TO SEEK UP-TO-DATE INFORMATION AND GUIDANCE FROM YOUR LOCAL PUBLIC HEALTH UNIT. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. Nancy Guthrie Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769 thebookvoice.com 4:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456769]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: God Does His Best Work with Empty Author: Nancy Guthrie Narrator: Nancy Guthrie Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: It’s amazing how heavy the weight of emptiness can feel, how much room it can take up in our souls, how much pain can be caused by something that isn’t even there. But while we may see the emptiness of our lives as our greatest problem, that’s not how God sees it. When God looks into the empty places of our lives, He sees His greatest opportunity. God does His best work in the emptiness of our . . . - Insatiable craving for things that don’t satisfy - Relational disappointments and loneliness - Frustrated search for purpose and meaning - Relentless desire for comfort and security - Ongoing struggle to live with loss and unfulfilled dreams Join Nancy Guthrie in discovering why emptiness has never been, and never will be, a problem to God. As Nancy pulls back the curtain on God’s work to fill up emptiness as revealed throughout the Bible, you’ll experience page after page of grace and hope that your emptiness can and will be filled. You’ll begin to see that God really does do His best work with empty―as he fills it with Himself. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456521 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is for Everybody: Passionate Politics Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "A genuine feminist politics always brings us from bondage to freedom, from lovelessness to loving....There can be no love without justice.-from the chapter "To Love Again: The Heart of Feminism" In this engaging and provocative volume, bell hooks introduces a popular theory of feminism rooted in common sense and the wisdom of experience. Hers is a vision of a beloved community that appeals to all those committed to equality, mutual respect, and justice. hooks applies her critical analysis to the most contentious and challenging issues facing feminists today, including reproductive rights, violence, race, class, and work. With her customary insight and unsparing honesty, hooks calls for a feminism free from divisive barriers but rich with rigorous debate. In language both eye-opening and optimistic, hooks encourages us to demand alternatives to patriarchal, racist, and homophobic culture, and to imagine a different future. hooks speaks to all those in search of true liberation, asking readers to take look at feminism in a new light, to see that it touches all lives. Issuing an invitation to participate fully in feminist movement and to benefit fully from it, hooks shows that feminism-far from being an outdated concept or one limited to an intellectual elite-is indeed for everybody. bell hooks is the author of numerous critically acclaimed books on the politics of race, gender, class, and culture. A frequent lecturer in the United States and abroad, she is Distinguished Professor of English at City College, City University of New York" Bell Hooks Mon, 01 Jan 2018 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456521 thebookvoice.com 4:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is for Everybody: Passionate Politics Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "A genuine feminist politics always brings us from bondage to freedom, from lovelessness to loving....There can be no love without justice.-from the chapter "To Love Again: The Heart of Feminism" In this engaging and provocative volume, bell hooks introduces a popular theory of feminism rooted in common sense and the wisdom of experience. Hers is a vision of a beloved community that appeals to all those committed to equality, mutual respect, and justice. hooks applies her critical analysis to the most contentious and challenging issues facing feminists today, including reproductive rights, violence, race, class, and work. With her customary insight and unsparing honesty, hooks calls for a feminism free from divisive barriers but rich with rigorous debate. In language both eye-opening and optimistic, hooks encourages us to demand alternatives to patriarchal, racist, and homophobic culture, and to imagine a different future. hooks speaks to all those in search of true liberation, asking readers to take look at feminism in a new light, to see that it touches all lives. Issuing an invitation to participate fully in feminist movement and to benefit fully from it, hooks shows that feminism-far from being an outdated concept or one limited to an intellectual elite-is indeed for everybody. bell hooks is the author of numerous critically acclaimed books on the politics of race, gender, class, and culture. A frequent lecturer in the United States and abroad, she is Distinguished Professor of English at City College, City University of New York" Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456521]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feminism Is for Everybody: Passionate Politics Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 29 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.43 of Total 7 Ratings of Narrator: 3.67 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "A genuine feminist politics always brings us from bondage to freedom, from lovelessness to loving....There can be no love without justice.-from the chapter "To Love Again: The Heart of Feminism" In this engaging and provocative volume, bell hooks introduces a popular theory of feminism rooted in common sense and the wisdom of experience. Hers is a vision of a beloved community that appeals to all those committed to equality, mutual respect, and justice. hooks applies her critical analysis to the most contentious and challenging issues facing feminists today, including reproductive rights, violence, race, class, and work. With her customary insight and unsparing honesty, hooks calls for a feminism free from divisive barriers but rich with rigorous debate. In language both eye-opening and optimistic, hooks encourages us to demand alternatives to patriarchal, racist, and homophobic culture, and to imagine a different future. hooks speaks to all those in search of true liberation, asking readers to take look at feminism in a new light, to see that it touches all lives. Issuing an invitation to participate fully in feminist movement and to benefit fully from it, hooks shows that feminism-far from being an outdated concept or one limited to an intellectual elite-is indeed for everybody. bell hooks is the author of numerous critically acclaimed books on the politics of race, gender, class, and culture. A frequent lecturer in the United States and abroad, she is Distinguished Professor of English at City College, City University of New York" https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456522 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Never Too Late to Begin Again: Discovering Creativity and Meaning at Midlife and Beyond Author: Julia Cameron Narrator: Emma Lively Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Julia Cameron has inspired millions with her bestseller on creativity, The Artist's Way. In It's Never Too Late To Begin Again, she turns her eye to a segment of the population that, ironically, while they have more time to be creative, are often reluctant or intimidated by the creative process. Cameron shows readers that retirement can, in fact, be the most rich, fulfilling, and creative time of their lives. When someone retires, the newfound freedom can be quite exciting, but also daunting. The life that someone had has changed, and the life to come is yet to be defined. In this book, Cameron shows readers how cultivating their creative selves can help them navigate this new terrain. She tells the inspiring stories of retirees who discovered new artistic pursuits and passions that more than filled their days-they nurtured their souls. A twelve-week course aimed at defining-and creating-the life you want to have as you redefine-and re-create-yourself, this book includes simple tools that will guide and inspire you to make the most of this time in your life: - Memoir writing offers an opportunity to reflect on-and honor-past experience. This book guides you through the daunting task of writing an entire memoir, breaking it down into manageable pieces. - Morning Pages-private, stream-of-consciousness writing done daily-allow you to express wishes, fears, delights, resentments, and joys, which in turn, provide focus and clarity for the day at hand. - Artist Dates encourage fun and spontaneity. - Solo Walks quell anxiety and clear the mind. This fun, gentle, step-by-step process will help you explore your creative dreams, wishes, and desires-and help you quickly find that it's never too late to begin again. Julia Cameron Mon, 01 Jan 2018 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456522 thebookvoice.com 10:47:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Never Too Late to Begin Again: Discovering Creativity and Meaning at Midlife and Beyond Author: Julia Cameron Narrator: Emma Lively Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Julia Cameron has inspired millions with her bestseller on creativity, The Artist's Way. In It's Never Too Late To Begin Again, she turns her eye to a segment of the population that, ironically, while they have more time to be creative, are often reluctant or intimidated by the creative process. Cameron shows readers that retirement can, in fact, be the most rich, fulfilling, and creative time of their lives. When someone retires, the newfound freedom can be quite exciting, but also daunting. The life that someone had has changed, and the life to come is yet to be defined. In this book, Cameron shows readers how cultivating their creative selves can help them navigate this new terrain. She tells the inspiring stories of retirees who discovered new artistic pursuits and passions that more than filled their days-they nurtured their souls. A twelve-week course aimed at defining-and creating-the life you want to have as you redefine-and re-create-yourself, this book includes simple tools that will guide and inspire you to make the most of this time in your life: - Memoir writing offers an opportunity to reflect on-and honor-past experience. This book guides you through the daunting task of writing an entire memoir, breaking it down into manageable pieces. - Morning Pages-private, stream-of-consciousness writing done daily-allow you to express wishes, fears, delights, resentments, and joys, which in turn, provide focus and clarity for the day at hand. - Artist Dates encourage fun and spontaneity. - Solo Walks quell anxiety and clear the mind. This fun, gentle, step-by-step process will help you explore your creative dreams, wishes, and desires-and help you quickly find that it's never too late to begin again. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456522]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: It's Never Too Late to Begin Again: Discovering Creativity and Meaning at Midlife and Beyond Author: Julia Cameron Narrator: Emma Lively Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 47 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Julia Cameron has inspired millions with her bestseller on creativity, The Artist's Way. In It's Never Too Late To Begin Again, she turns her eye to a segment of the population that, ironically, while they have more time to be creative, are often reluctant or intimidated by the creative process. Cameron shows readers that retirement can, in fact, be the most rich, fulfilling, and creative time of their lives. When someone retires, the newfound freedom can be quite exciting, but also daunting. The life that someone had has changed, and the life to come is yet to be defined. In this book, Cameron shows readers how cultivating their creative selves can help them navigate this new terrain. She tells the inspiring stories of retirees who discovered new artistic pursuits and passions that more than filled their days-they nurtured their souls. A twelve-week course aimed at defining-and creating-the life you want to have as you redefine-and re-create-yourself, this book includes simple tools that will guide and inspire you to make the most of this time in your life: - Memoir writing offers an opportunity to reflect on-and honor-past experience. This book guides you through the daunting task of writing an entire memoir, breaking it down into manageable pieces. - Morning Pages-private, stream-of-consciousness writing done daily-allow you to express wishes, fears, delights, resentments, and joys, which in turn, provide focus and clarity for the day at hand. - Artist Dates encourage fun and spontaneity. - Solo Walks quell anxiety and clear the mind. This fun, gentle, step-by-step process will help you explore your creative dreams, wishes, and desires-and help you quickly find that it's never too late to begin again. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456518 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Love is a Lie: Narcissistic Partners & the Pathological Relationship Agenda Author: Zari Ballard Narrator: Lisa Bunting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: " What is the narcissism epidemic? When our partner is a narcissist, only those who've actually experienced the madness will ever understand what we're going through. When Love Is a Lie is a straight-up, tell-all book about narcissism in relationships that skips the clinical bullshit to focus solely on the personal experience. A narrative that holds nothing back, Zari Ballard's story will educate, enlighten, and empower you to evaluate (and fully understand) the mind-boggling dysfunction in your own relationship. Compare her story to your own and watch what happens. As it has for thousands of abuse victims worldwide, When Love Is a Lie is going to resonate with you in ways that no other book about narcissism ever has. Any relationship involving a person with a narcissistic personality disorder will inevitably take a dark turn. We stay in the relationship thinking we can fix this person or love him/her out of their bad behavior but the truth is that narcissists, sociopaths and psychopaths can never be fixed - not with love, therapy, or any magic pill. Life quickly becomes a roller coaster ride from hell without a harness and with Lucifer himself at the controls. If that sounds dramatic, then you've never loved a narcissist. If that sounds familiar, then this very special book may just change your life. When Love Is A Lie breaks down the signs of a narcissistic personality, exposes the narcissist's way of thinking, and explains exactly why a partner with a narcissistic personality will.... ..over time, deliberately and methodically manage down your expectations of the relationship so that you expect less and less and he gets away with more ..mimic the appropriate emotions at opportune times to achieve desired results ..use the silent treatment, disappearances/reappearances, and other demoralizing (and passive-aggressive) control tactics to punish those who dare to call him/her out on questionable behaviors ..create constant narcissistic chaos and turmoil even - and especially - during the "good" times as a way of keeping you in a heightened state of co-dependent anxiety 24/7 ..juggle many relationships at once - sometimes for years on end - with no one being the wiser, not even you Narcissist abuse is often intentionally passive-aggressive so that we never quite understand what's happening. Friends and family try to be supportive but they simply don't get it. This book, from its very first pages, offers a reprieve from this isolation. When Love is a Lie will make you laugh and it may even make you cry but, above all else, it will provide confirmation and validation that YOU are not the problem." Zari Ballard Sun, 01 Jan 2017 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456518 thebookvoice.com 4:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Love is a Lie: Narcissistic Partners & the Pathological Relationship Agenda Author: Zari Ballard Narrator: Lisa Bunting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: " What is the narcissism epidemic? When our partner is a narcissist, only those who've actually experienced the madness will ever understand what we're going through. When Love Is a Lie is a straight-up, tell-all book about narcissism in relationships that skips the clinical bullshit to focus solely on the personal experience. A narrative that holds nothing back, Zari Ballard's story will educate, enlighten, and empower you to evaluate (and fully understand) the mind-boggling dysfunction in your own relationship. Compare her story to your own and watch what happens. As it has for thousands of abuse victims worldwide, When Love Is a Lie is going to resonate with you in ways that no other book about narcissism ever has. Any relationship involving a person with a narcissistic personality disorder will inevitably take a dark turn. We stay in the relationship thinking we can fix this person or love him/her out of their bad behavior but the truth is that narcissists, sociopaths and psychopaths can never be fixed - not with love, therapy, or any magic pill. Life quickly becomes a roller coaster ride from hell without a harness and with Lucifer himself at the controls. If that sounds dramatic, then you've never loved a narcissist. If that sounds familiar, then this very special book may just change your life. When Love Is A Lie breaks down the signs of a narcissistic personality, exposes the narcissist's way of thinking, and explains exactly why a partner with a narcissistic personality will.... ..over time, deliberately and methodically manage down your expectations of the relationship so that you expect less and less and he gets away with more ..mimic the appropriate emotions at opportune times to achieve desired results ..use the silent treatment, disappearances/reappearances, and other demoralizing (and passive-aggressive) control tactics to punish those who dare to call him/her out on questionable behaviors ..create constant narcissistic chaos and turmoil even - and especially - during the "good" times as a way of keeping you in a heightened state of co-dependent anxiety 24/7 ..juggle many relationships at once - sometimes for years on end - with no one being the wiser, not even you Narcissist abuse is often intentionally passive-aggressive so that we never quite understand what's happening. Friends and family try to be supportive but they simply don't get it. This book, from its very first pages, offers a reprieve from this isolation. When Love is a Lie will make you laugh and it may even make you cry but, above all else, it will provide confirmation and validation that YOU are not the problem." Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456518]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When Love is a Lie: Narcissistic Partners & the Pathological Relationship Agenda Author: Zari Ballard Narrator: Lisa Bunting Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 46 minutes Release date: January 1, 2017 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: " What is the narcissism epidemic? When our partner is a narcissist, only those who've actually experienced the madness will ever understand what we're going through. When Love Is a Lie is a straight-up, tell-all book about narcissism in relationships that skips the clinical bullshit to focus solely on the personal experience. A narrative that holds nothing back, Zari Ballard's story will educate, enlighten, and empower you to evaluate (and fully understand) the mind-boggling dysfunction in your own relationship. Compare her story to your own and watch what happens. As it has for thousands of abuse victims worldwide, When Love Is a Lie is going to resonate with you in ways that no other book about narcissism ever has. Any relationship involving a person with a narcissistic personality disorder will inevitably take a dark turn. We stay in the relationship thinking we can fix this person or love him/her out of their bad behavior but the truth is that narcissists, sociopaths and psychopaths can never be fixed - not with love, therapy, or any magic pill. Life quickly becomes a roller coaster ride from hell without a harness and with Lucifer himself at the controls. If that sounds dramatic, then you've never loved a narcissist. If that sounds familiar, then this very special book may just change your life. When Love Is A Lie breaks down the signs of a narcissistic personality, exposes the narcissist's way of thinking, and explains exactly why a partner with a narcissistic personality will.... ..over time, deliberately and methodically manage down your expectations of the relationship so that you expect less and less and he gets away with more ..mimic the appropriate emotions at opportune times to achieve desired results ..use the silent treatment, disappearances/reappearances, and other demoralizing (and passive-aggressive) control tactics to punish those who dare to call him/her out on questionable behaviors ..create constant narcissistic chaos and turmoil even - and especially - during the "good" times as a way of keeping you in a heightened state of co-dependent anxiety 24/7 ..juggle many relationships at once - sometimes for years on end - with no one being the wiser, not even you Narcissist abuse is often intentionally passive-aggressive so that we never quite understand what's happening. Friends and family try to be supportive but they simply don't get it. This book, from its very first pages, offers a reprieve from this isolation. When Love is a Lie will make you laugh and it may even make you cry but, above all else, it will provide confirmation and validation that YOU are not the problem." https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456519 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brief History of Fascist Lies Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "There is no better book on fascism's complex and vexed relationship with truth."--Jason Stanley, author of How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them In this short companion to his book From Fascism to Populism in History, world-renowned historian Federico Finchelstein explains why fascists regarded simple and often hateful lies as truth, and why so many of their followers believed the falsehoods. Throughout the history of the twentieth century, many supporters of fascist ideologies regarded political lies as truth incarnated in their leader. From Hitler to Mussolini, fascist leaders capitalized on lies as the base of their power and popular sovereignty. This history continues in the present, when lies again seem to increasingly replace empirical truth. Now that actual news is presented as "fake news" and false news becomes government policy, A Brief History of Fascist Lies urges us to remember that the current talk of "post-truth" has a long political and intellectual lineage that we cannot ignore. Federico Finchelstein Fri, 01 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456519 thebookvoice.com 3:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brief History of Fascist Lies Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "There is no better book on fascism's complex and vexed relationship with truth."--Jason Stanley, author of How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them In this short companion to his book From Fascism to Populism in History, world-renowned historian Federico Finchelstein explains why fascists regarded simple and often hateful lies as truth, and why so many of their followers believed the falsehoods. Throughout the history of the twentieth century, many supporters of fascist ideologies regarded political lies as truth incarnated in their leader. From Hitler to Mussolini, fascist leaders capitalized on lies as the base of their power and popular sovereignty. This history continues in the present, when lies again seem to increasingly replace empirical truth. Now that actual news is presented as "fake news" and false news becomes government policy, A Brief History of Fascist Lies urges us to remember that the current talk of "post-truth" has a long political and intellectual lineage that we cannot ignore. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456519]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Brief History of Fascist Lies Author: Federico Finchelstein Narrator: Edoardo Ballerini Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 9 minutes Release date: January 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: "There is no better book on fascism's complex and vexed relationship with truth."--Jason Stanley, author of How Fascism Works: The Politics of Us and Them In this short companion to his book From Fascism to Populism in History, world-renowned historian Federico Finchelstein explains why fascists regarded simple and often hateful lies as truth, and why so many of their followers believed the falsehoods. Throughout the history of the twentieth century, many supporters of fascist ideologies regarded political lies as truth incarnated in their leader. From Hitler to Mussolini, fascist leaders capitalized on lies as the base of their power and popular sovereignty. This history continues in the present, when lies again seem to increasingly replace empirical truth. Now that actual news is presented as "fake news" and false news becomes government policy, A Brief History of Fascist Lies urges us to remember that the current talk of "post-truth" has a long political and intellectual lineage that we cannot ignore. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456520 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching To Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Teaching to Transgress, bell hooks-writer, teacher, and insurgent black intellectual-writes about a new kind of education, educations as the practice of freedom. Teaching students to "transgress" against racial, sexual, and class boundaries in order to achieve the gift of freedom is, for hooks, the teacher's most important goal. Bell hooks speaks to the heart of education today: how can we rethink teaching practices in the age of multiculturalism? What do we do about teachers who do not want to teach, and students who do not want to learn? How should we deal with racism and sexism in the classroom? Full of passion and politics, Teaching to Transgress combines practical knowledge of the classroom with a deeply felt connection to the world of emotions and feelings. This is the rare book about teachers and students that dares to raise critical questions about eros and rage, grief and reconciliation, and the future o teaching its self. "To educate as the practice of freedom," writes bell hooks, "is a way of teaching that any one can learn." Teaching to Transgress is the record of one gifted teacher's struggle to make classrooms work. Bell Hooks Mon, 01 Jan 2018 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456520 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching To Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Teaching to Transgress, bell hooks-writer, teacher, and insurgent black intellectual-writes about a new kind of education, educations as the practice of freedom. Teaching students to "transgress" against racial, sexual, and class boundaries in order to achieve the gift of freedom is, for hooks, the teacher's most important goal. Bell hooks speaks to the heart of education today: how can we rethink teaching practices in the age of multiculturalism? What do we do about teachers who do not want to teach, and students who do not want to learn? How should we deal with racism and sexism in the classroom? Full of passion and politics, Teaching to Transgress combines practical knowledge of the classroom with a deeply felt connection to the world of emotions and feelings. This is the rare book about teachers and students that dares to raise critical questions about eros and rage, grief and reconciliation, and the future o teaching its self. "To educate as the practice of freedom," writes bell hooks, "is a way of teaching that any one can learn." Teaching to Transgress is the record of one gifted teacher's struggle to make classrooms work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456520]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Teaching To Transgress: Education as the Practice of Freedom Author: Bell Hooks Narrator: Robin Miles Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: January 1, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In Teaching to Transgress, bell hooks-writer, teacher, and insurgent black intellectual-writes about a new kind of education, educations as the practice of freedom. Teaching students to "transgress" against racial, sexual, and class boundaries in order to achieve the gift of freedom is, for hooks, the teacher's most important goal. Bell hooks speaks to the heart of education today: how can we rethink teaching practices in the age of multiculturalism? What do we do about teachers who do not want to teach, and students who do not want to learn? How should we deal with racism and sexism in the classroom? Full of passion and politics, Teaching to Transgress combines practical knowledge of the classroom with a deeply felt connection to the world of emotions and feelings. This is the rare book about teachers and students that dares to raise critical questions about eros and rage, grief and reconciliation, and the future o teaching its self. "To educate as the practice of freedom," writes bell hooks, "is a way of teaching that any one can learn." Teaching to Transgress is the record of one gifted teacher's struggle to make classrooms work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456368 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versöhnt mit mir! - Das kleine Hörbuch mit deinem Inneren Kind (Ungekürzt) Author: Natascha Battus Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt das: Sie ärgern sich über Kleinigkeiten, reagieren verletzt auf harmlose Bemerkungen - und fragen sich hinterher, warum Sie so überreagiert haben? Dahinter steckt oft das 'Innere Kind'. Nehmen Sie Ihr Inneres Kind an die Hand, lernen Sie es besser kennen - mit seinen Sorgen, aber auch mit seiner Energie und Neugierde. Gehen Sie Ihren Gefühlen auf die Spur, unterstützen und beschützen Sie dieses Kind in Ihnen. So gestärkt, blüht es auf und schenkt Ihnen Kreativität und Lebensfreude. Natascha Battus Thu, 30 Apr 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456368 thebookvoice.com 1:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versöhnt mit mir! - Das kleine Hörbuch mit deinem Inneren Kind (Ungekürzt) Author: Natascha Battus Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt das: Sie ärgern sich über Kleinigkeiten, reagieren verletzt auf harmlose Bemerkungen - und fragen sich hinterher, warum Sie so überreagiert haben? Dahinter steckt oft das 'Innere Kind'. Nehmen Sie Ihr Inneres Kind an die Hand, lernen Sie es besser kennen - mit seinen Sorgen, aber auch mit seiner Energie und Neugierde. Gehen Sie Ihren Gefühlen auf die Spur, unterstützen und beschützen Sie dieses Kind in Ihnen. So gestärkt, blüht es auf und schenkt Ihnen Kreativität und Lebensfreude. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456368]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Versöhnt mit mir! - Das kleine Hörbuch mit deinem Inneren Kind (Ungekürzt) Author: Natascha Battus Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 18 minutes Release date: April 30, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Jeder kennt das: Sie ärgern sich über Kleinigkeiten, reagieren verletzt auf harmlose Bemerkungen - und fragen sich hinterher, warum Sie so überreagiert haben? Dahinter steckt oft das 'Innere Kind'. Nehmen Sie Ihr Inneres Kind an die Hand, lernen Sie es besser kennen - mit seinen Sorgen, aber auch mit seiner Energie und Neugierde. Gehen Sie Ihren Gefühlen auf die Spur, unterstützen und beschützen Sie dieses Kind in Ihnen. So gestärkt, blüht es auf und schenkt Ihnen Kreativität und Lebensfreude. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Encantado de conocerme (edición ampliada): Comprende tu personalidad a través del Eneagrama Author: Borja Vilaseca Narrator: Jordi Llovet, Borja Vilaseca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EDICIÓN AMPLIADA Y ACTUALIZADA Un título dirigido a personas que sienten una necesidad de cambio personal y/o profesional. Hay tantos caminos para conocerse a uno mismo como seres humanos hay en este mundo. Estar verdaderamente bien con nosotros mismos es una simple cuestión de sabiduría y hay herramientas psicológicas que contribuyen a facilitar, profundizar y acelerar este proceso de autoconocimiento. El Eneagrama es una de ellas: un manual de instrucciones de la condición humana mediante el que podemos comprender las motivaciones profundas muchas veces inconscientes que hay detrás de nuestras conductas y actitudes. A través de la descripción de nueve tipos de personalidad, nos ayuda a ir más allá del ego y a reconectar con nuestra verdadera esencia. Encantado de conocerme está inspirado en los más de 275 seminarios que el autor ha impartido desde 2006 sobre Eneagrama a más de 10.000 participantes en España y Latinoamérica, pudiendo verificar empírica y científicamente el impacto tan positivo que tiene en la vida de las personas conocerse y comprenderse a través de esta herramienta de autoconocimiento. Libro recomendado por la Asociación AEneagrama, filial en España de la Asociación Internacional de Eneagrama. «Las verdaderas batallas se libran en nuestro interior». Sócrates Borja Vilaseca Thu, 24 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456084 thebookvoice.com 4:31:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Encantado de conocerme (edición ampliada): Comprende tu personalidad a través del Eneagrama Author: Borja Vilaseca Narrator: Jordi Llovet, Borja Vilaseca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EDICIÓN AMPLIADA Y ACTUALIZADA Un título dirigido a personas que sienten una necesidad de cambio personal y/o profesional. Hay tantos caminos para conocerse a uno mismo como seres humanos hay en este mundo. Estar verdaderamente bien con nosotros mismos es una simple cuestión de sabiduría y hay herramientas psicológicas que contribuyen a facilitar, profundizar y acelerar este proceso de autoconocimiento. El Eneagrama es una de ellas: un manual de instrucciones de la condición humana mediante el que podemos comprender las motivaciones profundas muchas veces inconscientes que hay detrás de nuestras conductas y actitudes. A través de la descripción de nueve tipos de personalidad, nos ayuda a ir más allá del ego y a reconectar con nuestra verdadera esencia. Encantado de conocerme está inspirado en los más de 275 seminarios que el autor ha impartido desde 2006 sobre Eneagrama a más de 10.000 participantes en España y Latinoamérica, pudiendo verificar empírica y científicamente el impacto tan positivo que tiene en la vida de las personas conocerse y comprenderse a través de esta herramienta de autoconocimiento. Libro recomendado por la Asociación AEneagrama, filial en España de la Asociación Internacional de Eneagrama. «Las verdaderas batallas se libran en nuestro interior». Sócrates Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Encantado de conocerme (edición ampliada): Comprende tu personalidad a través del Eneagrama Author: Borja Vilaseca Narrator: Jordi Llovet, Borja Vilaseca Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 31 minutes Release date: September 24, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EDICIÓN AMPLIADA Y ACTUALIZADA Un título dirigido a personas que sienten una necesidad de cambio personal y/o profesional. Hay tantos caminos para conocerse a uno mismo como seres humanos hay en este mundo. Estar verdaderamente bien con nosotros mismos es una simple cuestión de sabiduría y hay herramientas psicológicas que contribuyen a facilitar, profundizar y acelerar este proceso de autoconocimiento. El Eneagrama es una de ellas: un manual de instrucciones de la condición humana mediante el que podemos comprender las motivaciones profundas muchas veces inconscientes que hay detrás de nuestras conductas y actitudes. A través de la descripción de nueve tipos de personalidad, nos ayuda a ir más allá del ego y a reconectar con nuestra verdadera esencia. Encantado de conocerme está inspirado en los más de 275 seminarios que el autor ha impartido desde 2006 sobre Eneagrama a más de 10.000 participantes en España y Latinoamérica, pudiendo verificar empírica y científicamente el impacto tan positivo que tiene en la vida de las personas conocerse y comprenderse a través de esta herramienta de autoconocimiento. Libro recomendado por la Asociación AEneagrama, filial en España de la Asociación Internacional de Eneagrama. «Las verdaderas batallas se libran en nuestro interior». Sócrates https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456064 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The H Factor of Personality Author: Kibeom Lee, Michael C. Ashton Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People who have high levels of H are sincere and modest; people who have low levels are deceitful and pretentious. The "H" in the H factor stands for "Honesty-Humility," one of the six basic dimensions of the human personality. It isn't intuitively obvious that traits of honesty and humility go hand in hand, and until very recently the H factor hadn't been recognized as a basic dimension of personality. But scientific evidence shows that traits of honesty and humility form a unified group of personality traits, separate from those of the other five groups identified several decades ago. This book, written by the discoverers of the H factor, explores the scientific findings that show the importance of this personality dimension in various aspects of people's lives: their approaches to money, power, and sex; their inclination to commit crimes or obey the law; their attitudes about society, politics, and religion; and their choice of friends and spouse. Finally, the book provides ways of identifying people who are low in the H factor, as well as advice on how to raise one's own level of H. Kibeom Lee, Michael C. Ashton Fri, 21 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456064 thebookvoice.com 5:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The H Factor of Personality Author: Kibeom Lee, Michael C. Ashton Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People who have high levels of H are sincere and modest; people who have low levels are deceitful and pretentious. The "H" in the H factor stands for "Honesty-Humility," one of the six basic dimensions of the human personality. It isn't intuitively obvious that traits of honesty and humility go hand in hand, and until very recently the H factor hadn't been recognized as a basic dimension of personality. But scientific evidence shows that traits of honesty and humility form a unified group of personality traits, separate from those of the other five groups identified several decades ago. This book, written by the discoverers of the H factor, explores the scientific findings that show the importance of this personality dimension in various aspects of people's lives: their approaches to money, power, and sex; their inclination to commit crimes or obey the law; their attitudes about society, politics, and religion; and their choice of friends and spouse. Finally, the book provides ways of identifying people who are low in the H factor, as well as advice on how to raise one's own level of H. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/456064]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The H Factor of Personality Author: Kibeom Lee, Michael C. Ashton Narrator: Miles Meili Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 52 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: People who have high levels of H are sincere and modest; people who have low levels are deceitful and pretentious. The "H" in the H factor stands for "Honesty-Humility," one of the six basic dimensions of the human personality. It isn't intuitively obvious that traits of honesty and humility go hand in hand, and until very recently the H factor hadn't been recognized as a basic dimension of personality. But scientific evidence shows that traits of honesty and humility form a unified group of personality traits, separate from those of the other five groups identified several decades ago. This book, written by the discoverers of the H factor, explores the scientific findings that show the importance of this personality dimension in various aspects of people's lives: their approaches to money, power, and sex; their inclination to commit crimes or obey the law; their attitudes about society, politics, and religion; and their choice of friends and spouse. Finally, the book provides ways of identifying people who are low in the H factor, as well as advice on how to raise one's own level of H. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455866 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Again: The Power of Knowing What You Don't Know Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Adam Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 406 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “THIS. This is the right book for right now. Yes, learning requires focus. But, unlearning and relearning requires much more—it requires choosing courage over comfort. In Think Again, Adam Grant weaves together research and storytelling to help us build the intellectual and emotional muscle we need to stay curious enough about the world to actually change it. I’ve never felt so hopeful about what I don’t know.” —Brené Brown, Ph.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dare to Lead The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Originals, and Give and Take examines the critical art of rethinking: learning to question your opinions and open other people's minds, which can position you for excellence at work and wisdom in life Intelligence is usually seen as the ability to think and learn, but in a rapidly changing world, there's another set of cognitive skills that might matter more: the ability to rethink and unlearn. In our daily lives, too many of us favor the comfort of conviction over the discomfort of doubt. We listen to opinions that make us feel good, instead of ideas that make us think hard. We see disagreement as a threat to our egos, rather than an opportunity to learn. We surround ourselves with people who agree with our conclusions, when we should be gravitating toward those who challenge our thought process. The result is that our beliefs get brittle long before our bones. We think too much like preachers defending our sacred beliefs, prosecutors proving the other side wrong, and politicians campaigning for approval--and too little like scientists searching for truth. Intelligence is no cure, and it can even be a curse: being good at thinking can make us worse at rethinking. The brighter we are, the blinder to our own limitations we can become. Organizational psychologist Adam Grant is an expert on opening other people's minds--and our own. As Wharton's top-rated professor and the bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take, he makes it one of his guiding principles to argue like he's right but listen like he's wrong. With bold ideas and rigorous evidence, he investigates how we can embrace the joy of being wrong, bring nuance to charged conversations, and build schools, workplaces, and communities of lifelong learners. You'll learn how an international debate champion wins arguments, a Black musician persuades white supremacists to abandon hate, a vaccine whisperer convinces concerned parents to immunize their children, and Adam has coaxed Yankees fans to root for the Red Sox. Think Again reveals that we don't have to believe everything we think or internalize everything we feel. It's an invitation to let go of views that are no longer serving us well and prize mental flexibility over foolish consistency. If knowledge is power, knowing what we don't know is wisdom. Adam Grant Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455866 thebookvoice.com 6:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Again: The Power of Knowing What You Don't Know Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Adam Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 406 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “THIS. This is the right book for right now. Yes, learning requires focus. But, unlearning and relearning requires much more—it requires choosing courage over comfort. In Think Again, Adam Grant weaves together research and storytelling to help us build the intellectual and emotional muscle we need to stay curious enough about the world to actually change it. I’ve never felt so hopeful about what I don’t know.” —Brené Brown, Ph.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dare to Lead The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Originals, and Give and Take examines the critical art of rethinking: learning to question your opinions and open other people's minds, which can position you for excellence at work and wisdom in life Intelligence is usually seen as the ability to think and learn, but in a rapidly changing world, there's another set of cognitive skills that might matter more: the ability to rethink and unlearn. In our daily lives, too many of us favor the comfort of conviction over the discomfort of doubt. We listen to opinions that make us feel good, instead of ideas that make us think hard. We see disagreement as a threat to our egos, rather than an opportunity to learn. We surround ourselves with people who agree with our conclusions, when we should be gravitating toward those who challenge our thought process. The result is that our beliefs get brittle long before our bones. We think too much like preachers defending our sacred beliefs, prosecutors proving the other side wrong, and politicians campaigning for approval--and too little like scientists searching for truth. Intelligence is no cure, and it can even be a curse: being good at thinking can make us worse at rethinking. The brighter we are, the blinder to our own limitations we can become. Organizational psychologist Adam Grant is an expert on opening other people's minds--and our own. As Wharton's top-rated professor and the bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take, he makes it one of his guiding principles to argue like he's right but listen like he's wrong. With bold ideas and rigorous evidence, he investigates how we can embrace the joy of being wrong, bring nuance to charged conversations, and build schools, workplaces, and communities of lifelong learners. You'll learn how an international debate champion wins arguments, a Black musician persuades white supremacists to abandon hate, a vaccine whisperer convinces concerned parents to immunize their children, and Adam has coaxed Yankees fans to root for the Red Sox. Think Again reveals that we don't have to believe everything we think or internalize everything we feel. It's an invitation to let go of views that are no longer serving us well and prize mental flexibility over foolish consistency. If knowledge is power, knowing what we don't know is wisdom. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455866]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Think Again: The Power of Knowing What You Don't Know Author: Adam Grant Narrator: Adam Grant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 40 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.37 of Total 406 Ratings of Narrator: 4.61 of Total 44 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: #1 New York Times Bestseller “THIS. This is the right book for right now. Yes, learning requires focus. But, unlearning and relearning requires much more—it requires choosing courage over comfort. In Think Again, Adam Grant weaves together research and storytelling to help us build the intellectual and emotional muscle we need to stay curious enough about the world to actually change it. I’ve never felt so hopeful about what I don’t know.” —Brené Brown, Ph.D., #1 New York Times bestselling author of Dare to Lead The #1 New York Times bestselling author of Hidden Potential, Originals, and Give and Take examines the critical art of rethinking: learning to question your opinions and open other people's minds, which can position you for excellence at work and wisdom in life Intelligence is usually seen as the ability to think and learn, but in a rapidly changing world, there's another set of cognitive skills that might matter more: the ability to rethink and unlearn. In our daily lives, too many of us favor the comfort of conviction over the discomfort of doubt. We listen to opinions that make us feel good, instead of ideas that make us think hard. We see disagreement as a threat to our egos, rather than an opportunity to learn. We surround ourselves with people who agree with our conclusions, when we should be gravitating toward those who challenge our thought process. The result is that our beliefs get brittle long before our bones. We think too much like preachers defending our sacred beliefs, prosecutors proving the other side wrong, and politicians campaigning for approval--and too little like scientists searching for truth. Intelligence is no cure, and it can even be a curse: being good at thinking can make us worse at rethinking. The brighter we are, the blinder to our own limitations we can become. Organizational psychologist Adam Grant is an expert on opening other people's minds--and our own. As Wharton's top-rated professor and the bestselling author of Originals and Give and Take, he makes it one of his guiding principles to argue like he's right but listen like he's wrong. With bold ideas and rigorous evidence, he investigates how we can embrace the joy of being wrong, bring nuance to charged conversations, and build schools, workplaces, and communities of lifelong learners. You'll learn how an international debate champion wins arguments, a Black musician persuades white supremacists to abandon hate, a vaccine whisperer convinces concerned parents to immunize their children, and Adam has coaxed Yankees fans to root for the Red Sox. Think Again reveals that we don't have to believe everything we think or internalize everything we feel. It's an invitation to let go of views that are no longer serving us well and prize mental flexibility over foolish consistency. If knowledge is power, knowing what we don't know is wisdom. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary Author: Emma Mitchell Narrator: Emma Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, 'the grey slug'—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma's hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma's moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today's mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma's characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us. Emma Mitchell Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734 thebookvoice.com 4:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary Author: Emma Mitchell Narrator: Emma Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, 'the grey slug'—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma's hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma's moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today's mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma's characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Wild Remedy: How Nature Mends Us - A Diary Author: Emma Mitchell Narrator: Emma Mitchell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Emma Mitchell has suffered with depression—or as she calls it, 'the grey slug'—for twenty-five years. In 2003, she moved from the city to the edge of the Cambridgeshire Fens and began to take walks in the countryside around her new home, photographing, collecting, and drawing as she went. Each walk lifted her mood, proving to be as medicinal as any talking therapy or pharmaceutical. In Emma's hand-illustrated diary, she takes us with her as she follows the paths and trails around her cottage and further afield, sharing her nature finds and tracking the lives of local flora and fauna over the course of a year. Reflecting on how these encounters impact her mood, Emma's moving and candid account of her own struggles is a powerful testament to how reconnecting with nature may offer some answers to today's mental health epidemic. While charting her own seasonal highs and lows, she also explains the science behind such changes, calling on new research into such areas as forest bathing and the ways in which our bodies and minds respond to plants and wildlife when we venture outdoors. Written with Emma's characteristic wit and frankness, this is a truly unique book for anyone who has ever felt drawn to nature and wondered about its influence over us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455664 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety: How to Eliminate Negative Thinking, Jealousy, Attachment and Couple Conflicts. Overcome Anxiety, Depression, Fear, Panic attacks, Worry, and Shyness. Author: Lilly Andrew Narrator: Lilly Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 82 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 71 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you fear change, or worry that your partner might leave you one day? Do you find your mind constantly spinning its wheels and not really going anywhere? Anxiety arises from feeling discomfort as you step into unfamiliar territory. One of the biggest mistakes you make when it comes to achieving what you want in life, or succeeding in your relationships, is setting the bar too low. You may think, “Low expectations are good. They are comfortable. And they keep me from taking dangerous risks.” Everyone fears what they do not know and avoid feeling uncomfortable any chance they get. As soon as you’re called to level up, your self-doubt starts creeping in and turns into fear, making you back away from an opportunity that could possibly change your life for the best, whether it’s in the area of work, relationships, or daily life. Lily Andrew’s book, “Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety”, is here to help you eliminate your negative thinking patterns, so you can overcome anxiety, depression, fear, panic attacks, worry, shyness, jealousy, anxious attachment, and couple conflicts… so that you can finally live the life you want and have the relationship of your dreams! In this life-changing guide, you will: • Make Permanent Mindset Changes to remove anxiety, replacing it with radiating confidence and positive energy without drugs or medication • Skyrocket Your Social Confidence and bring the right friends, business connections and romantic relationships in your life • Thrive in a Nurturing Relationship by growing together as individuals while removing negative patterns, anxiety and jealousy • Develop Clear Communication about any topic without feeling insecure or judged for your feelings and emotions. In this guide, you will only get information gleaned from research done on overcoming anxiety, so that you can become a better partner as well as a more confident, and secure person! Take back control and overcome your anxiety today Lilly Andrew Tue, 25 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455664 thebookvoice.com 2:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety: How to Eliminate Negative Thinking, Jealousy, Attachment and Couple Conflicts. Overcome Anxiety, Depression, Fear, Panic attacks, Worry, and Shyness. Author: Lilly Andrew Narrator: Lilly Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 82 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 71 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you fear change, or worry that your partner might leave you one day? Do you find your mind constantly spinning its wheels and not really going anywhere? Anxiety arises from feeling discomfort as you step into unfamiliar territory. One of the biggest mistakes you make when it comes to achieving what you want in life, or succeeding in your relationships, is setting the bar too low. You may think, “Low expectations are good. They are comfortable. And they keep me from taking dangerous risks.” Everyone fears what they do not know and avoid feeling uncomfortable any chance they get. As soon as you’re called to level up, your self-doubt starts creeping in and turns into fear, making you back away from an opportunity that could possibly change your life for the best, whether it’s in the area of work, relationships, or daily life. Lily Andrew’s book, “Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety”, is here to help you eliminate your negative thinking patterns, so you can overcome anxiety, depression, fear, panic attacks, worry, shyness, jealousy, anxious attachment, and couple conflicts… so that you can finally live the life you want and have the relationship of your dreams! In this life-changing guide, you will: • Make Permanent Mindset Changes to remove anxiety, replacing it with radiating confidence and positive energy without drugs or medication • Skyrocket Your Social Confidence and bring the right friends, business connections and romantic relationships in your life • Thrive in a Nurturing Relationship by growing together as individuals while removing negative patterns, anxiety and jealousy • Develop Clear Communication about any topic without feeling insecure or judged for your feelings and emotions. In this guide, you will only get information gleaned from research done on overcoming anxiety, so that you can become a better partner as well as a more confident, and secure person! Take back control and overcome your anxiety today Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455664]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety: How to Eliminate Negative Thinking, Jealousy, Attachment and Couple Conflicts. Overcome Anxiety, Depression, Fear, Panic attacks, Worry, and Shyness. Author: Lilly Andrew Narrator: Lilly Andrew Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 33 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 82 Ratings of Narrator: 4.77 of Total 71 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you fear change, or worry that your partner might leave you one day? Do you find your mind constantly spinning its wheels and not really going anywhere? Anxiety arises from feeling discomfort as you step into unfamiliar territory. One of the biggest mistakes you make when it comes to achieving what you want in life, or succeeding in your relationships, is setting the bar too low. You may think, “Low expectations are good. They are comfortable. And they keep me from taking dangerous risks.” Everyone fears what they do not know and avoid feeling uncomfortable any chance they get. As soon as you’re called to level up, your self-doubt starts creeping in and turns into fear, making you back away from an opportunity that could possibly change your life for the best, whether it’s in the area of work, relationships, or daily life. Lily Andrew’s book, “Anxiety in Relationships & Overcome Anxiety”, is here to help you eliminate your negative thinking patterns, so you can overcome anxiety, depression, fear, panic attacks, worry, shyness, jealousy, anxious attachment, and couple conflicts… so that you can finally live the life you want and have the relationship of your dreams! In this life-changing guide, you will: • Make Permanent Mindset Changes to remove anxiety, replacing it with radiating confidence and positive energy without drugs or medication • Skyrocket Your Social Confidence and bring the right friends, business connections and romantic relationships in your life • Thrive in a Nurturing Relationship by growing together as individuals while removing negative patterns, anxiety and jealousy • Develop Clear Communication about any topic without feeling insecure or judged for your feelings and emotions. In this guide, you will only get information gleaned from research done on overcoming anxiety, so that you can become a better partner as well as a more confident, and secure person! Take back control and overcome your anxiety today https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455358 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Brain is Always Listening: Tame the Hidden Dragons that Control Your Happiness, Habits, and Hang-Ups Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and psychiatrist Daniel G. Amen, MD, equips you with powerful weapons to battle the unseen dragons that are breathing fire on your emotional brain, driving unhealthy thoughts and behaviors, and robbing you of joy and contentment.Your brain is always listening and responding to hidden influences, many of them harmful. Unless you recognize and deal with them, they can steal your happiness, spoil your relationships, and sabotage your health. Dr. Amen shows you how to recognize the hidden dragons and gives you strategies to train them to help rather than hurt you. Your Brain Is Always Listening will enable you to: • Overcome pain from your past • Break bad habits • Shut down self-defeating thoughts • Shore up your capacity to cope with stress and uncertainty • Reduce your vulnerability to people and practices that are hurting you • Heal addictions You can stop feeling sad, mad, nervous, or out of control and start being happier, calmer, and more in charge of your own destiny. Let one of the world's most renowned brain doctors show you how. Daniel G. Amen Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455358 thebookvoice.com 8:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Brain is Always Listening: Tame the Hidden Dragons that Control Your Happiness, Habits, and Hang-Ups Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and psychiatrist Daniel G. Amen, MD, equips you with powerful weapons to battle the unseen dragons that are breathing fire on your emotional brain, driving unhealthy thoughts and behaviors, and robbing you of joy and contentment.Your brain is always listening and responding to hidden influences, many of them harmful. Unless you recognize and deal with them, they can steal your happiness, spoil your relationships, and sabotage your health. Dr. Amen shows you how to recognize the hidden dragons and gives you strategies to train them to help rather than hurt you. Your Brain Is Always Listening will enable you to: • Overcome pain from your past • Break bad habits • Shut down self-defeating thoughts • Shore up your capacity to cope with stress and uncertainty • Reduce your vulnerability to people and practices that are hurting you • Heal addictions You can stop feeling sad, mad, nervous, or out of control and start being happier, calmer, and more in charge of your own destiny. Let one of the world's most renowned brain doctors show you how. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/455358]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Brain is Always Listening: Tame the Hidden Dragons that Control Your Happiness, Habits, and Hang-Ups Author: Daniel G. Amen Narrator: Jim Frangione Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 40 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.32 of Total 19 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The #1 New York Times bestselling author and psychiatrist Daniel G. Amen, MD, equips you with powerful weapons to battle the unseen dragons that are breathing fire on your emotional brain, driving unhealthy thoughts and behaviors, and robbing you of joy and contentment.Your brain is always listening and responding to hidden influences, many of them harmful. Unless you recognize and deal with them, they can steal your happiness, spoil your relationships, and sabotage your health. Dr. Amen shows you how to recognize the hidden dragons and gives you strategies to train them to help rather than hurt you. Your Brain Is Always Listening will enable you to: • Overcome pain from your past • Break bad habits • Shut down self-defeating thoughts • Shore up your capacity to cope with stress and uncertainty • Reduce your vulnerability to people and practices that are hurting you • Heal addictions You can stop feeling sad, mad, nervous, or out of control and start being happier, calmer, and more in charge of your own destiny. Let one of the world's most renowned brain doctors show you how. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454604 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise That Changes Everything: I Won’t Interrupt You Author: Nancy Kline Narrator: Nancy Kline Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you interrupt? How often do people interrupt you? Can you remember the last time someone listened to you all the way through your thinking? In her new book, Nancy Kline, bestselling author of Time To Think, makes this radical proposal: 'I won't Interrupt you' is a promise that changes everything. It deepens relationships, spawns dignity, raises the intelligence of groups, and enriches every conversation. It may, in fact, be the most important promise we ever make. And the hardest to keep. This promise matters because when we interrupt each other, we interrupt our thinking, and that interrupts the quality of everything we do. Nancy has spent the last three decades researching independent thinking and the barriers that prevent us from thinking for ourselves. In The Promise That Changes Everything Nancy shares insights into the nature of interruption, case studies and stories from her work with clients, as well as simple ways to change how we behave with each other so that this promise can change our lives. © Nancy Kline 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Nancy Kline Thu, 29 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454604 thebookvoice.com 9:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise That Changes Everything: I Won’t Interrupt You Author: Nancy Kline Narrator: Nancy Kline Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you interrupt? How often do people interrupt you? Can you remember the last time someone listened to you all the way through your thinking? In her new book, Nancy Kline, bestselling author of Time To Think, makes this radical proposal: 'I won't Interrupt you' is a promise that changes everything. It deepens relationships, spawns dignity, raises the intelligence of groups, and enriches every conversation. It may, in fact, be the most important promise we ever make. And the hardest to keep. This promise matters because when we interrupt each other, we interrupt our thinking, and that interrupts the quality of everything we do. Nancy has spent the last three decades researching independent thinking and the barriers that prevent us from thinking for ourselves. In The Promise That Changes Everything Nancy shares insights into the nature of interruption, case studies and stories from her work with clients, as well as simple ways to change how we behave with each other so that this promise can change our lives. © Nancy Kline 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454604]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Promise That Changes Everything: I Won’t Interrupt You Author: Nancy Kline Narrator: Nancy Kline Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 25 minutes Release date: October 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. How often do you interrupt? How often do people interrupt you? Can you remember the last time someone listened to you all the way through your thinking? In her new book, Nancy Kline, bestselling author of Time To Think, makes this radical proposal: 'I won't Interrupt you' is a promise that changes everything. It deepens relationships, spawns dignity, raises the intelligence of groups, and enriches every conversation. It may, in fact, be the most important promise we ever make. And the hardest to keep. This promise matters because when we interrupt each other, we interrupt our thinking, and that interrupts the quality of everything we do. Nancy has spent the last three decades researching independent thinking and the barriers that prevent us from thinking for ourselves. In The Promise That Changes Everything Nancy shares insights into the nature of interruption, case studies and stories from her work with clients, as well as simple ways to change how we behave with each other so that this promise can change our lives. © Nancy Kline 2020 (P) Penguin Audio 2020 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454551 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Einfach gut gestimmt! - Das kleine Hörbuch für den Einklang von Stimme und Persönlichkeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Jutta Ritschel Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Baby schreit, ein Kind lernt sprechen, als Erwachsene kommunizieren Sie den ganzen Tag, direkt, am Telefon, auf Skype: Ihre Stimme ist ein wesentlicher Teil und deutlich wahrnehmbares Zeichen Ihrer Persönlichkeit. Wenn sie zittert, wirken Sie unsicher, wenn sie rau ist, haben Sie womöglich die Haltung verloren, wenn sie klar und vernehmlich ist, wirken Sie dagegen stark und frei. Entdecken Sie mit einfachen Übungen Ihre wahre Stimme und werden Sie auch als Persönlichkeit immer klarer, stärker und sicherer. Jutta Ritschel Fri, 29 May 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454551 thebookvoice.com 1:27:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Einfach gut gestimmt! - Das kleine Hörbuch für den Einklang von Stimme und Persönlichkeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Jutta Ritschel Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Baby schreit, ein Kind lernt sprechen, als Erwachsene kommunizieren Sie den ganzen Tag, direkt, am Telefon, auf Skype: Ihre Stimme ist ein wesentlicher Teil und deutlich wahrnehmbares Zeichen Ihrer Persönlichkeit. Wenn sie zittert, wirken Sie unsicher, wenn sie rau ist, haben Sie womöglich die Haltung verloren, wenn sie klar und vernehmlich ist, wirken Sie dagegen stark und frei. Entdecken Sie mit einfachen Übungen Ihre wahre Stimme und werden Sie auch als Persönlichkeit immer klarer, stärker und sicherer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454551]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Einfach gut gestimmt! - Das kleine Hörbuch für den Einklang von Stimme und Persönlichkeit (Ungekürzt) Author: Jutta Ritschel Narrator: Irina Scholz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 27 minutes Release date: May 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ein Baby schreit, ein Kind lernt sprechen, als Erwachsene kommunizieren Sie den ganzen Tag, direkt, am Telefon, auf Skype: Ihre Stimme ist ein wesentlicher Teil und deutlich wahrnehmbares Zeichen Ihrer Persönlichkeit. Wenn sie zittert, wirken Sie unsicher, wenn sie rau ist, haben Sie womöglich die Haltung verloren, wenn sie klar und vernehmlich ist, wirken Sie dagegen stark und frei. Entdecken Sie mit einfachen Übungen Ihre wahre Stimme und werden Sie auch als Persönlichkeit immer klarer, stärker und sicherer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454369 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Corporal John Musgrave: Vietnam and Its Aftermath Author: John Musgrave Narrator: John Musgrave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Marine's searing and intimate story—'A passionate, fascinating, and deeply humane memoir of both war and of the hard work of citizenship and healing in war’s aftermath. A superb addition to our understanding of the Vietnam War, and of its lessons” (Phil Klay, author of Redeployment). John Musgrave had a small-town midwestern childhood that embodied the idealized postwar America. Service, patriotism, faith, and civic pride were the values that guided his family and community, and like nearly all the boys he knew, Musgrave grew up looking forward to the day when he could enlist to serve his country as his father had done. There was no question in Musgrave’s mind: He was going to join the legendary Marine Corps as soon as he was eligible. In February of 1966, at age seventeen, during his senior year in high school, and with the Vietnam War already raging, he walked down to the local recruiting station, signed up, and set off for three years that would permanently reshape his life. In this electrifying memoir, he renders his wartime experience with a powerful intimacy and immediacy: from the rude awakening of boot camp, to daily life in the Vietnam jungle, to a chest injury that very nearly killed him. Musgrave also vividly describes the difficulty of returning home to a society rife with antiwar sentiment, his own survivor's guilt, and the slow realization that he and his fellow veterans had been betrayed by the government they served. And he recounts how, ultimately, he found peace among his fellow veterans working to end the war. Musgrave writes honestly about his struggle to balance his deep love for the Marine Corps against his responsibility as a citizen to protect the very troops asked to protect America at all costs. Fiercely perceptive and candid, The Education of Corporal John Musgrave is one of the most powerful memoirs to emerge from the war. John Musgrave Tue, 02 Nov 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454369 thebookvoice.com 9:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Corporal John Musgrave: Vietnam and Its Aftermath Author: John Musgrave Narrator: John Musgrave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Marine's searing and intimate story—'A passionate, fascinating, and deeply humane memoir of both war and of the hard work of citizenship and healing in war’s aftermath. A superb addition to our understanding of the Vietnam War, and of its lessons” (Phil Klay, author of Redeployment). John Musgrave had a small-town midwestern childhood that embodied the idealized postwar America. Service, patriotism, faith, and civic pride were the values that guided his family and community, and like nearly all the boys he knew, Musgrave grew up looking forward to the day when he could enlist to serve his country as his father had done. There was no question in Musgrave’s mind: He was going to join the legendary Marine Corps as soon as he was eligible. In February of 1966, at age seventeen, during his senior year in high school, and with the Vietnam War already raging, he walked down to the local recruiting station, signed up, and set off for three years that would permanently reshape his life. In this electrifying memoir, he renders his wartime experience with a powerful intimacy and immediacy: from the rude awakening of boot camp, to daily life in the Vietnam jungle, to a chest injury that very nearly killed him. Musgrave also vividly describes the difficulty of returning home to a society rife with antiwar sentiment, his own survivor's guilt, and the slow realization that he and his fellow veterans had been betrayed by the government they served. And he recounts how, ultimately, he found peace among his fellow veterans working to end the war. Musgrave writes honestly about his struggle to balance his deep love for the Marine Corps against his responsibility as a citizen to protect the very troops asked to protect America at all costs. Fiercely perceptive and candid, The Education of Corporal John Musgrave is one of the most powerful memoirs to emerge from the war. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Education of Corporal John Musgrave: Vietnam and Its Aftermath Author: John Musgrave Narrator: John Musgrave Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 38 minutes Release date: November 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Marine's searing and intimate story—'A passionate, fascinating, and deeply humane memoir of both war and of the hard work of citizenship and healing in war’s aftermath. A superb addition to our understanding of the Vietnam War, and of its lessons” (Phil Klay, author of Redeployment). John Musgrave had a small-town midwestern childhood that embodied the idealized postwar America. Service, patriotism, faith, and civic pride were the values that guided his family and community, and like nearly all the boys he knew, Musgrave grew up looking forward to the day when he could enlist to serve his country as his father had done. There was no question in Musgrave’s mind: He was going to join the legendary Marine Corps as soon as he was eligible. In February of 1966, at age seventeen, during his senior year in high school, and with the Vietnam War already raging, he walked down to the local recruiting station, signed up, and set off for three years that would permanently reshape his life. In this electrifying memoir, he renders his wartime experience with a powerful intimacy and immediacy: from the rude awakening of boot camp, to daily life in the Vietnam jungle, to a chest injury that very nearly killed him. Musgrave also vividly describes the difficulty of returning home to a society rife with antiwar sentiment, his own survivor's guilt, and the slow realization that he and his fellow veterans had been betrayed by the government they served. And he recounts how, ultimately, he found peace among his fellow veterans working to end the war. Musgrave writes honestly about his struggle to balance his deep love for the Marine Corps against his responsibility as a citizen to protect the very troops asked to protect America at all costs. Fiercely perceptive and candid, The Education of Corporal John Musgrave is one of the most powerful memoirs to emerge from the war. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454036 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Step-by-Step Guide to Overcoming Anxiety and Rewiring Your Brain to Regain Self-Esteem and Control Over Your Emotions Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.95 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you often feel disturbed by intrusive and stifling thoughts? Would you like to find the best way to manage anxiety and depression? Then you just found the perfect audio book for you! Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) is the most proven and reliable way to treat mental problems and suffering. This guide includes long time-tested practices for overcoming depression, anxiety, and intrusive thoughts. It will provide you with lifelong techniques that have stood the test of time and scientific rigor. From simple, effective tools like writing down your goals to addressing negative thought patterns, this accessible, easy-to-understand guide to cognitive behaviour therapy is an amazing resource to help you grow as a person as you overcome challenges and boost your overall health and well-being, setting aside all your bad and repetitive thoughts once and for all! More in details you will find the best strategies to: - Understand the source of your bad thoughts; - Confront anxiety head-on; - Build a better relationship with yourself and other people; - Break all the bad habits and start enjoying life; - Track your progress during the cognitive behaviour therapy. Progress at your own pace toward healing with this simple approach to cognitive behavioural therapy. What are you waiting for? Take your chance and buy the audio book now! Daniel Cloud Thu, 13 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454036 thebookvoice.com 2:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Step-by-Step Guide to Overcoming Anxiety and Rewiring Your Brain to Regain Self-Esteem and Control Over Your Emotions Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.95 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you often feel disturbed by intrusive and stifling thoughts? Would you like to find the best way to manage anxiety and depression? Then you just found the perfect audio book for you! Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) is the most proven and reliable way to treat mental problems and suffering. This guide includes long time-tested practices for overcoming depression, anxiety, and intrusive thoughts. It will provide you with lifelong techniques that have stood the test of time and scientific rigor. From simple, effective tools like writing down your goals to addressing negative thought patterns, this accessible, easy-to-understand guide to cognitive behaviour therapy is an amazing resource to help you grow as a person as you overcome challenges and boost your overall health and well-being, setting aside all your bad and repetitive thoughts once and for all! More in details you will find the best strategies to: - Understand the source of your bad thoughts; - Confront anxiety head-on; - Build a better relationship with yourself and other people; - Break all the bad habits and start enjoying life; - Track your progress during the cognitive behaviour therapy. Progress at your own pace toward healing with this simple approach to cognitive behavioural therapy. What are you waiting for? Take your chance and buy the audio book now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/454036]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognitive Behavioral Therapy: A Step-by-Step Guide to Overcoming Anxiety and Rewiring Your Brain to Regain Self-Esteem and Control Over Your Emotions Author: Daniel Cloud Narrator: Darren Goleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 48 minutes Release date: August 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.95 of Total 37 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you often feel disturbed by intrusive and stifling thoughts? Would you like to find the best way to manage anxiety and depression? Then you just found the perfect audio book for you! Cognitive Behavioral Therapy (CBT) is the most proven and reliable way to treat mental problems and suffering. This guide includes long time-tested practices for overcoming depression, anxiety, and intrusive thoughts. It will provide you with lifelong techniques that have stood the test of time and scientific rigor. From simple, effective tools like writing down your goals to addressing negative thought patterns, this accessible, easy-to-understand guide to cognitive behaviour therapy is an amazing resource to help you grow as a person as you overcome challenges and boost your overall health and well-being, setting aside all your bad and repetitive thoughts once and for all! More in details you will find the best strategies to: - Understand the source of your bad thoughts; - Confront anxiety head-on; - Build a better relationship with yourself and other people; - Break all the bad habits and start enjoying life; - Track your progress during the cognitive behaviour therapy. Progress at your own pace toward healing with this simple approach to cognitive behavioural therapy. What are you waiting for? Take your chance and buy the audio book now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453988 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Care of Your Type: An Enneagram Guide to Self-Care Author: Christina S. Wilcox Narrator: Christina S. Wilcox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the self-care tips specifically designed for your Enneagram type with this simple yet illuminating guide from popular Enneagram expert Christina S. Wilcox. Many of us have used the Enneagram of Personality to understand ourselves on a profoundly intimate level. But despite what our Enneagram type reveals, it’s not always easy to know the best ways to take care of ourselves according to our unique personalities. In Take Care of Your Type, Enneagram expert and social media sensation Christina S. Wilcox uses her knowledge of the Enneagram to illuminate how each of the nine Enneagram types can practice better self-care. Answering questions ranging from “What is the best morning routine for my type?” to “What boundaries are important to set based on my individual personality traits?” this handy guide filled with beautiful color illustrations will help you recenter and reconnect with yourself amid the stress of daily life and will leave you feeling happier and healthier in mind, body, and spirit. Christina S. Wilcox Tue, 15 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453988 thebookvoice.com 6:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Care of Your Type: An Enneagram Guide to Self-Care Author: Christina S. Wilcox Narrator: Christina S. Wilcox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the self-care tips specifically designed for your Enneagram type with this simple yet illuminating guide from popular Enneagram expert Christina S. Wilcox. Many of us have used the Enneagram of Personality to understand ourselves on a profoundly intimate level. But despite what our Enneagram type reveals, it’s not always easy to know the best ways to take care of ourselves according to our unique personalities. In Take Care of Your Type, Enneagram expert and social media sensation Christina S. Wilcox uses her knowledge of the Enneagram to illuminate how each of the nine Enneagram types can practice better self-care. Answering questions ranging from “What is the best morning routine for my type?” to “What boundaries are important to set based on my individual personality traits?” this handy guide filled with beautiful color illustrations will help you recenter and reconnect with yourself amid the stress of daily life and will leave you feeling happier and healthier in mind, body, and spirit. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453988]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Take Care of Your Type: An Enneagram Guide to Self-Care Author: Christina S. Wilcox Narrator: Christina S. Wilcox Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 42 minutes Release date: December 15, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the self-care tips specifically designed for your Enneagram type with this simple yet illuminating guide from popular Enneagram expert Christina S. Wilcox. Many of us have used the Enneagram of Personality to understand ourselves on a profoundly intimate level. But despite what our Enneagram type reveals, it’s not always easy to know the best ways to take care of ourselves according to our unique personalities. In Take Care of Your Type, Enneagram expert and social media sensation Christina S. Wilcox uses her knowledge of the Enneagram to illuminate how each of the nine Enneagram types can practice better self-care. Answering questions ranging from “What is the best morning routine for my type?” to “What boundaries are important to set based on my individual personality traits?” this handy guide filled with beautiful color illustrations will help you recenter and reconnect with yourself amid the stress of daily life and will leave you feeling happier and healthier in mind, body, and spirit. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453989 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Your Way Sane: 120 Improv-Inspired Exercises to Help You Calm Down, Stop Spiraling and Embrace Uncertainty Author: Clay Drinko Narrator: Jake Austin Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stop negative thoughts, assuage anxiety, and live in the moment with these fun, easy games from improv expert Clay Drinko. If you’ve been feeling lost lately, you’re not alone! Even before the Covid-19 pandemic, Americans were experiencing record levels of loneliness and anxiety. And in our current political turmoil, it’s safe to say that people are looking for new tools to help them feel more present, positive, and in sync with the world. So what better way to get there than play? In Play Your Way Sane, Dr. Clay Drinko offers 120 low-key, accessible activities that draw on the popular principles of improv comedy to help you tackle your everyday stress and reconnect with the people around you. Divided into twelve fun sections, including “Killing Debbie Downer” and “Thou Shalt Not Be Judgy,” the games emphasize openness, reciprocation, and active listening as the keys to a mindful and satisfying life. Whether you’re looking to improve your personal relationships, find new meaning at work, or just survive our trying times, Play Your Way Sane offers serious self-help with a side of Second City sass. Clay Drinko Tue, 19 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453989 thebookvoice.com 4:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Your Way Sane: 120 Improv-Inspired Exercises to Help You Calm Down, Stop Spiraling and Embrace Uncertainty Author: Clay Drinko Narrator: Jake Austin Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stop negative thoughts, assuage anxiety, and live in the moment with these fun, easy games from improv expert Clay Drinko. If you’ve been feeling lost lately, you’re not alone! Even before the Covid-19 pandemic, Americans were experiencing record levels of loneliness and anxiety. And in our current political turmoil, it’s safe to say that people are looking for new tools to help them feel more present, positive, and in sync with the world. So what better way to get there than play? In Play Your Way Sane, Dr. Clay Drinko offers 120 low-key, accessible activities that draw on the popular principles of improv comedy to help you tackle your everyday stress and reconnect with the people around you. Divided into twelve fun sections, including “Killing Debbie Downer” and “Thou Shalt Not Be Judgy,” the games emphasize openness, reciprocation, and active listening as the keys to a mindful and satisfying life. Whether you’re looking to improve your personal relationships, find new meaning at work, or just survive our trying times, Play Your Way Sane offers serious self-help with a side of Second City sass. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453989]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Play Your Way Sane: 120 Improv-Inspired Exercises to Help You Calm Down, Stop Spiraling and Embrace Uncertainty Author: Clay Drinko Narrator: Jake Austin Robertson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 35 minutes Release date: January 19, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Stop negative thoughts, assuage anxiety, and live in the moment with these fun, easy games from improv expert Clay Drinko. If you’ve been feeling lost lately, you’re not alone! Even before the Covid-19 pandemic, Americans were experiencing record levels of loneliness and anxiety. And in our current political turmoil, it’s safe to say that people are looking for new tools to help them feel more present, positive, and in sync with the world. So what better way to get there than play? In Play Your Way Sane, Dr. Clay Drinko offers 120 low-key, accessible activities that draw on the popular principles of improv comedy to help you tackle your everyday stress and reconnect with the people around you. Divided into twelve fun sections, including “Killing Debbie Downer” and “Thou Shalt Not Be Judgy,” the games emphasize openness, reciprocation, and active listening as the keys to a mindful and satisfying life. Whether you’re looking to improve your personal relationships, find new meaning at work, or just survive our trying times, Play Your Way Sane offers serious self-help with a side of Second City sass. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453690 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror, Love and Brainwashing: Attachment in Cults and Totalitarian Systems Author: Alexandra Stein Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written by a cult survivor and renowned expert on cults and totalitarianism, Terror, Love & Brainwashing draws on the author's twenty-five years of study and research to explain how almost anyone, given the right set of circumstances, can be radically manipulated to engage in otherwise incomprehensible and often dangerous acts. Illustrated with compelling stories from a range of cults and totalitarian systems, from religious to political to commercial, the book defines and analyzes the common and identifiable traits that underlie almost all these groups. It focuses on how charismatic, authoritarian leaders control their followers' attachment relationships via manipulative social structures and ideologies so that, emotionally and cognitively isolated, they become unable to act in their own survival interests. Using the evolutionary theory of attachment to demonstrate the psychological impact of these environments, and incorporating the latest neuroscientific findings, Stein illustrates how the combined dynamic of terror and 'love' works to break down people's ability to think and behave rationally. This important book offers clarity and a unique perspective on the dynamics of these systems of control, and concludes with guidance to foster greater awareness and prevention. Alexandra Stein Tue, 27 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453690 thebookvoice.com 12:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror, Love and Brainwashing: Attachment in Cults and Totalitarian Systems Author: Alexandra Stein Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written by a cult survivor and renowned expert on cults and totalitarianism, Terror, Love & Brainwashing draws on the author's twenty-five years of study and research to explain how almost anyone, given the right set of circumstances, can be radically manipulated to engage in otherwise incomprehensible and often dangerous acts. Illustrated with compelling stories from a range of cults and totalitarian systems, from religious to political to commercial, the book defines and analyzes the common and identifiable traits that underlie almost all these groups. It focuses on how charismatic, authoritarian leaders control their followers' attachment relationships via manipulative social structures and ideologies so that, emotionally and cognitively isolated, they become unable to act in their own survival interests. Using the evolutionary theory of attachment to demonstrate the psychological impact of these environments, and incorporating the latest neuroscientific findings, Stein illustrates how the combined dynamic of terror and 'love' works to break down people's ability to think and behave rationally. This important book offers clarity and a unique perspective on the dynamics of these systems of control, and concludes with guidance to foster greater awareness and prevention. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453690]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Terror, Love and Brainwashing: Attachment in Cults and Totalitarian Systems Author: Alexandra Stein Narrator: Susan Ericksen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 45 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Written by a cult survivor and renowned expert on cults and totalitarianism, Terror, Love & Brainwashing draws on the author's twenty-five years of study and research to explain how almost anyone, given the right set of circumstances, can be radically manipulated to engage in otherwise incomprehensible and often dangerous acts. Illustrated with compelling stories from a range of cults and totalitarian systems, from religious to political to commercial, the book defines and analyzes the common and identifiable traits that underlie almost all these groups. It focuses on how charismatic, authoritarian leaders control their followers' attachment relationships via manipulative social structures and ideologies so that, emotionally and cognitively isolated, they become unable to act in their own survival interests. Using the evolutionary theory of attachment to demonstrate the psychological impact of these environments, and incorporating the latest neuroscientific findings, Stein illustrates how the combined dynamic of terror and 'love' works to break down people's ability to think and behave rationally. This important book offers clarity and a unique perspective on the dynamics of these systems of control, and concludes with guidance to foster greater awareness and prevention. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453669 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less Than Human: Why We Demean, Enslave, and Exterminate Others Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revelatory look at why we dehumanize each other, with stunning examples from world history as well as today's headlines 'Brute.' 'Cockroach.' 'Lice.' 'Vermin.' People often regard members of their own kind as less than human, and use terms like these for those whom they wish to harm, enslave, or exterminate. Dehumanization has made atrocities like the Holocaust, the genocide in Rwanda, and the slave trade possible. But it isn't just a relic of the past. We still find it in war, genocide, xenophobia, and racism. Smith shows that it is a dangerous mistake to think of dehumanization as the exclusive preserve of Nazis, communists, terrorists, Jews, Palestinians, or any other monster of the moment. We are all potential dehumanizers, just as we are all potential objects of dehumanization. The problem of dehumanization is everyone's problem. Less Than Human is the first book to illuminate precisely how and why we sometimes think of others as subhuman creatures. It draws on a rich mix of history, evolutionary psychology, biology, anthropology, and philosophy to document the pervasiveness of dehumanization, describe its forms, and explain why we so often resort to it. Less Than Human is a powerful and highly original study of the roots of human violence and bigotry, and it as timely as it is relevant. David Livingstone Smith Tue, 27 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453669 thebookvoice.com 11:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less Than Human: Why We Demean, Enslave, and Exterminate Others Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revelatory look at why we dehumanize each other, with stunning examples from world history as well as today's headlines 'Brute.' 'Cockroach.' 'Lice.' 'Vermin.' People often regard members of their own kind as less than human, and use terms like these for those whom they wish to harm, enslave, or exterminate. Dehumanization has made atrocities like the Holocaust, the genocide in Rwanda, and the slave trade possible. But it isn't just a relic of the past. We still find it in war, genocide, xenophobia, and racism. Smith shows that it is a dangerous mistake to think of dehumanization as the exclusive preserve of Nazis, communists, terrorists, Jews, Palestinians, or any other monster of the moment. We are all potential dehumanizers, just as we are all potential objects of dehumanization. The problem of dehumanization is everyone's problem. Less Than Human is the first book to illuminate precisely how and why we sometimes think of others as subhuman creatures. It draws on a rich mix of history, evolutionary psychology, biology, anthropology, and philosophy to document the pervasiveness of dehumanization, describe its forms, and explain why we so often resort to it. Less Than Human is a powerful and highly original study of the roots of human violence and bigotry, and it as timely as it is relevant. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453669]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Less Than Human: Why We Demean, Enslave, and Exterminate Others Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Peter Lerman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 23 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A revelatory look at why we dehumanize each other, with stunning examples from world history as well as today's headlines 'Brute.' 'Cockroach.' 'Lice.' 'Vermin.' People often regard members of their own kind as less than human, and use terms like these for those whom they wish to harm, enslave, or exterminate. Dehumanization has made atrocities like the Holocaust, the genocide in Rwanda, and the slave trade possible. But it isn't just a relic of the past. We still find it in war, genocide, xenophobia, and racism. Smith shows that it is a dangerous mistake to think of dehumanization as the exclusive preserve of Nazis, communists, terrorists, Jews, Palestinians, or any other monster of the moment. We are all potential dehumanizers, just as we are all potential objects of dehumanization. The problem of dehumanization is everyone's problem. Less Than Human is the first book to illuminate precisely how and why we sometimes think of others as subhuman creatures. It draws on a rich mix of history, evolutionary psychology, biology, anthropology, and philosophy to document the pervasiveness of dehumanization, describe its forms, and explain why we so often resort to it. Less Than Human is a powerful and highly original study of the roots of human violence and bigotry, and it as timely as it is relevant. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453640 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Adam Cash PsyD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology For Dummies takes you on the challenging and thrilling adventure into the astonishing science of why we do the things we do. Along the way you'll find out how psychology helps us improve our relationships, make better decisions, be more effective in our careers, and avoid stress and mental illness in difficult times. In a friendly, jargon-free style, clinical psychologist and teacher Adam Cash uses practical examples to delve deep into the maze of the human mind: from the basic hardware, software, and 'wetware' of our brains to the mysteries of consciousness and the murkier reaches of abnormal behavior. He also provides profound insights into our wants and needs, the differences between psychological approaches, and how positive psychology can help you lead the 'good life' that fulfills you most. ● Gain insights into identity and the self ● Cope with stress and illness ● Maintain psychological health ● Make informed choices when seeking counseling Whether you're new to the unconscious or an established devotee of Freud and pharmacology, Psychology For Dummies is your essential guide to the examined life—and what can make it even more worth living! Adam Cash PsyD Tue, 10 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453640 thebookvoice.com 18:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Adam Cash PsyD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology For Dummies takes you on the challenging and thrilling adventure into the astonishing science of why we do the things we do. Along the way you'll find out how psychology helps us improve our relationships, make better decisions, be more effective in our careers, and avoid stress and mental illness in difficult times. In a friendly, jargon-free style, clinical psychologist and teacher Adam Cash uses practical examples to delve deep into the maze of the human mind: from the basic hardware, software, and 'wetware' of our brains to the mysteries of consciousness and the murkier reaches of abnormal behavior. He also provides profound insights into our wants and needs, the differences between psychological approaches, and how positive psychology can help you lead the 'good life' that fulfills you most. ● Gain insights into identity and the self ● Cope with stress and illness ● Maintain psychological health ● Make informed choices when seeking counseling Whether you're new to the unconscious or an established devotee of Freud and pharmacology, Psychology For Dummies is your essential guide to the examined life—and what can make it even more worth living! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453640]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychology For Dummies: 3rd Edition Author: Adam Cash PsyD Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 18 hours 25 minutes Release date: November 10, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 8 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychology For Dummies takes you on the challenging and thrilling adventure into the astonishing science of why we do the things we do. Along the way you'll find out how psychology helps us improve our relationships, make better decisions, be more effective in our careers, and avoid stress and mental illness in difficult times. In a friendly, jargon-free style, clinical psychologist and teacher Adam Cash uses practical examples to delve deep into the maze of the human mind: from the basic hardware, software, and 'wetware' of our brains to the mysteries of consciousness and the murkier reaches of abnormal behavior. He also provides profound insights into our wants and needs, the differences between psychological approaches, and how positive psychology can help you lead the 'good life' that fulfills you most. ● Gain insights into identity and the self ● Cope with stress and illness ● Maintain psychological health ● Make informed choices when seeking counseling Whether you're new to the unconscious or an established devotee of Freud and pharmacology, Psychology For Dummies is your essential guide to the examined life—and what can make it even more worth living! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453630 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodiment and the Treatment of Eating Disorders: The Body as a Resource in Recovery Author: Catherine Cook-Cottone Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools for the clinician to help clients turn their bodies into resources for healing from eating disorders. Embodiment refers to the attunement of the inner and outer self. Cognitions are aligned with the sensing and feeling body. Further, in an attuned experience of self, positive embodiment is maintained by a set of internally focused tools, such as self-care practices that support physiological health, emotional well-being, and effective cognitive functioning. For those who suffer from eating disorders, this is not the case; in fact, the opposite is true. Disordered thinking, an unattuned sense of self, and negative cognitions abound. Turning this thinking around is key to client resilience and treatment successes. Catherine Cook-Cottone provides tools for clinicians working with clients to restore their healthy selves and use their bodies as a positive resource for healing and long-term health. The book goes beyond traditional treatments to talk about mindful self-care, mindful eating, yoga, and other practices designed to support self-regulation. Catherine Cook-Cottone Tue, 27 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453630 thebookvoice.com 11:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodiment and the Treatment of Eating Disorders: The Body as a Resource in Recovery Author: Catherine Cook-Cottone Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools for the clinician to help clients turn their bodies into resources for healing from eating disorders. Embodiment refers to the attunement of the inner and outer self. Cognitions are aligned with the sensing and feeling body. Further, in an attuned experience of self, positive embodiment is maintained by a set of internally focused tools, such as self-care practices that support physiological health, emotional well-being, and effective cognitive functioning. For those who suffer from eating disorders, this is not the case; in fact, the opposite is true. Disordered thinking, an unattuned sense of self, and negative cognitions abound. Turning this thinking around is key to client resilience and treatment successes. Catherine Cook-Cottone provides tools for clinicians working with clients to restore their healthy selves and use their bodies as a positive resource for healing and long-term health. The book goes beyond traditional treatments to talk about mindful self-care, mindful eating, yoga, and other practices designed to support self-regulation. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453630]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Embodiment and the Treatment of Eating Disorders: The Body as a Resource in Recovery Author: Catherine Cook-Cottone Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 34 minutes Release date: October 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools for the clinician to help clients turn their bodies into resources for healing from eating disorders. Embodiment refers to the attunement of the inner and outer self. Cognitions are aligned with the sensing and feeling body. Further, in an attuned experience of self, positive embodiment is maintained by a set of internally focused tools, such as self-care practices that support physiological health, emotional well-being, and effective cognitive functioning. For those who suffer from eating disorders, this is not the case; in fact, the opposite is true. Disordered thinking, an unattuned sense of self, and negative cognitions abound. Turning this thinking around is key to client resilience and treatment successes. Catherine Cook-Cottone provides tools for clinicians working with clients to restore their healthy selves and use their bodies as a positive resource for healing and long-term health. The book goes beyond traditional treatments to talk about mindful self-care, mindful eating, yoga, and other practices designed to support self-regulation. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453628 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Perfect: When Being in Control Gets Out of Control Author: Jeannette De Wyze, Allan E. Mallinger MD Narrator: Jeannette De Wyze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us, perfectionism can bring life's most desired rewards. But when the obsessive need for perfection and control gets in the way of our professional and emotional lives, the cost becomes too high. Although many of us appear cool and confident on the outside, inside we are in emotional turmoil, trying to satisfy everyone, attempting to direct the future, and feeling that we are failing. In Too Perfect, Dr. Allan Mallinger draws on twenty years of research and observations from his private practice to show how perfectionism can sap energy, complicate even the simplest decisions, and take the enjoyment out of life. For workaholics or neat freaks, for anyone who fears change or making mistakes, needs rigid rules, is excessively frugal or obstinate, Too Perfect offers revealing self-tests, fascinating case histories, and practical strategies to help us overcome obsessiveness and reclaim our right to happiness. Jeannette De Wyze, Allan E. Mallinger MD Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453628 thebookvoice.com 7:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Perfect: When Being in Control Gets Out of Control Author: Jeannette De Wyze, Allan E. Mallinger MD Narrator: Jeannette De Wyze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us, perfectionism can bring life's most desired rewards. But when the obsessive need for perfection and control gets in the way of our professional and emotional lives, the cost becomes too high. Although many of us appear cool and confident on the outside, inside we are in emotional turmoil, trying to satisfy everyone, attempting to direct the future, and feeling that we are failing. In Too Perfect, Dr. Allan Mallinger draws on twenty years of research and observations from his private practice to show how perfectionism can sap energy, complicate even the simplest decisions, and take the enjoyment out of life. For workaholics or neat freaks, for anyone who fears change or making mistakes, needs rigid rules, is excessively frugal or obstinate, Too Perfect offers revealing self-tests, fascinating case histories, and practical strategies to help us overcome obsessiveness and reclaim our right to happiness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453628]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Too Perfect: When Being in Control Gets Out of Control Author: Jeannette De Wyze, Allan E. Mallinger MD Narrator: Jeannette De Wyze Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 20 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For many of us, perfectionism can bring life's most desired rewards. But when the obsessive need for perfection and control gets in the way of our professional and emotional lives, the cost becomes too high. Although many of us appear cool and confident on the outside, inside we are in emotional turmoil, trying to satisfy everyone, attempting to direct the future, and feeling that we are failing. In Too Perfect, Dr. Allan Mallinger draws on twenty years of research and observations from his private practice to show how perfectionism can sap energy, complicate even the simplest decisions, and take the enjoyment out of life. For workaholics or neat freaks, for anyone who fears change or making mistakes, needs rigid rules, is excessively frugal or obstinate, Too Perfect offers revealing self-tests, fascinating case histories, and practical strategies to help us overcome obsessiveness and reclaim our right to happiness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453448 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindsight: The (Mostly) Hidden Ways Marketing Reshapes Our Brains Author: Matt Johnson, Prince Ghuman Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever notice that all watch ads show 10:10 as the time? Or that all fast-food restaurants use red or yellow in their logos? Or that certain stores are always having a sale? You may not be aware of these details, yet they’ve been influencing you all along. Every time you purchase, swipe, or click, marketers are able to more accurately predict your behavior. These days, brands know more about you than you know about yourself. Blindsight is here to change that. With eye-opening science, engaging stories, and fascinating real-world examples, neuroscientist Matt Johnson and marketer Prince Ghuman dive deep into the surprising relationship between brains and brands. In Blindsight, they showcase how marketing taps every aspect of our mental lives, covering the neuroscience of pain and pleasure, emotion and logic, fear and safety, attention and addiction, and much more. We like to think of ourselves as independent actors in control of our decisions, but the truth is far more complicated. Blindsight will give you the ability to see the unseeable when it comes to marketing, so that you can consume on your own terms. On the surface, you will learn how the brain works and how brands design for it. But peel back a layer, and you’ll find a sharper image of your psychology, reflected in your consumer behavior. This book will change the way you view not just branding, but yourself, too. Matt Johnson, Prince Ghuman Tue, 19 May 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453448 thebookvoice.com 8:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindsight: The (Mostly) Hidden Ways Marketing Reshapes Our Brains Author: Matt Johnson, Prince Ghuman Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever notice that all watch ads show 10:10 as the time? Or that all fast-food restaurants use red or yellow in their logos? Or that certain stores are always having a sale? You may not be aware of these details, yet they’ve been influencing you all along. Every time you purchase, swipe, or click, marketers are able to more accurately predict your behavior. These days, brands know more about you than you know about yourself. Blindsight is here to change that. With eye-opening science, engaging stories, and fascinating real-world examples, neuroscientist Matt Johnson and marketer Prince Ghuman dive deep into the surprising relationship between brains and brands. In Blindsight, they showcase how marketing taps every aspect of our mental lives, covering the neuroscience of pain and pleasure, emotion and logic, fear and safety, attention and addiction, and much more. We like to think of ourselves as independent actors in control of our decisions, but the truth is far more complicated. Blindsight will give you the ability to see the unseeable when it comes to marketing, so that you can consume on your own terms. On the surface, you will learn how the brain works and how brands design for it. But peel back a layer, and you’ll find a sharper image of your psychology, reflected in your consumer behavior. This book will change the way you view not just branding, but yourself, too. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453448]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Blindsight: The (Mostly) Hidden Ways Marketing Reshapes Our Brains Author: Matt Johnson, Prince Ghuman Narrator: Roger Wayne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 59 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Ever notice that all watch ads show 10:10 as the time? Or that all fast-food restaurants use red or yellow in their logos? Or that certain stores are always having a sale? You may not be aware of these details, yet they’ve been influencing you all along. Every time you purchase, swipe, or click, marketers are able to more accurately predict your behavior. These days, brands know more about you than you know about yourself. Blindsight is here to change that. With eye-opening science, engaging stories, and fascinating real-world examples, neuroscientist Matt Johnson and marketer Prince Ghuman dive deep into the surprising relationship between brains and brands. In Blindsight, they showcase how marketing taps every aspect of our mental lives, covering the neuroscience of pain and pleasure, emotion and logic, fear and safety, attention and addiction, and much more. We like to think of ourselves as independent actors in control of our decisions, but the truth is far more complicated. Blindsight will give you the ability to see the unseeable when it comes to marketing, so that you can consume on your own terms. On the surface, you will learn how the brain works and how brands design for it. But peel back a layer, and you’ll find a sharper image of your psychology, reflected in your consumer behavior. This book will change the way you view not just branding, but yourself, too. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Aging Author: Scientific American Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process. Scientific American Tue, 19 May 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435 thebookvoice.com 6:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Aging Author: Scientific American Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453435]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Science of Aging Author: Scientific American Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 11 minutes Release date: May 19, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An infant born in the US today will probably live more than twenty years longer than the average lifespan a century ago. While living well into the eighties and nineties is becoming more and more attainable, how many more years can humanity expect to gain? And how can we raise the quality of those later years? The two main barriers are accumulated damage to cells and organs that occurs over time and age-related illnesses like cancer and Alzheimer’s disease. Researchers are divided over where to pour their efforts, and in The Science of Aging, we take a look at what science knows—and what it’s striving to learn—about the aging process. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453232 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Queen of Fucking Everything - So bekommst du das großartige Leben, das zu dir passt (Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sabine Asgodom Narrator: Sabine Asgodom Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Und jetzt bin ich mal dran!' - dieser Impuls trifft das Lebensgefühl vieler Frauen. Sie haben viel geleistet, viel geschultert und viel eingesteckt. Nun wächst der Wunsch nach einem freien, selbstbestimmten Leben. Aber wie gelingt es, negative Gefühle wie Enttäuschung, Wut und Frustration in positive Energie umzusetzen, die die Kraft für Veränderungen liefert? Sabine Asgodom weiß, was es heißt, die eigenen Bedürfnisse hintanzustellen und vor allem zu funktionieren. Offen spricht sie über die Umbrüche in ihrem Leben. Doch sie weiß auch, wie es glückt, den Schalter umzulegen. In ihrem Lern-Mach-Lösungs-Hörbuch führt sie uns konsequent zu unseren Zielen. Sabine Asgodom Fri, 21 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453232 thebookvoice.com 4:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Queen of Fucking Everything - So bekommst du das großartige Leben, das zu dir passt (Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sabine Asgodom Narrator: Sabine Asgodom Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Und jetzt bin ich mal dran!' - dieser Impuls trifft das Lebensgefühl vieler Frauen. Sie haben viel geleistet, viel geschultert und viel eingesteckt. Nun wächst der Wunsch nach einem freien, selbstbestimmten Leben. Aber wie gelingt es, negative Gefühle wie Enttäuschung, Wut und Frustration in positive Energie umzusetzen, die die Kraft für Veränderungen liefert? Sabine Asgodom weiß, was es heißt, die eigenen Bedürfnisse hintanzustellen und vor allem zu funktionieren. Offen spricht sie über die Umbrüche in ihrem Leben. Doch sie weiß auch, wie es glückt, den Schalter umzulegen. In ihrem Lern-Mach-Lösungs-Hörbuch führt sie uns konsequent zu unseren Zielen. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453232]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Queen of Fucking Everything - So bekommst du das großartige Leben, das zu dir passt (Autorinnenlesung) Author: Sabine Asgodom Narrator: Sabine Asgodom Format: Abridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 17 minutes Release date: August 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Und jetzt bin ich mal dran!' - dieser Impuls trifft das Lebensgefühl vieler Frauen. Sie haben viel geleistet, viel geschultert und viel eingesteckt. Nun wächst der Wunsch nach einem freien, selbstbestimmten Leben. Aber wie gelingt es, negative Gefühle wie Enttäuschung, Wut und Frustration in positive Energie umzusetzen, die die Kraft für Veränderungen liefert? Sabine Asgodom weiß, was es heißt, die eigenen Bedürfnisse hintanzustellen und vor allem zu funktionieren. Offen spricht sie über die Umbrüche in ihrem Leben. Doch sie weiß auch, wie es glückt, den Schalter umzulegen. In ihrem Lern-Mach-Lösungs-Hörbuch führt sie uns konsequent zu unseren Zielen. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453094 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Bloomers: 12 Principles for Thriving in Adversity Author: Michelle Pearce Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist specializing in behavioral medicine presents a dozen practical approaches to transforming loss, pain, and suffering into positive growth and hope. Just as some flowers only bloom in the dark, so too, some people only grow by experiencing tough times. Each chapter explains an empirically based principle for handling adversity, followed by writing prompts designed to help readers experience the axiom personally. Tools such as self-reflection, meaning-making, narrative creation, benefit-finding, and inspired value-based action help readers move through their trauma toward a new exuberance for life. Michelle Pearce Wed, 16 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453094 thebookvoice.com 7:33:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Bloomers: 12 Principles for Thriving in Adversity Author: Michelle Pearce Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist specializing in behavioral medicine presents a dozen practical approaches to transforming loss, pain, and suffering into positive growth and hope. Just as some flowers only bloom in the dark, so too, some people only grow by experiencing tough times. Each chapter explains an empirically based principle for handling adversity, followed by writing prompts designed to help readers experience the axiom personally. Tools such as self-reflection, meaning-making, narrative creation, benefit-finding, and inspired value-based action help readers move through their trauma toward a new exuberance for life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453094]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Night Bloomers: 12 Principles for Thriving in Adversity Author: Michelle Pearce Narrator: Callie Beaulieu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 33 minutes Release date: September 16, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A clinical psychologist specializing in behavioral medicine presents a dozen practical approaches to transforming loss, pain, and suffering into positive growth and hope. Just as some flowers only bloom in the dark, so too, some people only grow by experiencing tough times. Each chapter explains an empirically based principle for handling adversity, followed by writing prompts designed to help readers experience the axiom personally. Tools such as self-reflection, meaning-making, narrative creation, benefit-finding, and inspired value-based action help readers move through their trauma toward a new exuberance for life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453070 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Normal: How Culture Created the Stigma of Mental Illness Author: Roy Richard Grinker Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Guardian Best Book of 2021 A compassionate and captivating examination of evolving attitudes toward mental illness throughout history and the fight to end the stigma. For centuries, scientists and society cast moral judgments on anyone deemed mentally ill, confining many to asylums. In Nobody’s Normal, anthropologist Roy Richard Grinker chronicles the progress and setbacks in the struggle against mental-illness stigma—from the eighteenth century, through America’s major wars, and into today’s high-tech economy. Nobody’s Normal argues that stigma is a social process that can be explained through cultural history, a process that began the moment we defined mental illness, that we learn from within our communities, and that we ultimately have the power to change. Though the legacies of shame and secrecy are still with us today, Grinker writes that we are at the cusp of ending the marginalization of the mentally ill. In the twenty-first century, mental illnesses are fast becoming a more accepted and visible part of human diversity. Grinker infuses the book with the personal history of his family’s four generations of involvement in psychiatry, including his grandfather’s analysis with Sigmund Freud, his own daughter’s experience with autism, and culminating in his research on neurodiversity. Drawing on cutting-edge science, historical archives, and cross-cultural research in Africa and Asia, Grinker takes readers on an international journey to discover the origins of, and variances in, our cultural response to neurodiversity. Urgent, eye-opening, and ultimately hopeful, Nobody’s Normal explains how we are transforming mental illness and offers a path to end the shadow of stigma. Roy Richard Grinker Tue, 26 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453070 thebookvoice.com 14:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Normal: How Culture Created the Stigma of Mental Illness Author: Roy Richard Grinker Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Guardian Best Book of 2021 A compassionate and captivating examination of evolving attitudes toward mental illness throughout history and the fight to end the stigma. For centuries, scientists and society cast moral judgments on anyone deemed mentally ill, confining many to asylums. In Nobody’s Normal, anthropologist Roy Richard Grinker chronicles the progress and setbacks in the struggle against mental-illness stigma—from the eighteenth century, through America’s major wars, and into today’s high-tech economy. Nobody’s Normal argues that stigma is a social process that can be explained through cultural history, a process that began the moment we defined mental illness, that we learn from within our communities, and that we ultimately have the power to change. Though the legacies of shame and secrecy are still with us today, Grinker writes that we are at the cusp of ending the marginalization of the mentally ill. In the twenty-first century, mental illnesses are fast becoming a more accepted and visible part of human diversity. Grinker infuses the book with the personal history of his family’s four generations of involvement in psychiatry, including his grandfather’s analysis with Sigmund Freud, his own daughter’s experience with autism, and culminating in his research on neurodiversity. Drawing on cutting-edge science, historical archives, and cross-cultural research in Africa and Asia, Grinker takes readers on an international journey to discover the origins of, and variances in, our cultural response to neurodiversity. Urgent, eye-opening, and ultimately hopeful, Nobody’s Normal explains how we are transforming mental illness and offers a path to end the shadow of stigma. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/453070]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Nobody's Normal: How Culture Created the Stigma of Mental Illness Author: Roy Richard Grinker Narrator: Lyle Blaker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 30 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A Guardian Best Book of 2021 A compassionate and captivating examination of evolving attitudes toward mental illness throughout history and the fight to end the stigma. For centuries, scientists and society cast moral judgments on anyone deemed mentally ill, confining many to asylums. In Nobody’s Normal, anthropologist Roy Richard Grinker chronicles the progress and setbacks in the struggle against mental-illness stigma—from the eighteenth century, through America’s major wars, and into today’s high-tech economy. Nobody’s Normal argues that stigma is a social process that can be explained through cultural history, a process that began the moment we defined mental illness, that we learn from within our communities, and that we ultimately have the power to change. Though the legacies of shame and secrecy are still with us today, Grinker writes that we are at the cusp of ending the marginalization of the mentally ill. In the twenty-first century, mental illnesses are fast becoming a more accepted and visible part of human diversity. Grinker infuses the book with the personal history of his family’s four generations of involvement in psychiatry, including his grandfather’s analysis with Sigmund Freud, his own daughter’s experience with autism, and culminating in his research on neurodiversity. Drawing on cutting-edge science, historical archives, and cross-cultural research in Africa and Asia, Grinker takes readers on an international journey to discover the origins of, and variances in, our cultural response to neurodiversity. Urgent, eye-opening, and ultimately hopeful, Nobody’s Normal explains how we are transforming mental illness and offers a path to end the shadow of stigma. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452799 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Safety Trap: A Security Expert's Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World Author: Spencer Coursen Narrator: Spencer Coursen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Threat management expert Spencer Coursen offers proactive strategies to protect yourself and your loved ones in the event of hostile encounters and emergency situations in The Safety Trap: A Security Expert’s Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World. Despite what the news and social media would have you believe, we have never lived in a safer time than we are now. Unfortunately, we live under a false sense of security enforced by authorities that only alleviates fears without reducing risk. We have placed our personal safety, and our responsibilities of guarding it, into the hands of people trained only to respond to crises, not actively prevent them. Our blind faith in institutions to protect us has only dulled our natural survival instincts. The truth is that when we feel safest is actually when we are in the most danger. This is the paradox of The Safety Trap. When you don’t expect danger, you simply fail to see the signs that something bad is about to happen. But the signs are always there, and staying safe is about training yourself to see them. In easy-to-implement methods of maintaining vigilance, assessing risk, and taking preventative measures, you’ll discover how to be alert without anxiety and know how to best protect and defend yourself on the job, in school, in public places, at home, and online. With Coursen’s simple formula of Awareness + Preparation = Safety as your guide—as well as real world examples of managing threats—you will learn how to develop the skills and confidence to reclaim your own security and avoid The Safety Trap. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press Spencer Coursen Tue, 18 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452799 thebookvoice.com 12:23:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Safety Trap: A Security Expert's Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World Author: Spencer Coursen Narrator: Spencer Coursen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Threat management expert Spencer Coursen offers proactive strategies to protect yourself and your loved ones in the event of hostile encounters and emergency situations in The Safety Trap: A Security Expert’s Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World. Despite what the news and social media would have you believe, we have never lived in a safer time than we are now. Unfortunately, we live under a false sense of security enforced by authorities that only alleviates fears without reducing risk. We have placed our personal safety, and our responsibilities of guarding it, into the hands of people trained only to respond to crises, not actively prevent them. Our blind faith in institutions to protect us has only dulled our natural survival instincts. The truth is that when we feel safest is actually when we are in the most danger. This is the paradox of The Safety Trap. When you don’t expect danger, you simply fail to see the signs that something bad is about to happen. But the signs are always there, and staying safe is about training yourself to see them. In easy-to-implement methods of maintaining vigilance, assessing risk, and taking preventative measures, you’ll discover how to be alert without anxiety and know how to best protect and defend yourself on the job, in school, in public places, at home, and online. With Coursen’s simple formula of Awareness + Preparation = Safety as your guide—as well as real world examples of managing threats—you will learn how to develop the skills and confidence to reclaim your own security and avoid The Safety Trap. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452799]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Safety Trap: A Security Expert's Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World Author: Spencer Coursen Narrator: Spencer Coursen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 23 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This program is read by the author. Threat management expert Spencer Coursen offers proactive strategies to protect yourself and your loved ones in the event of hostile encounters and emergency situations in The Safety Trap: A Security Expert’s Secrets for Staying Safe in a Dangerous World. Despite what the news and social media would have you believe, we have never lived in a safer time than we are now. Unfortunately, we live under a false sense of security enforced by authorities that only alleviates fears without reducing risk. We have placed our personal safety, and our responsibilities of guarding it, into the hands of people trained only to respond to crises, not actively prevent them. Our blind faith in institutions to protect us has only dulled our natural survival instincts. The truth is that when we feel safest is actually when we are in the most danger. This is the paradox of The Safety Trap. When you don’t expect danger, you simply fail to see the signs that something bad is about to happen. But the signs are always there, and staying safe is about training yourself to see them. In easy-to-implement methods of maintaining vigilance, assessing risk, and taking preventative measures, you’ll discover how to be alert without anxiety and know how to best protect and defend yourself on the job, in school, in public places, at home, and online. With Coursen’s simple formula of Awareness + Preparation = Safety as your guide—as well as real world examples of managing threats—you will learn how to develop the skills and confidence to reclaim your own security and avoid The Safety Trap. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452734 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Author: A.K. Rabington Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Psychologists talk about “defense mechanisms,” or manners in which a person behaves or thinks in certain ways to better protect or “defend” their inner selves (their personality and self-image). Defense mechanisms are one way of looking at how people distance themselves from a full awareness of unpleasant thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Defense mechanisms are rooted in Freud’s theory of personality. According to his model, the mind has three dueling forces: the id (unconscious and primitive urges for food, comfort, and sex), the superego (a partly conscious drive toward moral and social values), and the ego (a partly conscious force that moderates the id and superego). Learning the strategies involved in psychic self-defense would be very beneficial for anyone, as it is a significant phase in psychic development. This audiobook will provide you steps on how to use the Psychic Defense Strategy to live a happy life and achieve the goals you have always aim for. In this audiobook, you will learn the following: - The Importance Of A Strong Mind - How To Know If You Are Under Attack - Learn How To Take Control Of Your Energy Levels - Learn How To Battle Negative Energy - Learn How To Be Grounded - Learn Spiritual Cleansing - Learn To Release Fear - Surround Yourself With “White Light” - Use Positive Affirmations Defense mechanisms are a normal, natural part of psychological development. Identifying which type you, your loved ones, even your co-workers use, can help you in future conversations and encounters, scroll up and click 'add to cart.' now. A.K. Rabington Wed, 12 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452734 thebookvoice.com 0:30:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Author: A.K. Rabington Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Psychologists talk about “defense mechanisms,” or manners in which a person behaves or thinks in certain ways to better protect or “defend” their inner selves (their personality and self-image). Defense mechanisms are one way of looking at how people distance themselves from a full awareness of unpleasant thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Defense mechanisms are rooted in Freud’s theory of personality. According to his model, the mind has three dueling forces: the id (unconscious and primitive urges for food, comfort, and sex), the superego (a partly conscious drive toward moral and social values), and the ego (a partly conscious force that moderates the id and superego). Learning the strategies involved in psychic self-defense would be very beneficial for anyone, as it is a significant phase in psychic development. This audiobook will provide you steps on how to use the Psychic Defense Strategy to live a happy life and achieve the goals you have always aim for. In this audiobook, you will learn the following: - The Importance Of A Strong Mind - How To Know If You Are Under Attack - Learn How To Take Control Of Your Energy Levels - Learn How To Battle Negative Energy - Learn How To Be Grounded - Learn Spiritual Cleansing - Learn To Release Fear - Surround Yourself With “White Light” - Use Positive Affirmations Defense mechanisms are a normal, natural part of psychological development. Identifying which type you, your loved ones, even your co-workers use, can help you in future conversations and encounters, scroll up and click 'add to cart.' now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452734]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Author: A.K. Rabington Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 30 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychological Defense Mechanism: The Ultimate Guide to Psychic Self-Defense Strategies, Learn How You Can Build a Strong Mind That Can Fight Against Psychic Attacks Psychologists talk about “defense mechanisms,” or manners in which a person behaves or thinks in certain ways to better protect or “defend” their inner selves (their personality and self-image). Defense mechanisms are one way of looking at how people distance themselves from a full awareness of unpleasant thoughts, feelings, and behaviors. Defense mechanisms are rooted in Freud’s theory of personality. According to his model, the mind has three dueling forces: the id (unconscious and primitive urges for food, comfort, and sex), the superego (a partly conscious drive toward moral and social values), and the ego (a partly conscious force that moderates the id and superego). Learning the strategies involved in psychic self-defense would be very beneficial for anyone, as it is a significant phase in psychic development. This audiobook will provide you steps on how to use the Psychic Defense Strategy to live a happy life and achieve the goals you have always aim for. In this audiobook, you will learn the following: - The Importance Of A Strong Mind - How To Know If You Are Under Attack - Learn How To Take Control Of Your Energy Levels - Learn How To Battle Negative Energy - Learn How To Be Grounded - Learn Spiritual Cleansing - Learn To Release Fear - Surround Yourself With “White Light” - Use Positive Affirmations Defense mechanisms are a normal, natural part of psychological development. Identifying which type you, your loved ones, even your co-workers use, can help you in future conversations and encounters, scroll up and click 'add to cart.' now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452732 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Author: Kendall Williamson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Opioids are narcotic, painkilling drugs produced from opium or made synthetically. Sometimes called the 'opioid epidemic,' addiction to opioid prescription pain medications has reached an alarming rate across the United States. Some people who've been using opioids over a long period of time may need physician-prescribed temporary or long-term drug substitution during treatment. Drug addiction, also called substance use disorder, is a disease that affects a person's brain and behavior and leads to an inability to control the use of a legal or illegal drug or medication. Results from NIDA-funded research have shown that prevention programs involving families, schools, communities, and the media are effective for preventing or reducing drug use and addiction. This audiobook will have all the information you need to know about Drug Addiction. Learn the risk of drug addiction and how to overcome it and get back in control again. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Drug Addiction Basics - Accept That You Need Help - Drug Detox Basics - Drug Rehab Basics - Support Groups and Follow-Up Programs - Nutrition for Recovering Drug Addicts - Tips for Family Members and Friends - What Can Be Lost Due to Drug Addiction Entering a substance abuse rehabilitation program is the best way to relinquish your life from the turmoil of substance abuse. As of 2016, an estimated 28 million people around the globe are battling a substance use disorder. Yet only a small portion – 10 percent – are getting the treatment they need. One of the best things you can do to either avoid or treat a drug addiction is to make sure you are well informed on the subject, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. Kendall Williamson Wed, 12 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452732 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Author: Kendall Williamson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Opioids are narcotic, painkilling drugs produced from opium or made synthetically. Sometimes called the 'opioid epidemic,' addiction to opioid prescription pain medications has reached an alarming rate across the United States. Some people who've been using opioids over a long period of time may need physician-prescribed temporary or long-term drug substitution during treatment. Drug addiction, also called substance use disorder, is a disease that affects a person's brain and behavior and leads to an inability to control the use of a legal or illegal drug or medication. Results from NIDA-funded research have shown that prevention programs involving families, schools, communities, and the media are effective for preventing or reducing drug use and addiction. This audiobook will have all the information you need to know about Drug Addiction. Learn the risk of drug addiction and how to overcome it and get back in control again. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Drug Addiction Basics - Accept That You Need Help - Drug Detox Basics - Drug Rehab Basics - Support Groups and Follow-Up Programs - Nutrition for Recovering Drug Addicts - Tips for Family Members and Friends - What Can Be Lost Due to Drug Addiction Entering a substance abuse rehabilitation program is the best way to relinquish your life from the turmoil of substance abuse. As of 2016, an estimated 28 million people around the globe are battling a substance use disorder. Yet only a small portion – 10 percent – are getting the treatment they need. One of the best things you can do to either avoid or treat a drug addiction is to make sure you are well informed on the subject, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452732]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Author: Kendall Williamson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Opiate Epidemic: The Essential Guide to Beating Drug Addiction, Learn the Necessary Tools and Effective Strategies to Overcome Your Addiction For Good Opioids are narcotic, painkilling drugs produced from opium or made synthetically. Sometimes called the 'opioid epidemic,' addiction to opioid prescription pain medications has reached an alarming rate across the United States. Some people who've been using opioids over a long period of time may need physician-prescribed temporary or long-term drug substitution during treatment. Drug addiction, also called substance use disorder, is a disease that affects a person's brain and behavior and leads to an inability to control the use of a legal or illegal drug or medication. Results from NIDA-funded research have shown that prevention programs involving families, schools, communities, and the media are effective for preventing or reducing drug use and addiction. This audiobook will have all the information you need to know about Drug Addiction. Learn the risk of drug addiction and how to overcome it and get back in control again. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Drug Addiction Basics - Accept That You Need Help - Drug Detox Basics - Drug Rehab Basics - Support Groups and Follow-Up Programs - Nutrition for Recovering Drug Addicts - Tips for Family Members and Friends - What Can Be Lost Due to Drug Addiction Entering a substance abuse rehabilitation program is the best way to relinquish your life from the turmoil of substance abuse. As of 2016, an estimated 28 million people around the globe are battling a substance use disorder. Yet only a small portion – 10 percent – are getting the treatment they need. One of the best things you can do to either avoid or treat a drug addiction is to make sure you are well informed on the subject, scroll up, and click 'add to cart' now. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452728 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Author: William Carol Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Do you consider yourself an emotional person? Do your emotions often rule your life? Most people find themselves tangled in different emotions and if you combine it with all the stress we face every day, it's no question that most people end up consumed by their emotions. But if you want to achieve your success, one of the important things you need to learn is emotional equilibrium so that you will know the perfect balance between your emotions. The key to persevering to reach our goals and achieve success is not only willpower and grit; it is actually emotion. Positive emotions like gratitude, compassion and pride can encourage us to be more persistent in reaching our goals and help us stay away frombad behavior. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about emotions in general and how you can fully control them. You will discover how to balance them properly so it could help you on your way to success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings and Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide the Best Route to Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself Managing your emotional health is critical to your success in every area of your life. It is important to understand what you need to do because it can also help your physical health. Having a great handle with your emotions can help you be the best you that you can be. If you want to know all the information how you can manage your emotions, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now! William Carol Wed, 12 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452728 thebookvoice.com 0:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Author: William Carol Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Do you consider yourself an emotional person? Do your emotions often rule your life? Most people find themselves tangled in different emotions and if you combine it with all the stress we face every day, it's no question that most people end up consumed by their emotions. But if you want to achieve your success, one of the important things you need to learn is emotional equilibrium so that you will know the perfect balance between your emotions. The key to persevering to reach our goals and achieve success is not only willpower and grit; it is actually emotion. Positive emotions like gratitude, compassion and pride can encourage us to be more persistent in reaching our goals and help us stay away frombad behavior. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about emotions in general and how you can fully control them. You will discover how to balance them properly so it could help you on your way to success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings and Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide the Best Route to Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself Managing your emotional health is critical to your success in every area of your life. It is important to understand what you need to do because it can also help your physical health. Having a great handle with your emotions can help you be the best you that you can be. If you want to know all the information how you can manage your emotions, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452728]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Author: William Carol Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 29 minutes Release date: August 12, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Permission to Feel: The Ultimate Guide to Understanding Your Emotions for Success, Learn How to Evaluate and Use Your Emotions to be Happy and Successful in Life Do you consider yourself an emotional person? Do your emotions often rule your life? Most people find themselves tangled in different emotions and if you combine it with all the stress we face every day, it's no question that most people end up consumed by their emotions. But if you want to achieve your success, one of the important things you need to learn is emotional equilibrium so that you will know the perfect balance between your emotions. The key to persevering to reach our goals and achieve success is not only willpower and grit; it is actually emotion. Positive emotions like gratitude, compassion and pride can encourage us to be more persistent in reaching our goals and help us stay away frombad behavior. This audiobook will teach you all the information you need to know about emotions in general and how you can fully control them. You will discover how to balance them properly so it could help you on your way to success. In this audiobook, you will learn about the following: - Emotion Basics - Evaluate Your Emotions - Understand Where Your Emotions Come From - Note Your Surroundings and Circumstances - Brainstorm Other Responses - Evaluate Your Options - Decide the Best Route to Take - Learn to Be Happy With Yourself Managing your emotional health is critical to your success in every area of your life. It is important to understand what you need to do because it can also help your physical health. Having a great handle with your emotions can help you be the best you that you can be. If you want to know all the information how you can manage your emotions, scroll up and click 'add to cart' now! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452662 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some Body to Love: A Family Story Author: Alexandra Heminsley Narrator: Alexandra Heminsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Today I sat on a bench facing the sea, the one where I waited for L to be born, and sobbed my heart out. I don't know if I'll ever recover.' This note was written on 9 November 2017. As the seagulls squawked overhead and the sun dipped into the sea, Alexandra Heminsley's world was turning inside out. She'd just been told her then-husband was going to transition. The revelation threatened to shatter their brand new, still fragile, family. But this vertiginous moment represented only the latest in a series of events that had left Alex feeling more and more dissociated from her own body, turning her into a seemingly unreliable narrator of her own reality. Some Body to Love is Alex's profoundly open-hearted memoir about losing her husband but gaining a best friend, and together bringing up a baby in a changing world. Its exploration of what it means to have a human body, to feel connected or severed from it, and how we might learn to accept our own, makes it a vital and inspiring contribution to some of the most complex and heated conversations of our times. © Alexandra Heminsley 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Alexandra Heminsley Thu, 14 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452662 thebookvoice.com 7:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some Body to Love: A Family Story Author: Alexandra Heminsley Narrator: Alexandra Heminsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Today I sat on a bench facing the sea, the one where I waited for L to be born, and sobbed my heart out. I don't know if I'll ever recover.' This note was written on 9 November 2017. As the seagulls squawked overhead and the sun dipped into the sea, Alexandra Heminsley's world was turning inside out. She'd just been told her then-husband was going to transition. The revelation threatened to shatter their brand new, still fragile, family. But this vertiginous moment represented only the latest in a series of events that had left Alex feeling more and more dissociated from her own body, turning her into a seemingly unreliable narrator of her own reality. Some Body to Love is Alex's profoundly open-hearted memoir about losing her husband but gaining a best friend, and together bringing up a baby in a changing world. Its exploration of what it means to have a human body, to feel connected or severed from it, and how we might learn to accept our own, makes it a vital and inspiring contribution to some of the most complex and heated conversations of our times. © Alexandra Heminsley 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452662]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Some Body to Love: A Family Story Author: Alexandra Heminsley Narrator: Alexandra Heminsley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 1 minute Release date: January 14, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. 'Today I sat on a bench facing the sea, the one where I waited for L to be born, and sobbed my heart out. I don't know if I'll ever recover.' This note was written on 9 November 2017. As the seagulls squawked overhead and the sun dipped into the sea, Alexandra Heminsley's world was turning inside out. She'd just been told her then-husband was going to transition. The revelation threatened to shatter their brand new, still fragile, family. But this vertiginous moment represented only the latest in a series of events that had left Alex feeling more and more dissociated from her own body, turning her into a seemingly unreliable narrator of her own reality. Some Body to Love is Alex's profoundly open-hearted memoir about losing her husband but gaining a best friend, and together bringing up a baby in a changing world. Its exploration of what it means to have a human body, to feel connected or severed from it, and how we might learn to accept our own, makes it a vital and inspiring contribution to some of the most complex and heated conversations of our times. © Alexandra Heminsley 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Leslie Vernick, counselor and social worker, has witnessed the devastating effects of emotional abuse. Many, including many in the church, have not addressed this form of destruction in families and relationships because it is difficult to talk about. With godly guidance and practical experience, Vernick offers an empathetic approach to recognizing an emotionally destructive relationship and addresses the symptoms and the damage with biblical tools. Readers will understand how to: - Reveal behaviors that are meant to control, punish, and hurt - Confront and speak truth when the timing is right - Determine when to keep trying, when to get out - Get safe and stay safe - Build an identity in Christ This practical and thorough resource will help countless individuals, families, and churches view abuse from God's perspective and understand how vital it is for victims to embrace His freedom from the physical, emotional, spiritual, and generational effects of emotionally destructive relationships. Leslie Vernick Tue, 11 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177 thebookvoice.com 7:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Leslie Vernick, counselor and social worker, has witnessed the devastating effects of emotional abuse. Many, including many in the church, have not addressed this form of destruction in families and relationships because it is difficult to talk about. With godly guidance and practical experience, Vernick offers an empathetic approach to recognizing an emotionally destructive relationship and addresses the symptoms and the damage with biblical tools. Readers will understand how to: - Reveal behaviors that are meant to control, punish, and hurt - Confront and speak truth when the timing is right - Determine when to keep trying, when to get out - Get safe and stay safe - Build an identity in Christ This practical and thorough resource will help countless individuals, families, and churches view abuse from God's perspective and understand how vital it is for victims to embrace His freedom from the physical, emotional, spiritual, and generational effects of emotionally destructive relationships. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452177]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Emotionally Destructive Relationship: Seeing It, Stopping It, Surviving It Author: Leslie Vernick Narrator: Leslie Vernick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 16 minutes Release date: August 11, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.14 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.33 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Leslie Vernick, counselor and social worker, has witnessed the devastating effects of emotional abuse. Many, including many in the church, have not addressed this form of destruction in families and relationships because it is difficult to talk about. With godly guidance and practical experience, Vernick offers an empathetic approach to recognizing an emotionally destructive relationship and addresses the symptoms and the damage with biblical tools. Readers will understand how to: - Reveal behaviors that are meant to control, punish, and hurt - Confront and speak truth when the timing is right - Determine when to keep trying, when to get out - Get safe and stay safe - Build an identity in Christ This practical and thorough resource will help countless individuals, families, and churches view abuse from God's perspective and understand how vital it is for victims to embrace His freedom from the physical, emotional, spiritual, and generational effects of emotionally destructive relationships. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452076 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Breath, New Chances: How to Age with Honor and Dignity--A Guide for Men Author: Lewis Richmond Narrator: Richard Crossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools and anecdotes to reframe aging from the bestselling author of Work as a Spiritual Practice and Aging as a Spiritual Practice. Aging is not just a process, but a journey: a decades-long adventure of new opportunities and surprises. And while loss, tragedy, and decline are inevitably part and parcel of getting older, so too are joys, gifts, and new discoveries. For men in particular, the decline in virility and power that accompanies age is a tough pill to swallow: when these fall away, what remains? And without them, what does it mean to be a man? As life unfolds, a man's identity is renewed, reviewed, and negotiated: the markers that make him himself at 20 won't be the same at 35, 50, or 70. This book shows readers how to turn toward these changes, to come into their own as older men by reframing the losses of age as strengths and opportunities for growth. Drawing from interviews and personal anecdotes, each chapter includes a contemplative practice called Deep Mind Reflection to help readers navigate aging and topics like divorce and single living; illness, death, and emotions; relating to partners; health, denial, and substance abuse; retirement and encore careers; and reframing a masculine identity once predicated on strength and virility. For every challenge or difficulty men face as they age, there are positive outcomes and fresh possibilities. This book encompasses the totality: fears and aspirations, new careers and next steps, and spiritual preparation for the final decades of life. Lewis Richmond Tue, 03 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452076 thebookvoice.com 5:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Breath, New Chances: How to Age with Honor and Dignity--A Guide for Men Author: Lewis Richmond Narrator: Richard Crossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools and anecdotes to reframe aging from the bestselling author of Work as a Spiritual Practice and Aging as a Spiritual Practice. Aging is not just a process, but a journey: a decades-long adventure of new opportunities and surprises. And while loss, tragedy, and decline are inevitably part and parcel of getting older, so too are joys, gifts, and new discoveries. For men in particular, the decline in virility and power that accompanies age is a tough pill to swallow: when these fall away, what remains? And without them, what does it mean to be a man? As life unfolds, a man's identity is renewed, reviewed, and negotiated: the markers that make him himself at 20 won't be the same at 35, 50, or 70. This book shows readers how to turn toward these changes, to come into their own as older men by reframing the losses of age as strengths and opportunities for growth. Drawing from interviews and personal anecdotes, each chapter includes a contemplative practice called Deep Mind Reflection to help readers navigate aging and topics like divorce and single living; illness, death, and emotions; relating to partners; health, denial, and substance abuse; retirement and encore careers; and reframing a masculine identity once predicated on strength and virility. For every challenge or difficulty men face as they age, there are positive outcomes and fresh possibilities. This book encompasses the totality: fears and aspirations, new careers and next steps, and spiritual preparation for the final decades of life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452076]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Every Breath, New Chances: How to Age with Honor and Dignity--A Guide for Men Author: Lewis Richmond Narrator: Richard Crossman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 18 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Tools and anecdotes to reframe aging from the bestselling author of Work as a Spiritual Practice and Aging as a Spiritual Practice. Aging is not just a process, but a journey: a decades-long adventure of new opportunities and surprises. And while loss, tragedy, and decline are inevitably part and parcel of getting older, so too are joys, gifts, and new discoveries. For men in particular, the decline in virility and power that accompanies age is a tough pill to swallow: when these fall away, what remains? And without them, what does it mean to be a man? As life unfolds, a man's identity is renewed, reviewed, and negotiated: the markers that make him himself at 20 won't be the same at 35, 50, or 70. This book shows readers how to turn toward these changes, to come into their own as older men by reframing the losses of age as strengths and opportunities for growth. Drawing from interviews and personal anecdotes, each chapter includes a contemplative practice called Deep Mind Reflection to help readers navigate aging and topics like divorce and single living; illness, death, and emotions; relating to partners; health, denial, and substance abuse; retirement and encore careers; and reframing a masculine identity once predicated on strength and virility. For every challenge or difficulty men face as they age, there are positive outcomes and fresh possibilities. This book encompasses the totality: fears and aspirations, new careers and next steps, and spiritual preparation for the final decades of life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452061 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452061]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Adoptive Parents' Handbook: A Guide to Healing Trauma and Thriving with Your Foster or Adopted Child Author: Barbara Tantrum Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting adopted and foster kids--learn to create felt safety, heal attachment trauma, and navigate challenging behaviors and triggers Children who have been adopted and/or shuttled through the foster-care system experience trauma at a much higher rate than other kids, which can make it difficult for them to trust, relax, regulate their emotions, and connect with their new families. As a parent, learning how to heal attachment trauma, attune to your child's needs, identify triggers, and create felt safety is essential to providing the loving, supportive, and stable home they need to thrive. Written for parents of adopted and foster kids of all ages, this book offers resources for handling common concerns like sleep issues, food sensitivities, anger, fear, and reactivity. It also provides guidance on navigating transracial adoptions, working through parents' own hang-ups, and recognizing signs of developmental and psychological conditions. The book highlights practical strategies and provides real-life examples to address questions like: - How do I help my adopted child adjust? - Is this kind of behavior 'normal'? - How do I help my child live, heal, and thrive with PTSD? Barbara Tantrum Tue, 08 Dec 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452061 thebookvoice.com 10:8:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452061]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Adoptive Parents' Handbook: A Guide to Healing Trauma and Thriving with Your Foster or Adopted Child Author: Barbara Tantrum Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting adopted and foster kids--learn to create felt safety, heal attachment trauma, and navigate challenging behaviors and triggers Children who have been adopted and/or shuttled through the foster-care system experience trauma at a much higher rate than other kids, which can make it difficult for them to trust, relax, regulate their emotions, and connect with their new families. As a parent, learning how to heal attachment trauma, attune to your child's needs, identify triggers, and create felt safety is essential to providing the loving, supportive, and stable home they need to thrive. Written for parents of adopted and foster kids of all ages, this book offers resources for handling common concerns like sleep issues, food sensitivities, anger, fear, and reactivity. It also provides guidance on navigating transracial adoptions, working through parents' own hang-ups, and recognizing signs of developmental and psychological conditions. The book highlights practical strategies and provides real-life examples to address questions like: - How do I help my adopted child adjust? - Is this kind of behavior 'normal'? - How do I help my child live, heal, and thrive with PTSD? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452061]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Adoptive Parents' Handbook: A Guide to Healing Trauma and Thriving with Your Foster or Adopted Child Author: Barbara Tantrum Narrator: Janina Edwards Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 8 minutes Release date: December 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The essential guide to parenting adopted and foster kids--learn to create felt safety, heal attachment trauma, and navigate challenging behaviors and triggers Children who have been adopted and/or shuttled through the foster-care system experience trauma at a much higher rate than other kids, which can make it difficult for them to trust, relax, regulate their emotions, and connect with their new families. As a parent, learning how to heal attachment trauma, attune to your child's needs, identify triggers, and create felt safety is essential to providing the loving, supportive, and stable home they need to thrive. Written for parents of adopted and foster kids of all ages, this book offers resources for handling common concerns like sleep issues, food sensitivities, anger, fear, and reactivity. It also provides guidance on navigating transracial adoptions, working through parents' own hang-ups, and recognizing signs of developmental and psychological conditions. The book highlights practical strategies and provides real-life examples to address questions like: - How do I help my adopted child adjust? - Is this kind of behavior 'normal'? - How do I help my child live, heal, and thrive with PTSD? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452045 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Activism and Action Author: Sophie Williams Narrator: Sophie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join the fight for racially marginalized people with this pocket-sized guide filled with practical insights from one of the leading voices of the movement for equality and founder of the @officialmillennialblack Instagram. As the tragic murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement has demonstrated, not being racist is not enough. To fulfill the American ideal, to ensure that all people are equal, you must be actively anti-racist.  In this essential guide, Sophie Williams, goes beyond her popular Instagram @officialmillennialblack, providing sharp, simple, and insightful steps anyone can take to be a better ally in the fight against racism. While the book’s focus is on race, it also touches on  sexism, classism, ableism, oppression, and white supremacy.  Written in her iconic Instagram style, this pocket-sized guide is a crucial starting point for every anti-racist ally, covering complex topics at the heart of anti-racist principles. Whether you are just finding your voice, have made a start but aren’t sure what to do next, or want a fresh viewpoint, Anti-Racist Ally introduces and explains the language of change and shows you how to challenge the system, beginning with yourself. Sophie reminds you that this is a learning process, which means facing difficult truths, becoming uncomfortable, and working through the embarrassment and discomfort.  The fight for justice isn’t easy there aren’t any shortcuts or quick wins. But together, anti-racist allies can use their power to truly change the world and lives. Sophie Williams Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452045 thebookvoice.com 1:25:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Activism and Action Author: Sophie Williams Narrator: Sophie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join the fight for racially marginalized people with this pocket-sized guide filled with practical insights from one of the leading voices of the movement for equality and founder of the @officialmillennialblack Instagram. As the tragic murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement has demonstrated, not being racist is not enough. To fulfill the American ideal, to ensure that all people are equal, you must be actively anti-racist.  In this essential guide, Sophie Williams, goes beyond her popular Instagram @officialmillennialblack, providing sharp, simple, and insightful steps anyone can take to be a better ally in the fight against racism. While the book’s focus is on race, it also touches on  sexism, classism, ableism, oppression, and white supremacy.  Written in her iconic Instagram style, this pocket-sized guide is a crucial starting point for every anti-racist ally, covering complex topics at the heart of anti-racist principles. Whether you are just finding your voice, have made a start but aren’t sure what to do next, or want a fresh viewpoint, Anti-Racist Ally introduces and explains the language of change and shows you how to challenge the system, beginning with yourself. Sophie reminds you that this is a learning process, which means facing difficult truths, becoming uncomfortable, and working through the embarrassment and discomfort.  The fight for justice isn’t easy there aren’t any shortcuts or quick wins. But together, anti-racist allies can use their power to truly change the world and lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/452045]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Anti-Racist Ally: An Introduction to Activism and Action Author: Sophie Williams Narrator: Sophie Williams Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 25 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join the fight for racially marginalized people with this pocket-sized guide filled with practical insights from one of the leading voices of the movement for equality and founder of the @officialmillennialblack Instagram. As the tragic murder of George Floyd and the Black Lives Matter movement has demonstrated, not being racist is not enough. To fulfill the American ideal, to ensure that all people are equal, you must be actively anti-racist.  In this essential guide, Sophie Williams, goes beyond her popular Instagram @officialmillennialblack, providing sharp, simple, and insightful steps anyone can take to be a better ally in the fight against racism. While the book’s focus is on race, it also touches on  sexism, classism, ableism, oppression, and white supremacy.  Written in her iconic Instagram style, this pocket-sized guide is a crucial starting point for every anti-racist ally, covering complex topics at the heart of anti-racist principles. Whether you are just finding your voice, have made a start but aren’t sure what to do next, or want a fresh viewpoint, Anti-Racist Ally introduces and explains the language of change and shows you how to challenge the system, beginning with yourself. Sophie reminds you that this is a learning process, which means facing difficult truths, becoming uncomfortable, and working through the embarrassment and discomfort.  The fight for justice isn’t easy there aren’t any shortcuts or quick wins. But together, anti-racist allies can use their power to truly change the world and lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451945 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Smoking, How To Quit Smoking Author: Josh G. Devon And Martin J. Carr Narrator: Nick Dolle And Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Quitting smoking is not easy, but it's worth it! This bundle offers practical tips to help you break your nicotine addiction and kick the cigarette habit for good. Many experts believe smoking is only about 10% physical addiction and a whopping 90% psychological addiction. Your body will recover fairly quickly from nicotine withdrawals (the worst symptoms usually abate in three days or less), but your psychological dependency on cigarettes can be much more difficult to defeat. That's why you have to be committed to a program that will help you stick to your commitment to leave cigarettes behind you and become a non-smoker. Probably the best way to start is to work on those psychological barriers that will keep your from succeeding. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Smoking And Overcome Nicotine Addiction 2. How To Quit Smoking: The Ultimate Guide To Stop Smoking Now With Easy Step-by-Step Instructions To Give Up Smoking For Life And Never Be A Heavy Smoker Again Get your copy Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today! Josh G. Devon And Martin J. Carr Sat, 01 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451945 thebookvoice.com 0:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Smoking, How To Quit Smoking Author: Josh G. Devon And Martin J. Carr Narrator: Nick Dolle And Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Quitting smoking is not easy, but it's worth it! This bundle offers practical tips to help you break your nicotine addiction and kick the cigarette habit for good. Many experts believe smoking is only about 10% physical addiction and a whopping 90% psychological addiction. Your body will recover fairly quickly from nicotine withdrawals (the worst symptoms usually abate in three days or less), but your psychological dependency on cigarettes can be much more difficult to defeat. That's why you have to be committed to a program that will help you stick to your commitment to leave cigarettes behind you and become a non-smoker. Probably the best way to start is to work on those psychological barriers that will keep your from succeeding. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Smoking And Overcome Nicotine Addiction 2. How To Quit Smoking: The Ultimate Guide To Stop Smoking Now With Easy Step-by-Step Instructions To Give Up Smoking For Life And Never Be A Heavy Smoker Again Get your copy Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451945]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle, Smoking, How To Quit Smoking Author: Josh G. Devon And Martin J. Carr Narrator: Nick Dolle And Matt Montanez Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 40 minutes Release date: August 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Quitting smoking is not easy, but it's worth it! This bundle offers practical tips to help you break your nicotine addiction and kick the cigarette habit for good. Many experts believe smoking is only about 10% physical addiction and a whopping 90% psychological addiction. Your body will recover fairly quickly from nicotine withdrawals (the worst symptoms usually abate in three days or less), but your psychological dependency on cigarettes can be much more difficult to defeat. That's why you have to be committed to a program that will help you stick to your commitment to leave cigarettes behind you and become a non-smoker. Probably the best way to start is to work on those psychological barriers that will keep your from succeeding. This two-in-one bundle series includes the following audiobooks: 1. Smoking: The Ultimate Guide to Stop Smoking And Overcome Nicotine Addiction 2. How To Quit Smoking: The Ultimate Guide To Stop Smoking Now With Easy Step-by-Step Instructions To Give Up Smoking For Life And Never Be A Heavy Smoker Again Get your copy Stop Smoking Bundle: 2 in 1 Bundle today! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451854 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins and History of Consciousness Series: #9 of Princeton Classics Author: Erich Neumann Narrator: William Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by William Roberts explores the evolution of consciousness through the archetypes and myths that are universal to all humanity The Origins and History of Consciousness draws on a full range of world mythology to show how individual consciousness undergoes the same archetypal stages of development as human consciousness as a whole. Erich Neumann was one of C. G. Jung's most creative students and a renowned practitioner of analytical psychology in his own right. In this influential book, Neumann shows how the stages begin and end with the symbol of the Uroboros, the tail-eating serpent. The intermediate stages are projected in the universal myths of the World Creation, Great Mother, Separation of the World Parents, Birth of the Hero, Slaying of the Dragon, Rescue of the Captive, and Transformation and Deification of the Hero. Throughout the sequence, the Hero is the evolving ego consciousness. Featuring a foreword by Jung, this Princeton Classics edition introduces a new generation of readers to this eloquent and enduring work. Erich Neumann Tue, 15 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451854 thebookvoice.com 17:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins and History of Consciousness Series: #9 of Princeton Classics Author: Erich Neumann Narrator: William Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by William Roberts explores the evolution of consciousness through the archetypes and myths that are universal to all humanity The Origins and History of Consciousness draws on a full range of world mythology to show how individual consciousness undergoes the same archetypal stages of development as human consciousness as a whole. Erich Neumann was one of C. G. Jung's most creative students and a renowned practitioner of analytical psychology in his own right. In this influential book, Neumann shows how the stages begin and end with the symbol of the Uroboros, the tail-eating serpent. The intermediate stages are projected in the universal myths of the World Creation, Great Mother, Separation of the World Parents, Birth of the Hero, Slaying of the Dragon, Rescue of the Captive, and Transformation and Deification of the Hero. Throughout the sequence, the Hero is the evolving ego consciousness. Featuring a foreword by Jung, this Princeton Classics edition introduces a new generation of readers to this eloquent and enduring work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451854]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins and History of Consciousness Series: #9 of Princeton Classics Author: Erich Neumann Narrator: William Roberts Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 38 minutes Release date: September 15, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This audiobook narrated by William Roberts explores the evolution of consciousness through the archetypes and myths that are universal to all humanity The Origins and History of Consciousness draws on a full range of world mythology to show how individual consciousness undergoes the same archetypal stages of development as human consciousness as a whole. Erich Neumann was one of C. G. Jung's most creative students and a renowned practitioner of analytical psychology in his own right. In this influential book, Neumann shows how the stages begin and end with the symbol of the Uroboros, the tail-eating serpent. The intermediate stages are projected in the universal myths of the World Creation, Great Mother, Separation of the World Parents, Birth of the Hero, Slaying of the Dragon, Rescue of the Captive, and Transformation and Deification of the Hero. Throughout the sequence, the Hero is the evolving ego consciousness. Featuring a foreword by Jung, this Princeton Classics edition introduces a new generation of readers to this eloquent and enduring work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451848 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Hang Out: A Memoir of Making Friend Author: Billy Baker Narrator: Billy Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this “entertaining mix of social science, memoir, and humor, as if a Daniel Goleman book were filtered through the lens of Will Ferrell” (The New York Times Book Review) a middle-aged man embarks on an entertaining and relatable quest to reprioritize his ties with his buddies and forge new friendships, all while balancing work, marriage, and kids. At the age of forty, having settled into his busy career and active family life, Billy Baker discovers that he’s lost something crucial along the way: his friends. Other priorities always seemed to come first, until all his close friendships became distant memories. When he takes an assignment to write an article about the modern loneliness epidemic, he realizes just how common it is to be a middle-aged loner: almost fifty million Americans over the age of forty-five, especially men, suffer from chronic loneliness, which the surgeon general has declared one of the nation’s “greatest pathologies,” worse than smoking, obesity, or heart disease in increasing a person’s risk for premature death. Determined to defy these odds, Baker vows to salvage his lost friendships and blaze a path for men (and women) everywhere to improve their relationships old and new. From leading a buried treasure hunt with his old college crew to organizing an impromptu “ditch day” for dozens of his former high school classmates to essentially starting a frat house for middle-aged guys in his neighborhood, Baker experiments with ways to keep in touch with his friends no matter how hectic their lives are—with surprising and deeply satisfying results. Along the way, he talks to experts in sociology and psychology to investigate how such naturally social creatures as humans could become so profoundly isolated today. And he turns to real-life experts in lasting friendship, bravely joining a cruise packed entirely with crowds of female BFFs and learning the secrets of male bonding from a group of older dudes who faithfully meet up on the same night every week. “A refreshing and entertaining personal perspective on why men need male friends” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), We Need to Hang Out is a celebration of companionship that is bursting with humor, candor, and charm. Billy Baker Tue, 26 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451848 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Hang Out: A Memoir of Making Friend Author: Billy Baker Narrator: Billy Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this “entertaining mix of social science, memoir, and humor, as if a Daniel Goleman book were filtered through the lens of Will Ferrell” (The New York Times Book Review) a middle-aged man embarks on an entertaining and relatable quest to reprioritize his ties with his buddies and forge new friendships, all while balancing work, marriage, and kids. At the age of forty, having settled into his busy career and active family life, Billy Baker discovers that he’s lost something crucial along the way: his friends. Other priorities always seemed to come first, until all his close friendships became distant memories. When he takes an assignment to write an article about the modern loneliness epidemic, he realizes just how common it is to be a middle-aged loner: almost fifty million Americans over the age of forty-five, especially men, suffer from chronic loneliness, which the surgeon general has declared one of the nation’s “greatest pathologies,” worse than smoking, obesity, or heart disease in increasing a person’s risk for premature death. Determined to defy these odds, Baker vows to salvage his lost friendships and blaze a path for men (and women) everywhere to improve their relationships old and new. From leading a buried treasure hunt with his old college crew to organizing an impromptu “ditch day” for dozens of his former high school classmates to essentially starting a frat house for middle-aged guys in his neighborhood, Baker experiments with ways to keep in touch with his friends no matter how hectic their lives are—with surprising and deeply satisfying results. Along the way, he talks to experts in sociology and psychology to investigate how such naturally social creatures as humans could become so profoundly isolated today. And he turns to real-life experts in lasting friendship, bravely joining a cruise packed entirely with crowds of female BFFs and learning the secrets of male bonding from a group of older dudes who faithfully meet up on the same night every week. “A refreshing and entertaining personal perspective on why men need male friends” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), We Need to Hang Out is a celebration of companionship that is bursting with humor, candor, and charm. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451848]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: We Need to Hang Out: A Memoir of Making Friend Author: Billy Baker Narrator: Billy Baker Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In this “entertaining mix of social science, memoir, and humor, as if a Daniel Goleman book were filtered through the lens of Will Ferrell” (The New York Times Book Review) a middle-aged man embarks on an entertaining and relatable quest to reprioritize his ties with his buddies and forge new friendships, all while balancing work, marriage, and kids. At the age of forty, having settled into his busy career and active family life, Billy Baker discovers that he’s lost something crucial along the way: his friends. Other priorities always seemed to come first, until all his close friendships became distant memories. When he takes an assignment to write an article about the modern loneliness epidemic, he realizes just how common it is to be a middle-aged loner: almost fifty million Americans over the age of forty-five, especially men, suffer from chronic loneliness, which the surgeon general has declared one of the nation’s “greatest pathologies,” worse than smoking, obesity, or heart disease in increasing a person’s risk for premature death. Determined to defy these odds, Baker vows to salvage his lost friendships and blaze a path for men (and women) everywhere to improve their relationships old and new. From leading a buried treasure hunt with his old college crew to organizing an impromptu “ditch day” for dozens of his former high school classmates to essentially starting a frat house for middle-aged guys in his neighborhood, Baker experiments with ways to keep in touch with his friends no matter how hectic their lives are—with surprising and deeply satisfying results. Along the way, he talks to experts in sociology and psychology to investigate how such naturally social creatures as humans could become so profoundly isolated today. And he turns to real-life experts in lasting friendship, bravely joining a cruise packed entirely with crowds of female BFFs and learning the secrets of male bonding from a group of older dudes who faithfully meet up on the same night every week. “A refreshing and entertaining personal perspective on why men need male friends” (Kirkus Reviews, starred review), We Need to Hang Out is a celebration of companionship that is bursting with humor, candor, and charm. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451807 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Author: John V. Petrocelli Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'An excellent introduction to behavioral science with relatable examples is presented by an expert narrator.' - AudioFile Magazine on The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Expanding upon his viral TEDx Talk, psychology professor and social scientist John V. Petrocelli's The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit reveals the critical thinking habits you can develop to recognize and combat pervasive false information and delusional thinking that has become a common feature of everyday life. 'This is the perfect moment for...the psychology of detecting fake news in the world around us—and false beliefs about ourselves too.” —Adam Grant Bullshit is the foundation of contaminated thinking and bad decisions that leads to health consequences, financial losses, legal consequences, broken relationships, and wasted time and resources. No matter how smart we believe ourselves to be, we’re all susceptible to bullshit—and we all engage in it. While we may brush it off as harmless marketing sales speak or as humorous, embellished claims, it’s actually much more dangerous and insidious. It’s how Bernie Madoff successfully swindled billions of dollars from even the most experienced financial experts with his Ponzi scheme. It’s how the protocols of Mao Zedong’s Great Leap Forward resulted in the deaths of 36 million people from starvation. Presented as truths by authority figures and credentialed experts, bullshit appears legitimate, and we accept their words as gospel. If we don’t question the information we receive from bullshit artists to prove their thoughts and theories, we allow these falsehoods to take root in our memories and beliefs. This faulty data affects our decision making capabilities, sometimes resulting in regrettable life choices. But with a little dose of skepticism and a commitment to truth seeking, you can build your critical thinking and scientific reasoning skills to evaluate information, separate fact from fiction, and see through bullshitter spin. In The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit, experimental social psychologist John V. Petrocelli provides invaluable strategies not only to recognize and protect yourself from everyday bullshit, but to accept your own lack of knowledge about subjects and avoid engaging in bullshit just for societal conformity. With real world examples from people versed in bullshit who work in the used car, real estate, wine, and diamond industries, Petrocelli exposes the red-flag warning signs found in the anecdotal stories, emotional language, and buzzwords used by bullshitters that persuade our decisions. By using his critical thinking defensive tactics against those motivated by profit, we will also learn how to stop the toxic misinformation spread from the social media influencers, fake news, and op-eds that permeate our culture and call out bullshit whenever we see it. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'This bracing yet accessible work is the right book at the right time. In a world clouded by nonsense, The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit is a welcome ray of sunshine.”—Daniel H. Pink, New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human “At last, in the form of John Petrocelli’s highly engaging new book, we have straight talk about the doubletalk, flowing sewage-like around us these days. Better still, he walks his talk with scientifically-grounded, actionable information on precisely how to recognize and reject the bilge.” —Robert Cialdini, New York Times bestselling author John V. Petrocelli Tue, 27 Jul 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451807 thebookvoice.com 7:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Author: John V. Petrocelli Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'An excellent introduction to behavioral science with relatable examples is presented by an expert narrator.' - AudioFile Magazine on The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Expanding upon his viral TEDx Talk, psychology professor and social scientist John V. Petrocelli's The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit reveals the critical thinking habits you can develop to recognize and combat pervasive false information and delusional thinking that has become a common feature of everyday life. 'This is the perfect moment for...the psychology of detecting fake news in the world around us—and false beliefs about ourselves too.” —Adam Grant Bullshit is the foundation of contaminated thinking and bad decisions that leads to health consequences, financial losses, legal consequences, broken relationships, and wasted time and resources. No matter how smart we believe ourselves to be, we’re all susceptible to bullshit—and we all engage in it. While we may brush it off as harmless marketing sales speak or as humorous, embellished claims, it’s actually much more dangerous and insidious. It’s how Bernie Madoff successfully swindled billions of dollars from even the most experienced financial experts with his Ponzi scheme. It’s how the protocols of Mao Zedong’s Great Leap Forward resulted in the deaths of 36 million people from starvation. Presented as truths by authority figures and credentialed experts, bullshit appears legitimate, and we accept their words as gospel. If we don’t question the information we receive from bullshit artists to prove their thoughts and theories, we allow these falsehoods to take root in our memories and beliefs. This faulty data affects our decision making capabilities, sometimes resulting in regrettable life choices. But with a little dose of skepticism and a commitment to truth seeking, you can build your critical thinking and scientific reasoning skills to evaluate information, separate fact from fiction, and see through bullshitter spin. In The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit, experimental social psychologist John V. Petrocelli provides invaluable strategies not only to recognize and protect yourself from everyday bullshit, but to accept your own lack of knowledge about subjects and avoid engaging in bullshit just for societal conformity. With real world examples from people versed in bullshit who work in the used car, real estate, wine, and diamond industries, Petrocelli exposes the red-flag warning signs found in the anecdotal stories, emotional language, and buzzwords used by bullshitters that persuade our decisions. By using his critical thinking defensive tactics against those motivated by profit, we will also learn how to stop the toxic misinformation spread from the social media influencers, fake news, and op-eds that permeate our culture and call out bullshit whenever we see it. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'This bracing yet accessible work is the right book at the right time. In a world clouded by nonsense, The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit is a welcome ray of sunshine.”—Daniel H. Pink, New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human “At last, in the form of John Petrocelli’s highly engaging new book, we have straight talk about the doubletalk, flowing sewage-like around us these days. Better still, he walks his talk with scientifically-grounded, actionable information on precisely how to recognize and reject the bilge.” —Robert Cialdini, New York Times bestselling author Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451807]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Author: John V. Petrocelli Narrator: Larry Herron Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 28 minutes Release date: July 27, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'An excellent introduction to behavioral science with relatable examples is presented by an expert narrator.' - AudioFile Magazine on The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit Expanding upon his viral TEDx Talk, psychology professor and social scientist John V. Petrocelli's The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit reveals the critical thinking habits you can develop to recognize and combat pervasive false information and delusional thinking that has become a common feature of everyday life. 'This is the perfect moment for...the psychology of detecting fake news in the world around us—and false beliefs about ourselves too.” —Adam Grant Bullshit is the foundation of contaminated thinking and bad decisions that leads to health consequences, financial losses, legal consequences, broken relationships, and wasted time and resources. No matter how smart we believe ourselves to be, we’re all susceptible to bullshit—and we all engage in it. While we may brush it off as harmless marketing sales speak or as humorous, embellished claims, it’s actually much more dangerous and insidious. It’s how Bernie Madoff successfully swindled billions of dollars from even the most experienced financial experts with his Ponzi scheme. It’s how the protocols of Mao Zedong’s Great Leap Forward resulted in the deaths of 36 million people from starvation. Presented as truths by authority figures and credentialed experts, bullshit appears legitimate, and we accept their words as gospel. If we don’t question the information we receive from bullshit artists to prove their thoughts and theories, we allow these falsehoods to take root in our memories and beliefs. This faulty data affects our decision making capabilities, sometimes resulting in regrettable life choices. But with a little dose of skepticism and a commitment to truth seeking, you can build your critical thinking and scientific reasoning skills to evaluate information, separate fact from fiction, and see through bullshitter spin. In The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit, experimental social psychologist John V. Petrocelli provides invaluable strategies not only to recognize and protect yourself from everyday bullshit, but to accept your own lack of knowledge about subjects and avoid engaging in bullshit just for societal conformity. With real world examples from people versed in bullshit who work in the used car, real estate, wine, and diamond industries, Petrocelli exposes the red-flag warning signs found in the anecdotal stories, emotional language, and buzzwords used by bullshitters that persuade our decisions. By using his critical thinking defensive tactics against those motivated by profit, we will also learn how to stop the toxic misinformation spread from the social media influencers, fake news, and op-eds that permeate our culture and call out bullshit whenever we see it. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Press 'This bracing yet accessible work is the right book at the right time. In a world clouded by nonsense, The Life-Changing Science of Detecting Bullshit is a welcome ray of sunshine.”—Daniel H. Pink, New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell Is Human “At last, in the form of John Petrocelli’s highly engaging new book, we have straight talk about the doubletalk, flowing sewage-like around us these days. Better still, he walks his talk with scientifically-grounded, actionable information on precisely how to recognize and reject the bilge.” —Robert Cialdini, New York Times bestselling author https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451801 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learn Like a Pro: Science-Based Tools to Become Better at Anything Author: Barbara Oakley Phd, Olav Schewe Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An audiobook for learners of all ages containing the best and most updated advice on learning from neuroscience and cognitive psychology. Do you spend too much time learning with disappointing results? Do you find it difficult to remember what you read? Do you put off studying because it’s boring and you’re easily distracted? This book is for you. Dr. Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe have both struggled in the past with their learning. But they have found techniques to help them master any material. Building on insights from neuroscience and cognitive psychology, they give you a crash course to improve your ability to learn, no matter what the subject is. Through their decades of writing, teaching, and research on learning, the authors have developed deep connections with experts from a vast array of disciplines. And it’s all honed with feedback from thousands of students who have themselves gone through the trenches of learning. Successful learners gradually add tools and techniques to their mental toolbox, and they think critically about their learning to determine when and how to best use their mental tools. That allows these learners to make the best use of their brains, whether those brains seem “naturally” geared toward learning or not. This book will teach you how you can do the same. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials 'Learn Like a Pro is the book I wish I’d had when I was a student. It is jam-packed with practical, evidence-based advice for overcoming procrastination, strengthening memory, and reading more effectively. You’ll find a nugget of learning gold on every page.” -- Daniel H. Pink, #1 New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell is Human “If you want to learn how to learn, I can’t think of better guides than Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe. They transformed themselves from struggling students into master teachers, and they’ve written an unusually digestible, immediately useful book about how to build your knowledge, improve your memory, and boost your motivation to keep getting smarter.' -- Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife Barbara Oakley Phd, Olav Schewe Tue, 01 Jun 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451801 thebookvoice.com 3:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learn Like a Pro: Science-Based Tools to Become Better at Anything Author: Barbara Oakley Phd, Olav Schewe Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An audiobook for learners of all ages containing the best and most updated advice on learning from neuroscience and cognitive psychology. Do you spend too much time learning with disappointing results? Do you find it difficult to remember what you read? Do you put off studying because it’s boring and you’re easily distracted? This book is for you. Dr. Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe have both struggled in the past with their learning. But they have found techniques to help them master any material. Building on insights from neuroscience and cognitive psychology, they give you a crash course to improve your ability to learn, no matter what the subject is. Through their decades of writing, teaching, and research on learning, the authors have developed deep connections with experts from a vast array of disciplines. And it’s all honed with feedback from thousands of students who have themselves gone through the trenches of learning. Successful learners gradually add tools and techniques to their mental toolbox, and they think critically about their learning to determine when and how to best use their mental tools. That allows these learners to make the best use of their brains, whether those brains seem “naturally” geared toward learning or not. This book will teach you how you can do the same. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials 'Learn Like a Pro is the book I wish I’d had when I was a student. It is jam-packed with practical, evidence-based advice for overcoming procrastination, strengthening memory, and reading more effectively. You’ll find a nugget of learning gold on every page.” -- Daniel H. Pink, #1 New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell is Human “If you want to learn how to learn, I can’t think of better guides than Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe. They transformed themselves from struggling students into master teachers, and they’ve written an unusually digestible, immediately useful book about how to build your knowledge, improve your memory, and boost your motivation to keep getting smarter.' -- Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451801]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learn Like a Pro: Science-Based Tools to Become Better at Anything Author: Barbara Oakley Phd, Olav Schewe Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 38 minutes Release date: June 1, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.44 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An audiobook for learners of all ages containing the best and most updated advice on learning from neuroscience and cognitive psychology. Do you spend too much time learning with disappointing results? Do you find it difficult to remember what you read? Do you put off studying because it’s boring and you’re easily distracted? This book is for you. Dr. Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe have both struggled in the past with their learning. But they have found techniques to help them master any material. Building on insights from neuroscience and cognitive psychology, they give you a crash course to improve your ability to learn, no matter what the subject is. Through their decades of writing, teaching, and research on learning, the authors have developed deep connections with experts from a vast array of disciplines. And it’s all honed with feedback from thousands of students who have themselves gone through the trenches of learning. Successful learners gradually add tools and techniques to their mental toolbox, and they think critically about their learning to determine when and how to best use their mental tools. That allows these learners to make the best use of their brains, whether those brains seem “naturally” geared toward learning or not. This book will teach you how you can do the same. A Macmillan Audio production from St. Martin's Essentials 'Learn Like a Pro is the book I wish I’d had when I was a student. It is jam-packed with practical, evidence-based advice for overcoming procrastination, strengthening memory, and reading more effectively. You’ll find a nugget of learning gold on every page.” -- Daniel H. Pink, #1 New York Times bestselling author of When, Drive, and To Sell is Human “If you want to learn how to learn, I can’t think of better guides than Barbara Oakley and Olav Schewe. They transformed themselves from struggling students into master teachers, and they’ve written an unusually digestible, immediately useful book about how to build your knowledge, improve your memory, and boost your motivation to keep getting smarter.' -- Adam Grant, #1 New York Times bestselling author of Think Again and host of the TED podcast WorkLife https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451723 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Love: Learning to Accept Yourself and Others Author: Zachary Levi Narrator: Zachary Levi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Audiobook read by Zachary Levi Radical Love is the debut memoir from actor Zachary Levi (Shazam!,?American Underdog,?The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel,?Chuck), which shares his emotional journey through a lifetime of crippling anxiety and depression to find joy, gratitude, and ultimate purpose. Facing the scars of childhood trauma and the voices in his head that told him he would never be enough, Zac recounts the raw yet honest behind-the-scenes story of: - his family life, - career successes, - and personal disappointments. This all led Zac to rock bottom and landed him in a therapy center, where he learned to address the underlying issues that preceded his downward spiral. With vulnerability and humor, Zac relates the valuable lessons and insights he’s learned so that you can rise from the ashes of trauma and pursue a meaningful life of gratitude. Radical Love combines witty, touching, and powerful commentary with relatable illustrations to help you on your own path toward mental wellness. Zachary Levi Tue, 28 Jun 2022 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451723 thebookvoice.com 6:21:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Love: Learning to Accept Yourself and Others Author: Zachary Levi Narrator: Zachary Levi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Audiobook read by Zachary Levi Radical Love is the debut memoir from actor Zachary Levi (Shazam!,?American Underdog,?The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel,?Chuck), which shares his emotional journey through a lifetime of crippling anxiety and depression to find joy, gratitude, and ultimate purpose. Facing the scars of childhood trauma and the voices in his head that told him he would never be enough, Zac recounts the raw yet honest behind-the-scenes story of: - his family life, - career successes, - and personal disappointments. This all led Zac to rock bottom and landed him in a therapy center, where he learned to address the underlying issues that preceded his downward spiral. With vulnerability and humor, Zac relates the valuable lessons and insights he’s learned so that you can rise from the ashes of trauma and pursue a meaningful life of gratitude. Radical Love combines witty, touching, and powerful commentary with relatable illustrations to help you on your own path toward mental wellness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451723]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Radical Love: Learning to Accept Yourself and Others Author: Zachary Levi Narrator: Zachary Levi Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 21 minutes Release date: June 28, 2022 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 16 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 8 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Audiobook read by Zachary Levi Radical Love is the debut memoir from actor Zachary Levi (Shazam!,?American Underdog,?The Marvelous Mrs. Maisel,?Chuck), which shares his emotional journey through a lifetime of crippling anxiety and depression to find joy, gratitude, and ultimate purpose. Facing the scars of childhood trauma and the voices in his head that told him he would never be enough, Zac recounts the raw yet honest behind-the-scenes story of: - his family life, - career successes, - and personal disappointments. This all led Zac to rock bottom and landed him in a therapy center, where he learned to address the underlying issues that preceded his downward spiral. With vulnerability and humor, Zac relates the valuable lessons and insights he’s learned so that you can rise from the ashes of trauma and pursue a meaningful life of gratitude. Radical Love combines witty, touching, and powerful commentary with relatable illustrations to help you on your own path toward mental wellness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451535 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Sad: The key to a happier life Author: Helen Russell Narrator: Helen Russell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘In any human life there are going to be periods of unhappiness. Learning how to be sad is a natural first step in how to be happier’ Meik Wiking, CEO of the Happiness Research Institute Helen Russell is an expert on the pursuit of happiness. In How to Be Sad she combines her powerful personal story with surprising research and warm advice to reveal the secret of finding joy: allowing sadness to enrich your life and relationships. Timely and essential, this book is about how we can better look after ourselves and each other, simply by getting smarter about sadness. Helen Russell Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451535 thebookvoice.com 10:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Sad: The key to a happier life Author: Helen Russell Narrator: Helen Russell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘In any human life there are going to be periods of unhappiness. Learning how to be sad is a natural first step in how to be happier’ Meik Wiking, CEO of the Happiness Research Institute Helen Russell is an expert on the pursuit of happiness. In How to Be Sad she combines her powerful personal story with surprising research and warm advice to reveal the secret of finding joy: allowing sadness to enrich your life and relationships. Timely and essential, this book is about how we can better look after ourselves and each other, simply by getting smarter about sadness. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451535]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to be Sad: The key to a happier life Author: Helen Russell Narrator: Helen Russell Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 28 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘In any human life there are going to be periods of unhappiness. Learning how to be sad is a natural first step in how to be happier’ Meik Wiking, CEO of the Happiness Research Institute Helen Russell is an expert on the pursuit of happiness. In How to Be Sad she combines her powerful personal story with surprising research and warm advice to reveal the secret of finding joy: allowing sadness to enrich your life and relationships. Timely and essential, this book is about how we can better look after ourselves and each other, simply by getting smarter about sadness. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451476 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember: The Science of Memory and the Art of Forgetting Author: Lisa Genova Narrator: Lisa Genova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating exploration of the intricacies of how we remember, why we forget, and what we can do to protect our memories, from the Harvard-trained neuroscientist and bestselling author of Still Alice. “Using her expertise as a neuroscientist and her gifts as a storyteller, Lisa Genova explains the nuances of human memory”—Steven Pinker, Johnstone Professor of Psychology, Harvard University, author of How the Mind Works Have you ever felt a crushing wave of panic when you can't for the life of you remember the name of that actor in the movie you saw last week, or you walk into a room only to forget why you went there in the first place? If you're over forty, you're probably not laughing. You might even be worried that these lapses in memory could be an early sign of Alzheimer's or dementia. In reality, for the vast majority of us, these examples of forgetting are completely normal. Why? Because while memory is amazing, it is far from perfect. Our brains aren't designed to remember every name we hear, plan we make, or day we experience. Just because your memory sometimes fails doesn't mean it's broken or succumbing to disease. Forgetting is actually part of being human.  In Remember, neuroscientist and acclaimed novelist Lisa Genova delves into how memories are made and how we retrieve them. You'll learn whether forgotten memories are temporarily inaccessible or erased forever and why some memories are built to exist for only a few seconds (like a passcode) while others can last a lifetime (your wedding day). You'll come to appreciate the clear distinction between normal forgetting (where you parked your car) and forgetting due to Alzheimer's (that you own a car). And you'll see how memory is profoundly impacted by meaning, emotion, sleep, stress, and context. Once you understand the language of memory and how it functions, its incredible strengths and maddening weaknesses, its natural vulnerabilities and potential superpowers, you can both vastly improve your ability to remember and feel less rattled when you inevitably forget. You can set educated expectations for your memory, and in doing so, create a better relationship with it. You don't have to fear it anymore. And that can be life-changing. Lisa Genova Tue, 23 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451476 thebookvoice.com 6:4:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember: The Science of Memory and the Art of Forgetting Author: Lisa Genova Narrator: Lisa Genova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating exploration of the intricacies of how we remember, why we forget, and what we can do to protect our memories, from the Harvard-trained neuroscientist and bestselling author of Still Alice. “Using her expertise as a neuroscientist and her gifts as a storyteller, Lisa Genova explains the nuances of human memory”—Steven Pinker, Johnstone Professor of Psychology, Harvard University, author of How the Mind Works Have you ever felt a crushing wave of panic when you can't for the life of you remember the name of that actor in the movie you saw last week, or you walk into a room only to forget why you went there in the first place? If you're over forty, you're probably not laughing. You might even be worried that these lapses in memory could be an early sign of Alzheimer's or dementia. In reality, for the vast majority of us, these examples of forgetting are completely normal. Why? Because while memory is amazing, it is far from perfect. Our brains aren't designed to remember every name we hear, plan we make, or day we experience. Just because your memory sometimes fails doesn't mean it's broken or succumbing to disease. Forgetting is actually part of being human.  In Remember, neuroscientist and acclaimed novelist Lisa Genova delves into how memories are made and how we retrieve them. You'll learn whether forgotten memories are temporarily inaccessible or erased forever and why some memories are built to exist for only a few seconds (like a passcode) while others can last a lifetime (your wedding day). You'll come to appreciate the clear distinction between normal forgetting (where you parked your car) and forgetting due to Alzheimer's (that you own a car). And you'll see how memory is profoundly impacted by meaning, emotion, sleep, stress, and context. Once you understand the language of memory and how it functions, its incredible strengths and maddening weaknesses, its natural vulnerabilities and potential superpowers, you can both vastly improve your ability to remember and feel less rattled when you inevitably forget. You can set educated expectations for your memory, and in doing so, create a better relationship with it. You don't have to fear it anymore. And that can be life-changing. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451476]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Remember: The Science of Memory and the Art of Forgetting Author: Lisa Genova Narrator: Lisa Genova Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 4 minutes Release date: March 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 11 Ratings of Narrator: 4.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • A fascinating exploration of the intricacies of how we remember, why we forget, and what we can do to protect our memories, from the Harvard-trained neuroscientist and bestselling author of Still Alice. “Using her expertise as a neuroscientist and her gifts as a storyteller, Lisa Genova explains the nuances of human memory”—Steven Pinker, Johnstone Professor of Psychology, Harvard University, author of How the Mind Works Have you ever felt a crushing wave of panic when you can't for the life of you remember the name of that actor in the movie you saw last week, or you walk into a room only to forget why you went there in the first place? If you're over forty, you're probably not laughing. You might even be worried that these lapses in memory could be an early sign of Alzheimer's or dementia. In reality, for the vast majority of us, these examples of forgetting are completely normal. Why? Because while memory is amazing, it is far from perfect. Our brains aren't designed to remember every name we hear, plan we make, or day we experience. Just because your memory sometimes fails doesn't mean it's broken or succumbing to disease. Forgetting is actually part of being human.  In Remember, neuroscientist and acclaimed novelist Lisa Genova delves into how memories are made and how we retrieve them. You'll learn whether forgotten memories are temporarily inaccessible or erased forever and why some memories are built to exist for only a few seconds (like a passcode) while others can last a lifetime (your wedding day). You'll come to appreciate the clear distinction between normal forgetting (where you parked your car) and forgetting due to Alzheimer's (that you own a car). And you'll see how memory is profoundly impacted by meaning, emotion, sleep, stress, and context. Once you understand the language of memory and how it functions, its incredible strengths and maddening weaknesses, its natural vulnerabilities and potential superpowers, you can both vastly improve your ability to remember and feel less rattled when you inevitably forget. You can set educated expectations for your memory, and in doing so, create a better relationship with it. You don't have to fear it anymore. And that can be life-changing. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451436 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las gafas de la felicidad: Descubre tu fortaleza emocional Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra, Rafael Santandreu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las infalibles soluciones de Rafael Santandreu para superar los complejos y los problemas que dificultan y amargan la vida de tantas personas. Rafael Santandreu es uno de los psicólogos más prestigiosos de España. Está especializado en ayudar a las personas a desarrollar su fortaleza emocional. A través de su método, miles de personas han conseguido perder sus miedos de forma permanente. «Este libro pretende convertirte en una persona mucho más fuerte y feliz. Aglutina todos los mecanismos que conoce la psicología moderna para transformarnos. Personalmente no soy fan de los libros de autoayuda, excepto de aquellos basados en la evidencia. Aquí te ofrezco solo herramientas de comprobada eficacia y te aseguro que el 80% de los pacientes que han seguido mi combinación terapéutica han dejado completamente atrás la depresión, la ansiedad, las obsesiones y los miedos exagerados.» Rafael Santandreu Ahora te toca a ti descubrir las lentes que te enseñarán a graduar tu corazón y tu mente. ¡Ponte las gafas de la felicidad! La crítica ha dicho... «Lean este libro, por favor. Se lo recomienda un médico que percibe el stress actual a través de los poros de la gente.» Santiago Dexeus, médico «Sencillamente magnífico. Esta filosofía realmente ayuda a mejorar como persona.» David Ferrer, tenista profesional «El psicólogo Rafael Santandreu aporta, con Las gafas de la felicidad, una herramienta con la que cambiar la perspectiva del día a día.» Diario de Burgos «Un método práctico, accesible, comprobado y exitoso para aprender a superar con éxito los problemas y los complejos más comunes que pueden llegar a limitar seriamente nuestras vidas.» Expansión «Una obra que, con lenguaje claro, habla de superar complejos, bajarse la ansiedad, perder el miedo al dolor, apreciar las delicias de la soledad, convertir la vida en algo muy interesante...» Las provincias Rafael Santandreu Thu, 01 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451436 thebookvoice.com 7:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las gafas de la felicidad: Descubre tu fortaleza emocional Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra, Rafael Santandreu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las infalibles soluciones de Rafael Santandreu para superar los complejos y los problemas que dificultan y amargan la vida de tantas personas. Rafael Santandreu es uno de los psicólogos más prestigiosos de España. Está especializado en ayudar a las personas a desarrollar su fortaleza emocional. A través de su método, miles de personas han conseguido perder sus miedos de forma permanente. «Este libro pretende convertirte en una persona mucho más fuerte y feliz. Aglutina todos los mecanismos que conoce la psicología moderna para transformarnos. Personalmente no soy fan de los libros de autoayuda, excepto de aquellos basados en la evidencia. Aquí te ofrezco solo herramientas de comprobada eficacia y te aseguro que el 80% de los pacientes que han seguido mi combinación terapéutica han dejado completamente atrás la depresión, la ansiedad, las obsesiones y los miedos exagerados.» Rafael Santandreu Ahora te toca a ti descubrir las lentes que te enseñarán a graduar tu corazón y tu mente. ¡Ponte las gafas de la felicidad! La crítica ha dicho... «Lean este libro, por favor. Se lo recomienda un médico que percibe el stress actual a través de los poros de la gente.» Santiago Dexeus, médico «Sencillamente magnífico. Esta filosofía realmente ayuda a mejorar como persona.» David Ferrer, tenista profesional «El psicólogo Rafael Santandreu aporta, con Las gafas de la felicidad, una herramienta con la que cambiar la perspectiva del día a día.» Diario de Burgos «Un método práctico, accesible, comprobado y exitoso para aprender a superar con éxito los problemas y los complejos más comunes que pueden llegar a limitar seriamente nuestras vidas.» Expansión «Una obra que, con lenguaje claro, habla de superar complejos, bajarse la ansiedad, perder el miedo al dolor, apreciar las delicias de la soledad, convertir la vida en algo muy interesante...» Las provincias Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451436]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las gafas de la felicidad: Descubre tu fortaleza emocional Author: Rafael Santandreu Narrator: Rafa Parra, Rafael Santandreu Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 42 minutes Release date: October 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Las infalibles soluciones de Rafael Santandreu para superar los complejos y los problemas que dificultan y amargan la vida de tantas personas. Rafael Santandreu es uno de los psicólogos más prestigiosos de España. Está especializado en ayudar a las personas a desarrollar su fortaleza emocional. A través de su método, miles de personas han conseguido perder sus miedos de forma permanente. «Este libro pretende convertirte en una persona mucho más fuerte y feliz. Aglutina todos los mecanismos que conoce la psicología moderna para transformarnos. Personalmente no soy fan de los libros de autoayuda, excepto de aquellos basados en la evidencia. Aquí te ofrezco solo herramientas de comprobada eficacia y te aseguro que el 80% de los pacientes que han seguido mi combinación terapéutica han dejado completamente atrás la depresión, la ansiedad, las obsesiones y los miedos exagerados.» Rafael Santandreu Ahora te toca a ti descubrir las lentes que te enseñarán a graduar tu corazón y tu mente. ¡Ponte las gafas de la felicidad! La crítica ha dicho... «Lean este libro, por favor. Se lo recomienda un médico que percibe el stress actual a través de los poros de la gente.» Santiago Dexeus, médico «Sencillamente magnífico. Esta filosofía realmente ayuda a mejorar como persona.» David Ferrer, tenista profesional «El psicólogo Rafael Santandreu aporta, con Las gafas de la felicidad, una herramienta con la que cambiar la perspectiva del día a día.» Diario de Burgos «Un método práctico, accesible, comprobado y exitoso para aprender a superar con éxito los problemas y los complejos más comunes que pueden llegar a limitar seriamente nuestras vidas.» Expansión «Una obra que, con lenguaje claro, habla de superar complejos, bajarse la ansiedad, perder el miedo al dolor, apreciar las delicias de la soledad, convertir la vida en algo muy interesante...» Las provincias https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451255 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Delusions Of Crowds: Why People Go Mad in Groups Author: William J. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by Charles Mackay's 19th-century classic Memoirs of Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds, Bernstein engages with mass delusion with the same curiosity and passion, but armed with the latest scientific research that explains the biological, evolutionary, and psychosocial roots of human irrationality. Bernstein tells the stories of dramatic religious and financial mania in western society over the last 500 years—from the Anabaptist Madness that afflicted the Low Countries in the 1530s to the dangerous End-Times beliefs that animate ISIS and pervade today's polarized America; and from the South Sea Bubble to the Enron scandal and dot com bubbles of recent years. Through Bernstein's supple prose, the participants are as colorful as their motivation, invariably 'the desire to improve one's well-being in this life or the next.' As revealing about human nature as they are historically significant, Bernstein's chronicles reveal the huge cost and alarming implications of mass mania: for example, belief in dispensationalist End-Times has over decades profoundly affected US Middle East policy. Bernstein observes that if we can absorb the history and biology of mass delusion, we can recognize it more readily in our own time, and avoid its frequently dire impact. William J. Bernstein Tue, 23 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451255 thebookvoice.com 17:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Delusions Of Crowds: Why People Go Mad in Groups Author: William J. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by Charles Mackay's 19th-century classic Memoirs of Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds, Bernstein engages with mass delusion with the same curiosity and passion, but armed with the latest scientific research that explains the biological, evolutionary, and psychosocial roots of human irrationality. Bernstein tells the stories of dramatic religious and financial mania in western society over the last 500 years—from the Anabaptist Madness that afflicted the Low Countries in the 1530s to the dangerous End-Times beliefs that animate ISIS and pervade today's polarized America; and from the South Sea Bubble to the Enron scandal and dot com bubbles of recent years. Through Bernstein's supple prose, the participants are as colorful as their motivation, invariably 'the desire to improve one's well-being in this life or the next.' As revealing about human nature as they are historically significant, Bernstein's chronicles reveal the huge cost and alarming implications of mass mania: for example, belief in dispensationalist End-Times has over decades profoundly affected US Middle East policy. Bernstein observes that if we can absorb the history and biology of mass delusion, we can recognize it more readily in our own time, and avoid its frequently dire impact. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/451255]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Delusions Of Crowds: Why People Go Mad in Groups Author: William J. Bernstein Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 23, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Inspired by Charles Mackay's 19th-century classic Memoirs of Extraordinary Popular Delusions and the Madness of Crowds, Bernstein engages with mass delusion with the same curiosity and passion, but armed with the latest scientific research that explains the biological, evolutionary, and psychosocial roots of human irrationality. Bernstein tells the stories of dramatic religious and financial mania in western society over the last 500 years—from the Anabaptist Madness that afflicted the Low Countries in the 1530s to the dangerous End-Times beliefs that animate ISIS and pervade today's polarized America; and from the South Sea Bubble to the Enron scandal and dot com bubbles of recent years. Through Bernstein's supple prose, the participants are as colorful as their motivation, invariably 'the desire to improve one's well-being in this life or the next.' As revealing about human nature as they are historically significant, Bernstein's chronicles reveal the huge cost and alarming implications of mass mania: for example, belief in dispensationalist End-Times has over decades profoundly affected US Middle East policy. Bernstein observes that if we can absorb the history and biology of mass delusion, we can recognize it more readily in our own time, and avoid its frequently dire impact. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450878 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Thyself: The Science of Self-Awareness Author: Stephen M Fleming Narrator: George Weightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secrets to understanding yourself and others with the surprising science of the human mind's greatest power: introspection.   “Are you sure?”   Whether in a court room, a doctor’s office, a gameshow’s hot seat, or a student’s desk, we are always trying to answer that question. Should we accept eyewitness testimony or a physician’s diagnosis? Do we really want to risk it all on a final question? And what should we be studying in order to do as well as possible on a test? In short, how do we know what we and others know—or as importantly, don’t know?   As cognitive neuroscientist Stephen Fleming shows in Know Thyself, we do this with metacognition. Metacognition, or thinking about thinking, is the most important tool we have for understanding our own mind. Metacognition is an awesome power: It is what enables self-awareness as well as what lets us think about the minds of others. It is the ultimate human trait, and in its most rarefied forms is a power that neither other animals, nor our current artificial intelligences, have. Metacognition teaches us the limits of our own knowledge. Once we understand what it is and how it works, we can improve our performance and make better decisions. For example, on the SAT, it helps us gauge when we should skip a question rather than lose points getting an answer wrong.   Know Thyself, like the metacognition itself, is equal parts scientific, philosophical, and practical. And that means, like Thinking, Fast and Slow and Predictably Irrational, it’s that rarest of books: one that can both expand our minds and change our lives. Stephen M Fleming Tue, 27 Apr 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450878 thebookvoice.com 7:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Thyself: The Science of Self-Awareness Author: Stephen M Fleming Narrator: George Weightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secrets to understanding yourself and others with the surprising science of the human mind's greatest power: introspection.   “Are you sure?”   Whether in a court room, a doctor’s office, a gameshow’s hot seat, or a student’s desk, we are always trying to answer that question. Should we accept eyewitness testimony or a physician’s diagnosis? Do we really want to risk it all on a final question? And what should we be studying in order to do as well as possible on a test? In short, how do we know what we and others know—or as importantly, don’t know?   As cognitive neuroscientist Stephen Fleming shows in Know Thyself, we do this with metacognition. Metacognition, or thinking about thinking, is the most important tool we have for understanding our own mind. Metacognition is an awesome power: It is what enables self-awareness as well as what lets us think about the minds of others. It is the ultimate human trait, and in its most rarefied forms is a power that neither other animals, nor our current artificial intelligences, have. Metacognition teaches us the limits of our own knowledge. Once we understand what it is and how it works, we can improve our performance and make better decisions. For example, on the SAT, it helps us gauge when we should skip a question rather than lose points getting an answer wrong.   Know Thyself, like the metacognition itself, is equal parts scientific, philosophical, and practical. And that means, like Thinking, Fast and Slow and Predictably Irrational, it’s that rarest of books: one that can both expand our minds and change our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450878]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Know Thyself: The Science of Self-Awareness Author: Stephen M Fleming Narrator: George Weightman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 9 minutes Release date: April 27, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Unlock the secrets to understanding yourself and others with the surprising science of the human mind's greatest power: introspection.   “Are you sure?”   Whether in a court room, a doctor’s office, a gameshow’s hot seat, or a student’s desk, we are always trying to answer that question. Should we accept eyewitness testimony or a physician’s diagnosis? Do we really want to risk it all on a final question? And what should we be studying in order to do as well as possible on a test? In short, how do we know what we and others know—or as importantly, don’t know?   As cognitive neuroscientist Stephen Fleming shows in Know Thyself, we do this with metacognition. Metacognition, or thinking about thinking, is the most important tool we have for understanding our own mind. Metacognition is an awesome power: It is what enables self-awareness as well as what lets us think about the minds of others. It is the ultimate human trait, and in its most rarefied forms is a power that neither other animals, nor our current artificial intelligences, have. Metacognition teaches us the limits of our own knowledge. Once we understand what it is and how it works, we can improve our performance and make better decisions. For example, on the SAT, it helps us gauge when we should skip a question rather than lose points getting an answer wrong.   Know Thyself, like the metacognition itself, is equal parts scientific, philosophical, and practical. And that means, like Thinking, Fast and Slow and Predictably Irrational, it’s that rarest of books: one that can both expand our minds and change our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450861 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Defining Decade: Why Your Twenties Matter--And How to Make the Most of Them Now Author: Meg Jay Narrator: Meg Jay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling psychologist Dr. Meg Jay uses real stories from real lives to provide smart, compassionate, and constructive advice about the crucial (and difficult) years we cannot afford to miss. Our "thirty-is-the-new-twenty" culture tells us the twentysomething years don't matter. Some say they are a second adolescence. Others call them an emerging adulthood. Dr. Meg Jay, a clinical psychologist, argues that twentysomethings have been caught in a swirl of hype and misinformation, much of which has trivialized what is actually the most defining decade of adulthood. Drawing from almost two decades of work with hundreds of clients and students, The Defining Decade weaves the latest science of the twentysomething years with the behind-closed-doors stories from twentysomethings, themselves. The result is a provocative read that provides the tools necessary to make the most of your twenties, and shows us how work, relationships, personality, social networks, identity, and even the brain can change more during this decade than at any other time in adulthood—if we use the time wisely.  The Defining Decade is a smart, compassionate and constructive book about the years we cannot afford to miss. Meg Jay Tue, 16 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450861 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Defining Decade: Why Your Twenties Matter--And How to Make the Most of Them Now Author: Meg Jay Narrator: Meg Jay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling psychologist Dr. Meg Jay uses real stories from real lives to provide smart, compassionate, and constructive advice about the crucial (and difficult) years we cannot afford to miss. Our "thirty-is-the-new-twenty" culture tells us the twentysomething years don't matter. Some say they are a second adolescence. Others call them an emerging adulthood. Dr. Meg Jay, a clinical psychologist, argues that twentysomethings have been caught in a swirl of hype and misinformation, much of which has trivialized what is actually the most defining decade of adulthood. Drawing from almost two decades of work with hundreds of clients and students, The Defining Decade weaves the latest science of the twentysomething years with the behind-closed-doors stories from twentysomethings, themselves. The result is a provocative read that provides the tools necessary to make the most of your twenties, and shows us how work, relationships, personality, social networks, identity, and even the brain can change more during this decade than at any other time in adulthood—if we use the time wisely.  The Defining Decade is a smart, compassionate and constructive book about the years we cannot afford to miss. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450861]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Defining Decade: Why Your Twenties Matter--And How to Make the Most of Them Now Author: Meg Jay Narrator: Meg Jay Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 16, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.54 of Total 26 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: New York Times bestselling psychologist Dr. Meg Jay uses real stories from real lives to provide smart, compassionate, and constructive advice about the crucial (and difficult) years we cannot afford to miss. Our "thirty-is-the-new-twenty" culture tells us the twentysomething years don't matter. Some say they are a second adolescence. Others call them an emerging adulthood. Dr. Meg Jay, a clinical psychologist, argues that twentysomethings have been caught in a swirl of hype and misinformation, much of which has trivialized what is actually the most defining decade of adulthood. Drawing from almost two decades of work with hundreds of clients and students, The Defining Decade weaves the latest science of the twentysomething years with the behind-closed-doors stories from twentysomethings, themselves. The result is a provocative read that provides the tools necessary to make the most of your twenties, and shows us how work, relationships, personality, social networks, identity, and even the brain can change more during this decade than at any other time in adulthood—if we use the time wisely.  The Defining Decade is a smart, compassionate and constructive book about the years we cannot afford to miss. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450265 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Toughness: How to Develop Warrior Mindset, Self-Discipline, and Unbreakable Habits to Achieve Massive Success and Happiness Author: Skyler Mccarty Narrator: Ron Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: July 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to perform under pressure? Do you want to build mental toughness and self-confidence like Navy SEALs? Do you want to find the success you always envisioned yourself having? Mental toughness enables us to get up when we want to give up, but it’s a skill that takes practice. To develop mental toughness for everyday life, this audiobook has been designed and tailored just for you. Building mental toughness through the techniques in this audiobook will help you boost your mental toughness to follow through on your goals! Here's what you will discover in this audiobook: - How to clearly identify your ultimate goal and set smaller, more manageable goals - How to take back control of your life and take ownership of your wants and desires - How to understand your emotions in order to improve mental toughness - How to motivate yourself intrinsically and extrinsically - How to put your mind in work mode and visualize the fruition of your goals If you’re tired of quitting too soon and you’re ready to pull your life together, start listening to Mental Toughness now, and be prepared for a better, more disciplined, and more successful life! Skyler Mccarty Mon, 27 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450265 thebookvoice.com 1:40:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Toughness: How to Develop Warrior Mindset, Self-Discipline, and Unbreakable Habits to Achieve Massive Success and Happiness Author: Skyler Mccarty Narrator: Ron Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: July 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to perform under pressure? Do you want to build mental toughness and self-confidence like Navy SEALs? Do you want to find the success you always envisioned yourself having? Mental toughness enables us to get up when we want to give up, but it’s a skill that takes practice. To develop mental toughness for everyday life, this audiobook has been designed and tailored just for you. Building mental toughness through the techniques in this audiobook will help you boost your mental toughness to follow through on your goals! Here's what you will discover in this audiobook: - How to clearly identify your ultimate goal and set smaller, more manageable goals - How to take back control of your life and take ownership of your wants and desires - How to understand your emotions in order to improve mental toughness - How to motivate yourself intrinsically and extrinsically - How to put your mind in work mode and visualize the fruition of your goals If you’re tired of quitting too soon and you’re ready to pull your life together, start listening to Mental Toughness now, and be prepared for a better, more disciplined, and more successful life! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450265]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mental Toughness: How to Develop Warrior Mindset, Self-Discipline, and Unbreakable Habits to Achieve Massive Success and Happiness Author: Skyler Mccarty Narrator: Ron Welch Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 40 minutes Release date: July 27, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you want to perform under pressure? Do you want to build mental toughness and self-confidence like Navy SEALs? Do you want to find the success you always envisioned yourself having? Mental toughness enables us to get up when we want to give up, but it’s a skill that takes practice. To develop mental toughness for everyday life, this audiobook has been designed and tailored just for you. Building mental toughness through the techniques in this audiobook will help you boost your mental toughness to follow through on your goals! Here's what you will discover in this audiobook: - How to clearly identify your ultimate goal and set smaller, more manageable goals - How to take back control of your life and take ownership of your wants and desires - How to understand your emotions in order to improve mental toughness - How to motivate yourself intrinsically and extrinsically - How to put your mind in work mode and visualize the fruition of your goals If you’re tired of quitting too soon and you’re ready to pull your life together, start listening to Mental Toughness now, and be prepared for a better, more disciplined, and more successful life! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450006 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Overeating: Learn How to Stop Binge Eating Disorder and Compulsive Overeating by Developing a Healthy Relationship with Food and Quick Excess Weight Loss through Mindfulness Eatin Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you recently started suspecting that the reason you have such a hard time losing weight and keeping it off has to do with your emotional eating? And are you looking to break emotional eating, for good so that you can stop the weight gain trend you often have when you are happy or stressed about something? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading…. You Are About To Discover Exactly How To Take Charge Of Your Emotions, Break The Association You Have Between Emotions And Food And Develop New, Healthy Relationships With Food So That You Can Be On Top Of Your Health And Weight Loss Goals! It’s normal to eat too much once in a while. We all do. Actually, eating for emotional reasons is not as abnormal as most of us consider it. From the moment you are born, you are nurtured with food, rewarded with food and continuously build a normal emotional connection with food. Unfortunately, for some of us, things often get out of control and slowly become compulsive overeaters. We use food as a tool to cope with negative as well as positive emotions, or to deal with internal issues. Over time, it becomes frustrating, depressing, shameful and guilt tripping. The fact that we are eating so much isn’t just the thing that makes us feel so bad, but the fact that we cannot seem to stop doing something that seems so easy to stop. Tell me… Are you a victim of eating disorders? Do you feel like no one understands you? Have you tried everything you can think of to stop your devastating eating habits without success? And do you feel helpless about your situation and want to end it, for good? If so, then you came to the right place. I know you’ve been asking yourself: Why do I eat so much? Why do I find it so difficult to stop? Is it something I can break free from or do I have to accept it and move on? What causes this problem? How can I overcome it once and for all? If I am right, then this audiobook is all you need to find answers and a way out! Manuel Nestor Eagle Tue, 21 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450006 thebookvoice.com 4:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Overeating: Learn How to Stop Binge Eating Disorder and Compulsive Overeating by Developing a Healthy Relationship with Food and Quick Excess Weight Loss through Mindfulness Eatin Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you recently started suspecting that the reason you have such a hard time losing weight and keeping it off has to do with your emotional eating? And are you looking to break emotional eating, for good so that you can stop the weight gain trend you often have when you are happy or stressed about something? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading…. You Are About To Discover Exactly How To Take Charge Of Your Emotions, Break The Association You Have Between Emotions And Food And Develop New, Healthy Relationships With Food So That You Can Be On Top Of Your Health And Weight Loss Goals! It’s normal to eat too much once in a while. We all do. Actually, eating for emotional reasons is not as abnormal as most of us consider it. From the moment you are born, you are nurtured with food, rewarded with food and continuously build a normal emotional connection with food. Unfortunately, for some of us, things often get out of control and slowly become compulsive overeaters. We use food as a tool to cope with negative as well as positive emotions, or to deal with internal issues. Over time, it becomes frustrating, depressing, shameful and guilt tripping. The fact that we are eating so much isn’t just the thing that makes us feel so bad, but the fact that we cannot seem to stop doing something that seems so easy to stop. Tell me… Are you a victim of eating disorders? Do you feel like no one understands you? Have you tried everything you can think of to stop your devastating eating habits without success? And do you feel helpless about your situation and want to end it, for good? If so, then you came to the right place. I know you’ve been asking yourself: Why do I eat so much? Why do I find it so difficult to stop? Is it something I can break free from or do I have to accept it and move on? What causes this problem? How can I overcome it once and for all? If I am right, then this audiobook is all you need to find answers and a way out! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/450006]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Eating and Overeating: Learn How to Stop Binge Eating Disorder and Compulsive Overeating by Developing a Healthy Relationship with Food and Quick Excess Weight Loss through Mindfulness Eatin Author: Manuel Nestor Eagle Narrator: Kenzy S. Taha Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 11 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Have you recently started suspecting that the reason you have such a hard time losing weight and keeping it off has to do with your emotional eating? And are you looking to break emotional eating, for good so that you can stop the weight gain trend you often have when you are happy or stressed about something? If you’ve answered YES, keep reading…. You Are About To Discover Exactly How To Take Charge Of Your Emotions, Break The Association You Have Between Emotions And Food And Develop New, Healthy Relationships With Food So That You Can Be On Top Of Your Health And Weight Loss Goals! It’s normal to eat too much once in a while. We all do. Actually, eating for emotional reasons is not as abnormal as most of us consider it. From the moment you are born, you are nurtured with food, rewarded with food and continuously build a normal emotional connection with food. Unfortunately, for some of us, things often get out of control and slowly become compulsive overeaters. We use food as a tool to cope with negative as well as positive emotions, or to deal with internal issues. Over time, it becomes frustrating, depressing, shameful and guilt tripping. The fact that we are eating so much isn’t just the thing that makes us feel so bad, but the fact that we cannot seem to stop doing something that seems so easy to stop. Tell me… Are you a victim of eating disorders? Do you feel like no one understands you? Have you tried everything you can think of to stop your devastating eating habits without success? And do you feel helpless about your situation and want to end it, for good? If so, then you came to the right place. I know you’ve been asking yourself: Why do I eat so much? Why do I find it so difficult to stop? Is it something I can break free from or do I have to accept it and move on? What causes this problem? How can I overcome it once and for all? If I am right, then this audiobook is all you need to find answers and a way out! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449765 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Gail Steketee, Christina Bratiotis Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hoarding disorder is the excessive saving of objects and difficulty parting with them to a point that interferes with one's ability to properly use rooms and furnishings in the home. Hoarding can become dangerous, sometimes resulting in structural problems and fires, or in hazardous sanitary conditions. Studies indicate that around one in every twenty-five people suffers from hoarding. This means that almost all of us know someone who hoards. Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know demystifies this complex problem, what it looks like and why it may develop, and how it can be treated. With their combined expertise in psychological treatments for hoarding and community interventions, Drs. Steketee and Bratiotis explain how to understand hoarding as a mental illness, describing the disorder in layman's terms and explaining the various facets and manifestations of the behavior. Chapters focus on one or more common questions regarding diagnosis, features, how to assess severity, and treatment. The book will dispel myths and help listeners identify hoarding that touches their own lives. As such it will be of great value not only to those who suspect a loved one may be hoarding, but also to first responders, such as firefighters, public health officials, and housing and social service personnel. Gail Steketee, Christina Bratiotis Tue, 13 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449765 thebookvoice.com 5:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Gail Steketee, Christina Bratiotis Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hoarding disorder is the excessive saving of objects and difficulty parting with them to a point that interferes with one's ability to properly use rooms and furnishings in the home. Hoarding can become dangerous, sometimes resulting in structural problems and fires, or in hazardous sanitary conditions. Studies indicate that around one in every twenty-five people suffers from hoarding. This means that almost all of us know someone who hoards. Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know demystifies this complex problem, what it looks like and why it may develop, and how it can be treated. With their combined expertise in psychological treatments for hoarding and community interventions, Drs. Steketee and Bratiotis explain how to understand hoarding as a mental illness, describing the disorder in layman's terms and explaining the various facets and manifestations of the behavior. Chapters focus on one or more common questions regarding diagnosis, features, how to assess severity, and treatment. The book will dispel myths and help listeners identify hoarding that touches their own lives. As such it will be of great value not only to those who suspect a loved one may be hoarding, but also to first responders, such as firefighters, public health officials, and housing and social service personnel. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449765]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know Author: Gail Steketee, Christina Bratiotis Narrator: Laquita James Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 38 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hoarding disorder is the excessive saving of objects and difficulty parting with them to a point that interferes with one's ability to properly use rooms and furnishings in the home. Hoarding can become dangerous, sometimes resulting in structural problems and fires, or in hazardous sanitary conditions. Studies indicate that around one in every twenty-five people suffers from hoarding. This means that almost all of us know someone who hoards. Hoarding: What Everyone Needs to Know demystifies this complex problem, what it looks like and why it may develop, and how it can be treated. With their combined expertise in psychological treatments for hoarding and community interventions, Drs. Steketee and Bratiotis explain how to understand hoarding as a mental illness, describing the disorder in layman's terms and explaining the various facets and manifestations of the behavior. Chapters focus on one or more common questions regarding diagnosis, features, how to assess severity, and treatment. The book will dispel myths and help listeners identify hoarding that touches their own lives. As such it will be of great value not only to those who suspect a loved one may be hoarding, but also to first responders, such as firefighters, public health officials, and housing and social service personnel. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449760 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being Author: Marion F. Solomon, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Scientists, clinicians, and mindfulness teachers discuss training the mind to bring more health and resiliency to our lives. Here, Daniel J. Siegel and Marion F. Solomon have gathered leading writers to discuss such topics as: attention, resilience, and mindfulness; neuroplasticity—how the brain changes its function and structure in response to experience; 'loving awareness' as the foundation for mindful living; how mindfulness training can help build empathy and compassion in clinicians; self-compassion; addictions; using breath practice to cultivate well-being; tools for clients who feel disconnected; 'therapeutic presence'—how we show up for our clients, how we embody being aware and receptive. The latest entry in the acclaimed Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology, this book brings fresh voices to the all-important topics of meditation, mental training, and consciousness. Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being offers a unique window into the science and art of taking our understanding of the mind and consciousness and applying it to cultivating well-being in our personal lives and our professional work. Marion F. Solomon, Daniel J. Siegel Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449760 thebookvoice.com 12:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being Author: Marion F. Solomon, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Scientists, clinicians, and mindfulness teachers discuss training the mind to bring more health and resiliency to our lives. Here, Daniel J. Siegel and Marion F. Solomon have gathered leading writers to discuss such topics as: attention, resilience, and mindfulness; neuroplasticity—how the brain changes its function and structure in response to experience; 'loving awareness' as the foundation for mindful living; how mindfulness training can help build empathy and compassion in clinicians; self-compassion; addictions; using breath practice to cultivate well-being; tools for clients who feel disconnected; 'therapeutic presence'—how we show up for our clients, how we embody being aware and receptive. The latest entry in the acclaimed Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology, this book brings fresh voices to the all-important topics of meditation, mental training, and consciousness. Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being offers a unique window into the science and art of taking our understanding of the mind and consciousness and applying it to cultivating well-being in our personal lives and our professional work. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449760]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being Author: Marion F. Solomon, Daniel J. Siegel Narrator: Paul Brion Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 55 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Scientists, clinicians, and mindfulness teachers discuss training the mind to bring more health and resiliency to our lives. Here, Daniel J. Siegel and Marion F. Solomon have gathered leading writers to discuss such topics as: attention, resilience, and mindfulness; neuroplasticity—how the brain changes its function and structure in response to experience; 'loving awareness' as the foundation for mindful living; how mindfulness training can help build empathy and compassion in clinicians; self-compassion; addictions; using breath practice to cultivate well-being; tools for clients who feel disconnected; 'therapeutic presence'—how we show up for our clients, how we embody being aware and receptive. The latest entry in the acclaimed Norton Series on Interpersonal Neurobiology, this book brings fresh voices to the all-important topics of meditation, mental training, and consciousness. Mind, Consciousness, and Well-Being offers a unique window into the science and art of taking our understanding of the mind and consciousness and applying it to cultivating well-being in our personal lives and our professional work. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intellectual Lives of Children Author: Susan Engel Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A look inside the minds of young children shows how we can better nurture their abilities to think and grow. Adults easily recognize children's imagination at work as they play. Yet most of us know little about what really goes on inside their heads as they encounter the problems and complexities of the world around them. In The Intellectual Lives of Children, Susan Engel brings together an extraordinary body of research to explain how toddlers, preschoolers, and elementary-aged children think. By understanding the science behind how children observe their world, explain new phenomena, and solve problems, parents and teachers will be better equipped to guide the next generation to become perceptive and insightful thinkers. The activities that engross kids can seem frivolous, but they can teach us a great deal about cognitive development. A young girl's bug collection reveals important lessons about how children ask questions and organize information. Watching a young boy scoop mud can illuminate the process of invention. When a child ponders the mystery of death, we witness how children build ideas. But adults shouldn't just stand around watching. When parents are creative, it can rub off on their children. Engel shows how parents and teachers can stimulate children's curiosity by presenting them with mysteries to solve. Susan Engel Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449738 thebookvoice.com 7:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intellectual Lives of Children Author: Susan Engel Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A look inside the minds of young children shows how we can better nurture their abilities to think and grow. Adults easily recognize children's imagination at work as they play. Yet most of us know little about what really goes on inside their heads as they encounter the problems and complexities of the world around them. In The Intellectual Lives of Children, Susan Engel brings together an extraordinary body of research to explain how toddlers, preschoolers, and elementary-aged children think. By understanding the science behind how children observe their world, explain new phenomena, and solve problems, parents and teachers will be better equipped to guide the next generation to become perceptive and insightful thinkers. The activities that engross kids can seem frivolous, but they can teach us a great deal about cognitive development. A young girl's bug collection reveals important lessons about how children ask questions and organize information. Watching a young boy scoop mud can illuminate the process of invention. When a child ponders the mystery of death, we witness how children build ideas. But adults shouldn't just stand around watching. When parents are creative, it can rub off on their children. Engel shows how parents and teachers can stimulate children's curiosity by presenting them with mysteries to solve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Intellectual Lives of Children Author: Susan Engel Narrator: Randye Kaye Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 11 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A look inside the minds of young children shows how we can better nurture their abilities to think and grow. Adults easily recognize children's imagination at work as they play. Yet most of us know little about what really goes on inside their heads as they encounter the problems and complexities of the world around them. In The Intellectual Lives of Children, Susan Engel brings together an extraordinary body of research to explain how toddlers, preschoolers, and elementary-aged children think. By understanding the science behind how children observe their world, explain new phenomena, and solve problems, parents and teachers will be better equipped to guide the next generation to become perceptive and insightful thinkers. The activities that engross kids can seem frivolous, but they can teach us a great deal about cognitive development. A young girl's bug collection reveals important lessons about how children ask questions and organize information. Watching a young boy scoop mud can illuminate the process of invention. When a child ponders the mystery of death, we witness how children build ideas. But adults shouldn't just stand around watching. When parents are creative, it can rub off on their children. Engel shows how parents and teachers can stimulate children's curiosity by presenting them with mysteries to solve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449726 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to Treating Eating Disorders in a Social Media Age Author: Shauna Frisbie Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The impact of visual images all around us on clients who suffer from eating disorders; using phototherapy as a means of healing. All humans need space to think, to be, and to process without constant distraction. This is especially true of adolescents and young adults, for whom identity formation is a consuming task. Social media has generated both a place for the creation of identity and an audience. But constant connection leaves little space without intrusion from others. For those with body dissatisfaction and/or eating disorders, living in today's world can be especially challenging, and viewing images on social media and other online formats can be devastating. Shauna Frisbie utilizes phototherapy techniques to view client-selected images (whether they be of themselves or others) to help uncover underlying messages that are impacting their relationship to their bodies. Integrating concepts of healing narratives, neuroscience, and phototherapy, this book will help any therapist promote self-compassion, self-reflection, and healing in their clients. Shauna Frisbie Tue, 13 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449726 thebookvoice.com 8:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to Treating Eating Disorders in a Social Media Age Author: Shauna Frisbie Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The impact of visual images all around us on clients who suffer from eating disorders; using phototherapy as a means of healing. All humans need space to think, to be, and to process without constant distraction. This is especially true of adolescents and young adults, for whom identity formation is a consuming task. Social media has generated both a place for the creation of identity and an audience. But constant connection leaves little space without intrusion from others. For those with body dissatisfaction and/or eating disorders, living in today's world can be especially challenging, and viewing images on social media and other online formats can be devastating. Shauna Frisbie utilizes phototherapy techniques to view client-selected images (whether they be of themselves or others) to help uncover underlying messages that are impacting their relationship to their bodies. Integrating concepts of healing narratives, neuroscience, and phototherapy, this book will help any therapist promote self-compassion, self-reflection, and healing in their clients. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449726]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Therapist's Guide to Treating Eating Disorders in a Social Media Age Author: Shauna Frisbie Narrator: Coleen Marlo Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 28 minutes Release date: October 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The impact of visual images all around us on clients who suffer from eating disorders; using phototherapy as a means of healing. All humans need space to think, to be, and to process without constant distraction. This is especially true of adolescents and young adults, for whom identity formation is a consuming task. Social media has generated both a place for the creation of identity and an audience. But constant connection leaves little space without intrusion from others. For those with body dissatisfaction and/or eating disorders, living in today's world can be especially challenging, and viewing images on social media and other online formats can be devastating. Shauna Frisbie utilizes phototherapy techniques to view client-selected images (whether they be of themselves or others) to help uncover underlying messages that are impacting their relationship to their bodies. Integrating concepts of healing narratives, neuroscience, and phototherapy, this book will help any therapist promote self-compassion, self-reflection, and healing in their clients. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449602 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychopathinnen - Die Psychologie des weiblichen Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Frauen gelten immer noch als wehrlos, sie leiden, dulden, verzeihen. Doch wenn die Psychopathie in ihrer Seele sich Bahn bricht, töten sie ebenso grausam wie Männer - und häufig eiskalt geplant. Lydia Benecke analysiert Fallgeschichten von Täterinnen vor dem Hintergrund neuester Forschungsergebnisse und zeigt, wie skrupellos Psychopathinnen sich Rollenklischees zunutze machen. So kommt es, dass Mörderinnen länger unentdeckt bleiben und Serientäterinnen jahrelang ihr Unwesen treiben können. Denn Frauen sind nicht nur raffinierter. Sie sind auch gewalttätiger, als man denkt. Lydia Benecke Mon, 03 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449602 thebookvoice.com 14:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychopathinnen - Die Psychologie des weiblichen Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Frauen gelten immer noch als wehrlos, sie leiden, dulden, verzeihen. Doch wenn die Psychopathie in ihrer Seele sich Bahn bricht, töten sie ebenso grausam wie Männer - und häufig eiskalt geplant. Lydia Benecke analysiert Fallgeschichten von Täterinnen vor dem Hintergrund neuester Forschungsergebnisse und zeigt, wie skrupellos Psychopathinnen sich Rollenklischees zunutze machen. So kommt es, dass Mörderinnen länger unentdeckt bleiben und Serientäterinnen jahrelang ihr Unwesen treiben können. Denn Frauen sind nicht nur raffinierter. Sie sind auch gewalttätiger, als man denkt. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/449602]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Psychopathinnen - Die Psychologie des weiblichen Bösen (Ungekürzt) Author: Lydia Benecke Narrator: Nicole Engeln Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 58 minutes Release date: August 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Frauen gelten immer noch als wehrlos, sie leiden, dulden, verzeihen. Doch wenn die Psychopathie in ihrer Seele sich Bahn bricht, töten sie ebenso grausam wie Männer - und häufig eiskalt geplant. Lydia Benecke analysiert Fallgeschichten von Täterinnen vor dem Hintergrund neuester Forschungsergebnisse und zeigt, wie skrupellos Psychopathinnen sich Rollenklischees zunutze machen. So kommt es, dass Mörderinnen länger unentdeckt bleiben und Serientäterinnen jahrelang ihr Unwesen treiben können. Denn Frauen sind nicht nur raffinierter. Sie sind auch gewalttätiger, als man denkt. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448100 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awestruck: How Embracing Wonder Can Make You Happier, Healthier, and More Connected Author: Jonah Paquette Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do you feel when you gaze up at the Milky Way, see a beautiful rainbow, or stand before a mountain that seems impossibly high? Often it's a profound sense of awe, the overwhelming feeling we experience when we encounter something vast that transcends our understanding. Awe-inspiring moments are all around us, ranging from the grand to the commonplace, and can hold a key to a happy, meaningful, and healthy life. Awestruck serves as a guide to help you tap into the powerful, life-changing benefits of awe. Beginning with a comprehensive explanation of the emotion, Jonah Paquette introduces us to the power of awe and how it can help alleviate struggles in our modern life, including stress, social isolation, and time pressure. Continuing with over sixty practices, this book provides an accessible and tangible path to bring more wonder into your everyday life. Awestruck shows us how to reclaim space for moments of reverence and ultimately find more joy and fulfillment in our lives. Jonah Paquette Tue, 06 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448100 thebookvoice.com 5:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awestruck: How Embracing Wonder Can Make You Happier, Healthier, and More Connected Author: Jonah Paquette Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do you feel when you gaze up at the Milky Way, see a beautiful rainbow, or stand before a mountain that seems impossibly high? Often it's a profound sense of awe, the overwhelming feeling we experience when we encounter something vast that transcends our understanding. Awe-inspiring moments are all around us, ranging from the grand to the commonplace, and can hold a key to a happy, meaningful, and healthy life. Awestruck serves as a guide to help you tap into the powerful, life-changing benefits of awe. Beginning with a comprehensive explanation of the emotion, Jonah Paquette introduces us to the power of awe and how it can help alleviate struggles in our modern life, including stress, social isolation, and time pressure. Continuing with over sixty practices, this book provides an accessible and tangible path to bring more wonder into your everyday life. Awestruck shows us how to reclaim space for moments of reverence and ultimately find more joy and fulfillment in our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448100]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Awestruck: How Embracing Wonder Can Make You Happier, Healthier, and More Connected Author: Jonah Paquette Narrator: Nan Mcnamara Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 36 minutes Release date: October 6, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What do you feel when you gaze up at the Milky Way, see a beautiful rainbow, or stand before a mountain that seems impossibly high? Often it's a profound sense of awe, the overwhelming feeling we experience when we encounter something vast that transcends our understanding. Awe-inspiring moments are all around us, ranging from the grand to the commonplace, and can hold a key to a happy, meaningful, and healthy life. Awestruck serves as a guide to help you tap into the powerful, life-changing benefits of awe. Beginning with a comprehensive explanation of the emotion, Jonah Paquette introduces us to the power of awe and how it can help alleviate struggles in our modern life, including stress, social isolation, and time pressure. Continuing with over sixty practices, this book provides an accessible and tangible path to bring more wonder into your everyday life. Awestruck shows us how to reclaim space for moments of reverence and ultimately find more joy and fulfillment in our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448096 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Groundbreaking new scientific research illuminates surprising ways in which you can live a more healthy, happy, and flourishing life. Until now, psychology has focused on resolving people’s problems. But the relatively new field of positive psychology instead examines the things that make your life worth living. Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life gives you practical steps for leading a flourishing life. Your guide is Professor Catherine A. Sanderson of Amherst College, named one of America’s Best 300 Professors by the Princeton Review. The author of The Positive Shift, she introduces you to cutting-edge scientific research on happiness from a range of disciplines. You’ll cover psychology, economics, biology, neuroscience, and more. In 15 lectures filled with practical examples, you’ll explore fascinating questions about how various aspects of your life influence happiness: How are gender, age, culture, and even political orientation linked with happiness? Is happiness rooted in our genes, wealth, or relationships? How can we find happiness while struggling with daily stressors or major life crises? You will understand how various factors in your day-to-day routine - like nature, technology, and religion - influence your state of mind. Armed with this new knowledge, you can immediately start reaping the benefits of happiness every day. Catherine Sanderson Mon, 20 Aug 2018 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448096 thebookvoice.com 6:18:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Groundbreaking new scientific research illuminates surprising ways in which you can live a more healthy, happy, and flourishing life. Until now, psychology has focused on resolving people’s problems. But the relatively new field of positive psychology instead examines the things that make your life worth living. Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life gives you practical steps for leading a flourishing life. Your guide is Professor Catherine A. Sanderson of Amherst College, named one of America’s Best 300 Professors by the Princeton Review. The author of The Positive Shift, she introduces you to cutting-edge scientific research on happiness from a range of disciplines. You’ll cover psychology, economics, biology, neuroscience, and more. In 15 lectures filled with practical examples, you’ll explore fascinating questions about how various aspects of your life influence happiness: How are gender, age, culture, and even political orientation linked with happiness? Is happiness rooted in our genes, wealth, or relationships? How can we find happiness while struggling with daily stressors or major life crises? You will understand how various factors in your day-to-day routine - like nature, technology, and religion - influence your state of mind. Armed with this new knowledge, you can immediately start reaping the benefits of happiness every day. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448096]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life Author: Catherine Sanderson Narrator: Catherine Sanderson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 18 minutes Release date: August 20, 2018 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.29 of Total 14 Ratings of Narrator: 4.4 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Groundbreaking new scientific research illuminates surprising ways in which you can live a more healthy, happy, and flourishing life. Until now, psychology has focused on resolving people’s problems. But the relatively new field of positive psychology instead examines the things that make your life worth living. Positive Psychology: How to Sustain Happiness in Your Life gives you practical steps for leading a flourishing life. Your guide is Professor Catherine A. Sanderson of Amherst College, named one of America’s Best 300 Professors by the Princeton Review. The author of The Positive Shift, she introduces you to cutting-edge scientific research on happiness from a range of disciplines. You’ll cover psychology, economics, biology, neuroscience, and more. In 15 lectures filled with practical examples, you’ll explore fascinating questions about how various aspects of your life influence happiness: How are gender, age, culture, and even political orientation linked with happiness? Is happiness rooted in our genes, wealth, or relationships? How can we find happiness while struggling with daily stressors or major life crises? You will understand how various factors in your day-to-day routine - like nature, technology, and religion - influence your state of mind. Armed with this new knowledge, you can immediately start reaping the benefits of happiness every day. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448088 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness, Meditation, and Happiness Author: Kenneth Rose Narrator: Kenneth Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Taught by one of the world’s leading experts on Christian mystics, this stunning course reveals the powerful mysticism that inspired St. Ignatius and the charism he introduced. Your award-winning professor, Boston College’s Fr. Harvey D. Egan, is a Jesuit priest and professor who earned his theology doctorate under Karl Rahner. St. Ignatius the Mystic is the apex of his 50-year scholarly and devotional exploration of Christian mysticism. His 12-lecture audio course will both broaden your mind and elevate your spirit. Fr. Egan will take you beyond Ignatius’s pragmatic successes in asceticism and spirituality, reminding you of Ignatius’s forgotten contributions to the Christian mystical tradition. Setting aside the prevailing views of Ignatius - as a man of action, reform, and organizational genius - you will also come to see him as a mystic of breathtaking profundity. For Fr. Egan, the notion of a mystical Ignatius is deep-seated and personal. As a young Jesuit, he experienced a transformative retreat with the Exercises. Later, as a doctoral student of Karl Rahner, he wrote a dissertation that translated the mystical wisdom of Ignatius of Loyola into a contemporary framework. Today, Fr. Egan cites Ignatius as “the mystic whom I know best and who has most influenced my life. ” Now, it is your turn to discover the beautiful ideas that mark Ignatius as a mystic in the Christian tradition. This series demonstrates that his apostolic successes are the expressions and embodiments of his radical mysticism, communicated to all dimensions of human existence. You will treasure this course. ©2018 Now You Know Media Inc. (P)2018 Now You Know Media Inc. Kenneth Rose Wed, 11 Jul 2018 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448088 thebookvoice.com 9:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness, Meditation, and Happiness Author: Kenneth Rose Narrator: Kenneth Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Taught by one of the world’s leading experts on Christian mystics, this stunning course reveals the powerful mysticism that inspired St. Ignatius and the charism he introduced. Your award-winning professor, Boston College’s Fr. Harvey D. Egan, is a Jesuit priest and professor who earned his theology doctorate under Karl Rahner. St. Ignatius the Mystic is the apex of his 50-year scholarly and devotional exploration of Christian mysticism. His 12-lecture audio course will both broaden your mind and elevate your spirit. Fr. Egan will take you beyond Ignatius’s pragmatic successes in asceticism and spirituality, reminding you of Ignatius’s forgotten contributions to the Christian mystical tradition. Setting aside the prevailing views of Ignatius - as a man of action, reform, and organizational genius - you will also come to see him as a mystic of breathtaking profundity. For Fr. Egan, the notion of a mystical Ignatius is deep-seated and personal. As a young Jesuit, he experienced a transformative retreat with the Exercises. Later, as a doctoral student of Karl Rahner, he wrote a dissertation that translated the mystical wisdom of Ignatius of Loyola into a contemporary framework. Today, Fr. Egan cites Ignatius as “the mystic whom I know best and who has most influenced my life. ” Now, it is your turn to discover the beautiful ideas that mark Ignatius as a mystic in the Christian tradition. This series demonstrates that his apostolic successes are the expressions and embodiments of his radical mysticism, communicated to all dimensions of human existence. You will treasure this course. ©2018 Now You Know Media Inc. (P)2018 Now You Know Media Inc. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/448088]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mindfulness, Meditation, and Happiness Author: Kenneth Rose Narrator: Kenneth Rose Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 57 minutes Release date: July 11, 2018 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Taught by one of the world’s leading experts on Christian mystics, this stunning course reveals the powerful mysticism that inspired St. Ignatius and the charism he introduced. Your award-winning professor, Boston College’s Fr. Harvey D. Egan, is a Jesuit priest and professor who earned his theology doctorate under Karl Rahner. St. Ignatius the Mystic is the apex of his 50-year scholarly and devotional exploration of Christian mysticism. His 12-lecture audio course will both broaden your mind and elevate your spirit. Fr. Egan will take you beyond Ignatius’s pragmatic successes in asceticism and spirituality, reminding you of Ignatius’s forgotten contributions to the Christian mystical tradition. Setting aside the prevailing views of Ignatius - as a man of action, reform, and organizational genius - you will also come to see him as a mystic of breathtaking profundity. For Fr. Egan, the notion of a mystical Ignatius is deep-seated and personal. As a young Jesuit, he experienced a transformative retreat with the Exercises. Later, as a doctoral student of Karl Rahner, he wrote a dissertation that translated the mystical wisdom of Ignatius of Loyola into a contemporary framework. Today, Fr. Egan cites Ignatius as “the mystic whom I know best and who has most influenced my life. ” Now, it is your turn to discover the beautiful ideas that mark Ignatius as a mystic in the Christian tradition. This series demonstrates that his apostolic successes are the expressions and embodiments of his radical mysticism, communicated to all dimensions of human existence. You will treasure this course. ©2018 Now You Know Media Inc. (P)2018 Now You Know Media Inc. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg's -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Michael Moss Thu, 04 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg's -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447872]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: How Processed Food Became Addictive Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 4, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize-winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions and to find the true peril in our food. Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover the shocking ways that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products and ways to exploit our evolutionary preference for fast, ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry -- including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg's -- has not only tried to hide the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits. A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. © Michael Moss 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447862 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fake Facts - Wie Verschwörungstheorien unser Denken bestimmen (Ungekürzt) Author: Pia Lamberty, Katharina Nocun Narrator: Katharina Nocun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EINFACHE WAHRHEITEN FÜR EINE KOMPLIZIERTE WELT Corona ist eine Erfindung der Pharmaindustrie! Menschen, die daran erkranken, müssen so für ihre Sünden büßen! Oder: Das Virus wurde in chinesischen Geheimlaboren gezüchtet! Verschwörungstheorien verbreiten sich nicht nur im Netz wie Lauffeuer und sind schon lange kein Randphänomen mehr. Katharina Nocun und Pia Lamberty beschreiben, wie sich Menschen aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft durch Verschwörungstheorien radikalisieren und die Demokratie als Ganzes ablehnen. Welche Rolle spielen neue Medien in diesem Prozess? Wie schnell wird jeder von uns zu einem Verschwörungstheoretiker? Und wie können wir verdrehte Fakten aufdecken und uns vor Meinungsmache schützen? Pia Lamberty, Katharina Nocun Fri, 17 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447862 thebookvoice.com 9:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fake Facts - Wie Verschwörungstheorien unser Denken bestimmen (Ungekürzt) Author: Pia Lamberty, Katharina Nocun Narrator: Katharina Nocun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EINFACHE WAHRHEITEN FÜR EINE KOMPLIZIERTE WELT Corona ist eine Erfindung der Pharmaindustrie! Menschen, die daran erkranken, müssen so für ihre Sünden büßen! Oder: Das Virus wurde in chinesischen Geheimlaboren gezüchtet! Verschwörungstheorien verbreiten sich nicht nur im Netz wie Lauffeuer und sind schon lange kein Randphänomen mehr. Katharina Nocun und Pia Lamberty beschreiben, wie sich Menschen aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft durch Verschwörungstheorien radikalisieren und die Demokratie als Ganzes ablehnen. Welche Rolle spielen neue Medien in diesem Prozess? Wie schnell wird jeder von uns zu einem Verschwörungstheoretiker? Und wie können wir verdrehte Fakten aufdecken und uns vor Meinungsmache schützen? Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447862]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [German] - Fake Facts - Wie Verschwörungstheorien unser Denken bestimmen (Ungekürzt) Author: Pia Lamberty, Katharina Nocun Narrator: Katharina Nocun Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: EINFACHE WAHRHEITEN FÜR EINE KOMPLIZIERTE WELT Corona ist eine Erfindung der Pharmaindustrie! Menschen, die daran erkranken, müssen so für ihre Sünden büßen! Oder: Das Virus wurde in chinesischen Geheimlaboren gezüchtet! Verschwörungstheorien verbreiten sich nicht nur im Netz wie Lauffeuer und sind schon lange kein Randphänomen mehr. Katharina Nocun und Pia Lamberty beschreiben, wie sich Menschen aus der Mitte der Gesellschaft durch Verschwörungstheorien radikalisieren und die Demokratie als Ganzes ablehnen. Welche Rolle spielen neue Medien in diesem Prozess? Wie schnell wird jeder von uns zu einem Verschwörungstheoretiker? Und wie können wir verdrehte Fakten aufdecken und uns vor Meinungsmache schützen? https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447314 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom from Obsessive Compulsive Disorder: A Personalized Recovery Program for Living with Uncertainty, Updated Edition Author: Jonathan Grayson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly six million Americans suffer from the symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder, which can manifest itself in many ways: paralyzing fear of contamination; unmanageable “checking” rituals; excessive concern with order, symmetry, and counting; and others.   Freedom from Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder provides Dr. Jonathan Grayson’s revolutionary and compassionate program for finally breaking the cycle of overwhelming fear and endless rituals, including:     •  Self-assessment tests that guide readers in identifying their specific type of OCD and help track their progress in treatment    •  Case studies from Dr. Grayson’s revolutionary and profoundly successful treatment program    •  Blueprints for programs tailored to particular manifestations of OCD    •  Previously unexplored manifestations of OCD such as obsessive staring, Relationship OCD (R-OCD), obsessive intolerance of environmental sounds and chewing sounds    •  Therapy scripts to help individuals develop their own therapeutic voice, to motivate themselves to succeed    •  New therapies used in conjunction with exposure techniques    •  “Trigger sheets” for identifying and planning for obstacles that arise in treatment    •  Information on building a support group    •  And much more Demystifying the process of OCD assessment and treatment, this indispensable book helps sufferers make sense of their own compulsions through frank, unflinching self-evaluation, and provides not only the knowledge of how to change—but the courage to do it. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources from the book. Jonathan Grayson Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447314 thebookvoice.com 14:46:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom from Obsessive Compulsive Disorder: A Personalized Recovery Program for Living with Uncertainty, Updated Edition Author: Jonathan Grayson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly six million Americans suffer from the symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder, which can manifest itself in many ways: paralyzing fear of contamination; unmanageable “checking” rituals; excessive concern with order, symmetry, and counting; and others.   Freedom from Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder provides Dr. Jonathan Grayson’s revolutionary and compassionate program for finally breaking the cycle of overwhelming fear and endless rituals, including:     •  Self-assessment tests that guide readers in identifying their specific type of OCD and help track their progress in treatment    •  Case studies from Dr. Grayson’s revolutionary and profoundly successful treatment program    •  Blueprints for programs tailored to particular manifestations of OCD    •  Previously unexplored manifestations of OCD such as obsessive staring, Relationship OCD (R-OCD), obsessive intolerance of environmental sounds and chewing sounds    •  Therapy scripts to help individuals develop their own therapeutic voice, to motivate themselves to succeed    •  New therapies used in conjunction with exposure techniques    •  “Trigger sheets” for identifying and planning for obstacles that arise in treatment    •  Information on building a support group    •  And much more Demystifying the process of OCD assessment and treatment, this indispensable book helps sufferers make sense of their own compulsions through frank, unflinching self-evaluation, and provides not only the knowledge of how to change—but the courage to do it. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447314]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Freedom from Obsessive Compulsive Disorder: A Personalized Recovery Program for Living with Uncertainty, Updated Edition Author: Jonathan Grayson Narrator: Tom Parks Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 46 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Nearly six million Americans suffer from the symptoms of obsessive-compulsive disorder, which can manifest itself in many ways: paralyzing fear of contamination; unmanageable “checking” rituals; excessive concern with order, symmetry, and counting; and others.   Freedom from Obsessive-Compulsive Disorder provides Dr. Jonathan Grayson’s revolutionary and compassionate program for finally breaking the cycle of overwhelming fear and endless rituals, including:     •  Self-assessment tests that guide readers in identifying their specific type of OCD and help track their progress in treatment    •  Case studies from Dr. Grayson’s revolutionary and profoundly successful treatment program    •  Blueprints for programs tailored to particular manifestations of OCD    •  Previously unexplored manifestations of OCD such as obsessive staring, Relationship OCD (R-OCD), obsessive intolerance of environmental sounds and chewing sounds    •  Therapy scripts to help individuals develop their own therapeutic voice, to motivate themselves to succeed    •  New therapies used in conjunction with exposure techniques    •  “Trigger sheets” for identifying and planning for obstacles that arise in treatment    •  Information on building a support group    •  And much more Demystifying the process of OCD assessment and treatment, this indispensable book helps sufferers make sense of their own compulsions through frank, unflinching self-evaluation, and provides not only the knowledge of how to change—but the courage to do it. *This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF that contains resources from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447156 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost in Thought: The Hidden Pleasures of an Intellectual Life Author: Zena Hitz Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an overloaded, superficial, technological world, in which almost everything and everybody is judged by its usefulness, where can we turn for escape, lasting pleasure, contemplation, or connection to others? While many forms of leisure meet these needs, Zena Hitz writes, few experiences are so fulfilling as the inner life, whether that of a bookworm, an amateur astronomer, a birdwatcher, or someone who takes a deep interest in one of countless other subjects. Drawing on inspiring examples, from Socrates and Augustine to Malcolm X and Elena Ferrante, and from films to Hitz's own experiences as someone who walked away from elite university life in search of greater fulfillment, Lost in Thought is a passionate and timely reminder that a rich life is a life rich in thought. Today, when even the humanities are often defended only for their economic or political usefulness, Hitz says our intellectual lives are valuable not despite but because of their practical uselessness. And while anyone can have an intellectual life, she encourages academics in particular to get back in touch with the desire to learn for its own sake, and calls on universities to return to the person-to-person transmission of the habits of mind and heart that bring out the best in us. Zena Hitz Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447156 thebookvoice.com 7:22:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost in Thought: The Hidden Pleasures of an Intellectual Life Author: Zena Hitz Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an overloaded, superficial, technological world, in which almost everything and everybody is judged by its usefulness, where can we turn for escape, lasting pleasure, contemplation, or connection to others? While many forms of leisure meet these needs, Zena Hitz writes, few experiences are so fulfilling as the inner life, whether that of a bookworm, an amateur astronomer, a birdwatcher, or someone who takes a deep interest in one of countless other subjects. Drawing on inspiring examples, from Socrates and Augustine to Malcolm X and Elena Ferrante, and from films to Hitz's own experiences as someone who walked away from elite university life in search of greater fulfillment, Lost in Thought is a passionate and timely reminder that a rich life is a life rich in thought. Today, when even the humanities are often defended only for their economic or political usefulness, Hitz says our intellectual lives are valuable not despite but because of their practical uselessness. And while anyone can have an intellectual life, she encourages academics in particular to get back in touch with the desire to learn for its own sake, and calls on universities to return to the person-to-person transmission of the habits of mind and heart that bring out the best in us. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447156]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Lost in Thought: The Hidden Pleasures of an Intellectual Life Author: Zena Hitz Narrator: Emily Ellet Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 22 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an overloaded, superficial, technological world, in which almost everything and everybody is judged by its usefulness, where can we turn for escape, lasting pleasure, contemplation, or connection to others? While many forms of leisure meet these needs, Zena Hitz writes, few experiences are so fulfilling as the inner life, whether that of a bookworm, an amateur astronomer, a birdwatcher, or someone who takes a deep interest in one of countless other subjects. Drawing on inspiring examples, from Socrates and Augustine to Malcolm X and Elena Ferrante, and from films to Hitz's own experiences as someone who walked away from elite university life in search of greater fulfillment, Lost in Thought is a passionate and timely reminder that a rich life is a life rich in thought. Today, when even the humanities are often defended only for their economic or political usefulness, Hitz says our intellectual lives are valuable not despite but because of their practical uselessness. And while anyone can have an intellectual life, she encourages academics in particular to get back in touch with the desire to learn for its own sake, and calls on universities to return to the person-to-person transmission of the habits of mind and heart that bring out the best in us. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447062 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An interrogation of why we don't talk to strangers, what happens when we do, and why it affects everything from the rise and fall of nations to personal health and wellbeing, in the tradition of Susan Cain's Quiet and Rutger Bregman's Humankind When was the last time you spoke to a stranger? In our cities, we stand in silent buses and tube carriages, barely acknowledging one another. Online, we retreat into silos and carefully curate who we interact with. But while we often fear strangers, or blame them for the ills of society, history and science show us that they are actually our solution. Throughout human history, our attitude to the stranger has determined the fate and wellbeing of both nations and individuals. A raft of new science confirms that the more we open ourselves up to encounters with those we don't know, the healthier we are. In The Power of Strangers, with the help of sociologists, psychologists, neuroscientists, theologians, philosophers, political scientists and historians, Joe Keohane learns how we're wired to sometimes fear, distrust and even hate strangers, and discovers what happens to us when we indulge those biases. At the same time, he digs into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers; how even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. Warm, erudite and profound, this deeply researched book will make you reconsider how you perceive and approach strangers: paradoxically, strangers can help us become more fully ourselves. © Joe Keohane 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Joe Keohane Thu, 01 Jul 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447062 thebookvoice.com 12:52:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An interrogation of why we don't talk to strangers, what happens when we do, and why it affects everything from the rise and fall of nations to personal health and wellbeing, in the tradition of Susan Cain's Quiet and Rutger Bregman's Humankind When was the last time you spoke to a stranger? In our cities, we stand in silent buses and tube carriages, barely acknowledging one another. Online, we retreat into silos and carefully curate who we interact with. But while we often fear strangers, or blame them for the ills of society, history and science show us that they are actually our solution. Throughout human history, our attitude to the stranger has determined the fate and wellbeing of both nations and individuals. A raft of new science confirms that the more we open ourselves up to encounters with those we don't know, the healthier we are. In The Power of Strangers, with the help of sociologists, psychologists, neuroscientists, theologians, philosophers, political scientists and historians, Joe Keohane learns how we're wired to sometimes fear, distrust and even hate strangers, and discovers what happens to us when we indulge those biases. At the same time, he digs into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers; how even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. Warm, erudite and profound, this deeply researched book will make you reconsider how you perceive and approach strangers: paradoxically, strangers can help us become more fully ourselves. © Joe Keohane 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447062]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Power of Strangers: The Benefits of Connecting in a Suspicious World Author: Joe Keohane Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 52 minutes Release date: July 1, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Brought to you by Penguin. An interrogation of why we don't talk to strangers, what happens when we do, and why it affects everything from the rise and fall of nations to personal health and wellbeing, in the tradition of Susan Cain's Quiet and Rutger Bregman's Humankind When was the last time you spoke to a stranger? In our cities, we stand in silent buses and tube carriages, barely acknowledging one another. Online, we retreat into silos and carefully curate who we interact with. But while we often fear strangers, or blame them for the ills of society, history and science show us that they are actually our solution. Throughout human history, our attitude to the stranger has determined the fate and wellbeing of both nations and individuals. A raft of new science confirms that the more we open ourselves up to encounters with those we don't know, the healthier we are. In The Power of Strangers, with the help of sociologists, psychologists, neuroscientists, theologians, philosophers, political scientists and historians, Joe Keohane learns how we're wired to sometimes fear, distrust and even hate strangers, and discovers what happens to us when we indulge those biases. At the same time, he digs into a growing body of cutting-edge research on the surprising social and psychological benefits that come from talking to strangers; how even passing interactions can enhance empathy, happiness, and cognitive development, ease loneliness and isolation, and root us in the world, deepening our sense of belonging. Warm, erudite and profound, this deeply researched book will make you reconsider how you perceive and approach strangers: paradoxically, strangers can help us become more fully ourselves. © Joe Keohane 2021 (P) Penguin Audio 2021 https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447016 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP and Effective Communication Crash Course – 2 Books in 1: Learn to Analyze People and discover the Secrets to Persuasion, Mind Hacking and Neuro-linguistic Programming Author: Self Discovery Academy, Phil Nolan Narrator: Zachary Zaba, Skyler Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to hack your Mind and become a Master at communicating? Then this 2 in 1 Bundle is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP and communication strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a few days. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Self Discovery Academy, Phil Nolan Mon, 13 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447016 thebookvoice.com 4:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP and Effective Communication Crash Course – 2 Books in 1: Learn to Analyze People and discover the Secrets to Persuasion, Mind Hacking and Neuro-linguistic Programming Author: Self Discovery Academy, Phil Nolan Narrator: Zachary Zaba, Skyler Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to hack your Mind and become a Master at communicating? Then this 2 in 1 Bundle is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP and communication strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a few days. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/447016]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: NLP and Effective Communication Crash Course – 2 Books in 1: Learn to Analyze People and discover the Secrets to Persuasion, Mind Hacking and Neuro-linguistic Programming Author: Self Discovery Academy, Phil Nolan Narrator: Zachary Zaba, Skyler Morgan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 5 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to hack your Mind and become a Master at communicating? Then this 2 in 1 Bundle is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP and communication strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a few days. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446977 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Author: Juliana Skyeson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Insomnia is a common sleep problem for most adults. Each night, millions of people all over the world struggle to fall asleep or stay asleep. The National Institutes of Health estimates that roughly 30% of the general population complains of sleep disruption, and approximately 10% have associated symptoms of daytime functional impairment consistent with the diagnosis of insomnia. The statistics regarding sleep deprivation reveals a rise in this huge epidemic. Insomnia can have a negative impact on your health, quality of life and performance. In this audiobook, you will discover proven steps and strategies on how to handle all the areas of insomnia. You will learn about the possible causes of insomnia, where it comes from as well as the steps you can take to cure it. You will finally stop feeling exhausted all day and all night. The days and nights of tossing and turning will finally be a thing of the past. In this audiobook, you will learn: - The Science Behind Insomnia - The Brain of an Insomniac - The Natural and Artificial Remedies for Insomnia - Lifestyle Modifications to Overcome Insomnia - How You Can Switch Off Restful sleep is the foundation of our mental and physical well-being. Getting restful sleep every night is important for our health. It not only improves our immune system and prevents weight gain and certain diseases, but it also improves concentration and productivity. All of the information in this audiobook will help you overcome the process of insomnia. If you want to learn about the ultimate sleep therapy that can help you fall asleep and stay asleep, scroll up and click the 'Add to Cart' button now and see how Little Sleep could help you and change your life. Juliana Skyeson Mon, 13 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446977 thebookvoice.com 0:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Author: Juliana Skyeson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Insomnia is a common sleep problem for most adults. Each night, millions of people all over the world struggle to fall asleep or stay asleep. The National Institutes of Health estimates that roughly 30% of the general population complains of sleep disruption, and approximately 10% have associated symptoms of daytime functional impairment consistent with the diagnosis of insomnia. The statistics regarding sleep deprivation reveals a rise in this huge epidemic. Insomnia can have a negative impact on your health, quality of life and performance. In this audiobook, you will discover proven steps and strategies on how to handle all the areas of insomnia. You will learn about the possible causes of insomnia, where it comes from as well as the steps you can take to cure it. You will finally stop feeling exhausted all day and all night. The days and nights of tossing and turning will finally be a thing of the past. In this audiobook, you will learn: - The Science Behind Insomnia - The Brain of an Insomniac - The Natural and Artificial Remedies for Insomnia - Lifestyle Modifications to Overcome Insomnia - How You Can Switch Off Restful sleep is the foundation of our mental and physical well-being. Getting restful sleep every night is important for our health. It not only improves our immune system and prevents weight gain and certain diseases, but it also improves concentration and productivity. All of the information in this audiobook will help you overcome the process of insomnia. If you want to learn about the ultimate sleep therapy that can help you fall asleep and stay asleep, scroll up and click the 'Add to Cart' button now and see how Little Sleep could help you and change your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446977]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Author: Juliana Skyeson Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 59 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Little Sleep: The Ultimate Guide to Battling Insomnia, Learn About The Most Effective Sleep Therapy That Would Help You Sleep Well Every Night Insomnia is a common sleep problem for most adults. Each night, millions of people all over the world struggle to fall asleep or stay asleep. The National Institutes of Health estimates that roughly 30% of the general population complains of sleep disruption, and approximately 10% have associated symptoms of daytime functional impairment consistent with the diagnosis of insomnia. The statistics regarding sleep deprivation reveals a rise in this huge epidemic. Insomnia can have a negative impact on your health, quality of life and performance. In this audiobook, you will discover proven steps and strategies on how to handle all the areas of insomnia. You will learn about the possible causes of insomnia, where it comes from as well as the steps you can take to cure it. You will finally stop feeling exhausted all day and all night. The days and nights of tossing and turning will finally be a thing of the past. In this audiobook, you will learn: - The Science Behind Insomnia - The Brain of an Insomniac - The Natural and Artificial Remedies for Insomnia - Lifestyle Modifications to Overcome Insomnia - How You Can Switch Off Restful sleep is the foundation of our mental and physical well-being. Getting restful sleep every night is important for our health. It not only improves our immune system and prevents weight gain and certain diseases, but it also improves concentration and productivity. All of the information in this audiobook will help you overcome the process of insomnia. If you want to learn about the ultimate sleep therapy that can help you fall asleep and stay asleep, scroll up and click the 'Add to Cart' button now and see how Little Sleep could help you and change your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446974 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Author: Christopher Jaros Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Optimism is a mental attitude that reflects a belief or hope that all the outcomes of your endeavors will be positive, favorable, and desirable. Research shows that thinking like an optimist pays off big. A cheerful disposition can help you go through any problems and obstacles you encounter in life. There are also a lot of studies conducted in the US and Europe that directly link optimism and a person's health. Optimism helps people cope better with sickness and people who always think positive recover faster from surgeries. A positive outlook has a greater impact on the overall health and life expectancy of a person. But research also shows that 87% of the things we tell ourselves always consists of negative and self-destructive thoughts. This negative self-talk leads to a self-fulfilling prophecy and what we constantly tell ourselves eventually comes true given this is our constant mindset. Negative self-thought also makes us unhappy and makes us lose our confidence which then leads to us being unhealthy and self-destructive. In this audiobook, you will learn about learned optimism and the idea that a talent for joy and thinking positive can be cultivated. Realistic and practical optimism is a choice you can make on purpose to help you manage your life successfully. You will learn about strategies for staying positive and the benefits of always looking on the brighter side of things. In this audiobook, you will learn about: - The Power of Realistic and Practical Optimism - Obstacles to Optimism - Positive Thinking at Work - Fear of Failure - Overcoming Self-Sabotage - How to Stop Making Useless Comparisons - Making the Most of Your Tools This audiobook would teach you about the mental attitude at the heart of optimism. You will learn techniques you can use to strengthen optimism. Christopher Jaros Mon, 13 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446974 thebookvoice.com 0:49:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Author: Christopher Jaros Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Optimism is a mental attitude that reflects a belief or hope that all the outcomes of your endeavors will be positive, favorable, and desirable. Research shows that thinking like an optimist pays off big. A cheerful disposition can help you go through any problems and obstacles you encounter in life. There are also a lot of studies conducted in the US and Europe that directly link optimism and a person's health. Optimism helps people cope better with sickness and people who always think positive recover faster from surgeries. A positive outlook has a greater impact on the overall health and life expectancy of a person. But research also shows that 87% of the things we tell ourselves always consists of negative and self-destructive thoughts. This negative self-talk leads to a self-fulfilling prophecy and what we constantly tell ourselves eventually comes true given this is our constant mindset. Negative self-thought also makes us unhappy and makes us lose our confidence which then leads to us being unhealthy and self-destructive. In this audiobook, you will learn about learned optimism and the idea that a talent for joy and thinking positive can be cultivated. Realistic and practical optimism is a choice you can make on purpose to help you manage your life successfully. You will learn about strategies for staying positive and the benefits of always looking on the brighter side of things. In this audiobook, you will learn about: - The Power of Realistic and Practical Optimism - Obstacles to Optimism - Positive Thinking at Work - Fear of Failure - Overcoming Self-Sabotage - How to Stop Making Useless Comparisons - Making the Most of Your Tools This audiobook would teach you about the mental attitude at the heart of optimism. You will learn techniques you can use to strengthen optimism. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446974]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Author: Christopher Jaros Narrator: Todd Studer Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 0 hours 49 minutes Release date: July 13, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learned Optimism: The Ultimate Guide to Staying Positive, Learn the Importance of Positive Thinking to Achieve a Healthier and Happier You Optimism is a mental attitude that reflects a belief or hope that all the outcomes of your endeavors will be positive, favorable, and desirable. Research shows that thinking like an optimist pays off big. A cheerful disposition can help you go through any problems and obstacles you encounter in life. There are also a lot of studies conducted in the US and Europe that directly link optimism and a person's health. Optimism helps people cope better with sickness and people who always think positive recover faster from surgeries. A positive outlook has a greater impact on the overall health and life expectancy of a person. But research also shows that 87% of the things we tell ourselves always consists of negative and self-destructive thoughts. This negative self-talk leads to a self-fulfilling prophecy and what we constantly tell ourselves eventually comes true given this is our constant mindset. Negative self-thought also makes us unhappy and makes us lose our confidence which then leads to us being unhealthy and self-destructive. In this audiobook, you will learn about learned optimism and the idea that a talent for joy and thinking positive can be cultivated. Realistic and practical optimism is a choice you can make on purpose to help you manage your life successfully. You will learn about strategies for staying positive and the benefits of always looking on the brighter side of things. In this audiobook, you will learn about: - The Power of Realistic and Practical Optimism - Obstacles to Optimism - Positive Thinking at Work - Fear of Failure - Overcoming Self-Sabotage - How to Stop Making Useless Comparisons - Making the Most of Your Tools This audiobook would teach you about the mental attitude at the heart of optimism. You will learn techniques you can use to strengthen optimism. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446910 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ciberdependência Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Maria Jose Dos Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tecnologia está cada vez mais presente em nossas vidas, o que é um claro avanço, mas também um perigo, especialmente entre os mais jovens, porque eles podem cair no que é chamado de Ciberdependência.Isto tornou-se uma realidade dos nossos dias, um problema de saúde que não existia há apenas uma década, e faz a cada dia novas vítimas e estas cada vez mais jovens. Embora as consequências a longo prazo não sejam totalmente conhecidas, alguns estudos falam de que afeta 30% dos jovens que usam a internet diariamente, o que significa que um em cada três pessoas correm o risco de sofrer de uma dependência comportamental.Enquanto alguns países começam a tomar medidas de prevenção, outros porém não perceberam a gravidade da situação. Por isso surge a necessidade de divulgar os resultados das pesquisas mais recentes nesta matéria para dar visibilidade a um problema social requer medidas preventivas e de tratamento. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Juan Moisés De La Serna Mon, 20 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446910 thebookvoice.com 1:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ciberdependência Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Maria Jose Dos Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tecnologia está cada vez mais presente em nossas vidas, o que é um claro avanço, mas também um perigo, especialmente entre os mais jovens, porque eles podem cair no que é chamado de Ciberdependência.Isto tornou-se uma realidade dos nossos dias, um problema de saúde que não existia há apenas uma década, e faz a cada dia novas vítimas e estas cada vez mais jovens. Embora as consequências a longo prazo não sejam totalmente conhecidas, alguns estudos falam de que afeta 30% dos jovens que usam a internet diariamente, o que significa que um em cada três pessoas correm o risco de sofrer de uma dependência comportamental.Enquanto alguns países começam a tomar medidas de prevenção, outros porém não perceberam a gravidade da situação. Por isso surge a necessidade de divulgar os resultados das pesquisas mais recentes nesta matéria para dar visibilidade a um problema social requer medidas preventivas e de tratamento. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446910]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Ciberdependência Author: Juan Moisés De La Serna Narrator: Maria Jose Dos Santos Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 37 minutes Release date: July 20, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A tecnologia está cada vez mais presente em nossas vidas, o que é um claro avanço, mas também um perigo, especialmente entre os mais jovens, porque eles podem cair no que é chamado de Ciberdependência.Isto tornou-se uma realidade dos nossos dias, um problema de saúde que não existia há apenas uma década, e faz a cada dia novas vítimas e estas cada vez mais jovens. Embora as consequências a longo prazo não sejam totalmente conhecidas, alguns estudos falam de que afeta 30% dos jovens que usam a internet diariamente, o que significa que um em cada três pessoas correm o risco de sofrer de uma dependência comportamental.Enquanto alguns países começam a tomar medidas de prevenção, outros porém não perceberam a gravidade da situação. Por isso surge a necessidade de divulgar os resultados das pesquisas mais recentes nesta matéria para dar visibilidade a um problema social requer medidas preventivas e de tratamento. PUBLISHER: TEKTIME https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446645 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love and Life Author: Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For over thirty years, New York Times bestselling author and #2 Sirius Radio talk-show host Dr. Laura Schlessinger has been doling out no-nonsense relationship and family advice, advocating a strong sense of personal responsibility, to the delight of her millions of followers and fans. In her newest book Love and Life, Dr. Laura covers the most popular topics and thorniest problems that face today’s parents and grandparents, husbands and wives, men and women, and everyone seeking love, fulfillment, success—or anyone who wants to be a decent and productive human being. With her provocative and firm—but always stimulating—advice, Dr. Laura provides guidance that will inspire fans to be the very best in terms of character, conscience, and courage—to make a difference in their own lives and in the lives of those they love. Laura Schlessinger Tue, 04 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446645 thebookvoice.com 5:44:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love and Life Author: Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For over thirty years, New York Times bestselling author and #2 Sirius Radio talk-show host Dr. Laura Schlessinger has been doling out no-nonsense relationship and family advice, advocating a strong sense of personal responsibility, to the delight of her millions of followers and fans. In her newest book Love and Life, Dr. Laura covers the most popular topics and thorniest problems that face today’s parents and grandparents, husbands and wives, men and women, and everyone seeking love, fulfillment, success—or anyone who wants to be a decent and productive human being. With her provocative and firm—but always stimulating—advice, Dr. Laura provides guidance that will inspire fans to be the very best in terms of character, conscience, and courage—to make a difference in their own lives and in the lives of those they love. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446645]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Love and Life Author: Laura Schlessinger Narrator: Suzie Althens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 44 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: For over thirty years, New York Times bestselling author and #2 Sirius Radio talk-show host Dr. Laura Schlessinger has been doling out no-nonsense relationship and family advice, advocating a strong sense of personal responsibility, to the delight of her millions of followers and fans. In her newest book Love and Life, Dr. Laura covers the most popular topics and thorniest problems that face today’s parents and grandparents, husbands and wives, men and women, and everyone seeking love, fulfillment, success—or anyone who wants to be a decent and productive human being. With her provocative and firm—but always stimulating—advice, Dr. Laura provides guidance that will inspire fans to be the very best in terms of character, conscience, and courage—to make a difference in their own lives and in the lives of those they love. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446429 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delusions of Gender: The Real Science Behind Sex Differences Author: Cordelia Fine Narrator: Jaimi Barbakoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The brilliant and hugely influential book by the winner of the 2017 royal society insight investment science books prize Gender inequalities are increasingly defended by citing hard-wired differences between the male and female brain. That's why, we're told, there are so few women in science, so few men in the laundry room – different brains are just suited to different things. With sparkling wit and humour, Cordelia Fine attacks this ‘neurosexism', revealing the mind's remarkable plasticity, the substantial influence of culture on identity, and the malleability of what we consider to be ‘hardwired' difference. This modern classic shows the surprising extent to which boys and girls, men and women are made – not born. “Fun, droll yet deeply serious.” - NEW SCIENTIST “A brilliant feminist critic of the neurosciences … Read her, enjoy and learn.” - HILARY ROSE, THES Cordelia Fine Thu, 17 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446429 thebookvoice.com 9:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delusions of Gender: The Real Science Behind Sex Differences Author: Cordelia Fine Narrator: Jaimi Barbakoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The brilliant and hugely influential book by the winner of the 2017 royal society insight investment science books prize Gender inequalities are increasingly defended by citing hard-wired differences between the male and female brain. That's why, we're told, there are so few women in science, so few men in the laundry room – different brains are just suited to different things. With sparkling wit and humour, Cordelia Fine attacks this ‘neurosexism', revealing the mind's remarkable plasticity, the substantial influence of culture on identity, and the malleability of what we consider to be ‘hardwired' difference. This modern classic shows the surprising extent to which boys and girls, men and women are made – not born. “Fun, droll yet deeply serious.” - NEW SCIENTIST “A brilliant feminist critic of the neurosciences … Read her, enjoy and learn.” - HILARY ROSE, THES Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/446429]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Delusions of Gender: The Real Science Behind Sex Differences Author: Cordelia Fine Narrator: Jaimi Barbakoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 6 minutes Release date: September 17, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The brilliant and hugely influential book by the winner of the 2017 royal society insight investment science books prize Gender inequalities are increasingly defended by citing hard-wired differences between the male and female brain. That's why, we're told, there are so few women in science, so few men in the laundry room – different brains are just suited to different things. With sparkling wit and humour, Cordelia Fine attacks this ‘neurosexism', revealing the mind's remarkable plasticity, the substantial influence of culture on identity, and the malleability of what we consider to be ‘hardwired' difference. This modern classic shows the surprising extent to which boys and girls, men and women are made – not born. “Fun, droll yet deeply serious.” - NEW SCIENTIST “A brilliant feminist critic of the neurosciences … Read her, enjoy and learn.” - HILARY ROSE, THES https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445917 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When I Grow Up: A Memoir Author: Juliana Hatfield Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By the early nineties, singer-songwriter and former Blake Babies member Juliana Hatfield was in a position most aspiring alternative rockers only dream of: her solo career was taking off. She was on the cover of Spin and Sassy; Ben Stiller directed the video for her song 'Spin the Bottle' from the Reality Bites film soundtrack; she was a featured guest on My So-Called Life. Then, after canceling a European tour to treat severe depression and failing to produce another 'hit,' she spent a decade releasing well-reviewed albums on indie labels and performing in ever-smaller clubs. Eventually, she found herself reading The New Yorker on a filthy couch in the tiny dressing room of a punk club and asked herself 'Why am I still doing this?' No longer willing to play a kid's game by kid's rules, Hatfield resolved to take a year off and experiment with being a civilian. And that year reawakened her creative passion. She resolved to take charge of her career and write the great untapped songs that she knew were still in her. This newfound determination led directly to her eagerly awaited new album, aptly named How to Walk Away, the most energetic, polished, and creative work of her music career. More than a musician's memoir, When I Grow Up is a rich and revealing tour through an extraordinary mind. By turns wryly funny and woundingly sincere, it recounts her best and worst days, the origins of her songs, the source of her woes, and her quest to find purpose in life. Juliana Hatfield Tue, 25 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445917 thebookvoice.com 12:5:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When I Grow Up: A Memoir Author: Juliana Hatfield Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By the early nineties, singer-songwriter and former Blake Babies member Juliana Hatfield was in a position most aspiring alternative rockers only dream of: her solo career was taking off. She was on the cover of Spin and Sassy; Ben Stiller directed the video for her song 'Spin the Bottle' from the Reality Bites film soundtrack; she was a featured guest on My So-Called Life. Then, after canceling a European tour to treat severe depression and failing to produce another 'hit,' she spent a decade releasing well-reviewed albums on indie labels and performing in ever-smaller clubs. Eventually, she found herself reading The New Yorker on a filthy couch in the tiny dressing room of a punk club and asked herself 'Why am I still doing this?' No longer willing to play a kid's game by kid's rules, Hatfield resolved to take a year off and experiment with being a civilian. And that year reawakened her creative passion. She resolved to take charge of her career and write the great untapped songs that she knew were still in her. This newfound determination led directly to her eagerly awaited new album, aptly named How to Walk Away, the most energetic, polished, and creative work of her music career. More than a musician's memoir, When I Grow Up is a rich and revealing tour through an extraordinary mind. By turns wryly funny and woundingly sincere, it recounts her best and worst days, the origins of her songs, the source of her woes, and her quest to find purpose in life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445917]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: When I Grow Up: A Memoir Author: Juliana Hatfield Narrator: Rebecca Gibel Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 5 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: By the early nineties, singer-songwriter and former Blake Babies member Juliana Hatfield was in a position most aspiring alternative rockers only dream of: her solo career was taking off. She was on the cover of Spin and Sassy; Ben Stiller directed the video for her song 'Spin the Bottle' from the Reality Bites film soundtrack; she was a featured guest on My So-Called Life. Then, after canceling a European tour to treat severe depression and failing to produce another 'hit,' she spent a decade releasing well-reviewed albums on indie labels and performing in ever-smaller clubs. Eventually, she found herself reading The New Yorker on a filthy couch in the tiny dressing room of a punk club and asked herself 'Why am I still doing this?' No longer willing to play a kid's game by kid's rules, Hatfield resolved to take a year off and experiment with being a civilian. And that year reawakened her creative passion. She resolved to take charge of her career and write the great untapped songs that she knew were still in her. This newfound determination led directly to her eagerly awaited new album, aptly named How to Walk Away, the most energetic, polished, and creative work of her music career. More than a musician's memoir, When I Grow Up is a rich and revealing tour through an extraordinary mind. By turns wryly funny and woundingly sincere, it recounts her best and worst days, the origins of her songs, the source of her woes, and her quest to find purpose in life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445766 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Like You Mean It: Reclaiming the Lost Art of True Connection Author: Ximena Vengoechea Narrator: Ximena Vengoechea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Full of revealing, instantly applicable ideas for leveraging your strengths and overcoming your weaknesses.” —Adam Grant, author of Think Again and Originals, and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For many of us, listening is simply something we do on autopilot. We hear just enough of what others say to get our work done, maintain friendships, and be polite with our neighbors. But we miss crucial opportunities to go deeper—to give and receive honest feedback, to make connections that will endure for the long haul, and to discover who people truly are at their core. Fortunately, listening can be improved—and Ximena Vengoechea can show you how. In Listen Like You Mean It, she offers an essential listening guide for our times, revealing tried-and-true strategies honed in her own research sessions and drawn from interviews with marriage counselors, podcast hosts, life coaches, journalists, filmmakers, and other listening experts. Through Vengoechea’s set of scripts, key questions, and exercises, you’ll learn to: • Quickly build rapport with strangers • Ask the right questions to deepen a conversation • Pause at the right time to encourage vulnerability • Navigate a conversation that’s gone off the rails Now more than ever, we need to feel heard, connected, and understood in a world that keeps turning up the volume. Warm, funny, and immensely practical, this book shows you how. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations, charts, and exercises. Ximena Vengoechea Tue, 30 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445766 thebookvoice.com 7:57:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Like You Mean It: Reclaiming the Lost Art of True Connection Author: Ximena Vengoechea Narrator: Ximena Vengoechea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Full of revealing, instantly applicable ideas for leveraging your strengths and overcoming your weaknesses.” —Adam Grant, author of Think Again and Originals, and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For many of us, listening is simply something we do on autopilot. We hear just enough of what others say to get our work done, maintain friendships, and be polite with our neighbors. But we miss crucial opportunities to go deeper—to give and receive honest feedback, to make connections that will endure for the long haul, and to discover who people truly are at their core. Fortunately, listening can be improved—and Ximena Vengoechea can show you how. In Listen Like You Mean It, she offers an essential listening guide for our times, revealing tried-and-true strategies honed in her own research sessions and drawn from interviews with marriage counselors, podcast hosts, life coaches, journalists, filmmakers, and other listening experts. Through Vengoechea’s set of scripts, key questions, and exercises, you’ll learn to: • Quickly build rapport with strangers • Ask the right questions to deepen a conversation • Pause at the right time to encourage vulnerability • Navigate a conversation that’s gone off the rails Now more than ever, we need to feel heard, connected, and understood in a world that keeps turning up the volume. Warm, funny, and immensely practical, this book shows you how. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations, charts, and exercises. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445766]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Listen Like You Mean It: Reclaiming the Lost Art of True Connection Author: Ximena Vengoechea Narrator: Ximena Vengoechea Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 57 minutes Release date: March 30, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 2 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Full of revealing, instantly applicable ideas for leveraging your strengths and overcoming your weaknesses.” —Adam Grant, author of Think Again and Originals, and host of the TED podcast WorkLife For many of us, listening is simply something we do on autopilot. We hear just enough of what others say to get our work done, maintain friendships, and be polite with our neighbors. But we miss crucial opportunities to go deeper—to give and receive honest feedback, to make connections that will endure for the long haul, and to discover who people truly are at their core. Fortunately, listening can be improved—and Ximena Vengoechea can show you how. In Listen Like You Mean It, she offers an essential listening guide for our times, revealing tried-and-true strategies honed in her own research sessions and drawn from interviews with marriage counselors, podcast hosts, life coaches, journalists, filmmakers, and other listening experts. Through Vengoechea’s set of scripts, key questions, and exercises, you’ll learn to: • Quickly build rapport with strangers • Ask the right questions to deepen a conversation • Pause at the right time to encourage vulnerability • Navigate a conversation that’s gone off the rails Now more than ever, we need to feel heard, connected, and understood in a world that keeps turning up the volume. Warm, funny, and immensely practical, this book shows you how. * This audiobook includes a downloadable PDF of illustrations, charts, and exercises. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445738 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe Us: How Jürgen Klopp transformed Liverpool into title winners Author: Melissa Reddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Our incredible story under a supreme manager shared in all its glory.’ Jordan Henderson The definitive account of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool Football Club. Liverpool Football Club’s stunning 2020 Premier League title victory deserves a place in the official record of great sporting achievements. The Reds became the first team in British history to hold the European Cup, Super Cup, World Club Cup and domestic league title simultaneously in a masterclass of free-scoring, full throttle footballing prowess. Journalist Melissa Reddy reveals the inside story of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool, culminating in the club’s first domestic league trophy in thirty years. Featuring incisive and insightful reporting, and the thoughts of players, management and club hierarchy, Believe Us paints a vivid picture of this titanic sporting success. Reddy’s unparalleled access to the club brings interviews with everyone from fans and key backroom staff to players including talismanic captain Jordan Henderson, and of course Klopp himself. The perfect gift for any fan of the club or its inimitable leader, this is heavy metal football writing at its best. Melissa Reddy Thu, 12 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445738 thebookvoice.com 6:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe Us: How Jürgen Klopp transformed Liverpool into title winners Author: Melissa Reddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Our incredible story under a supreme manager shared in all its glory.’ Jordan Henderson The definitive account of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool Football Club. Liverpool Football Club’s stunning 2020 Premier League title victory deserves a place in the official record of great sporting achievements. The Reds became the first team in British history to hold the European Cup, Super Cup, World Club Cup and domestic league title simultaneously in a masterclass of free-scoring, full throttle footballing prowess. Journalist Melissa Reddy reveals the inside story of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool, culminating in the club’s first domestic league trophy in thirty years. Featuring incisive and insightful reporting, and the thoughts of players, management and club hierarchy, Believe Us paints a vivid picture of this titanic sporting success. Reddy’s unparalleled access to the club brings interviews with everyone from fans and key backroom staff to players including talismanic captain Jordan Henderson, and of course Klopp himself. The perfect gift for any fan of the club or its inimitable leader, this is heavy metal football writing at its best. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445738]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Believe Us: How Jürgen Klopp transformed Liverpool into title winners Author: Melissa Reddy Narrator: Julie Maisey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 6 minutes Release date: November 12, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: ‘Our incredible story under a supreme manager shared in all its glory.’ Jordan Henderson The definitive account of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool Football Club. Liverpool Football Club’s stunning 2020 Premier League title victory deserves a place in the official record of great sporting achievements. The Reds became the first team in British history to hold the European Cup, Super Cup, World Club Cup and domestic league title simultaneously in a masterclass of free-scoring, full throttle footballing prowess. Journalist Melissa Reddy reveals the inside story of Jürgen Klopp’s astonishing revival of Liverpool, culminating in the club’s first domestic league trophy in thirty years. Featuring incisive and insightful reporting, and the thoughts of players, management and club hierarchy, Believe Us paints a vivid picture of this titanic sporting success. Reddy’s unparalleled access to the club brings interviews with everyone from fans and key backroom staff to players including talismanic captain Jordan Henderson, and of course Klopp himself. The perfect gift for any fan of the club or its inimitable leader, this is heavy metal football writing at its best. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445716 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People: Two Manuscript, Influence Human Behavior and Dark Psychology and How to Read People Author: Steve Dey Narrator: Shawntay Fields. Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The human mind is a far-reaching place. It holds so many thoughts, emotions, secrets, and expressions, it would be literally impossible to read them all the time, but if you understand the basics of the human mind, then you aren’t going to have a problem when it comes to reading people. This audiobook contains Basics of human psychology What is manipulation? How to persuade people Fundamental techniques to handling people Tips for dealing with manipulative people Mind control Neuro-linguistic programming Manipulation techniques How to analyze people The power of persuasion Mind control techniques After listening to the audiobook, you can expect to have greater insight into your own actions and the actions of others. You will have a strong grounding in the mechanics of basic psychology of reading body languages, manipulation, allowing you to make your own decisions about manipulating others, and recognise when others are manipulating you. Steve Dey Mon, 06 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445716 thebookvoice.com 6:38:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People: Two Manuscript, Influence Human Behavior and Dark Psychology and How to Read People Author: Steve Dey Narrator: Shawntay Fields. Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The human mind is a far-reaching place. It holds so many thoughts, emotions, secrets, and expressions, it would be literally impossible to read them all the time, but if you understand the basics of the human mind, then you aren’t going to have a problem when it comes to reading people. This audiobook contains Basics of human psychology What is manipulation? How to persuade people Fundamental techniques to handling people Tips for dealing with manipulative people Mind control Neuro-linguistic programming Manipulation techniques How to analyze people The power of persuasion Mind control techniques After listening to the audiobook, you can expect to have greater insight into your own actions and the actions of others. You will have a strong grounding in the mechanics of basic psychology of reading body languages, manipulation, allowing you to make your own decisions about manipulating others, and recognise when others are manipulating you. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445716]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Read People: Two Manuscript, Influence Human Behavior and Dark Psychology and How to Read People Author: Steve Dey Narrator: Shawntay Fields. Russell Newton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 38 minutes Release date: July 6, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The human mind is a far-reaching place. It holds so many thoughts, emotions, secrets, and expressions, it would be literally impossible to read them all the time, but if you understand the basics of the human mind, then you aren’t going to have a problem when it comes to reading people. This audiobook contains Basics of human psychology What is manipulation? How to persuade people Fundamental techniques to handling people Tips for dealing with manipulative people Mind control Neuro-linguistic programming Manipulation techniques How to analyze people The power of persuasion Mind control techniques After listening to the audiobook, you can expect to have greater insight into your own actions and the actions of others. You will have a strong grounding in the mechanics of basic psychology of reading body languages, manipulation, allowing you to make your own decisions about manipulating others, and recognise when others are manipulating you. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445675 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping you to overcome fear of flying Author: Paul Tizzard Narrator: Paul Tizzard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: About the Book: 12 chapters of practical, relevant and straightforward help that will help you to beat your fear of flying. Why listen to me? I have been working with nervous flyers since 1996 when I created and ran the Virgin Atlantic Flying Without Fear program until 2019. in that time, me and my colleagues helped over 30,000 people to beat their fears. We even were lucky enough to help celebrities such as Whoopi Goldberg. I left the program in 2019 to pursue my own passions and this is my first project since then. What it will do for you: I have kept things straight forward and simple so that anyone can access this material I want you to be able to love flying and enjoy the sheer magic and wonder that flying has brought to us. I have not filled the pages full of physics and statistics as I don't believe that is enough to beat the fear. I want you to join me on a journey to get rid of your fear. I don't know how long it will take you but listening to this recording is a very positive step towards beating the fear. Look forward to meeting you. Paul Tizzard Paul Tizzard Wed, 08 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445675 thebookvoice.com 1:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping you to overcome fear of flying Author: Paul Tizzard Narrator: Paul Tizzard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: About the Book: 12 chapters of practical, relevant and straightforward help that will help you to beat your fear of flying. Why listen to me? I have been working with nervous flyers since 1996 when I created and ran the Virgin Atlantic Flying Without Fear program until 2019. in that time, me and my colleagues helped over 30,000 people to beat their fears. We even were lucky enough to help celebrities such as Whoopi Goldberg. I left the program in 2019 to pursue my own passions and this is my first project since then. What it will do for you: I have kept things straight forward and simple so that anyone can access this material I want you to be able to love flying and enjoy the sheer magic and wonder that flying has brought to us. I have not filled the pages full of physics and statistics as I don't believe that is enough to beat the fear. I want you to join me on a journey to get rid of your fear. I don't know how long it will take you but listening to this recording is a very positive step towards beating the fear. Look forward to meeting you. Paul Tizzard Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445675]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Helping you to overcome fear of flying Author: Paul Tizzard Narrator: Paul Tizzard Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 51 minutes Release date: July 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: About the Book: 12 chapters of practical, relevant and straightforward help that will help you to beat your fear of flying. Why listen to me? I have been working with nervous flyers since 1996 when I created and ran the Virgin Atlantic Flying Without Fear program until 2019. in that time, me and my colleagues helped over 30,000 people to beat their fears. We even were lucky enough to help celebrities such as Whoopi Goldberg. I left the program in 2019 to pursue my own passions and this is my first project since then. What it will do for you: I have kept things straight forward and simple so that anyone can access this material I want you to be able to love flying and enjoy the sheer magic and wonder that flying has brought to us. I have not filled the pages full of physics and statistics as I don't believe that is enough to beat the fear. I want you to join me on a journey to get rid of your fear. I don't know how long it will take you but listening to this recording is a very positive step towards beating the fear. Look forward to meeting you. Paul Tizzard https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From social psychologist Dr. Devon Price, a conversational, stirring call to “a better, more human way to live” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author) that examines the “laziness lie”—which falsely tells us we are not working or learning hard enough. Extra-curricular activities. Honors classes. 60-hour work weeks. Side hustles. Like many Americans, Dr. Devon Price believed that productivity was the best way to measure self-worth. Price was an overachiever from the start, graduating from both college and graduate school early, but that success came at a cost. After Price was diagnosed with a severe case of anemia and heart complications from overexertion, they were forced to examine the darker side of all this productivity. Laziness Does Not Exist explores the psychological underpinnings of the “laziness lie,” including its origins from the Puritans and how it has continued to proliferate as digital work tools have blurred the boundaries between work and life. Using in-depth research, Price explains that people today do far more work than nearly any other humans in history yet most of us often still feel we are not doing enough. Filled with practical and accessible advice for overcoming society’s pressure to do more, and featuring interviews with researchers, consultants, and experiences from real people drowning in too much work, Laziness Does Not Exist “is the book we all need right now” (Caroline Dooner, author of The F*ck It Diet). Devon Price Tue, 05 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643 thebookvoice.com 7:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From social psychologist Dr. Devon Price, a conversational, stirring call to “a better, more human way to live” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author) that examines the “laziness lie”—which falsely tells us we are not working or learning hard enough. Extra-curricular activities. Honors classes. 60-hour work weeks. Side hustles. Like many Americans, Dr. Devon Price believed that productivity was the best way to measure self-worth. Price was an overachiever from the start, graduating from both college and graduate school early, but that success came at a cost. After Price was diagnosed with a severe case of anemia and heart complications from overexertion, they were forced to examine the darker side of all this productivity. Laziness Does Not Exist explores the psychological underpinnings of the “laziness lie,” including its origins from the Puritans and how it has continued to proliferate as digital work tools have blurred the boundaries between work and life. Using in-depth research, Price explains that people today do far more work than nearly any other humans in history yet most of us often still feel we are not doing enough. Filled with practical and accessible advice for overcoming society’s pressure to do more, and featuring interviews with researchers, consultants, and experiences from real people drowning in too much work, Laziness Does Not Exist “is the book we all need right now” (Caroline Dooner, author of The F*ck It Diet). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445643]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Laziness Does Not Exist Author: Devon Price Narrator: Em Grosland Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 50 minutes Release date: January 5, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.36 of Total 22 Ratings of Narrator: 4.64 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From social psychologist Dr. Devon Price, a conversational, stirring call to “a better, more human way to live” (Cal Newport, New York Times bestselling author) that examines the “laziness lie”—which falsely tells us we are not working or learning hard enough. Extra-curricular activities. Honors classes. 60-hour work weeks. Side hustles. Like many Americans, Dr. Devon Price believed that productivity was the best way to measure self-worth. Price was an overachiever from the start, graduating from both college and graduate school early, but that success came at a cost. After Price was diagnosed with a severe case of anemia and heart complications from overexertion, they were forced to examine the darker side of all this productivity. Laziness Does Not Exist explores the psychological underpinnings of the “laziness lie,” including its origins from the Puritans and how it has continued to proliferate as digital work tools have blurred the boundaries between work and life. Using in-depth research, Price explains that people today do far more work than nearly any other humans in history yet most of us often still feel we are not doing enough. Filled with practical and accessible advice for overcoming society’s pressure to do more, and featuring interviews with researchers, consultants, and experiences from real people drowning in too much work, Laziness Does Not Exist “is the book we all need right now” (Caroline Dooner, author of The F*ck It Diet). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445585 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get a Grip, Love Author: Kate Lucey Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Clever, kind, funny and wise, this book is an uplifting and useful addition to your self help library.’ Daisy Buchanan, How to Be a Grown-Up We’re all talking about mental health a lot more now than we were ten years ago, which is great . . . isn’t it? Kate Lucey has been ‘officially’ depressed (as in, diagnosed) for six years. In that time she’s experienced everything from bad therapy, knock-out meds, and friends-with-too-many-opinions, to good therapy, medication, and solutions that actually work. This book recognises that getting help is not as easy as ‘just telling someone’ or ‘taking some pills’. It weaves real peoples’ experiences of depression with the opinions of actual qualified experts and facts from scientific studies to create a no-nonsense guide to mental health. Funny, irreverent, and relatable, Get a Grip, Love also tells you what to say to those mates who fancy themselves as amateur psychologists, and speaks honestly about how it feels to live with a mental health disorder. Crucially, as well as poking fun at mental illness and all its absurdities (because what are we without laughter, hey?), Kate reminds you that it’s fine not to feel ok. That you can go back to crying at any time. And that you do not need to get a grip. Kate Lucey Thu, 07 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445585 thebookvoice.com 7:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get a Grip, Love Author: Kate Lucey Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Clever, kind, funny and wise, this book is an uplifting and useful addition to your self help library.’ Daisy Buchanan, How to Be a Grown-Up We’re all talking about mental health a lot more now than we were ten years ago, which is great . . . isn’t it? Kate Lucey has been ‘officially’ depressed (as in, diagnosed) for six years. In that time she’s experienced everything from bad therapy, knock-out meds, and friends-with-too-many-opinions, to good therapy, medication, and solutions that actually work. This book recognises that getting help is not as easy as ‘just telling someone’ or ‘taking some pills’. It weaves real peoples’ experiences of depression with the opinions of actual qualified experts and facts from scientific studies to create a no-nonsense guide to mental health. Funny, irreverent, and relatable, Get a Grip, Love also tells you what to say to those mates who fancy themselves as amateur psychologists, and speaks honestly about how it feels to live with a mental health disorder. Crucially, as well as poking fun at mental illness and all its absurdities (because what are we without laughter, hey?), Kate reminds you that it’s fine not to feel ok. That you can go back to crying at any time. And that you do not need to get a grip. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445585]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Get a Grip, Love Author: Kate Lucey Narrator: Helen Keeley Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 53 minutes Release date: January 7, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: 'Clever, kind, funny and wise, this book is an uplifting and useful addition to your self help library.’ Daisy Buchanan, How to Be a Grown-Up We’re all talking about mental health a lot more now than we were ten years ago, which is great . . . isn’t it? Kate Lucey has been ‘officially’ depressed (as in, diagnosed) for six years. In that time she’s experienced everything from bad therapy, knock-out meds, and friends-with-too-many-opinions, to good therapy, medication, and solutions that actually work. This book recognises that getting help is not as easy as ‘just telling someone’ or ‘taking some pills’. It weaves real peoples’ experiences of depression with the opinions of actual qualified experts and facts from scientific studies to create a no-nonsense guide to mental health. Funny, irreverent, and relatable, Get a Grip, Love also tells you what to say to those mates who fancy themselves as amateur psychologists, and speaks honestly about how it feels to live with a mental health disorder. Crucially, as well as poking fun at mental illness and all its absurdities (because what are we without laughter, hey?), Kate reminds you that it’s fine not to feel ok. That you can go back to crying at any time. And that you do not need to get a grip. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445503 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and the Christian Life: Practical Wisdom from Richard Baxter Author: Michael S. Lundy, J.I. Packer Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical wisdom for dealing with depression.  Depression―whether circumstantial and fleeting or persistent and long term―impacts most people at some point in their lives. Puritan pastor Richard Baxter spent most of his ministry caring for depressed and discouraged souls, and his timeless counsel still speaks to us today. In this book, psychiatrist Michael S. Lundy and theologian J. I. Packer present Baxter’s writings in order to comfort, instruct, and strengthen all who struggle with depression. Michael S. Lundy, J.I. Packer Thu, 09 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445503 thebookvoice.com 5:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and the Christian Life: Practical Wisdom from Richard Baxter Author: Michael S. Lundy, J.I. Packer Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical wisdom for dealing with depression.  Depression―whether circumstantial and fleeting or persistent and long term―impacts most people at some point in their lives. Puritan pastor Richard Baxter spent most of his ministry caring for depressed and discouraged souls, and his timeless counsel still speaks to us today. In this book, psychiatrist Michael S. Lundy and theologian J. I. Packer present Baxter’s writings in order to comfort, instruct, and strengthen all who struggle with depression. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445503]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Depression, Anxiety, and the Christian Life: Practical Wisdom from Richard Baxter Author: Michael S. Lundy, J.I. Packer Narrator: Joe Geoffrey Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 35 minutes Release date: July 9, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Practical wisdom for dealing with depression.  Depression―whether circumstantial and fleeting or persistent and long term―impacts most people at some point in their lives. Puritan pastor Richard Baxter spent most of his ministry caring for depressed and discouraged souls, and his timeless counsel still speaks to us today. In this book, psychiatrist Michael S. Lundy and theologian J. I. Packer present Baxter’s writings in order to comfort, instruct, and strengthen all who struggle with depression. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445391 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Property Species: Mine, Yours, and the Human Mind Author: Bart J. Wilson Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is property, and why does our species have it? In The Property Species, Bart J. Wilson explores how humans acquire, perceive, and know the custom of property, and why this might be relevant to understanding how property works in the twenty-first century. Arguing that neither the sciences nor the humanities synthesizes a full account of property, the book offers a cross-disciplinary compromise that is sure to be controversial: Property is a universal and uniquely human custom. Integrating cognitive linguistics with philosophy of property and a fresh look at property disputes in the common law, the book makes the case that symbolic-thinking humans locate the meaning of property within a thing. That is, all human beings and only human beings have property in things, and at its core, property rests on custom, not rights. Such an alternative to conventional thinking contends that the origins of property lie not in food, mates, territory, or land, but in the very human act of creating, with symbolic thought, something new that did not previously exist. Written by an economist who marvels at the natural history of humankind, the book is a must-listen for experts and anyone who has wondered why people claim things as 'Mine!', and what that means for our humanity. Bart J. Wilson Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445391 thebookvoice.com 8:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Property Species: Mine, Yours, and the Human Mind Author: Bart J. Wilson Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is property, and why does our species have it? In The Property Species, Bart J. Wilson explores how humans acquire, perceive, and know the custom of property, and why this might be relevant to understanding how property works in the twenty-first century. Arguing that neither the sciences nor the humanities synthesizes a full account of property, the book offers a cross-disciplinary compromise that is sure to be controversial: Property is a universal and uniquely human custom. Integrating cognitive linguistics with philosophy of property and a fresh look at property disputes in the common law, the book makes the case that symbolic-thinking humans locate the meaning of property within a thing. That is, all human beings and only human beings have property in things, and at its core, property rests on custom, not rights. Such an alternative to conventional thinking contends that the origins of property lie not in food, mates, territory, or land, but in the very human act of creating, with symbolic thought, something new that did not previously exist. Written by an economist who marvels at the natural history of humankind, the book is a must-listen for experts and anyone who has wondered why people claim things as 'Mine!', and what that means for our humanity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445391]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Property Species: Mine, Yours, and the Human Mind Author: Bart J. Wilson Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 17 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: What is property, and why does our species have it? In The Property Species, Bart J. Wilson explores how humans acquire, perceive, and know the custom of property, and why this might be relevant to understanding how property works in the twenty-first century. Arguing that neither the sciences nor the humanities synthesizes a full account of property, the book offers a cross-disciplinary compromise that is sure to be controversial: Property is a universal and uniquely human custom. Integrating cognitive linguistics with philosophy of property and a fresh look at property disputes in the common law, the book makes the case that symbolic-thinking humans locate the meaning of property within a thing. That is, all human beings and only human beings have property in things, and at its core, property rests on custom, not rights. Such an alternative to conventional thinking contends that the origins of property lie not in food, mates, territory, or land, but in the very human act of creating, with symbolic thought, something new that did not previously exist. Written by an economist who marvels at the natural history of humankind, the book is a must-listen for experts and anyone who has wondered why people claim things as 'Mine!', and what that means for our humanity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning author and philosopher, Smith takes an unflinching look at the mechanisms of the mind that encourage us to see someone as less than human. There is something peculiar and horrifying in human psychology that makes us vulnerable to thinking of whole groups of people as subhuman creatures. When governments or other groups stand to gain by exploiting this innate propensity, and know just how to manipulate words and images to trigger it, there is no limit to the violence and hatred that can result. Drawing on numerous historical and contemporary cases and recent psychological research, On Inhumanity is the first accessible guide to the phenomenon of dehumanization. Smith walks listeners through the psychology of dehumanization, revealing its underlying role in both notorious and lesser-known episodes of violence from history and current events. On Inhumanity is bracing and vital reading in a world lurching towards authoritarian political regimes, resurgent white nationalism, refugee crises that breed nativist hostility, and fast-spreading racist rhetoric. The book will open your eyes to the pervasive dangers of dehumanization and the prejudices that can too easily take root within us, and resist them before they spread into the wider world. David Livingstone Smith Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373 thebookvoice.com 6:29:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning author and philosopher, Smith takes an unflinching look at the mechanisms of the mind that encourage us to see someone as less than human. There is something peculiar and horrifying in human psychology that makes us vulnerable to thinking of whole groups of people as subhuman creatures. When governments or other groups stand to gain by exploiting this innate propensity, and know just how to manipulate words and images to trigger it, there is no limit to the violence and hatred that can result. Drawing on numerous historical and contemporary cases and recent psychological research, On Inhumanity is the first accessible guide to the phenomenon of dehumanization. Smith walks listeners through the psychology of dehumanization, revealing its underlying role in both notorious and lesser-known episodes of violence from history and current events. On Inhumanity is bracing and vital reading in a world lurching towards authoritarian political regimes, resurgent white nationalism, refugee crises that breed nativist hostility, and fast-spreading racist rhetoric. The book will open your eyes to the pervasive dangers of dehumanization and the prejudices that can too easily take root within us, and resist them before they spread into the wider world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445373]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: On Inhumanity: Dehumanization and How to Resist It Author: David Livingstone Smith Narrator: Matthew Josdal Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 29 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: An award-winning author and philosopher, Smith takes an unflinching look at the mechanisms of the mind that encourage us to see someone as less than human. There is something peculiar and horrifying in human psychology that makes us vulnerable to thinking of whole groups of people as subhuman creatures. When governments or other groups stand to gain by exploiting this innate propensity, and know just how to manipulate words and images to trigger it, there is no limit to the violence and hatred that can result. Drawing on numerous historical and contemporary cases and recent psychological research, On Inhumanity is the first accessible guide to the phenomenon of dehumanization. Smith walks listeners through the psychology of dehumanization, revealing its underlying role in both notorious and lesser-known episodes of violence from history and current events. On Inhumanity is bracing and vital reading in a world lurching towards authoritarian political regimes, resurgent white nationalism, refugee crises that breed nativist hostility, and fast-spreading racist rhetoric. The book will open your eyes to the pervasive dangers of dehumanization and the prejudices that can too easily take root within us, and resist them before they spread into the wider world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445369 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tough Standard: The Hard Truths About Masculinity and Violence Author: Shana Pryor, Ronald F. Levant Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men are commonly expected to act 'masculine' (e.g., self-sufficient, stoic, strong, dependable, brave, tough, and hard-working) while avoiding stereotypically 'feminine' traits (e.g., emotional expressivity, empathy, and nurturance). Few, however, realize that these qualities—when taken to the extreme—can cause emotional constriction, substance abuse, depression, aggression, and violence in many men. Further, even though most men are not violent, decades of research has shown that masculinity is distinctly related to sexual and gun violence and men's poorer health. Considering how girls and women have benefited from decades of conversations on navigation of their gender in a changing world, similar processes are urgently needed for boys and men. The Tough Standard connects the dots between masculinity and the present moment in American culture (defined by high-profile movements such as Me Too, March for Our Lives, and Black Lives Matter), synthesizes over four decades of research in the psychology of men and masculinities, and proposes solutions to corresponding social problems. Shana Pryor, Ronald F. Levant Tue, 22 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445369 thebookvoice.com 6:20:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tough Standard: The Hard Truths About Masculinity and Violence Author: Shana Pryor, Ronald F. Levant Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men are commonly expected to act 'masculine' (e.g., self-sufficient, stoic, strong, dependable, brave, tough, and hard-working) while avoiding stereotypically 'feminine' traits (e.g., emotional expressivity, empathy, and nurturance). Few, however, realize that these qualities—when taken to the extreme—can cause emotional constriction, substance abuse, depression, aggression, and violence in many men. Further, even though most men are not violent, decades of research has shown that masculinity is distinctly related to sexual and gun violence and men's poorer health. Considering how girls and women have benefited from decades of conversations on navigation of their gender in a changing world, similar processes are urgently needed for boys and men. The Tough Standard connects the dots between masculinity and the present moment in American culture (defined by high-profile movements such as Me Too, March for Our Lives, and Black Lives Matter), synthesizes over four decades of research in the psychology of men and masculinities, and proposes solutions to corresponding social problems. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445369]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Tough Standard: The Hard Truths About Masculinity and Violence Author: Shana Pryor, Ronald F. Levant Narrator: Charles Constant Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 20 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Men are commonly expected to act 'masculine' (e.g., self-sufficient, stoic, strong, dependable, brave, tough, and hard-working) while avoiding stereotypically 'feminine' traits (e.g., emotional expressivity, empathy, and nurturance). Few, however, realize that these qualities—when taken to the extreme—can cause emotional constriction, substance abuse, depression, aggression, and violence in many men. Further, even though most men are not violent, decades of research has shown that masculinity is distinctly related to sexual and gun violence and men's poorer health. Considering how girls and women have benefited from decades of conversations on navigation of their gender in a changing world, similar processes are urgently needed for boys and men. The Tough Standard connects the dots between masculinity and the present moment in American culture (defined by high-profile movements such as Me Too, March for Our Lives, and Black Lives Matter), synthesizes over four decades of research in the psychology of men and masculinities, and proposes solutions to corresponding social problems. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifted Adult: A Revolutionary Guide for Liberating Everyday Genius Author: Mary-Elaine Jacobsen PsyD Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you relentlessly curious and creative, always willing to rock the boat in order to get things done . . . extremely energetic and focused, yet constantly switching gears . . . intensely sensitive, able to intuit subtly charged situations and decipher others' feeling? If these traits sound familiar, then you may be an Everyday Genius—an ordinary person of unusual vision who breaks the mold and isn't afraid to push progress forward . . . As thought-provoking as Daniel Goleman's Emotional Intelligence, psychologist Mary-Elaine Jacobsen's Gifted Adults draws on a wide range of groundbreaking research and her own clinical experience to show America's twenty million gifted adults how to identify and free their extraordinary potential. Gifted Adults presents the first practical tool for rating your Evolutionary Intelligence Quotient through an in-depth personality-type profile. Demystifying what it means to be a gifted adult, this book offers practical guidance for eliminating self-sabotage and underachievement, helping Everyday Geniuses and those who know, love, and work with them to understand and support the exceptional gifts inherent in these unique personality traits. Mary-Elaine Jacobsen PsyD Tue, 22 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445342 thebookvoice.com 17:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifted Adult: A Revolutionary Guide for Liberating Everyday Genius Author: Mary-Elaine Jacobsen PsyD Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you relentlessly curious and creative, always willing to rock the boat in order to get things done . . . extremely energetic and focused, yet constantly switching gears . . . intensely sensitive, able to intuit subtly charged situations and decipher others' feeling? If these traits sound familiar, then you may be an Everyday Genius—an ordinary person of unusual vision who breaks the mold and isn't afraid to push progress forward . . . As thought-provoking as Daniel Goleman's Emotional Intelligence, psychologist Mary-Elaine Jacobsen's Gifted Adults draws on a wide range of groundbreaking research and her own clinical experience to show America's twenty million gifted adults how to identify and free their extraordinary potential. Gifted Adults presents the first practical tool for rating your Evolutionary Intelligence Quotient through an in-depth personality-type profile. Demystifying what it means to be a gifted adult, this book offers practical guidance for eliminating self-sabotage and underachievement, helping Everyday Geniuses and those who know, love, and work with them to understand and support the exceptional gifts inherent in these unique personality traits. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Gifted Adult: A Revolutionary Guide for Liberating Everyday Genius Author: Mary-Elaine Jacobsen PsyD Narrator: Rosemary Benson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 17 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you relentlessly curious and creative, always willing to rock the boat in order to get things done . . . extremely energetic and focused, yet constantly switching gears . . . intensely sensitive, able to intuit subtly charged situations and decipher others' feeling? If these traits sound familiar, then you may be an Everyday Genius—an ordinary person of unusual vision who breaks the mold and isn't afraid to push progress forward . . . As thought-provoking as Daniel Goleman's Emotional Intelligence, psychologist Mary-Elaine Jacobsen's Gifted Adults draws on a wide range of groundbreaking research and her own clinical experience to show America's twenty million gifted adults how to identify and free their extraordinary potential. Gifted Adults presents the first practical tool for rating your Evolutionary Intelligence Quotient through an in-depth personality-type profile. Demystifying what it means to be a gifted adult, this book offers practical guidance for eliminating self-sabotage and underachievement, helping Everyday Geniuses and those who know, love, and work with them to understand and support the exceptional gifts inherent in these unique personality traits. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445332 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Patterns of Depression Author: Michael D. Yapko PhD Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty to thirty million Americans suffer from some form of diagnosable depression, and their ranks are growing. Psychologist Michael D. Yapko explains that in order to find relief, more than the current episode of depression must be examined. In Breaking the Patterns of Depression, he presents skills that enable listeners to understand and ultimately avert depression's recurring cycles. Breaking the Patterns of Depression begins by translating the clinical literature on psychotherapy and antidepressant medication into language that can be used to enhance an understanding of depression, and to personalize individual cures. Yapko uses a conversational, anecdotal tone that encourages listeners to take an active approach to helping themselves. Special sections entitled 'Learn by Doing' and 'Shifting Perspectives' help develop the skills necessary to manage difficult experiences. More realistic and helpful than other depression-management books on the market, Breaking the Patterns of Depression defines what causes depression and, best of all, clarifies what can be done about it. With this knowledge in hand, listeners can control their depression, rather than having depression control them. Michael D. Yapko PhD Tue, 22 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445332 thebookvoice.com 15:16:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Patterns of Depression Author: Michael D. Yapko PhD Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty to thirty million Americans suffer from some form of diagnosable depression, and their ranks are growing. Psychologist Michael D. Yapko explains that in order to find relief, more than the current episode of depression must be examined. In Breaking the Patterns of Depression, he presents skills that enable listeners to understand and ultimately avert depression's recurring cycles. Breaking the Patterns of Depression begins by translating the clinical literature on psychotherapy and antidepressant medication into language that can be used to enhance an understanding of depression, and to personalize individual cures. Yapko uses a conversational, anecdotal tone that encourages listeners to take an active approach to helping themselves. Special sections entitled 'Learn by Doing' and 'Shifting Perspectives' help develop the skills necessary to manage difficult experiences. More realistic and helpful than other depression-management books on the market, Breaking the Patterns of Depression defines what causes depression and, best of all, clarifies what can be done about it. With this knowledge in hand, listeners can control their depression, rather than having depression control them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445332]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Breaking the Patterns of Depression Author: Michael D. Yapko PhD Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 16 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Twenty to thirty million Americans suffer from some form of diagnosable depression, and their ranks are growing. Psychologist Michael D. Yapko explains that in order to find relief, more than the current episode of depression must be examined. In Breaking the Patterns of Depression, he presents skills that enable listeners to understand and ultimately avert depression's recurring cycles. Breaking the Patterns of Depression begins by translating the clinical literature on psychotherapy and antidepressant medication into language that can be used to enhance an understanding of depression, and to personalize individual cures. Yapko uses a conversational, anecdotal tone that encourages listeners to take an active approach to helping themselves. Special sections entitled 'Learn by Doing' and 'Shifting Perspectives' help develop the skills necessary to manage difficult experiences. More realistic and helpful than other depression-management books on the market, Breaking the Patterns of Depression defines what causes depression and, best of all, clarifies what can be done about it. With this knowledge in hand, listeners can control their depression, rather than having depression control them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445073 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تتحكم في شعورك وأحاسيسك Author: إبراهيم الفقي Narrator: كريم مسعد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: إن الأحاسيس هي وقود الإنسان، وبغير الأحاسيس لا تستطيع أن تتحرك، وبغير الأحاسيس لا يكون الإنسان إنساناً فعلاً... تسبب الأحاسيس للإنسان أشياء كثيرة؛ لأن الأحاسيس تسبب أمراضاً نفسية وغير نفسية، وهي تسبب السلوك، فتجد أن الفكرة تسبب إحساساً. إذن .. لو غيرت أفكارك ينتج عن ذلك تغيير لحياتك كلها. إبراهيم الفقي Sat, 20 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445073 thebookvoice.com 2:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تتحكم في شعورك وأحاسيسك Author: إبراهيم الفقي Narrator: كريم مسعد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: إن الأحاسيس هي وقود الإنسان، وبغير الأحاسيس لا تستطيع أن تتحرك، وبغير الأحاسيس لا يكون الإنسان إنساناً فعلاً... تسبب الأحاسيس للإنسان أشياء كثيرة؛ لأن الأحاسيس تسبب أمراضاً نفسية وغير نفسية، وهي تسبب السلوك، فتجد أن الفكرة تسبب إحساساً. إذن .. لو غيرت أفكارك ينتج عن ذلك تغيير لحياتك كلها. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/445073]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تتحكم في شعورك وأحاسيسك Author: إبراهيم الفقي Narrator: كريم مسعد Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 34 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: إن الأحاسيس هي وقود الإنسان، وبغير الأحاسيس لا تستطيع أن تتحرك، وبغير الأحاسيس لا يكون الإنسان إنساناً فعلاً... تسبب الأحاسيس للإنسان أشياء كثيرة؛ لأن الأحاسيس تسبب أمراضاً نفسية وغير نفسية، وهي تسبب السلوك، فتجد أن الفكرة تسبب إحساساً. إذن .. لو غيرت أفكارك ينتج عن ذلك تغيير لحياتك كلها. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444913 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Creator of Everything: How the Human Brain Shaped the Universe as We Know It Author: Miguel Nicolelis Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically new cosmological view from a groundbreaking neuroscientist placing the human brain at the center of humanity’s universe. Renowned neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis introduces listeners to a revolutionary new theory of how the human brain evolved to become an organic computer without rival in the known universe. Nicolelis undertakes the first attempt to explain the entirety of human history, culture, and civilization based on a series of recently uncovered key principles of brain function. This new cosmology is centered around three fundamental properties of the human brain: its insurmountable malleability to adapt and learn; its exquisite ability to allow multiple individuals to synchronize their minds around a task, goal, or belief; and its incomparable capacity for abstraction. Combining insights from such diverse fields as neuroscience, mathematics, evolution, computer science, physics, history, art, and philosophy, Nicolelis presents a neurobiologically based manifesto for the uniqueness of the human mind and a cautionary tale of the threats that technology poses to present and future generations. Miguel Nicolelis Tue, 07 Apr 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444913 thebookvoice.com 14:41:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Creator of Everything: How the Human Brain Shaped the Universe as We Know It Author: Miguel Nicolelis Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically new cosmological view from a groundbreaking neuroscientist placing the human brain at the center of humanity’s universe. Renowned neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis introduces listeners to a revolutionary new theory of how the human brain evolved to become an organic computer without rival in the known universe. Nicolelis undertakes the first attempt to explain the entirety of human history, culture, and civilization based on a series of recently uncovered key principles of brain function. This new cosmology is centered around three fundamental properties of the human brain: its insurmountable malleability to adapt and learn; its exquisite ability to allow multiple individuals to synchronize their minds around a task, goal, or belief; and its incomparable capacity for abstraction. Combining insights from such diverse fields as neuroscience, mathematics, evolution, computer science, physics, history, art, and philosophy, Nicolelis presents a neurobiologically based manifesto for the uniqueness of the human mind and a cautionary tale of the threats that technology poses to present and future generations. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444913]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The True Creator of Everything: How the Human Brain Shaped the Universe as We Know It Author: Miguel Nicolelis Narrator: Jonathan Todd Ross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 41 minutes Release date: April 7, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A radically new cosmological view from a groundbreaking neuroscientist placing the human brain at the center of humanity’s universe. Renowned neuroscientist Miguel Nicolelis introduces listeners to a revolutionary new theory of how the human brain evolved to become an organic computer without rival in the known universe. Nicolelis undertakes the first attempt to explain the entirety of human history, culture, and civilization based on a series of recently uncovered key principles of brain function. This new cosmology is centered around three fundamental properties of the human brain: its insurmountable malleability to adapt and learn; its exquisite ability to allow multiple individuals to synchronize their minds around a task, goal, or belief; and its incomparable capacity for abstraction. Combining insights from such diverse fields as neuroscience, mathematics, evolution, computer science, physics, history, art, and philosophy, Nicolelis presents a neurobiologically based manifesto for the uniqueness of the human mind and a cautionary tale of the threats that technology poses to present and future generations. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444432 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Negativity: The Power of Positive Thinking Author: Ant Middleton Narrator: Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NO.1 BESTSELLER ANT MIDDLETON SHARES HIS SECRETS ABOUT HIS POSITIVE MINDSET AND TEACHES YOU TO LIVE A LIFE WITH ZERO NEGATIVITY There are times when life feels like it has you cornered: financial difficulties, relationship issues, work problems, all of the above. Every one of us, at one time or another, will have to face up to the challenges that come our way. And there are two ways of meeting them: negatively, where blame is the answer, where other people are at fault, where you haven’t been treated fairly. Or positively, where you own the situation, learn and grow from it, and become a better person at the end of it. Letting you into areas of his life he’s never talked about before, in Zero Negativity, Ant will show you how to embrace failure and use it to your advantage, how to see change as the foundation of your future success, how to develop resilience, how to deal with bullies, what it means to be a positive roll model, and how to live a life with no regrets. This book will not tell you who to be, where you should live, or what job you should do. That’s up to you. What this book is for, however, is to give you the tools you need to become the best possible version of yourself, to own who and what you are, and to live your life with Zero Negativity. Ant Middleton Thu, 22 Oct 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444432 thebookvoice.com 8:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Negativity: The Power of Positive Thinking Author: Ant Middleton Narrator: Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NO.1 BESTSELLER ANT MIDDLETON SHARES HIS SECRETS ABOUT HIS POSITIVE MINDSET AND TEACHES YOU TO LIVE A LIFE WITH ZERO NEGATIVITY There are times when life feels like it has you cornered: financial difficulties, relationship issues, work problems, all of the above. Every one of us, at one time or another, will have to face up to the challenges that come our way. And there are two ways of meeting them: negatively, where blame is the answer, where other people are at fault, where you haven’t been treated fairly. Or positively, where you own the situation, learn and grow from it, and become a better person at the end of it. Letting you into areas of his life he’s never talked about before, in Zero Negativity, Ant will show you how to embrace failure and use it to your advantage, how to see change as the foundation of your future success, how to develop resilience, how to deal with bullies, what it means to be a positive roll model, and how to live a life with no regrets. This book will not tell you who to be, where you should live, or what job you should do. That’s up to you. What this book is for, however, is to give you the tools you need to become the best possible version of yourself, to own who and what you are, and to live your life with Zero Negativity. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444432]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Zero Negativity: The Power of Positive Thinking Author: Ant Middleton Narrator: Ant Middleton Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 12 minutes Release date: October 22, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.16 of Total 57 Ratings of Narrator: 4.42 of Total 12 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NO.1 BESTSELLER ANT MIDDLETON SHARES HIS SECRETS ABOUT HIS POSITIVE MINDSET AND TEACHES YOU TO LIVE A LIFE WITH ZERO NEGATIVITY There are times when life feels like it has you cornered: financial difficulties, relationship issues, work problems, all of the above. Every one of us, at one time or another, will have to face up to the challenges that come our way. And there are two ways of meeting them: negatively, where blame is the answer, where other people are at fault, where you haven’t been treated fairly. Or positively, where you own the situation, learn and grow from it, and become a better person at the end of it. Letting you into areas of his life he’s never talked about before, in Zero Negativity, Ant will show you how to embrace failure and use it to your advantage, how to see change as the foundation of your future success, how to develop resilience, how to deal with bullies, what it means to be a positive roll model, and how to live a life with no regrets. This book will not tell you who to be, where you should live, or what job you should do. That’s up to you. What this book is for, however, is to give you the tools you need to become the best possible version of yourself, to own who and what you are, and to live your life with Zero Negativity. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444423 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Development 3 Books in 1: It includes: Self Discipline, Self Esteem Blueprint, Overcome Procrastination – 2020 Edition! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Michael Tingle, Clay Willison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to create a sustainable lifestyle and live your best life? Then this audiobook is for you! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this audiobook, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life that they cannot change. But you are different. The fact you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means you are on the right path to success, and this audiobook will make sure you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the audiobook, which goes into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the 'Buy Now' button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Self Discovery Academy Wed, 01 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444423 thebookvoice.com 9:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Development 3 Books in 1: It includes: Self Discipline, Self Esteem Blueprint, Overcome Procrastination – 2020 Edition! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Michael Tingle, Clay Willison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to create a sustainable lifestyle and live your best life? Then this audiobook is for you! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this audiobook, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life that they cannot change. But you are different. The fact you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means you are on the right path to success, and this audiobook will make sure you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the audiobook, which goes into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the 'Buy Now' button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444423]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Self Development 3 Books in 1: It includes: Self Discipline, Self Esteem Blueprint, Overcome Procrastination – 2020 Edition! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Michael Tingle, Clay Willison Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 14 minutes Release date: July 1, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to create a sustainable lifestyle and live your best life? Then this audiobook is for you! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this audiobook, you will learn the best and most powerful NLP strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life that they cannot change. But you are different. The fact you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means you are on the right path to success, and this audiobook will make sure you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see NLP techniques presented in the audiobook, which goes into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with NLP in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the 'Buy Now' button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Voice Author: John Colapinto Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day. Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons. As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness. It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice. John Colapinto Tue, 26 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201 thebookvoice.com 10:17:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Voice Author: John Colapinto Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day. Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons. As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness. It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444201]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: This is the Voice Author: John Colapinto Narrator: Robert Petkoff Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 17 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.75 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A New York Times bestselling writer explores what our unique sonic signature reveals about our species, our culture, and each one of us. Finally, a vital topic that has never had its own book gets its due. There’s no shortage of books about public speaking or language or song. But until now, there has been no book about the miracle that underlies them all—the human voice itself. And there are few writers who could take on this surprisingly vast topic with more artistry and expertise than John Colapinto. Beginning with the novel—and compelling—argument that our ability to speak is what made us the planet’s dominant species, he guides us from the voice’s beginnings in lungfish millions of years ago to its culmination in the talent of Pavoratti, Martin Luther King Jr., and Beyoncé—and each of us, every day. Along the way, he shows us why the voice is the most efficient, effective means of communication ever devised: it works in all directions, in all weathers, even in the dark, and it can be calibrated to reach one other person or thousands. He reveals why speech is the single most complex and intricate activity humans can perform. He travels up the Amazon to meet the Piraha, a reclusive tribe whose singular language, more musical than any other, can help us hear how melodic principles underpin every word we utter. He heads up to Harvard to see how professional voices are helped and healed, and he ventures out on the campaign trail to see how demagogues wield their voices as weapons. As far-reaching as this book is, much of the delight of reading it lies in how intimate it feels. Everything Colapinto tells us can be tested by our own lungs and mouths and ears and brains. He shows us that, for those who pay attention, the voice is an eloquent means of communicating not only what the speaker means, but also their mood, sexual preference, age, income, even psychological and physical illness. It overstates the case only slightly to say that anyone who talks, or sings, or listens will find a rich trove of thrills in This Is the Voice. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444199 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderworks: The 25 Most Powerful Inventions in the History of Literature Author: Angus Fletcher Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This “fascinating” (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times bestselling author of Outliers) examination of literary inventions through the ages, from ancient Mesopotamia to Elena Ferrante, shows how writers have created technical breakthroughs—rivaling scientific inventions—and engineering enhancements to the human heart and mind. Literature is a technology like any other. And the writers we revere—from Homer, Shakespeare, Austen, and others—each made a unique technical breakthrough that can be viewed as both a narrative and neuroscientific advancement. Literature’s great invention was to address problems we could not solve: not how to start a fire or build a boat, but how to live and love; how to maintain courage in the face of death; how to account for the fact that we exist at all. Wonderworks reviews the blueprints for twenty-five of the most significant developments in the history of literature. These inventions can be scientifically shown to alleviate grief, trauma, loneliness, anxiety, numbness, depression, pessimism, and ennui, while sparking creativity, courage, love, empathy, hope, joy, and positive change. They can be found throughout literature—from ancient Chinese lyrics to Shakespeare’s plays, poetry to nursery rhymes and fairy tales, and crime novels to slave narratives. A “refreshing and remarkable” (Jay Parini, author of Borges and Me: An Encounter) exploration of the new literary field of story science, Wonderworks teaches you everything you wish you learned in your English class, and “contains many instances of critical insight....What’s most interesting about this compendium is its understanding of imaginative representation as a technology” (The New York Times). Angus Fletcher Tue, 09 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444199 thebookvoice.com 15:11:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderworks: The 25 Most Powerful Inventions in the History of Literature Author: Angus Fletcher Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This “fascinating” (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times bestselling author of Outliers) examination of literary inventions through the ages, from ancient Mesopotamia to Elena Ferrante, shows how writers have created technical breakthroughs—rivaling scientific inventions—and engineering enhancements to the human heart and mind. Literature is a technology like any other. And the writers we revere—from Homer, Shakespeare, Austen, and others—each made a unique technical breakthrough that can be viewed as both a narrative and neuroscientific advancement. Literature’s great invention was to address problems we could not solve: not how to start a fire or build a boat, but how to live and love; how to maintain courage in the face of death; how to account for the fact that we exist at all. Wonderworks reviews the blueprints for twenty-five of the most significant developments in the history of literature. These inventions can be scientifically shown to alleviate grief, trauma, loneliness, anxiety, numbness, depression, pessimism, and ennui, while sparking creativity, courage, love, empathy, hope, joy, and positive change. They can be found throughout literature—from ancient Chinese lyrics to Shakespeare’s plays, poetry to nursery rhymes and fairy tales, and crime novels to slave narratives. A “refreshing and remarkable” (Jay Parini, author of Borges and Me: An Encounter) exploration of the new literary field of story science, Wonderworks teaches you everything you wish you learned in your English class, and “contains many instances of critical insight....What’s most interesting about this compendium is its understanding of imaginative representation as a technology” (The New York Times). Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/444199]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Wonderworks: The 25 Most Powerful Inventions in the History of Literature Author: Angus Fletcher Narrator: Jacques Roy Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 15 hours 11 minutes Release date: March 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3.5 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This “fascinating” (Malcolm Gladwell, New York Times bestselling author of Outliers) examination of literary inventions through the ages, from ancient Mesopotamia to Elena Ferrante, shows how writers have created technical breakthroughs—rivaling scientific inventions—and engineering enhancements to the human heart and mind. Literature is a technology like any other. And the writers we revere—from Homer, Shakespeare, Austen, and others—each made a unique technical breakthrough that can be viewed as both a narrative and neuroscientific advancement. Literature’s great invention was to address problems we could not solve: not how to start a fire or build a boat, but how to live and love; how to maintain courage in the face of death; how to account for the fact that we exist at all. Wonderworks reviews the blueprints for twenty-five of the most significant developments in the history of literature. These inventions can be scientifically shown to alleviate grief, trauma, loneliness, anxiety, numbness, depression, pessimism, and ennui, while sparking creativity, courage, love, empathy, hope, joy, and positive change. They can be found throughout literature—from ancient Chinese lyrics to Shakespeare’s plays, poetry to nursery rhymes and fairy tales, and crime novels to slave narratives. A “refreshing and remarkable” (Jay Parini, author of Borges and Me: An Encounter) exploration of the new literary field of story science, Wonderworks teaches you everything you wish you learned in your English class, and “contains many instances of critical insight....What’s most interesting about this compendium is its understanding of imaginative representation as a technology” (The New York Times). https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Another US presidential election is underway, and Americans are engaged in the time-honored tradition of judging candidates by their personalities. It may sound unwise to pick the future leader of the free world based on personality traits rather than platforms, policies, and ideology, but that is exactly what Americans do. In fact, personality explains the results of the last twenty-two US elections—and can predict who will win in 2020. Personality expert Merrick Rosenberg and coauthor Richard Ellis have developed an unprecedented system that reveals the pattern of who takes the White House and why. In this exploration of US presidential elections, you'll uncover the unique characteristics of Eagles (Donald Trump and Franklin D. Roosevelt), Parrots (Bill Clinton and Ronald Reagan), Doves (Dwight D. Eisenhower and Jimmy Carter), and Owls (George H. W. Bush and Richard Nixon) who occupied the Oval Office. You'll discover that no matter what is happening in the world and what the candidates propose, nothing stops certain personalities from winning elections. If you're wondering whether Joe Biden, Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, or another Democratic candidate can beat Donald Trump in the 2020 election, this book has the answer. Merrick Rosenberg Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929 thebookvoice.com 12:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Another US presidential election is underway, and Americans are engaged in the time-honored tradition of judging candidates by their personalities. It may sound unwise to pick the future leader of the free world based on personality traits rather than platforms, policies, and ideology, but that is exactly what Americans do. In fact, personality explains the results of the last twenty-two US elections—and can predict who will win in 2020. Personality expert Merrick Rosenberg and coauthor Richard Ellis have developed an unprecedented system that reveals the pattern of who takes the White House and why. In this exploration of US presidential elections, you'll uncover the unique characteristics of Eagles (Donald Trump and Franklin D. Roosevelt), Parrots (Bill Clinton and Ronald Reagan), Doves (Dwight D. Eisenhower and Jimmy Carter), and Owls (George H. W. Bush and Richard Nixon) who occupied the Oval Office. You'll discover that no matter what is happening in the world and what the candidates propose, nothing stops certain personalities from winning elections. If you're wondering whether Joe Biden, Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, or another Democratic candidate can beat Donald Trump in the 2020 election, this book has the answer. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443929]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Personality Wins: Who Will Take the White House and How We Know Author: Merrick Rosenberg Narrator: Jonathan Yen Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 32 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Another US presidential election is underway, and Americans are engaged in the time-honored tradition of judging candidates by their personalities. It may sound unwise to pick the future leader of the free world based on personality traits rather than platforms, policies, and ideology, but that is exactly what Americans do. In fact, personality explains the results of the last twenty-two US elections—and can predict who will win in 2020. Personality expert Merrick Rosenberg and coauthor Richard Ellis have developed an unprecedented system that reveals the pattern of who takes the White House and why. In this exploration of US presidential elections, you'll uncover the unique characteristics of Eagles (Donald Trump and Franklin D. Roosevelt), Parrots (Bill Clinton and Ronald Reagan), Doves (Dwight D. Eisenhower and Jimmy Carter), and Owls (George H. W. Bush and Richard Nixon) who occupied the Oval Office. You'll discover that no matter what is happening in the world and what the candidates propose, nothing stops certain personalities from winning elections. If you're wondering whether Joe Biden, Elizabeth Warren, Bernie Sanders, or another Democratic candidate can beat Donald Trump in the 2020 election, this book has the answer. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443528 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy in the Sorrow: How a Thriving Church (and Its Pastor) Learned to Suffer Well Author: Matt Chandler Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all wonder how we will cope in times of terrible suffering, and how we can best support others who are suffering. And we all ask the question: how does suffering square with God's character and purpose? As a young pastor, Matt Chandler knew he needed to learn how to help hurting people. He studied the Scriptures, and he learned from people at the Village Church who remained joyful in their suffering. And then suddenly he was having to live what he'd learned. This is the moving story of Matt's battle with a potentially fatal brain tumor. But it's also the stories of those who taught him, and teach him, how to walk with joy in sorrow. This book will make you cry, laugh, and worship God. And you will see how you can live with joy when times of sorrow come, and how you can support others going through tough times. Matt Chandler Mon, 29 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443528 thebookvoice.com 6:12:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy in the Sorrow: How a Thriving Church (and Its Pastor) Learned to Suffer Well Author: Matt Chandler Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all wonder how we will cope in times of terrible suffering, and how we can best support others who are suffering. And we all ask the question: how does suffering square with God's character and purpose? As a young pastor, Matt Chandler knew he needed to learn how to help hurting people. He studied the Scriptures, and he learned from people at the Village Church who remained joyful in their suffering. And then suddenly he was having to live what he'd learned. This is the moving story of Matt's battle with a potentially fatal brain tumor. But it's also the stories of those who taught him, and teach him, how to walk with joy in sorrow. This book will make you cry, laugh, and worship God. And you will see how you can live with joy when times of sorrow come, and how you can support others going through tough times. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443528]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Joy in the Sorrow: How a Thriving Church (and Its Pastor) Learned to Suffer Well Author: Matt Chandler Narrator: Lance Smith Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 12 minutes Release date: June 29, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: We all wonder how we will cope in times of terrible suffering, and how we can best support others who are suffering. And we all ask the question: how does suffering square with God's character and purpose? As a young pastor, Matt Chandler knew he needed to learn how to help hurting people. He studied the Scriptures, and he learned from people at the Village Church who remained joyful in their suffering. And then suddenly he was having to live what he'd learned. This is the moving story of Matt's battle with a potentially fatal brain tumor. But it's also the stories of those who taught him, and teach him, how to walk with joy in sorrow. This book will make you cry, laugh, and worship God. And you will see how you can live with joy when times of sorrow come, and how you can support others going through tough times. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443474 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation: The Busy Person's Guide to Cultivating Compassion and Positive Mind States Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about meditation but feel like you don't have time to practice it? Have you tried meditating once or twice but worried that you weren't "doing it right"? The good news is that anyone can reap the rewards of meditation in as little as five minutes per day, and there's no wrong way to do it. In this audio course, award-winning psychology professor and Zen monk Douglas Cheolsoeng Gentile helps you "learn by doing," guiding you in meditation practices designed to make you happier and wiser. An expert on the intersection of Buddhist philosophy and Western psychological science, he helps you replace unhelpful habits with positive patterns of thoughts and emotions. Dr. Gentile debunks common myths about meditation and explores meditation techniques that can help you break out of negative patterns and habits. Throughout the course, he walks you through practices focused on three integral concepts of meditation: Mindfulness. Explore dimensions of mindfulness such as breath, feeling, functions of thought, space of mind, and awareness. Compassion. Cultivate self-compassion and "loving-kindness" toward those around you. Familiarization and Cultivation. Learn a new approach to overcoming negativity through joy, spaciousness, the Buddhist practice of Tonglen, and other effective tools. Whether you wish to understand the philosophy behind meditation, to integrate meditation into your daily schedule, or to be more open to your life and relationships, you will find Dr. Gentile's lectures captivating and enriching. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Douglas A. Gentile Wed, 18 Sep 2019 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443474 thebookvoice.com 5:37:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation: The Busy Person's Guide to Cultivating Compassion and Positive Mind States Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about meditation but feel like you don't have time to practice it? Have you tried meditating once or twice but worried that you weren't "doing it right"? The good news is that anyone can reap the rewards of meditation in as little as five minutes per day, and there's no wrong way to do it. In this audio course, award-winning psychology professor and Zen monk Douglas Cheolsoeng Gentile helps you "learn by doing," guiding you in meditation practices designed to make you happier and wiser. An expert on the intersection of Buddhist philosophy and Western psychological science, he helps you replace unhelpful habits with positive patterns of thoughts and emotions. Dr. Gentile debunks common myths about meditation and explores meditation techniques that can help you break out of negative patterns and habits. Throughout the course, he walks you through practices focused on three integral concepts of meditation: Mindfulness. Explore dimensions of mindfulness such as breath, feeling, functions of thought, space of mind, and awareness. Compassion. Cultivate self-compassion and "loving-kindness" toward those around you. Familiarization and Cultivation. Learn a new approach to overcoming negativity through joy, spaciousness, the Buddhist practice of Tonglen, and other effective tools. Whether you wish to understand the philosophy behind meditation, to integrate meditation into your daily schedule, or to be more open to your life and relationships, you will find Dr. Gentile's lectures captivating and enriching. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443474]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Meditation: The Busy Person's Guide to Cultivating Compassion and Positive Mind States Author: Douglas A. Gentile Narrator: Douglas A. Gentile Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 37 minutes Release date: September 18, 2019 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.56 of Total 9 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 4 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you curious about meditation but feel like you don't have time to practice it? Have you tried meditating once or twice but worried that you weren't "doing it right"? The good news is that anyone can reap the rewards of meditation in as little as five minutes per day, and there's no wrong way to do it. In this audio course, award-winning psychology professor and Zen monk Douglas Cheolsoeng Gentile helps you "learn by doing," guiding you in meditation practices designed to make you happier and wiser. An expert on the intersection of Buddhist philosophy and Western psychological science, he helps you replace unhelpful habits with positive patterns of thoughts and emotions. Dr. Gentile debunks common myths about meditation and explores meditation techniques that can help you break out of negative patterns and habits. Throughout the course, he walks you through practices focused on three integral concepts of meditation: Mindfulness. Explore dimensions of mindfulness such as breath, feeling, functions of thought, space of mind, and awareness. Compassion. Cultivate self-compassion and "loving-kindness" toward those around you. Familiarization and Cultivation. Learn a new approach to overcoming negativity through joy, spaciousness, the Buddhist practice of Tonglen, and other effective tools. Whether you wish to understand the philosophy behind meditation, to integrate meditation into your daily schedule, or to be more open to your life and relationships, you will find Dr. Gentile's lectures captivating and enriching. This course is part of the Learn25 collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443437 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catholic Theology: Exploring the Great Ideas of Our Christian Faith Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join one of the world’s most acclaimed theologians, award-winning professor Fr. Harvey D. Egan, S.J., as you will grapple with life’s ultimate questions and  explore our rich Christian heritage.   Here, you will discover powerful insights into the meaning and salvific value of the truths of Christianity. This illuminating audio course will explore the Christian faith as a powerful whole, allowing you to discover the full range of life’s greatest mysteries.   In 24 accessible lectures, you will focus on Christian truths both great and small, tackling essential exegetical, dogmatic, historical, systematic, and ecumenical questions. You will also gain new insights into Jesus’ life and times using the scriptural interpretations of scholars like N. T. Wright.    Throughout the lectures, you will encounter approaches from various traditions: religious figures like the Buddha, scientists like Holocaust survivor Viktor Frankl, secular artists like Ingmar Bergman, existential philosophers like Sartre, and many more. By doing so, you will become better able to engage in interreligious dialogue.     These different perspectives will reveal the universality of our quest to comprehend life’s purpose. As you take a closer look at our one humanity, our one world, and our one cosmos, you will gain a deeper awareness of the great truths of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection. Harvey D. Egan Mon, 04 Dec 2017 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443437 thebookvoice.com 10:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catholic Theology: Exploring the Great Ideas of Our Christian Faith Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join one of the world’s most acclaimed theologians, award-winning professor Fr. Harvey D. Egan, S.J., as you will grapple with life’s ultimate questions and  explore our rich Christian heritage.   Here, you will discover powerful insights into the meaning and salvific value of the truths of Christianity. This illuminating audio course will explore the Christian faith as a powerful whole, allowing you to discover the full range of life’s greatest mysteries.   In 24 accessible lectures, you will focus on Christian truths both great and small, tackling essential exegetical, dogmatic, historical, systematic, and ecumenical questions. You will also gain new insights into Jesus’ life and times using the scriptural interpretations of scholars like N. T. Wright.    Throughout the lectures, you will encounter approaches from various traditions: religious figures like the Buddha, scientists like Holocaust survivor Viktor Frankl, secular artists like Ingmar Bergman, existential philosophers like Sartre, and many more. By doing so, you will become better able to engage in interreligious dialogue.     These different perspectives will reveal the universality of our quest to comprehend life’s purpose. As you take a closer look at our one humanity, our one world, and our one cosmos, you will gain a deeper awareness of the great truths of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443437]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Catholic Theology: Exploring the Great Ideas of Our Christian Faith Author: Harvey D. Egan Narrator: Harvey D. Egan Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 0 minutes Release date: December 4, 2017 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join one of the world’s most acclaimed theologians, award-winning professor Fr. Harvey D. Egan, S.J., as you will grapple with life’s ultimate questions and  explore our rich Christian heritage.   Here, you will discover powerful insights into the meaning and salvific value of the truths of Christianity. This illuminating audio course will explore the Christian faith as a powerful whole, allowing you to discover the full range of life’s greatest mysteries.   In 24 accessible lectures, you will focus on Christian truths both great and small, tackling essential exegetical, dogmatic, historical, systematic, and ecumenical questions. You will also gain new insights into Jesus’ life and times using the scriptural interpretations of scholars like N. T. Wright.    Throughout the lectures, you will encounter approaches from various traditions: religious figures like the Buddha, scientists like Holocaust survivor Viktor Frankl, secular artists like Ingmar Bergman, existential philosophers like Sartre, and many more. By doing so, you will become better able to engage in interreligious dialogue.     These different perspectives will reveal the universality of our quest to comprehend life’s purpose. As you take a closer look at our one humanity, our one world, and our one cosmos, you will gain a deeper awareness of the great truths of the Christian tradition. This course is part of the Learn25 Collection. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443355 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2 Books in 1: It includes Anger Management and Body Language – Learn the hidden Secrets to EI and NLP! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Clay Willison, Zachary Zaba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to control Anger and become a Master at reading Body Language? Then this book is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful Anger Management and Body Language Reading strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see Emotional Intelligence and Body Language techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with Anger Management and Body Language Reading in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Self Discovery Academy Tue, 30 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443355 thebookvoice.com 6:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2 Books in 1: It includes Anger Management and Body Language – Learn the hidden Secrets to EI and NLP! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Clay Willison, Zachary Zaba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to control Anger and become a Master at reading Body Language? Then this book is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful Anger Management and Body Language Reading strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see Emotional Intelligence and Body Language techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with Anger Management and Body Language Reading in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443355]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Emotional Intelligence 2 Books in 1: It includes Anger Management and Body Language – Learn the hidden Secrets to EI and NLP! Author: Self Discovery Academy Narrator: Clay Willison, Zachary Zaba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 3 minutes Release date: June 30, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you stuck in your life? Do you want to control Anger and become a Master at reading Body Language? Then this book is for You! Thanks to the incredible strategies presented in this 2 in 1 Bundle, you will learn the best and most powerful Anger Management and Body Language Reading strategies to transform your life for the better and create abundance in your life. You see, most people go through their day having a miserable life which they are cannot change. But you are different. The fact that you are looking for practical solutions to your life problems means that you are on the right path to success and this 2 in 1 Bundle will make sure that you get real results very fast. Thousands of students have achieved their goals by mastering the must-see Emotional Intelligence and Body Language techniques presented in the book, which go into the little details that can make or break your ability to make positive changes while providing actionable steps. Every chapter goes into actionable strategies that will allow you to start with Anger Management and Body Language Reading in just a day. What are you waiting for? Don't wait any longer! Scroll up and click the buy now button to begin the journey to the life of your dreams! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443302 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of You: How Childhood Shapes Later Life Author: Richie Poulton, Terrie E. Moffitt, Avshalom Caspi, Jay Belsky Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After tracking the lives of thousands of people from birth to midlife, four of the world’s preeminent psychologists reveal what they have learned about how humans develop. Does temperament in childhood predict adult personality? What role do parents play in shaping how a child matures? Is daycare bad—or good—for children? Does adolescent delinquency forecast a life of crime? Do genes influence success in life? Is health in adulthood shaped by childhood experiences? In search of answers to these and similar questions, four leading psychologists have spent their careers studying thousands of people, observing them as they’ve grown up and grown older. The result is an unprecedented insight into what makes each of us who we are. In The Origins of You, Jay Belsky, Avshalom Caspi, Terrie Moffitt, and Richie Poulton share what they have learned about childhood, adolescence, and adulthood, about genes and parenting, and about vulnerability, resilience, and success. The evidence shows that human development is not subject to ironclad laws but instead is a matter of possibilities and probabilities—multiple forces that together determine the direction a life will take. A child’s early years do predict who they will become later in life, but they do so imperfectly. For example, genes and troubled families both play a role in violent male behavior, and, although health and heredity sometimes go hand in hand, childhood adversity and severe bullying in adolescence can affect even physical well-being in midlife. Richie Poulton, Terrie E. Moffitt, Avshalom Caspi, Jay Belsky Tue, 14 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443302 thebookvoice.com 16:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of You: How Childhood Shapes Later Life Author: Richie Poulton, Terrie E. Moffitt, Avshalom Caspi, Jay Belsky Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After tracking the lives of thousands of people from birth to midlife, four of the world’s preeminent psychologists reveal what they have learned about how humans develop. Does temperament in childhood predict adult personality? What role do parents play in shaping how a child matures? Is daycare bad—or good—for children? Does adolescent delinquency forecast a life of crime? Do genes influence success in life? Is health in adulthood shaped by childhood experiences? In search of answers to these and similar questions, four leading psychologists have spent their careers studying thousands of people, observing them as they’ve grown up and grown older. The result is an unprecedented insight into what makes each of us who we are. In The Origins of You, Jay Belsky, Avshalom Caspi, Terrie Moffitt, and Richie Poulton share what they have learned about childhood, adolescence, and adulthood, about genes and parenting, and about vulnerability, resilience, and success. The evidence shows that human development is not subject to ironclad laws but instead is a matter of possibilities and probabilities—multiple forces that together determine the direction a life will take. A child’s early years do predict who they will become later in life, but they do so imperfectly. For example, genes and troubled families both play a role in violent male behavior, and, although health and heredity sometimes go hand in hand, childhood adversity and severe bullying in adolescence can affect even physical well-being in midlife. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443302]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Origins of You: How Childhood Shapes Later Life Author: Richie Poulton, Terrie E. Moffitt, Avshalom Caspi, Jay Belsky Narrator: Susie Berneis Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 16 hours 54 minutes Release date: July 14, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: After tracking the lives of thousands of people from birth to midlife, four of the world’s preeminent psychologists reveal what they have learned about how humans develop. Does temperament in childhood predict adult personality? What role do parents play in shaping how a child matures? Is daycare bad—or good—for children? Does adolescent delinquency forecast a life of crime? Do genes influence success in life? Is health in adulthood shaped by childhood experiences? In search of answers to these and similar questions, four leading psychologists have spent their careers studying thousands of people, observing them as they’ve grown up and grown older. The result is an unprecedented insight into what makes each of us who we are. In The Origins of You, Jay Belsky, Avshalom Caspi, Terrie Moffitt, and Richie Poulton share what they have learned about childhood, adolescence, and adulthood, about genes and parenting, and about vulnerability, resilience, and success. The evidence shows that human development is not subject to ironclad laws but instead is a matter of possibilities and probabilities—multiple forces that together determine the direction a life will take. A child’s early years do predict who they will become later in life, but they do so imperfectly. For example, genes and troubled families both play a role in violent male behavior, and, although health and heredity sometimes go hand in hand, childhood adversity and severe bullying in adolescence can affect even physical well-being in midlife. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443084 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: Food, Free Will, and How the Food Giants Exploit Our Addictions Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the author of Salt Sugar Fat comes a “gripping” (The Wall Street Journal) exposé of how the processed food industry exploits our evolutionary instincts, the emotions we associate with food, and legal loopholes in their pursuit of profit over public health.   “The processed food industry has managed to avoid being lumped in with Big Tobacco—which is why Michael Moss’s new book is so important.”—Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions—and to find the true peril in our food.   Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover what the scientific and medical communities—as well as food manufacturers—already know: that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products, creating in us the expectation that everything should be cloying; we’ve evolved to prefer fast, convenient meals, hence our modern-day preference for ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry—including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg’s—has tried not only to evade this troubling discovery about the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. For instance, in response to recent dieting trends, food manufacturers have simply turned junk food into junk diets, filling grocery stores with “diet” foods that are hardly distinguishable from the products that got us into trouble in the first place. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits.    A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. Michael Moss Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443084 thebookvoice.com 9:0:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: Food, Free Will, and How the Food Giants Exploit Our Addictions Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the author of Salt Sugar Fat comes a “gripping” (The Wall Street Journal) exposé of how the processed food industry exploits our evolutionary instincts, the emotions we associate with food, and legal loopholes in their pursuit of profit over public health.   “The processed food industry has managed to avoid being lumped in with Big Tobacco—which is why Michael Moss’s new book is so important.”—Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions—and to find the true peril in our food.   Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover what the scientific and medical communities—as well as food manufacturers—already know: that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products, creating in us the expectation that everything should be cloying; we’ve evolved to prefer fast, convenient meals, hence our modern-day preference for ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry—including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg’s—has tried not only to evade this troubling discovery about the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. For instance, in response to recent dieting trends, food manufacturers have simply turned junk food into junk diets, filling grocery stores with “diet” foods that are hardly distinguishable from the products that got us into trouble in the first place. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits.    A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443084]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Hooked: Food, Free Will, and How the Food Giants Exploit Our Addictions Author: Michael Moss Narrator: Scott Brick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 0 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.2 of Total 5 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NEW YORK TIMES BESTSELLER • From the author of Salt Sugar Fat comes a “gripping” (The Wall Street Journal) exposé of how the processed food industry exploits our evolutionary instincts, the emotions we associate with food, and legal loopholes in their pursuit of profit over public health.   “The processed food industry has managed to avoid being lumped in with Big Tobacco—which is why Michael Moss’s new book is so important.”—Charles Duhigg, author of The Power of Habit Everyone knows how hard it can be to maintain a healthy diet. But what if some of the decisions we make about what to eat are beyond our control? Is it possible that food is addictive, like drugs or alcohol? And to what extent does the food industry know, or care, about these vulnerabilities? In Hooked, Pulitzer Prize–winning investigative reporter Michael Moss sets out to answer these questions—and to find the true peril in our food.   Moss uses the latest research on addiction to uncover what the scientific and medical communities—as well as food manufacturers—already know: that food, in some cases, is even more addictive than alcohol, cigarettes, and drugs. Our bodies are hardwired for sweets, so food giants have developed fifty-six types of sugar to add to their products, creating in us the expectation that everything should be cloying; we’ve evolved to prefer fast, convenient meals, hence our modern-day preference for ready-to-eat foods. Moss goes on to show how the processed food industry—including major companies like Nestlé, Mars, and Kellogg’s—has tried not only to evade this troubling discovery about the addictiveness of food but to actually exploit it. For instance, in response to recent dieting trends, food manufacturers have simply turned junk food into junk diets, filling grocery stores with “diet” foods that are hardly distinguishable from the products that got us into trouble in the first place. As obesity rates continue to climb, manufacturers are now claiming to add ingredients that can effortlessly cure our compulsive eating habits.    A gripping account of the legal battles, insidious marketing campaigns, and cutting-edge food science that have brought us to our current public health crisis, Hooked lays out all that the food industry is doing to exploit and deepen our addictions, and shows us why what we eat has never mattered more. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443078 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conversation: How Seeking and Speaking the Truth About Racism Can Radically Transform Individuals and Organizations Author: Robert Livingston Narrator: Desmond Manny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD An essential tool for individuals, organizations, and communities of all sizes to jump-start dialogue on racism and bias and to transform well-intentioned statements on diversity into concrete actions—from a leading Harvard social psychologist. “Livingston has made the important and challenging task of addressing systemic racism within an organization approachable and achievable.”—Alex Timm, co-founder and CEO, Root Insurance Company How can I become part of the solution? In the wake of the social unrest of 2020 and growing calls for racial justice, many business leaders and ordinary citizens are asking that very question. This book provides a compass for all those seeking to begin the work of anti-racism. In The Conversation, Robert Livingston addresses three simple but profound questions: What is racism? Why should everyone be more concerned about it? What can we do to eradicate it?  For some, the existence of systemic racism against Black people is hard to accept because it violates the notion that the world is fair and just. But the rigid racial hierarchy created by slavery did not collapse after it was abolished, nor did it end with the civil rights era. Whether it’s the composition of a company’s leadership team or the composition of one’s neighborhood, these racial divides and disparities continue to show up in every facet of society. For Livingston, the difference between a solvable problem and a solved problem is knowledge, investment, and determination. And the goal of making organizations more diverse, equitable, and inclusive is within our capability. Livingston’s lifework is showing people how to turn difficult conversations about race into productive instances of real change. For decades he has translated science into practice for numerous organizations, including Airbnb, Deloitte, Microsoft, Under Armour, L’Oreal, and 
JPMorgan Chase. In The Conversation, Livingston distills this knowledge and experience into an eye-opening immersion in the science of racism and bias. Drawing on examples from pop culture and his own life experience, Livingston, with clarity and wit, explores the root causes of racism, the factors that explain why some people care about it and others do not, and the most promising paths toward profound and sustainable progress, all while inviting readers to challenge their assumptions. Social change requires social exchange. Founded on principles of psychology, sociology, management, and behavioral economics, The Conversation is a road map for uprooting entrenched biases and sharing candid, fact-based perspectives on race that will lead to increased awareness, empathy, and action.  *This audiobook includes a PDF of charts and illustrations that can be used interactively with this program. Robert Livingston Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443078 thebookvoice.com 10:35:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conversation: How Seeking and Speaking the Truth About Racism Can Radically Transform Individuals and Organizations Author: Robert Livingston Narrator: Desmond Manny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD An essential tool for individuals, organizations, and communities of all sizes to jump-start dialogue on racism and bias and to transform well-intentioned statements on diversity into concrete actions—from a leading Harvard social psychologist. “Livingston has made the important and challenging task of addressing systemic racism within an organization approachable and achievable.”—Alex Timm, co-founder and CEO, Root Insurance Company How can I become part of the solution? In the wake of the social unrest of 2020 and growing calls for racial justice, many business leaders and ordinary citizens are asking that very question. This book provides a compass for all those seeking to begin the work of anti-racism. In The Conversation, Robert Livingston addresses three simple but profound questions: What is racism? Why should everyone be more concerned about it? What can we do to eradicate it?  For some, the existence of systemic racism against Black people is hard to accept because it violates the notion that the world is fair and just. But the rigid racial hierarchy created by slavery did not collapse after it was abolished, nor did it end with the civil rights era. Whether it’s the composition of a company’s leadership team or the composition of one’s neighborhood, these racial divides and disparities continue to show up in every facet of society. For Livingston, the difference between a solvable problem and a solved problem is knowledge, investment, and determination. And the goal of making organizations more diverse, equitable, and inclusive is within our capability. Livingston’s lifework is showing people how to turn difficult conversations about race into productive instances of real change. For decades he has translated science into practice for numerous organizations, including Airbnb, Deloitte, Microsoft, Under Armour, L’Oreal, and 
JPMorgan Chase. In The Conversation, Livingston distills this knowledge and experience into an eye-opening immersion in the science of racism and bias. Drawing on examples from pop culture and his own life experience, Livingston, with clarity and wit, explores the root causes of racism, the factors that explain why some people care about it and others do not, and the most promising paths toward profound and sustainable progress, all while inviting readers to challenge their assumptions. Social change requires social exchange. Founded on principles of psychology, sociology, management, and behavioral economics, The Conversation is a road map for uprooting entrenched biases and sharing candid, fact-based perspectives on race that will lead to increased awareness, empathy, and action.  *This audiobook includes a PDF of charts and illustrations that can be used interactively with this program. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/443078]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Conversation: How Seeking and Speaking the Truth About Racism Can Radically Transform Individuals and Organizations Author: Robert Livingston Narrator: Desmond Manny Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 35 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: FINALIST FOR THE FINANCIAL TIMES AND MCKINSEY BUSINESS BOOK OF THE YEAR AWARD An essential tool for individuals, organizations, and communities of all sizes to jump-start dialogue on racism and bias and to transform well-intentioned statements on diversity into concrete actions—from a leading Harvard social psychologist. “Livingston has made the important and challenging task of addressing systemic racism within an organization approachable and achievable.”—Alex Timm, co-founder and CEO, Root Insurance Company How can I become part of the solution? In the wake of the social unrest of 2020 and growing calls for racial justice, many business leaders and ordinary citizens are asking that very question. This book provides a compass for all those seeking to begin the work of anti-racism. In The Conversation, Robert Livingston addresses three simple but profound questions: What is racism? Why should everyone be more concerned about it? What can we do to eradicate it?  For some, the existence of systemic racism against Black people is hard to accept because it violates the notion that the world is fair and just. But the rigid racial hierarchy created by slavery did not collapse after it was abolished, nor did it end with the civil rights era. Whether it’s the composition of a company’s leadership team or the composition of one’s neighborhood, these racial divides and disparities continue to show up in every facet of society. For Livingston, the difference between a solvable problem and a solved problem is knowledge, investment, and determination. And the goal of making organizations more diverse, equitable, and inclusive is within our capability. Livingston’s lifework is showing people how to turn difficult conversations about race into productive instances of real change. For decades he has translated science into practice for numerous organizations, including Airbnb, Deloitte, Microsoft, Under Armour, L’Oreal, and 
JPMorgan Chase. In The Conversation, Livingston distills this knowledge and experience into an eye-opening immersion in the science of racism and bias. Drawing on examples from pop culture and his own life experience, Livingston, with clarity and wit, explores the root causes of racism, the factors that explain why some people care about it and others do not, and the most promising paths toward profound and sustainable progress, all while inviting readers to challenge their assumptions. Social change requires social exchange. Founded on principles of psychology, sociology, management, and behavioral economics, The Conversation is a road map for uprooting entrenched biases and sharing candid, fact-based perspectives on race that will lead to increased awareness, empathy, and action.  *This audiobook includes a PDF of charts and illustrations that can be used interactively with this program. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442996 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei da atração: Descobrindo a si mesmo e as leis do universo (2 em 1) Author: Jenny Hashkins Narrator: Emerson Costa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este é um pacote de dois livros, composto pelos dois títulos: Livro 1: A lei da atração tem sido um tema popular nas últimas décadas. Se queremos entendê-lo, é valioso estudar diferentes aspectos dele. É por isso que, neste guia, você poderá aprender mais sobre vários subtópicos. As três leis da atração serão explicadas a você. Diferentes pontos de vista sobre a lei da atração também serão abordados, bem como independência financeira, quitação de dívidas, atração de riqueza etc. Muitas pessoas lutam com questões financeiras, e ter a mentalidade certa pode ajudá-las na direção certa. melhor. Este livro apóia essas idéias e ajuda você ao longo do caminho. Livro 2: Quando fazemos uso da lei da atração para obter mais riqueza, melhores relacionamentos ou nos tornar mais saudáveis, precisamos de motivação constante. Essa é uma coisa que este livro pode fornecer a você. As afirmações, as citações e, mais especificamente, as recitações de dinheiro, podem ser úteis para manifestar o que você deseja em sua vida. Não apenas isso, mas este guia também pode ajudá-lo a entender como exatamente a lei da atração funciona. Não é simplesmente mágica, mas é um processo científico através do qual as pessoas tornaram o aparentemente impossível uma realidade em suas vidas. Temas como dívida, passado e presente e resistência serão abordados, à medida que sua compreensão dessa lei essencial se aprofundar. Jenny Hashkins Mon, 22 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442996 thebookvoice.com 2:9:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei da atração: Descobrindo a si mesmo e as leis do universo (2 em 1) Author: Jenny Hashkins Narrator: Emerson Costa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este é um pacote de dois livros, composto pelos dois títulos: Livro 1: A lei da atração tem sido um tema popular nas últimas décadas. Se queremos entendê-lo, é valioso estudar diferentes aspectos dele. É por isso que, neste guia, você poderá aprender mais sobre vários subtópicos. As três leis da atração serão explicadas a você. Diferentes pontos de vista sobre a lei da atração também serão abordados, bem como independência financeira, quitação de dívidas, atração de riqueza etc. Muitas pessoas lutam com questões financeiras, e ter a mentalidade certa pode ajudá-las na direção certa. melhor. Este livro apóia essas idéias e ajuda você ao longo do caminho. Livro 2: Quando fazemos uso da lei da atração para obter mais riqueza, melhores relacionamentos ou nos tornar mais saudáveis, precisamos de motivação constante. Essa é uma coisa que este livro pode fornecer a você. As afirmações, as citações e, mais especificamente, as recitações de dinheiro, podem ser úteis para manifestar o que você deseja em sua vida. Não apenas isso, mas este guia também pode ajudá-lo a entender como exatamente a lei da atração funciona. Não é simplesmente mágica, mas é um processo científico através do qual as pessoas tornaram o aparentemente impossível uma realidade em suas vidas. Temas como dívida, passado e presente e resistência serão abordados, à medida que sua compreensão dessa lei essencial se aprofundar. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442996]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Portuguese] - Lei da atração: Descobrindo a si mesmo e as leis do universo (2 em 1) Author: Jenny Hashkins Narrator: Emerson Costa Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 9 minutes Release date: June 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Este é um pacote de dois livros, composto pelos dois títulos: Livro 1: A lei da atração tem sido um tema popular nas últimas décadas. Se queremos entendê-lo, é valioso estudar diferentes aspectos dele. É por isso que, neste guia, você poderá aprender mais sobre vários subtópicos. As três leis da atração serão explicadas a você. Diferentes pontos de vista sobre a lei da atração também serão abordados, bem como independência financeira, quitação de dívidas, atração de riqueza etc. Muitas pessoas lutam com questões financeiras, e ter a mentalidade certa pode ajudá-las na direção certa. melhor. Este livro apóia essas idéias e ajuda você ao longo do caminho. Livro 2: Quando fazemos uso da lei da atração para obter mais riqueza, melhores relacionamentos ou nos tornar mais saudáveis, precisamos de motivação constante. Essa é uma coisa que este livro pode fornecer a você. As afirmações, as citações e, mais especificamente, as recitações de dinheiro, podem ser úteis para manifestar o que você deseja em sua vida. Não apenas isso, mas este guia também pode ajudá-lo a entender como exatamente a lei da atração funciona. Não é simplesmente mágica, mas é um processo científico através do qual as pessoas tornaram o aparentemente impossível uma realidade em suas vidas. Temas como dívida, passado e presente e resistência serão abordados, à medida que sua compreensão dessa lei essencial se aprofundar. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442912 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Not Die Alone: The Surprising Science That Will Help You Find Love Author: Logan Ury Narrator: Logan Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “must-read” (The Washington Post) funny and practical guide to help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams—from the Harvard-trained behavioral scientist and featured dating coach on Netflix’s The Later Daters. Have you ever looked around and wondered, “Why has everyone found love except me?” You’re not the only one. Great relationships don’t just appear in our lives—they’re the culmination of a series of decisions, including whom to date, how to end it with the wrong person, and when to commit to the right one. But our brains often get in the way. We make poor decisions, which thwart us on our quest to find lasting love. Drawing from years of research, behavioral scientist turned dating coach Logan Ury reveals the hidden forces that cause those mistakes. But awareness on its own doesn’t lead to results. You have to actually change your behavior. Ury shows you how. This “simple-to-use guide” (Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone) focuses on a different decision in each chapter, incorporating insights from behavioral science, original research, and real-life stories. You’ll learn: -What’s holding you back in dating (and how to break the pattern) -What really matters in a long-term partner (and what really doesn’t) -How to overcome the perils of online dating (and make the apps work for you) -How to meet more people in real life (while doing activities you love) -How to make dates fun again (so they stop feeling like job interviews) -Why “the spark” is a myth (but you’ll find love anyway) This “data-driven” (Time), step-by-step guide to relationships, complete with hands-on exercises, is designed to transform your life. How to Not Die Alone will help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams. Logan Ury Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442912 thebookvoice.com 8:1:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Not Die Alone: The Surprising Science That Will Help You Find Love Author: Logan Ury Narrator: Logan Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “must-read” (The Washington Post) funny and practical guide to help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams—from the Harvard-trained behavioral scientist and featured dating coach on Netflix’s The Later Daters. Have you ever looked around and wondered, “Why has everyone found love except me?” You’re not the only one. Great relationships don’t just appear in our lives—they’re the culmination of a series of decisions, including whom to date, how to end it with the wrong person, and when to commit to the right one. But our brains often get in the way. We make poor decisions, which thwart us on our quest to find lasting love. Drawing from years of research, behavioral scientist turned dating coach Logan Ury reveals the hidden forces that cause those mistakes. But awareness on its own doesn’t lead to results. You have to actually change your behavior. Ury shows you how. This “simple-to-use guide” (Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone) focuses on a different decision in each chapter, incorporating insights from behavioral science, original research, and real-life stories. You’ll learn: -What’s holding you back in dating (and how to break the pattern) -What really matters in a long-term partner (and what really doesn’t) -How to overcome the perils of online dating (and make the apps work for you) -How to meet more people in real life (while doing activities you love) -How to make dates fun again (so they stop feeling like job interviews) -Why “the spark” is a myth (but you’ll find love anyway) This “data-driven” (Time), step-by-step guide to relationships, complete with hands-on exercises, is designed to transform your life. How to Not Die Alone will help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442912]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How to Not Die Alone: The Surprising Science That Will Help You Find Love Author: Logan Ury Narrator: Logan Ury Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 1 minute Release date: February 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.22 of Total 67 Ratings of Narrator: 4.91 of Total 11 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A “must-read” (The Washington Post) funny and practical guide to help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams—from the Harvard-trained behavioral scientist and featured dating coach on Netflix’s The Later Daters. Have you ever looked around and wondered, “Why has everyone found love except me?” You’re not the only one. Great relationships don’t just appear in our lives—they’re the culmination of a series of decisions, including whom to date, how to end it with the wrong person, and when to commit to the right one. But our brains often get in the way. We make poor decisions, which thwart us on our quest to find lasting love. Drawing from years of research, behavioral scientist turned dating coach Logan Ury reveals the hidden forces that cause those mistakes. But awareness on its own doesn’t lead to results. You have to actually change your behavior. Ury shows you how. This “simple-to-use guide” (Lori Gottlieb, New York Times bestselling author of Maybe You Should Talk to Someone) focuses on a different decision in each chapter, incorporating insights from behavioral science, original research, and real-life stories. You’ll learn: -What’s holding you back in dating (and how to break the pattern) -What really matters in a long-term partner (and what really doesn’t) -How to overcome the perils of online dating (and make the apps work for you) -How to meet more people in real life (while doing activities you love) -How to make dates fun again (so they stop feeling like job interviews) -Why “the spark” is a myth (but you’ll find love anyway) This “data-driven” (Time), step-by-step guide to relationships, complete with hands-on exercises, is designed to transform your life. How to Not Die Alone will help you find, build, and keep the relationship of your dreams. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442894 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Symphony of Selves: Discover and Understand More of Who We Are Author: Jordan Gruber, James Fadiman Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why you are a different you at different times and how that’s both normal and healthy • Reveals that each of us is made up of multiple selves, any of which can come to the forefront in different situations • Offers examples of healthy multiple selves from psychology, neuroscience, pop culture, literature, and ancient cultures and traditions • Explores how to harmonize our selves and learn to access whichever one is best for a given situation Offering groundbreaking insight into the dynamic nature of personality, James Fadiman and Jordan Gruber show that each of us is comprised of distinct, autonomous, and inherently valuable “selves.” They also show that honoring each of these selves is a key to improved ways of living, loving, and working. Explaining that it is normal to have multiple selves, the authors offer insights into why we all are inconsistent at times, allowing us to become more accepting of the different parts of who we and other people are. They explore, through extensive reviews, how the concept of healthy multiple selves has been supported in science, popular culture, spirituality, philosophy, art, literature, and ancient traditions and cite well-known people, including David Bowie and Beyoncé, who describe accessing another self at a pivotal point in their lives to resolve a pressing challenge. Instead of seeing the existence of many selves as a flaw or pathology, the authors reveal that the healthiest people, mentally and emotionally, are those that have naturally learned to appreciate and work in harmony with their own symphony of selves. They identify “the Single Self Assumption” as the prime reason why the benefits of having multiple selves has been ignored. This assumption holds that we each are or ought to be a single consistent self, yet we all recognize, in reality, that we are different in different situations. Offering a pragmatic approach, the authors show how you can prepare for situations by shifting to the appropriate self, rather than being “switched” or “triggered” into a sub-optimal part of who you are. They also show how recognizing your selves provides increased access to skills, talent, and creativity; enhanced energy; and improved healing and pain management. Appreciating your diverse selves will give you more empathy toward yourself and others. By harmonizing your symphony of selves, you can learn to be “in the right mind at the right time” more often. Jordan Gruber, James Fadiman Tue, 04 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442894 thebookvoice.com 14:36:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Symphony of Selves: Discover and Understand More of Who We Are Author: Jordan Gruber, James Fadiman Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why you are a different you at different times and how that’s both normal and healthy • Reveals that each of us is made up of multiple selves, any of which can come to the forefront in different situations • Offers examples of healthy multiple selves from psychology, neuroscience, pop culture, literature, and ancient cultures and traditions • Explores how to harmonize our selves and learn to access whichever one is best for a given situation Offering groundbreaking insight into the dynamic nature of personality, James Fadiman and Jordan Gruber show that each of us is comprised of distinct, autonomous, and inherently valuable “selves.” They also show that honoring each of these selves is a key to improved ways of living, loving, and working. Explaining that it is normal to have multiple selves, the authors offer insights into why we all are inconsistent at times, allowing us to become more accepting of the different parts of who we and other people are. They explore, through extensive reviews, how the concept of healthy multiple selves has been supported in science, popular culture, spirituality, philosophy, art, literature, and ancient traditions and cite well-known people, including David Bowie and Beyoncé, who describe accessing another self at a pivotal point in their lives to resolve a pressing challenge. Instead of seeing the existence of many selves as a flaw or pathology, the authors reveal that the healthiest people, mentally and emotionally, are those that have naturally learned to appreciate and work in harmony with their own symphony of selves. They identify “the Single Self Assumption” as the prime reason why the benefits of having multiple selves has been ignored. This assumption holds that we each are or ought to be a single consistent self, yet we all recognize, in reality, that we are different in different situations. Offering a pragmatic approach, the authors show how you can prepare for situations by shifting to the appropriate self, rather than being “switched” or “triggered” into a sub-optimal part of who you are. They also show how recognizing your selves provides increased access to skills, talent, and creativity; enhanced energy; and improved healing and pain management. Appreciating your diverse selves will give you more empathy toward yourself and others. By harmonizing your symphony of selves, you can learn to be “in the right mind at the right time” more often. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442894]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Your Symphony of Selves: Discover and Understand More of Who We Are Author: Jordan Gruber, James Fadiman Narrator: Andy Rick Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 14 hours 36 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Why you are a different you at different times and how that’s both normal and healthy • Reveals that each of us is made up of multiple selves, any of which can come to the forefront in different situations • Offers examples of healthy multiple selves from psychology, neuroscience, pop culture, literature, and ancient cultures and traditions • Explores how to harmonize our selves and learn to access whichever one is best for a given situation Offering groundbreaking insight into the dynamic nature of personality, James Fadiman and Jordan Gruber show that each of us is comprised of distinct, autonomous, and inherently valuable “selves.” They also show that honoring each of these selves is a key to improved ways of living, loving, and working. Explaining that it is normal to have multiple selves, the authors offer insights into why we all are inconsistent at times, allowing us to become more accepting of the different parts of who we and other people are. They explore, through extensive reviews, how the concept of healthy multiple selves has been supported in science, popular culture, spirituality, philosophy, art, literature, and ancient traditions and cite well-known people, including David Bowie and Beyoncé, who describe accessing another self at a pivotal point in their lives to resolve a pressing challenge. Instead of seeing the existence of many selves as a flaw or pathology, the authors reveal that the healthiest people, mentally and emotionally, are those that have naturally learned to appreciate and work in harmony with their own symphony of selves. They identify “the Single Self Assumption” as the prime reason why the benefits of having multiple selves has been ignored. This assumption holds that we each are or ought to be a single consistent self, yet we all recognize, in reality, that we are different in different situations. Offering a pragmatic approach, the authors show how you can prepare for situations by shifting to the appropriate self, rather than being “switched” or “triggered” into a sub-optimal part of who you are. They also show how recognizing your selves provides increased access to skills, talent, and creativity; enhanced energy; and improved healing and pain management. Appreciating your diverse selves will give you more empathy toward yourself and others. By harmonizing your symphony of selves, you can learn to be “in the right mind at the right time” more often. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442839 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 6 necesidades de cada niño: Empoderar a padres e hijos a través de la ciencia de la conexión Author: Jeffrey Olrick, Amy Elizabeth Olrick Narrator: Juan Rodriguez, Yolanda Ponce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como la mayoría de los padres, Amy y Jeffrey Olrick salieron del hospital con su primer hijo desesperados por saber: «¿Qué hacemos?». Pero años de crianza de tres hijos y el trabajo de Jeffrey como psicólogo infantil los convenció de hacer una pregunta mejor: «¿Cómo debo estar con esta nueva persona?». En una cultura obsesionada con las fórmulas parentales, es fácil pasar por alto el hecho de que la ciencia y la experiencia vivida han demostrado que el desarrollo humano y la prosperidad son una cuestión de relación. Basándose en décadas de investigación psicológica, neurociencia y su propia experiencia como padres y personas de fe, los Olrick presentan seis necesidades relacionales para el crecimiento humano que transformarán la forma en que piensa sobre su hijo y sobre sí mismo. Juntas, las necesidades forman una brújula confiable para guiarlo a usted y a su hijo hacia un camino de propósito y plenitud relacional. Para los padres que se sienten atraídos en cientos de direcciones, mareados por el volumen de estrategias contradictorias y cansados por los programas para padres que complicaron su propia infancia, Las 6 necesidades de cada niño es un mapa de ruta innovadora que integra la ciencia de la conexión con herramientas prácticas. Estará equipado con: • Una mirada profunda a los seis elementos esenciales que su hijo necesita para prosperar • Herramientas para usar cuando se sienta atrapado • El secreto para asegurar la conexión con su hijo • Herramientas de autoevaluación para discernir su estilo de crianza único Más que una guía para padres, este libro es su invitación a liberarse del mito de la paternidad perfecta y abrazar el largo viaje de crecimiento de su hijo. Con perspicacia, humor y compasión, llama a los padres a descubrir el poder de estar imperfectamente presentes con sus hijos, desarrollando una capacidad de recuperación mental, emocional y espiritual que los sostendrá durante toda la vida. The 6 Needs of Every Child Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. Jeffrey Olrick, Amy Elizabeth Olrick Tue, 06 Apr 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442839 thebookvoice.com 7:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 6 necesidades de cada niño: Empoderar a padres e hijos a través de la ciencia de la conexión Author: Jeffrey Olrick, Amy Elizabeth Olrick Narrator: Juan Rodriguez, Yolanda Ponce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como la mayoría de los padres, Amy y Jeffrey Olrick salieron del hospital con su primer hijo desesperados por saber: «¿Qué hacemos?». Pero años de crianza de tres hijos y el trabajo de Jeffrey como psicólogo infantil los convenció de hacer una pregunta mejor: «¿Cómo debo estar con esta nueva persona?». En una cultura obsesionada con las fórmulas parentales, es fácil pasar por alto el hecho de que la ciencia y la experiencia vivida han demostrado que el desarrollo humano y la prosperidad son una cuestión de relación. Basándose en décadas de investigación psicológica, neurociencia y su propia experiencia como padres y personas de fe, los Olrick presentan seis necesidades relacionales para el crecimiento humano que transformarán la forma en que piensa sobre su hijo y sobre sí mismo. Juntas, las necesidades forman una brújula confiable para guiarlo a usted y a su hijo hacia un camino de propósito y plenitud relacional. Para los padres que se sienten atraídos en cientos de direcciones, mareados por el volumen de estrategias contradictorias y cansados por los programas para padres que complicaron su propia infancia, Las 6 necesidades de cada niño es un mapa de ruta innovadora que integra la ciencia de la conexión con herramientas prácticas. Estará equipado con: • Una mirada profunda a los seis elementos esenciales que su hijo necesita para prosperar • Herramientas para usar cuando se sienta atrapado • El secreto para asegurar la conexión con su hijo • Herramientas de autoevaluación para discernir su estilo de crianza único Más que una guía para padres, este libro es su invitación a liberarse del mito de la paternidad perfecta y abrazar el largo viaje de crecimiento de su hijo. Con perspicacia, humor y compasión, llama a los padres a descubrir el poder de estar imperfectamente presentes con sus hijos, desarrollando una capacidad de recuperación mental, emocional y espiritual que los sostendrá durante toda la vida. The 6 Needs of Every Child Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442839]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Spanish] - Las 6 necesidades de cada niño: Empoderar a padres e hijos a través de la ciencia de la conexión Author: Jeffrey Olrick, Amy Elizabeth Olrick Narrator: Juan Rodriguez, Yolanda Ponce Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 2 minutes Release date: April 6, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Como la mayoría de los padres, Amy y Jeffrey Olrick salieron del hospital con su primer hijo desesperados por saber: «¿Qué hacemos?». Pero años de crianza de tres hijos y el trabajo de Jeffrey como psicólogo infantil los convenció de hacer una pregunta mejor: «¿Cómo debo estar con esta nueva persona?». En una cultura obsesionada con las fórmulas parentales, es fácil pasar por alto el hecho de que la ciencia y la experiencia vivida han demostrado que el desarrollo humano y la prosperidad son una cuestión de relación. Basándose en décadas de investigación psicológica, neurociencia y su propia experiencia como padres y personas de fe, los Olrick presentan seis necesidades relacionales para el crecimiento humano que transformarán la forma en que piensa sobre su hijo y sobre sí mismo. Juntas, las necesidades forman una brújula confiable para guiarlo a usted y a su hijo hacia un camino de propósito y plenitud relacional. Para los padres que se sienten atraídos en cientos de direcciones, mareados por el volumen de estrategias contradictorias y cansados por los programas para padres que complicaron su propia infancia, Las 6 necesidades de cada niño es un mapa de ruta innovadora que integra la ciencia de la conexión con herramientas prácticas. Estará equipado con: • Una mirada profunda a los seis elementos esenciales que su hijo necesita para prosperar • Herramientas para usar cuando se sienta atrapado • El secreto para asegurar la conexión con su hijo • Herramientas de autoevaluación para discernir su estilo de crianza único Más que una guía para padres, este libro es su invitación a liberarse del mito de la paternidad perfecta y abrazar el largo viaje de crecimiento de su hijo. Con perspicacia, humor y compasión, llama a los padres a descubrir el poder de estar imperfectamente presentes con sus hijos, desarrollando una capacidad de recuperación mental, emocional y espiritual que los sostendrá durante toda la vida. The 6 Needs of Every Child Like most parents, Amy and Jeffrey Olrick left the hospital with their first child desperate to know, 'What do we do?' But years of parenting three kids and Jeffrey's work as a child psychologist convinced them to ask a better question: 'How shall I be with this new person?' In a culture obsessed with parenting formulas, it's easy to miss the fact that science and lived experience have proven that human development and thriving are a matter of relationship. Drawing on decades of psychological research, neuroscience, and their own experience as parents and people of faith, the Olricks present six relational needs for human growth that will transform the way you think about your child--and yourself. Together, the needs form a trustworthy compass to guide you and your child to a path of purpose and relational wholeness. For parents who feel pulled in a hundred directions, dizzied by the volume of clashing strategies, and jaded by the parenting programs that complicated their own childhoods, The 6 Needs of Every Child is a groundbreaking roadmap integrating the science of connection with practical tools. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442829 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creatures of Habit: Breaking the Habits Holding You Back from God's Best Author: Steve Poe Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join pastor and bestselling author Steve Poe as he helps you break free from the destructive patterns that are keeping you from the joy-filled, flourishing life that Jesus promised each of us. We all have both good and bad habits in our life. Creatures of Habit reveals how to remove bad habits and replace them with godly ones. But it's not a matter of simply working hard to make changes--true transformation is God's work, and our job is to listen, obey, and put into practice what he's already directing us to do. While each chapter focuses on a different bad habit, Poe shares a self-assessment at the end of each chapter, encouraging you to ask yourself: - Has this become a habit in my life? - Is it affecting my relationship with Christ? - Is it affecting my relationship with others? - Is it affecting my attitude in a negative way? - Is it keeping me from becoming the person God wants me to become? Each chapter provides insights, biblical examples, and tangible tools that will help you break the bad habits that can become spiritual strongholds in your life. Praise for Creatures of Habit: 'Any change, even an incremental one, can make a huge difference over the course of your life. It's never too late to let God help you change the trajectory of your life. Steve Poe will help you see just that.' --Kyle Idleman, Senior Pastor and bestselling author of Gods at War Steve Poe Tue, 18 May 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442829 thebookvoice.com 5:42:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creatures of Habit: Breaking the Habits Holding You Back from God's Best Author: Steve Poe Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join pastor and bestselling author Steve Poe as he helps you break free from the destructive patterns that are keeping you from the joy-filled, flourishing life that Jesus promised each of us. We all have both good and bad habits in our life. Creatures of Habit reveals how to remove bad habits and replace them with godly ones. But it's not a matter of simply working hard to make changes--true transformation is God's work, and our job is to listen, obey, and put into practice what he's already directing us to do. While each chapter focuses on a different bad habit, Poe shares a self-assessment at the end of each chapter, encouraging you to ask yourself: - Has this become a habit in my life? - Is it affecting my relationship with Christ? - Is it affecting my relationship with others? - Is it affecting my attitude in a negative way? - Is it keeping me from becoming the person God wants me to become? Each chapter provides insights, biblical examples, and tangible tools that will help you break the bad habits that can become spiritual strongholds in your life. Praise for Creatures of Habit: 'Any change, even an incremental one, can make a huge difference over the course of your life. It's never too late to let God help you change the trajectory of your life. Steve Poe will help you see just that.' --Kyle Idleman, Senior Pastor and bestselling author of Gods at War Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/442829]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Creatures of Habit: Breaking the Habits Holding You Back from God's Best Author: Steve Poe Narrator: Josh Childs Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 42 minutes Release date: May 18, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Join pastor and bestselling author Steve Poe as he helps you break free from the destructive patterns that are keeping you from the joy-filled, flourishing life that Jesus promised each of us. We all have both good and bad habits in our life. Creatures of Habit reveals how to remove bad habits and replace them with godly ones. But it's not a matter of simply working hard to make changes--true transformation is God's work, and our job is to listen, obey, and put into practice what he's already directing us to do. While each chapter focuses on a different bad habit, Poe shares a self-assessment at the end of each chapter, encouraging you to ask yourself: - Has this become a habit in my life? - Is it affecting my relationship with Christ? - Is it affecting my relationship with others? - Is it affecting my attitude in a negative way? - Is it keeping me from becoming the person God wants me to become? Each chapter provides insights, biblical examples, and tangible tools that will help you break the bad habits that can become spiritual strongholds in your life. Praise for Creatures of Habit: 'Any change, even an incremental one, can make a huge difference over the course of your life. It's never too late to let God help you change the trajectory of your life. Steve Poe will help you see just that.' --Kyle Idleman, Senior Pastor and bestselling author of Gods at War https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phallacy: Life Lessons from the Animal Penis Author: Emily Willingham Narrator: Emily Willingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A wry look at what the astonishing world of animal penises can tell us about how we use our own. The fallacy sold to many of us is that the penis signals dominance and power. But this wry and penetrating audiobook reveals that in fact nature did not shape the penis--or the human attached to it--to have the upper...hand.  Phallacy looks closely at some of nature's more remarkable examples of penises and the many lessons to learn from them. In tracing how we ended up positioning our nondescript penis as a pulsing, awe-inspiring shaft of all masculinity and human dominance, Phallacy also shows what can we do to put that penis back where it belongs.  Emphasizing our human capacities for impulse control, Phallacy ultimately challenges the toxic message that the penis makes the man and the man can't control himself. With instructive illustrations of unusual genitalia and tales of animal mating rituals that will make you particularly happy you are not a bedbug, Phallacy shows where humans fit on the continuum from fun to fatal phalli and why the human penis is an implement for intimacy, not intimidation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains illustrations from the book. Emily Willingham Tue, 22 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441955 thebookvoice.com 8:55:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phallacy: Life Lessons from the Animal Penis Author: Emily Willingham Narrator: Emily Willingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A wry look at what the astonishing world of animal penises can tell us about how we use our own. The fallacy sold to many of us is that the penis signals dominance and power. But this wry and penetrating audiobook reveals that in fact nature did not shape the penis--or the human attached to it--to have the upper...hand.  Phallacy looks closely at some of nature's more remarkable examples of penises and the many lessons to learn from them. In tracing how we ended up positioning our nondescript penis as a pulsing, awe-inspiring shaft of all masculinity and human dominance, Phallacy also shows what can we do to put that penis back where it belongs.  Emphasizing our human capacities for impulse control, Phallacy ultimately challenges the toxic message that the penis makes the man and the man can't control himself. With instructive illustrations of unusual genitalia and tales of animal mating rituals that will make you particularly happy you are not a bedbug, Phallacy shows where humans fit on the continuum from fun to fatal phalli and why the human penis is an implement for intimacy, not intimidation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains illustrations from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Phallacy: Life Lessons from the Animal Penis Author: Emily Willingham Narrator: Emily Willingham Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 55 minutes Release date: September 22, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A wry look at what the astonishing world of animal penises can tell us about how we use our own. The fallacy sold to many of us is that the penis signals dominance and power. But this wry and penetrating audiobook reveals that in fact nature did not shape the penis--or the human attached to it--to have the upper...hand.  Phallacy looks closely at some of nature's more remarkable examples of penises and the many lessons to learn from them. In tracing how we ended up positioning our nondescript penis as a pulsing, awe-inspiring shaft of all masculinity and human dominance, Phallacy also shows what can we do to put that penis back where it belongs.  Emphasizing our human capacities for impulse control, Phallacy ultimately challenges the toxic message that the penis makes the man and the man can't control himself. With instructive illustrations of unusual genitalia and tales of animal mating rituals that will make you particularly happy you are not a bedbug, Phallacy shows where humans fit on the continuum from fun to fatal phalli and why the human penis is an implement for intimacy, not intimidation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains illustrations from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441954 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But You're Still So Young: How Thirtysomethings Are Redefining Adulthood Author: Kayleen Schaefer Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of . . . Vogue's “Best of 2021” — BuzzFeed's “Most Anticipated 2021” — The Week's “Must Reads in 2021” — PopSugar's 'A Running List of the Best Books of 2021' From the author of Text Me When You Get Home, the acclaimed celebration of friendship, comes a timely and essential look at what it means to be a thirtysomething . . . and how it is more okay than ever to not have every box checked off.   The traditional “check list” of becoming an adult has existed for decades. Sociologists have long identified these markers of adulthood as: completing school, leaving home, establishing a career/becoming financially independent, getting married, and having children. But the signifiers of being in our thirties today are not the same—repeated economic upheaval, rising debt, decreasing marriage rates, fertility treatments, and a more open-minded society have all led to a shifting definition of adulthood.   But You’re Still So Young cleverly shows how thirtysomethings have rethought these five major life events. Schaefer describes her own journey through her thirties—including a nonlinear career path, financial struggles, romantic mistakes, and an unconventional path to parenthood—shares findings from data research, and conducts interviews nationwide. For each milestone, the book highlights men and women from various backgrounds, from around the country, and delves into their experiences navigating an ever-changing financial landscape and evolving societal expectations. The thirtysomethings in this book envisioned their thirties differently than how they are actually living them. He thought he would be done with his degree; she thought she’d be married; they thought they’d be famous comedians; and everyone thought they would have more money.   Schaefer uses her smart narrative framing and relatable voice to show how the thirties have changed from the cultural stereotypes around them, and how they are a radically different experience for Americans now than they were for any other generation. And as Schaefer and her sources show, not being able to do everything isn’t a sign of a life gone wrong. Being open to going sideways or upside down or backward means finding importance and value in many different ways of living. Kayleen Schaefer Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441954 thebookvoice.com 5:56:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But You're Still So Young: How Thirtysomethings Are Redefining Adulthood Author: Kayleen Schaefer Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of . . . Vogue's “Best of 2021” — BuzzFeed's “Most Anticipated 2021” — The Week's “Must Reads in 2021” — PopSugar's 'A Running List of the Best Books of 2021' From the author of Text Me When You Get Home, the acclaimed celebration of friendship, comes a timely and essential look at what it means to be a thirtysomething . . . and how it is more okay than ever to not have every box checked off.   The traditional “check list” of becoming an adult has existed for decades. Sociologists have long identified these markers of adulthood as: completing school, leaving home, establishing a career/becoming financially independent, getting married, and having children. But the signifiers of being in our thirties today are not the same—repeated economic upheaval, rising debt, decreasing marriage rates, fertility treatments, and a more open-minded society have all led to a shifting definition of adulthood.   But You’re Still So Young cleverly shows how thirtysomethings have rethought these five major life events. Schaefer describes her own journey through her thirties—including a nonlinear career path, financial struggles, romantic mistakes, and an unconventional path to parenthood—shares findings from data research, and conducts interviews nationwide. For each milestone, the book highlights men and women from various backgrounds, from around the country, and delves into their experiences navigating an ever-changing financial landscape and evolving societal expectations. The thirtysomethings in this book envisioned their thirties differently than how they are actually living them. He thought he would be done with his degree; she thought she’d be married; they thought they’d be famous comedians; and everyone thought they would have more money.   Schaefer uses her smart narrative framing and relatable voice to show how the thirties have changed from the cultural stereotypes around them, and how they are a radically different experience for Americans now than they were for any other generation. And as Schaefer and her sources show, not being able to do everything isn’t a sign of a life gone wrong. Being open to going sideways or upside down or backward means finding importance and value in many different ways of living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441954]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: But You're Still So Young: How Thirtysomethings Are Redefining Adulthood Author: Kayleen Schaefer Narrator: Lauren Fortgang Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 56 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: One of . . . Vogue's “Best of 2021” — BuzzFeed's “Most Anticipated 2021” — The Week's “Must Reads in 2021” — PopSugar's 'A Running List of the Best Books of 2021' From the author of Text Me When You Get Home, the acclaimed celebration of friendship, comes a timely and essential look at what it means to be a thirtysomething . . . and how it is more okay than ever to not have every box checked off.   The traditional “check list” of becoming an adult has existed for decades. Sociologists have long identified these markers of adulthood as: completing school, leaving home, establishing a career/becoming financially independent, getting married, and having children. But the signifiers of being in our thirties today are not the same—repeated economic upheaval, rising debt, decreasing marriage rates, fertility treatments, and a more open-minded society have all led to a shifting definition of adulthood.   But You’re Still So Young cleverly shows how thirtysomethings have rethought these five major life events. Schaefer describes her own journey through her thirties—including a nonlinear career path, financial struggles, romantic mistakes, and an unconventional path to parenthood—shares findings from data research, and conducts interviews nationwide. For each milestone, the book highlights men and women from various backgrounds, from around the country, and delves into their experiences navigating an ever-changing financial landscape and evolving societal expectations. The thirtysomethings in this book envisioned their thirties differently than how they are actually living them. He thought he would be done with his degree; she thought she’d be married; they thought they’d be famous comedians; and everyone thought they would have more money.   Schaefer uses her smart narrative framing and relatable voice to show how the thirties have changed from the cultural stereotypes around them, and how they are a radically different experience for Americans now than they were for any other generation. And as Schaefer and her sources show, not being able to do everything isn’t a sign of a life gone wrong. Being open to going sideways or upside down or backward means finding importance and value in many different ways of living. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441942 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fault Lines: Fractured Families and How to Mend Them Author: Karl Pillemer Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real solutions to a hidden epidemic: family estrangement. Estrangement from a family member is one of the most painful life experiences. It is devastating not only to the individuals directly involved--collateral damage can extend upward, downward, and across generations, More than 65 million Americans suffer such rifts, yet little guidance exists on how to cope with and overcome them. In this book, Karl Pillemer combines the advice of people who have successfully reconciled with powerful insights from social science research. The result is a unique guide to mending fractured families. Fault Lines shares for the first time findings from Dr. Pillemer's ten-year groundbreaking Cornell Reconciliation Project, based on the first national survey on estrangement; rich, in-depth interviews with hundreds of people who have experienced it; and insights from leading family researchers and therapists. He assures people who are estranged, and those who care about them, that they are not alone and that fissures can be bridged. Through the wisdom of people who have 'been there,' Fault Lines shows how healing is possible through clear steps that people can use right away in their own families. It addresses such questions as: How do rifts begin? What makes estrangement so painful? Why is it so often triggered by a single event? Are you ready to reconcile? How can you overcome past hurts to build a new future with a relative? Tackling a subject that is achingly familiar to almost everyone, especially in an era when powerful outside forces such as technology and mobility are lessening family cohesion, Dr. Pillemer combines dramatic stories, science-based guidance, and practical repair tools to help people find the path to reconciliation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Appendix from the book. Karl Pillemer Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441942 thebookvoice.com 9:7:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fault Lines: Fractured Families and How to Mend Them Author: Karl Pillemer Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real solutions to a hidden epidemic: family estrangement. Estrangement from a family member is one of the most painful life experiences. It is devastating not only to the individuals directly involved--collateral damage can extend upward, downward, and across generations, More than 65 million Americans suffer such rifts, yet little guidance exists on how to cope with and overcome them. In this book, Karl Pillemer combines the advice of people who have successfully reconciled with powerful insights from social science research. The result is a unique guide to mending fractured families. Fault Lines shares for the first time findings from Dr. Pillemer's ten-year groundbreaking Cornell Reconciliation Project, based on the first national survey on estrangement; rich, in-depth interviews with hundreds of people who have experienced it; and insights from leading family researchers and therapists. He assures people who are estranged, and those who care about them, that they are not alone and that fissures can be bridged. Through the wisdom of people who have 'been there,' Fault Lines shows how healing is possible through clear steps that people can use right away in their own families. It addresses such questions as: How do rifts begin? What makes estrangement so painful? Why is it so often triggered by a single event? Are you ready to reconcile? How can you overcome past hurts to build a new future with a relative? Tackling a subject that is achingly familiar to almost everyone, especially in an era when powerful outside forces such as technology and mobility are lessening family cohesion, Dr. Pillemer combines dramatic stories, science-based guidance, and practical repair tools to help people find the path to reconciliation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Appendix from the book. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441942]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Fault Lines: Fractured Families and How to Mend Them Author: Karl Pillemer Narrator: Sean Pratt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 7 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.25 of Total 4 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Real solutions to a hidden epidemic: family estrangement. Estrangement from a family member is one of the most painful life experiences. It is devastating not only to the individuals directly involved--collateral damage can extend upward, downward, and across generations, More than 65 million Americans suffer such rifts, yet little guidance exists on how to cope with and overcome them. In this book, Karl Pillemer combines the advice of people who have successfully reconciled with powerful insights from social science research. The result is a unique guide to mending fractured families. Fault Lines shares for the first time findings from Dr. Pillemer's ten-year groundbreaking Cornell Reconciliation Project, based on the first national survey on estrangement; rich, in-depth interviews with hundreds of people who have experienced it; and insights from leading family researchers and therapists. He assures people who are estranged, and those who care about them, that they are not alone and that fissures can be bridged. Through the wisdom of people who have 'been there,' Fault Lines shows how healing is possible through clear steps that people can use right away in their own families. It addresses such questions as: How do rifts begin? What makes estrangement so painful? Why is it so often triggered by a single event? Are you ready to reconcile? How can you overcome past hurts to build a new future with a relative? Tackling a subject that is achingly familiar to almost everyone, especially in an era when powerful outside forces such as technology and mobility are lessening family cohesion, Dr. Pillemer combines dramatic stories, science-based guidance, and practical repair tools to help people find the path to reconciliation. This program includes a downloadable PDF that contains the Appendix from the book. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441803 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT for Children, Adolescents, and Adults: Strategies for Managing Anti-Personality, Disruptive Behaviour, Anti-Social Personality, Avoidant Personality, Oppositional Defiant & Conduct Disorders Author: Dr. Dale Pheragh Narrator: Michael Borge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The CBT guide for Children and Adolescents gives you the resources to help the children in your life handle their daily obstacles with ease. Inside this workbook you'll find hundreds of worksheets, exercises, and activities to help treat:  Ideal Solution for Anti-Personality Disorder  Tantrum,  Disruptive Behaviour Disorder,  Anti-Social Personality Disorder,  Avoidant Personality Disorder,  Oppositional Defiant Disorder & Conduct Disorders  Conduct Disorders Written by a doctor with decades of experience working with kids, teens, adults and these practical and easy-to-use therapy tools are vital to teaching people how to cope with and overcome their deepest struggles. Step-by-step, you'll see how the best strategies from cognitive behavioral therapy are adapted for children. Conduct disorder, sometimes diagnosed in child years, that is seen as antisocial actions which violate the privileges of others and age-appropriate sociable standards and guidelines. Antisocial behaviors can include irresponsibility, delinquent acts (such as truancy or operating away), breaking the rights of others (such as robbery), and physical hostility toward pets or others (such as assault or rape). These behaviors sometimes happen collectively; however, one or several might occur with no other(s). Conduct Disorder is a significant behavioral and emotional disorder that may appear in children and teenagers. A kid with this disorder may screen the design of disruptive and violent behavior and also have problems following guidelines. It isn't uncommon for children and teenagers to have behavior-related problems sometime throughout their development. However, the behavior is known as to be always a Conduct Disorder when it's long-lasting, so when it violates the privileges of others, it will go against accepted norms of behavior and disrupt the child's or families’ everyday living. Dr. Dale Pheragh Tue, 16 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441803 thebookvoice.com 1:26:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT for Children, Adolescents, and Adults: Strategies for Managing Anti-Personality, Disruptive Behaviour, Anti-Social Personality, Avoidant Personality, Oppositional Defiant & Conduct Disorders Author: Dr. Dale Pheragh Narrator: Michael Borge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The CBT guide for Children and Adolescents gives you the resources to help the children in your life handle their daily obstacles with ease. Inside this workbook you'll find hundreds of worksheets, exercises, and activities to help treat:  Ideal Solution for Anti-Personality Disorder  Tantrum,  Disruptive Behaviour Disorder,  Anti-Social Personality Disorder,  Avoidant Personality Disorder,  Oppositional Defiant Disorder & Conduct Disorders  Conduct Disorders Written by a doctor with decades of experience working with kids, teens, adults and these practical and easy-to-use therapy tools are vital to teaching people how to cope with and overcome their deepest struggles. Step-by-step, you'll see how the best strategies from cognitive behavioral therapy are adapted for children. Conduct disorder, sometimes diagnosed in child years, that is seen as antisocial actions which violate the privileges of others and age-appropriate sociable standards and guidelines. Antisocial behaviors can include irresponsibility, delinquent acts (such as truancy or operating away), breaking the rights of others (such as robbery), and physical hostility toward pets or others (such as assault or rape). These behaviors sometimes happen collectively; however, one or several might occur with no other(s). Conduct Disorder is a significant behavioral and emotional disorder that may appear in children and teenagers. A kid with this disorder may screen the design of disruptive and violent behavior and also have problems following guidelines. It isn't uncommon for children and teenagers to have behavior-related problems sometime throughout their development. However, the behavior is known as to be always a Conduct Disorder when it's long-lasting, so when it violates the privileges of others, it will go against accepted norms of behavior and disrupt the child's or families’ everyday living. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441803]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: CBT for Children, Adolescents, and Adults: Strategies for Managing Anti-Personality, Disruptive Behaviour, Anti-Social Personality, Avoidant Personality, Oppositional Defiant & Conduct Disorders Author: Dr. Dale Pheragh Narrator: Michael Borge Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 26 minutes Release date: June 16, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2.5 of Total 2 Ratings of Narrator: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The CBT guide for Children and Adolescents gives you the resources to help the children in your life handle their daily obstacles with ease. Inside this workbook you'll find hundreds of worksheets, exercises, and activities to help treat:  Ideal Solution for Anti-Personality Disorder  Tantrum,  Disruptive Behaviour Disorder,  Anti-Social Personality Disorder,  Avoidant Personality Disorder,  Oppositional Defiant Disorder & Conduct Disorders  Conduct Disorders Written by a doctor with decades of experience working with kids, teens, adults and these practical and easy-to-use therapy tools are vital to teaching people how to cope with and overcome their deepest struggles. Step-by-step, you'll see how the best strategies from cognitive behavioral therapy are adapted for children. Conduct disorder, sometimes diagnosed in child years, that is seen as antisocial actions which violate the privileges of others and age-appropriate sociable standards and guidelines. Antisocial behaviors can include irresponsibility, delinquent acts (such as truancy or operating away), breaking the rights of others (such as robbery), and physical hostility toward pets or others (such as assault or rape). These behaviors sometimes happen collectively; however, one or several might occur with no other(s). Conduct Disorder is a significant behavioral and emotional disorder that may appear in children and teenagers. A kid with this disorder may screen the design of disruptive and violent behavior and also have problems following guidelines. It isn't uncommon for children and teenagers to have behavior-related problems sometime throughout their development. However, the behavior is known as to be always a Conduct Disorder when it's long-lasting, so when it violates the privileges of others, it will go against accepted norms of behavior and disrupt the child's or families’ everyday living. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The idea of voting is simple, but the administration of elections in ways that ensure access and integrity is complex. In How We Vote, Kathleen Hale and Mitchell Brown explore how election officials work, how ballots are cast and counted, and how jurisdictions try to innovate while also protecting the security of the voting process. Election officials must work in a difficult intergovernmental environment of constant change and intense partisanship. Voting practices and funding vary from state to state, and multiple government agencies, the judicial system, voting equipment vendors, nonprofit groups, and citizen activists also influence practices and limit change. Despite real challenges and pessimistic media assessments, Hale and Brown demonstrate that election officials are largely successful in their work to facilitate, protect, and evolve the voting process. Using original data gathered from state and local election officials and policymakers across the United States, Hale and Brown analyze innovations in voter registration, voting options, voter convenience, support for voting in languages other than English, the integrity of the voting process, and voting system technology. The result is a fascinating picture of how we vote now and will vote in the future. Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Tue, 08 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597 thebookvoice.com 11:48:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The idea of voting is simple, but the administration of elections in ways that ensure access and integrity is complex. In How We Vote, Kathleen Hale and Mitchell Brown explore how election officials work, how ballots are cast and counted, and how jurisdictions try to innovate while also protecting the security of the voting process. Election officials must work in a difficult intergovernmental environment of constant change and intense partisanship. Voting practices and funding vary from state to state, and multiple government agencies, the judicial system, voting equipment vendors, nonprofit groups, and citizen activists also influence practices and limit change. Despite real challenges and pessimistic media assessments, Hale and Brown demonstrate that election officials are largely successful in their work to facilitate, protect, and evolve the voting process. Using original data gathered from state and local election officials and policymakers across the United States, Hale and Brown analyze innovations in voter registration, voting options, voter convenience, support for voting in languages other than English, the integrity of the voting process, and voting system technology. The result is a fascinating picture of how we vote now and will vote in the future. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441597]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: How We Vote: Innovation in American Elections Author: Mitchell Brown, Kathleen Hale Narrator: Chelsea Stephens Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 48 minutes Release date: September 8, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The idea of voting is simple, but the administration of elections in ways that ensure access and integrity is complex. In How We Vote, Kathleen Hale and Mitchell Brown explore how election officials work, how ballots are cast and counted, and how jurisdictions try to innovate while also protecting the security of the voting process. Election officials must work in a difficult intergovernmental environment of constant change and intense partisanship. Voting practices and funding vary from state to state, and multiple government agencies, the judicial system, voting equipment vendors, nonprofit groups, and citizen activists also influence practices and limit change. Despite real challenges and pessimistic media assessments, Hale and Brown demonstrate that election officials are largely successful in their work to facilitate, protect, and evolve the voting process. Using original data gathered from state and local election officials and policymakers across the United States, Hale and Brown analyze innovations in voter registration, voting options, voter convenience, support for voting in languages other than English, the integrity of the voting process, and voting system technology. The result is a fascinating picture of how we vote now and will vote in the future. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441002 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing People Through: Unleash Your Leadership Potential with the Process Communication Model® Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW all use the Process Communication Model as a way of training leaders to connect effortlessly with anyone. This book simplifies the complex model to make it easy for anyone to use. Today, more than ever, leaders need a new style of leadership. They are realizing that true transformation happens through meaningful relationships, and discovering that the key to sustainable connections that create possibility and potential is through communication. In Seeing People Through, we take a deep dive into The Process Communication Model(r) (PCM), a behavioral communication model that teaches people how to assess, connect, motivate, and resolve conflict by understanding the personality types that make up a person's whole self, which is the key to leveraging personality diversity. PCM is more than a lens for understanding how people see things differently; it's a deep journey into self-awareness and self-transformation. In this book, new emerging leaders, senior leaders, and seasoned consultants alike will develop a fresh and relevant framework on leadership that is consistent with emerging trends, and they will learn how individual and collective concerns can be reconciled in leadership. NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW are just some of the companies who have all used PCM as a way to build better relationships through authenticity, trust, agility, and positive influence-and now you can, too! Nate Regier Tue, 04 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441002 thebookvoice.com 5:15:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing People Through: Unleash Your Leadership Potential with the Process Communication Model® Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW all use the Process Communication Model as a way of training leaders to connect effortlessly with anyone. This book simplifies the complex model to make it easy for anyone to use. Today, more than ever, leaders need a new style of leadership. They are realizing that true transformation happens through meaningful relationships, and discovering that the key to sustainable connections that create possibility and potential is through communication. In Seeing People Through, we take a deep dive into The Process Communication Model(r) (PCM), a behavioral communication model that teaches people how to assess, connect, motivate, and resolve conflict by understanding the personality types that make up a person's whole self, which is the key to leveraging personality diversity. PCM is more than a lens for understanding how people see things differently; it's a deep journey into self-awareness and self-transformation. In this book, new emerging leaders, senior leaders, and seasoned consultants alike will develop a fresh and relevant framework on leadership that is consistent with emerging trends, and they will learn how individual and collective concerns can be reconciled in leadership. NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW are just some of the companies who have all used PCM as a way to build better relationships through authenticity, trust, agility, and positive influence-and now you can, too! Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/441002]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Seeing People Through: Unleash Your Leadership Potential with the Process Communication Model® Author: Nate Regier Narrator: Jeff Hoyt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 15 minutes Release date: August 4, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW all use the Process Communication Model as a way of training leaders to connect effortlessly with anyone. This book simplifies the complex model to make it easy for anyone to use. Today, more than ever, leaders need a new style of leadership. They are realizing that true transformation happens through meaningful relationships, and discovering that the key to sustainable connections that create possibility and potential is through communication. In Seeing People Through, we take a deep dive into The Process Communication Model(r) (PCM), a behavioral communication model that teaches people how to assess, connect, motivate, and resolve conflict by understanding the personality types that make up a person's whole self, which is the key to leveraging personality diversity. PCM is more than a lens for understanding how people see things differently; it's a deep journey into self-awareness and self-transformation. In this book, new emerging leaders, senior leaders, and seasoned consultants alike will develop a fresh and relevant framework on leadership that is consistent with emerging trends, and they will learn how individual and collective concerns can be reconciled in leadership. NASA, Pixar Animation Studios, and BMW are just some of the companies who have all used PCM as a way to build better relationships through authenticity, trust, agility, and positive influence-and now you can, too! https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440973 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attributes: 25 Hidden Drivers of Optimal Performance Author: Rich Diviney Narrator: Rich Diviney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to succeed in any situation? According to a retired commander who ran training for Navy SEALs, true optimal performance goes beyond just skill. It’s all about THE ATTRIBUTES. “Diviney’s incredible book explains why some people thrive—even when things get hard.”—Charles Duhigg, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Habit During his twenty years as a Navy officer and SEAL, Rich Diviney was intimately involved in a specialized SEAL selection process, which whittled a group of hundreds of extraordinary candidates down to a handful of the most elite performers. Diviney was often surprised by which candidates washed out and which succeeded. Some could have all the right skills and still fail, while others he might have initially dismissed would prove to be top performers. The seemingly objective criteria weren’t telling him what he most needed to know: Who would succeed in one of the world’s toughest military assignments? It is similarly hard to predict success in the real world. It happens often enough that underdog students accomplish exceptional achievements while highly skilled, motivated employees fail to meet expectations. Dark-horse companies pull away from the pack while dream teams flush with talent and capital go under. In working with and selecting top special operators for decades, Diviney saw that beneath obvious skills are hidden drivers of performance, surprising core attributes—including cunning, adaptability, courage, even narcissism—that determine how resilient or perseverant we are, how situationally aware and how conscientious. These attributes explain how we perform as individuals and as part of a team. The same methodology that Diviney used in the military can be applied by anyone in their personal and professional lives, and understanding these attributes can allow readers and their teams to perform optimally, at any time, in any situation. Diviney defines the core attributes in fresh and practical ways and shares stories from the military, business, sports, relationships, and even parenting to show how understanding your own attributes and those of the people around you can create optimal performance in all areas of your life. Rich Diviney Tue, 26 Jan 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440973 thebookvoice.com 7:32:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attributes: 25 Hidden Drivers of Optimal Performance Author: Rich Diviney Narrator: Rich Diviney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to succeed in any situation? According to a retired commander who ran training for Navy SEALs, true optimal performance goes beyond just skill. It’s all about THE ATTRIBUTES. “Diviney’s incredible book explains why some people thrive—even when things get hard.”—Charles Duhigg, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Habit During his twenty years as a Navy officer and SEAL, Rich Diviney was intimately involved in a specialized SEAL selection process, which whittled a group of hundreds of extraordinary candidates down to a handful of the most elite performers. Diviney was often surprised by which candidates washed out and which succeeded. Some could have all the right skills and still fail, while others he might have initially dismissed would prove to be top performers. The seemingly objective criteria weren’t telling him what he most needed to know: Who would succeed in one of the world’s toughest military assignments? It is similarly hard to predict success in the real world. It happens often enough that underdog students accomplish exceptional achievements while highly skilled, motivated employees fail to meet expectations. Dark-horse companies pull away from the pack while dream teams flush with talent and capital go under. In working with and selecting top special operators for decades, Diviney saw that beneath obvious skills are hidden drivers of performance, surprising core attributes—including cunning, adaptability, courage, even narcissism—that determine how resilient or perseverant we are, how situationally aware and how conscientious. These attributes explain how we perform as individuals and as part of a team. The same methodology that Diviney used in the military can be applied by anyone in their personal and professional lives, and understanding these attributes can allow readers and their teams to perform optimally, at any time, in any situation. Diviney defines the core attributes in fresh and practical ways and shares stories from the military, business, sports, relationships, and even parenting to show how understanding your own attributes and those of the people around you can create optimal performance in all areas of your life. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440973]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Attributes: 25 Hidden Drivers of Optimal Performance Author: Rich Diviney Narrator: Rich Diviney Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 32 minutes Release date: January 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 3.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Do you have what it takes to succeed in any situation? According to a retired commander who ran training for Navy SEALs, true optimal performance goes beyond just skill. It’s all about THE ATTRIBUTES. “Diviney’s incredible book explains why some people thrive—even when things get hard.”—Charles Duhigg, New York Times bestselling author of The Power of Habit During his twenty years as a Navy officer and SEAL, Rich Diviney was intimately involved in a specialized SEAL selection process, which whittled a group of hundreds of extraordinary candidates down to a handful of the most elite performers. Diviney was often surprised by which candidates washed out and which succeeded. Some could have all the right skills and still fail, while others he might have initially dismissed would prove to be top performers. The seemingly objective criteria weren’t telling him what he most needed to know: Who would succeed in one of the world’s toughest military assignments? It is similarly hard to predict success in the real world. It happens often enough that underdog students accomplish exceptional achievements while highly skilled, motivated employees fail to meet expectations. Dark-horse companies pull away from the pack while dream teams flush with talent and capital go under. In working with and selecting top special operators for decades, Diviney saw that beneath obvious skills are hidden drivers of performance, surprising core attributes—including cunning, adaptability, courage, even narcissism—that determine how resilient or perseverant we are, how situationally aware and how conscientious. These attributes explain how we perform as individuals and as part of a team. The same methodology that Diviney used in the military can be applied by anyone in their personal and professional lives, and understanding these attributes can allow readers and their teams to perform optimally, at any time, in any situation. Diviney defines the core attributes in fresh and practical ways and shares stories from the military, business, sports, relationships, and even parenting to show how understanding your own attributes and those of the people around you can create optimal performance in all areas of your life. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mine” is one of the first words babies learn, and by the time we grow up, the idea of ownership seems natural, whether we are buying a cup of coffee or a house. But who controls the space behind your airplane seat: you, reclining, or the squished laptop user behind you? Why is plagiarism wrong, but it’s okay to knock off a recipe or a dress design? And after a snowstorm, why does a chair in the street hold your parking space in Chicago, while in New York you lose both the space and the chair? In Mine!, Michael Heller and James Salzman, two of the world’s leading authorities on ownership, explain these puzzles and many more. Remarkably, they reveal, there are just six simple rules that everyone uses to claim everything. Owners choose the rule that steers us to do what they want. But we can pick differently. This is true not just for airplane seats, but also for battles over digital privacy, climate change, and wealth inequality. Mine! draws on mind-bending, often infuriating, and always fascinating accounts from business, history, courtrooms, and everyday life to reveal how the rules of ownership control our lives and shape our world. Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972 thebookvoice.com 11:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mine” is one of the first words babies learn, and by the time we grow up, the idea of ownership seems natural, whether we are buying a cup of coffee or a house. But who controls the space behind your airplane seat: you, reclining, or the squished laptop user behind you? Why is plagiarism wrong, but it’s okay to knock off a recipe or a dress design? And after a snowstorm, why does a chair in the street hold your parking space in Chicago, while in New York you lose both the space and the chair? In Mine!, Michael Heller and James Salzman, two of the world’s leading authorities on ownership, explain these puzzles and many more. Remarkably, they reveal, there are just six simple rules that everyone uses to claim everything. Owners choose the rule that steers us to do what they want. But we can pick differently. This is true not just for airplane seats, but also for battles over digital privacy, climate change, and wealth inequality. Mine! draws on mind-bending, often infuriating, and always fascinating accounts from business, history, courtrooms, and everyday life to reveal how the rules of ownership control our lives and shape our world. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440972]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Mine!: How the Hidden Rules of Ownership Control Our Lives Author: Michael A. Heller, James Salzman Narrator: René Ruiz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 13 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 1 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: “Mine” is one of the first words babies learn, and by the time we grow up, the idea of ownership seems natural, whether we are buying a cup of coffee or a house. But who controls the space behind your airplane seat: you, reclining, or the squished laptop user behind you? Why is plagiarism wrong, but it’s okay to knock off a recipe or a dress design? And after a snowstorm, why does a chair in the street hold your parking space in Chicago, while in New York you lose both the space and the chair? In Mine!, Michael Heller and James Salzman, two of the world’s leading authorities on ownership, explain these puzzles and many more. Remarkably, they reveal, there are just six simple rules that everyone uses to claim everything. Owners choose the rule that steers us to do what they want. But we can pick differently. This is true not just for airplane seats, but also for battles over digital privacy, climate change, and wealth inequality. Mine! draws on mind-bending, often infuriating, and always fascinating accounts from business, history, courtrooms, and everyday life to reveal how the rules of ownership control our lives and shape our world. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling & Knowing: Making Minds Conscious Author: Antonio Damasio Narrator: Julian Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.   In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling & Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.   Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe. Antonio Damasio Tue, 26 Oct 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966 thebookvoice.com 3:10:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling & Knowing: Making Minds Conscious Author: Antonio Damasio Narrator: Julian Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.   In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling & Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.   Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440966]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Feeling & Knowing: Making Minds Conscious Author: Antonio Damasio Narrator: Julian Morris Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 3 hours 10 minutes Release date: October 26, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 3 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From one of the world’s leading neuroscientists: a succinct, illuminating, wholly engaging investigation of how biology, neuroscience, psychology, and artificial intelligence have given us the tools to unlock the mysteries of human consciousness “One thrilling insight after another ... Damasio has succeeded brilliantly in narrowing the gap between body and mind.” —The New York Times Book Review In recent decades, many philosophers and cognitive scientists have declared the problem of consciousness unsolvable, but Antonio Damasio is convinced that recent findings across multiple scientific disciplines have given us  a way to understand consciousness and its significance for human life.   In the forty-eight brief chapters of Feeling & Knowing, and in writing that remains faithful to our intuitive sense of what feeling and experiencing are about, Damasio helps us understand why being conscious is not the same as sensing, why nervous systems are essential for the development of feelings, and why feeling opens the way to consciousness writ large. He combines the latest discoveries in various sciences with philosophy and discusses his original research, which has transformed our understanding of the brain and human behavior.   Here is an indispensable guide to understand­ing how we experience the world within and around us and find our place in the universe. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440955 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thrivers: The Surprising Reasons Why Some Kids Struggle and Others Shine Author: Michele Borba Narrator: Michele Borba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of UnSelfie explains why the old markers of accomplishment (grades, test scores) are no longer reliable predictors of success in the 21st century -- and offers 7 teachable traits that will safeguard our kids for the future. Michele Borba has been a teacher, educational consultant, and parent for 40 years -- and she's never been more worried than she is about this current generation of kids. The high-achieving students she talks with every day are more accomplished, better educated, and more privileged than ever before. They're also more stressed, unhappier, and struggling with anxiety, depression, and burnout at younger and younger ages -- 'we're like pretty packages with nothing inside,' said one young teen.  Thrivers are different: they flourish in our fast-paced, digital-driven, often uncertain world. Why? Dr. Borba combed scientific studies on resilience, spoke to dozens of researchers/experts in the field and interviewed more than 100 young people from all walks of life, and she found something surprising: the difference between those who struggle and those who succeed comes down not to grades or test scores, but to seven character traits that set Thrivers apart (and set them up for happiness and greater accomplishment later in life).  These traits--confidence, empathy, self-control, integrity, curiosity, perseverance, and optimism--will allow kids to roll with the punches and succeed in life. And the even better news: these traits can be taught to children at any age...in fact, parents and educations must do so. In Thrivers, Dr. Borba offers practical, actionable ways to develop these traits in children from preschool through high school, showing how to teach kids how to cope today so they can thrive tomorrow. *This audiobook includes a PDF of a character strength assessment and a core asset survey. Michele Borba Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440955 thebookvoice.com 8:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thrivers: The Surprising Reasons Why Some Kids Struggle and Others Shine Author: Michele Borba Narrator: Michele Borba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of UnSelfie explains why the old markers of accomplishment (grades, test scores) are no longer reliable predictors of success in the 21st century -- and offers 7 teachable traits that will safeguard our kids for the future. Michele Borba has been a teacher, educational consultant, and parent for 40 years -- and she's never been more worried than she is about this current generation of kids. The high-achieving students she talks with every day are more accomplished, better educated, and more privileged than ever before. They're also more stressed, unhappier, and struggling with anxiety, depression, and burnout at younger and younger ages -- 'we're like pretty packages with nothing inside,' said one young teen.  Thrivers are different: they flourish in our fast-paced, digital-driven, often uncertain world. Why? Dr. Borba combed scientific studies on resilience, spoke to dozens of researchers/experts in the field and interviewed more than 100 young people from all walks of life, and she found something surprising: the difference between those who struggle and those who succeed comes down not to grades or test scores, but to seven character traits that set Thrivers apart (and set them up for happiness and greater accomplishment later in life).  These traits--confidence, empathy, self-control, integrity, curiosity, perseverance, and optimism--will allow kids to roll with the punches and succeed in life. And the even better news: these traits can be taught to children at any age...in fact, parents and educations must do so. In Thrivers, Dr. Borba offers practical, actionable ways to develop these traits in children from preschool through high school, showing how to teach kids how to cope today so they can thrive tomorrow. *This audiobook includes a PDF of a character strength assessment and a core asset survey. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440955]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Thrivers: The Surprising Reasons Why Some Kids Struggle and Others Shine Author: Michele Borba Narrator: Michele Borba Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 58 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.6 of Total 5 Ratings of Narrator: 4 of Total 2 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The bestselling author of UnSelfie explains why the old markers of accomplishment (grades, test scores) are no longer reliable predictors of success in the 21st century -- and offers 7 teachable traits that will safeguard our kids for the future. Michele Borba has been a teacher, educational consultant, and parent for 40 years -- and she's never been more worried than she is about this current generation of kids. The high-achieving students she talks with every day are more accomplished, better educated, and more privileged than ever before. They're also more stressed, unhappier, and struggling with anxiety, depression, and burnout at younger and younger ages -- 'we're like pretty packages with nothing inside,' said one young teen.  Thrivers are different: they flourish in our fast-paced, digital-driven, often uncertain world. Why? Dr. Borba combed scientific studies on resilience, spoke to dozens of researchers/experts in the field and interviewed more than 100 young people from all walks of life, and she found something surprising: the difference between those who struggle and those who succeed comes down not to grades or test scores, but to seven character traits that set Thrivers apart (and set them up for happiness and greater accomplishment later in life).  These traits--confidence, empathy, self-control, integrity, curiosity, perseverance, and optimism--will allow kids to roll with the punches and succeed in life. And the even better news: these traits can be taught to children at any age...in fact, parents and educations must do so. In Thrivers, Dr. Borba offers practical, actionable ways to develop these traits in children from preschool through high school, showing how to teach kids how to cope today so they can thrive tomorrow. *This audiobook includes a PDF of a character strength assessment and a core asset survey. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440948 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Place: Inside the Fight for a Feminist Future Author: Kylie Cheung Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fearless primer on the feminism we need now: tactics for advancing reproductive justice, promoting intersectionality, and pushing back against patriarchal systems of oppression Too loud. Too shrill. Too far. Too much. Despite the systematic chipping away at our voices, autonomy, and rights, women who demand more--or even just enough--continue to be pushed aside, talked over, and dismissed. From unbridled online abuse to the unspoken societal rules that dictate who can express anger, when you're a feminist the personal is political...and it's time we all embrace feminism as a matter of survival. Cultural critic and Gen-Z feminist Kylie Cheung lays bare the state of affairs for women in the twenty-first century. She discusses the challenges of our time, from misogyny to gaslighting, racism, and rampant attacks on reproductive healthcare. She also explores the empowering strides of #MeToo, unprecedented youth mobilization, and increasing recognition of the power and necessity of intersectional movements. Cheung weaves biting cultural commentary with personal narrative, sharing stories of feminist awakening, online harassment, and the effects of sexual assault, racism, fetishization, and misogyny within relationships. She speaks candidly to a new generation of feminists seeking real, unfiltered experiences and guidance as they navigate the sexist realities of our unjust world. Cheung's manifesto is a tour-de-force of fourth-wave feminism, a call to arms that speaks truth to power as we engage in the fight of and for our lives. Kylie Cheung Tue, 03 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440948 thebookvoice.com 9:59:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Place: Inside the Fight for a Feminist Future Author: Kylie Cheung Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fearless primer on the feminism we need now: tactics for advancing reproductive justice, promoting intersectionality, and pushing back against patriarchal systems of oppression Too loud. Too shrill. Too far. Too much. Despite the systematic chipping away at our voices, autonomy, and rights, women who demand more--or even just enough--continue to be pushed aside, talked over, and dismissed. From unbridled online abuse to the unspoken societal rules that dictate who can express anger, when you're a feminist the personal is political...and it's time we all embrace feminism as a matter of survival. Cultural critic and Gen-Z feminist Kylie Cheung lays bare the state of affairs for women in the twenty-first century. She discusses the challenges of our time, from misogyny to gaslighting, racism, and rampant attacks on reproductive healthcare. She also explores the empowering strides of #MeToo, unprecedented youth mobilization, and increasing recognition of the power and necessity of intersectional movements. Cheung weaves biting cultural commentary with personal narrative, sharing stories of feminist awakening, online harassment, and the effects of sexual assault, racism, fetishization, and misogyny within relationships. She speaks candidly to a new generation of feminists seeking real, unfiltered experiences and guidance as they navigate the sexist realities of our unjust world. Cheung's manifesto is a tour-de-force of fourth-wave feminism, a call to arms that speaks truth to power as we engage in the fight of and for our lives. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440948]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Woman's Place: Inside the Fight for a Feminist Future Author: Kylie Cheung Narrator: Emily Woo Zeller Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 9 hours 59 minutes Release date: November 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A fearless primer on the feminism we need now: tactics for advancing reproductive justice, promoting intersectionality, and pushing back against patriarchal systems of oppression Too loud. Too shrill. Too far. Too much. Despite the systematic chipping away at our voices, autonomy, and rights, women who demand more--or even just enough--continue to be pushed aside, talked over, and dismissed. From unbridled online abuse to the unspoken societal rules that dictate who can express anger, when you're a feminist the personal is political...and it's time we all embrace feminism as a matter of survival. Cultural critic and Gen-Z feminist Kylie Cheung lays bare the state of affairs for women in the twenty-first century. She discusses the challenges of our time, from misogyny to gaslighting, racism, and rampant attacks on reproductive healthcare. She also explores the empowering strides of #MeToo, unprecedented youth mobilization, and increasing recognition of the power and necessity of intersectional movements. Cheung weaves biting cultural commentary with personal narrative, sharing stories of feminist awakening, online harassment, and the effects of sexual assault, racism, fetishization, and misogyny within relationships. She speaks candidly to a new generation of feminists seeking real, unfiltered experiences and guidance as they navigate the sexist realities of our unjust world. Cheung's manifesto is a tour-de-force of fourth-wave feminism, a call to arms that speaks truth to power as we engage in the fight of and for our lives. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440886 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Propelled: How Boredom, Frustration, and Anticipation Lead Us to the Good Life Author: Andreas Elpidorou Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of our endeavors—be it personal or communal, technological or artistic—aim at eradicating all traces of dissatisfaction from our daily lives. They seek to cure us of our discontent in order to deliver us a fuller and flourishing existence. But what if ubiquitous pleasure and instant fulfillment make our lives worse, not better? In Propelled, Andreas Elpidorou makes a lively case for the value of discontent and illustrates how boredom, frustration, and anticipation are good for us. Weaving together stories from sources as wide-ranging as classical literature, social and cognitive psychology, philosophy, art, and video games, Elpidorou shows that these psychological states aren't unpleasant accidents of our lives. Rather, they illuminate our desires and expectations, inform us when we find ourselves stuck in unpleasant and unfulfilling situations, and motivate us to furnish our lives with meaning, interest, and value. Boredom, frustration, and anticipation aren't obstacles to our goals—they are our guides, propelling us into lives that are truly our own. Andreas Elpidorou Tue, 02 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440886 thebookvoice.com 7:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Propelled: How Boredom, Frustration, and Anticipation Lead Us to the Good Life Author: Andreas Elpidorou Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of our endeavors—be it personal or communal, technological or artistic—aim at eradicating all traces of dissatisfaction from our daily lives. They seek to cure us of our discontent in order to deliver us a fuller and flourishing existence. But what if ubiquitous pleasure and instant fulfillment make our lives worse, not better? In Propelled, Andreas Elpidorou makes a lively case for the value of discontent and illustrates how boredom, frustration, and anticipation are good for us. Weaving together stories from sources as wide-ranging as classical literature, social and cognitive psychology, philosophy, art, and video games, Elpidorou shows that these psychological states aren't unpleasant accidents of our lives. Rather, they illuminate our desires and expectations, inform us when we find ourselves stuck in unpleasant and unfulfilling situations, and motivate us to furnish our lives with meaning, interest, and value. Boredom, frustration, and anticipation aren't obstacles to our goals—they are our guides, propelling us into lives that are truly our own. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440886]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Propelled: How Boredom, Frustration, and Anticipation Lead Us to the Good Life Author: Andreas Elpidorou Narrator: Pete Cross Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 2, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Many of our endeavors—be it personal or communal, technological or artistic—aim at eradicating all traces of dissatisfaction from our daily lives. They seek to cure us of our discontent in order to deliver us a fuller and flourishing existence. But what if ubiquitous pleasure and instant fulfillment make our lives worse, not better? In Propelled, Andreas Elpidorou makes a lively case for the value of discontent and illustrates how boredom, frustration, and anticipation are good for us. Weaving together stories from sources as wide-ranging as classical literature, social and cognitive psychology, philosophy, art, and video games, Elpidorou shows that these psychological states aren't unpleasant accidents of our lives. Rather, they illuminate our desires and expectations, inform us when we find ourselves stuck in unpleasant and unfulfilling situations, and motivate us to furnish our lives with meaning, interest, and value. Boredom, frustration, and anticipation aren't obstacles to our goals—they are our guides, propelling us into lives that are truly our own. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440698 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تمسك بزمام القوة - 48 قاعدة Author: روبرت غرين Narrator: فتحي عثمان Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يقدم المؤلف الشهير 'روبرت غرين' من خلال كتابه 'كيف تمسك بزمام القوة؟' ثمانٍ وأربعين قاعدة لأولئك الذين يبحثون عن القوة ويرقبونها ، فالقوة تعنى النجاح ، ولا يوجد أحد لا يطمح فى تلك القوة فى حياته ... فالبعض يعبث بالقوة ويخسرها فى غلطة قاتلة ، والبعض يغلو أو يقصر فيها ، وهناك آخرون يعدون العدة كاملة فيستطيعون أخذ القوة إلى جانبهم ببراعة خارقة لطبائع البشر ، فعلى مر الدهور تساءل العلماء والفلاسفة: ما هى الدروس التى ينبغى لنا أن نتعلمها من نجاح أسلافنا ومن إخفاقاتهم؟ إنها مجموعة من العوامل التى تشبكها جميعا لتكون تلك الأفكار التى تلمح إلى جوهر القوة وتلوح إلى خصائص معدِّلة لزيادتها ونقصانها. روبرت غرين Sat, 20 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440698 thebookvoice.com 24:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تمسك بزمام القوة - 48 قاعدة Author: روبرت غرين Narrator: فتحي عثمان Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يقدم المؤلف الشهير 'روبرت غرين' من خلال كتابه 'كيف تمسك بزمام القوة؟' ثمانٍ وأربعين قاعدة لأولئك الذين يبحثون عن القوة ويرقبونها ، فالقوة تعنى النجاح ، ولا يوجد أحد لا يطمح فى تلك القوة فى حياته ... فالبعض يعبث بالقوة ويخسرها فى غلطة قاتلة ، والبعض يغلو أو يقصر فيها ، وهناك آخرون يعدون العدة كاملة فيستطيعون أخذ القوة إلى جانبهم ببراعة خارقة لطبائع البشر ، فعلى مر الدهور تساءل العلماء والفلاسفة: ما هى الدروس التى ينبغى لنا أن نتعلمها من نجاح أسلافنا ومن إخفاقاتهم؟ إنها مجموعة من العوامل التى تشبكها جميعا لتكون تلك الأفكار التى تلمح إلى جوهر القوة وتلوح إلى خصائص معدِّلة لزيادتها ونقصانها. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440698]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - كيف تمسك بزمام القوة - 48 قاعدة Author: روبرت غرين Narrator: فتحي عثمان Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 24 hours 54 minutes Release date: March 20, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يقدم المؤلف الشهير 'روبرت غرين' من خلال كتابه 'كيف تمسك بزمام القوة؟' ثمانٍ وأربعين قاعدة لأولئك الذين يبحثون عن القوة ويرقبونها ، فالقوة تعنى النجاح ، ولا يوجد أحد لا يطمح فى تلك القوة فى حياته ... فالبعض يعبث بالقوة ويخسرها فى غلطة قاتلة ، والبعض يغلو أو يقصر فيها ، وهناك آخرون يعدون العدة كاملة فيستطيعون أخذ القوة إلى جانبهم ببراعة خارقة لطبائع البشر ، فعلى مر الدهور تساءل العلماء والفلاسفة: ما هى الدروس التى ينبغى لنا أن نتعلمها من نجاح أسلافنا ومن إخفاقاتهم؟ إنها مجموعة من العوامل التى تشبكها جميعا لتكون تلك الأفكار التى تلمح إلى جوهر القوة وتلوح إلى خصائص معدِّلة لزيادتها ونقصانها. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440549 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognition 101: How We Acquire Knowledge, Gain Understanding, and Make Decisions Author: Kathleen M. Galotti Narrator: Kathleen Galotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn practical, easy-to-apply tips to improve your thinking, reasoning, and decision making with an NIH-funded cognitive science professor and textbook author.   Cognitive psychology—the science of how we acquire, process, store, and use information—is essential to understanding the human experience. Yet cognition is such an automatic part of our daily functioning that we rarely take time to think about how it works or how we might improve it.    In 12 illuminating audio lectures, Carleton College professor Kathleen Marie Galotti will take you on a tour of higher-order cognitive processes such as problem-solving, creativity, reasoning, and decision making—in other words, how we put information to use.   As you examine the basic cognitive processes of perception, attention, and memory, you’ll see that all human beings—even highly intelligent and motivated ones—have limited cognition. Moreover, our perceptions are limited by our expectations, our current context, and even our cultural background.    The author of two textbooks on cognition as well as the book Making Decisions That Matter: How People Face Important Life Choices, Prof. Galotti is known for her ability to break down complex information into digestible pieces and make it relevant to everyday life.   Through this course, you’ll benefit from Prof. Galotti’s cutting-edge research on cognition and gain real-world applications that will strengthen your own cognitive processes.   This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a PDF study guide. Kathleen M. Galotti Tue, 26 May 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440549 thebookvoice.com 4:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognition 101: How We Acquire Knowledge, Gain Understanding, and Make Decisions Author: Kathleen M. Galotti Narrator: Kathleen Galotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn practical, easy-to-apply tips to improve your thinking, reasoning, and decision making with an NIH-funded cognitive science professor and textbook author.   Cognitive psychology—the science of how we acquire, process, store, and use information—is essential to understanding the human experience. Yet cognition is such an automatic part of our daily functioning that we rarely take time to think about how it works or how we might improve it.    In 12 illuminating audio lectures, Carleton College professor Kathleen Marie Galotti will take you on a tour of higher-order cognitive processes such as problem-solving, creativity, reasoning, and decision making—in other words, how we put information to use.   As you examine the basic cognitive processes of perception, attention, and memory, you’ll see that all human beings—even highly intelligent and motivated ones—have limited cognition. Moreover, our perceptions are limited by our expectations, our current context, and even our cultural background.    The author of two textbooks on cognition as well as the book Making Decisions That Matter: How People Face Important Life Choices, Prof. Galotti is known for her ability to break down complex information into digestible pieces and make it relevant to everyday life.   Through this course, you’ll benefit from Prof. Galotti’s cutting-edge research on cognition and gain real-world applications that will strengthen your own cognitive processes.   This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a PDF study guide. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440549]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Cognition 101: How We Acquire Knowledge, Gain Understanding, and Make Decisions Author: Kathleen M. Galotti Narrator: Kathleen Galotti Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 4 hours 51 minutes Release date: May 26, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.33 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Learn practical, easy-to-apply tips to improve your thinking, reasoning, and decision making with an NIH-funded cognitive science professor and textbook author.   Cognitive psychology—the science of how we acquire, process, store, and use information—is essential to understanding the human experience. Yet cognition is such an automatic part of our daily functioning that we rarely take time to think about how it works or how we might improve it.    In 12 illuminating audio lectures, Carleton College professor Kathleen Marie Galotti will take you on a tour of higher-order cognitive processes such as problem-solving, creativity, reasoning, and decision making—in other words, how we put information to use.   As you examine the basic cognitive processes of perception, attention, and memory, you’ll see that all human beings—even highly intelligent and motivated ones—have limited cognition. Moreover, our perceptions are limited by our expectations, our current context, and even our cultural background.    The author of two textbooks on cognition as well as the book Making Decisions That Matter: How People Face Important Life Choices, Prof. Galotti is known for her ability to break down complex information into digestible pieces and make it relevant to everyday life.   Through this course, you’ll benefit from Prof. Galotti’s cutting-edge research on cognition and gain real-world applications that will strengthen your own cognitive processes.   This course is part of the Learn25 collection and includes a PDF study guide. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440458 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Passion for Ignorance: What We Choose Not to Know and Why Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Lisa Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This provocative audiobook narrated by Lisa Coleman explores our capacity to ignore what is inconvenient or traumatic Ignorance, whether passive or active, conscious or unconscious, has always been a part of the human condition, Renata Salecl argues. What has changed in our post-truth, postindustrial world is that we often feel overwhelmed by the constant flood of information and misinformation. It sometimes seems impossible to differentiate between truth and falsehood and, as a result, there has been a backlash against the idea of expertise, and a rise in the number of people actively choosing not to know. The dangers of this are obvious, but Salecl challenges our assumptions, arguing that there may also be a positive side to ignorance, and that by addressing the role of ignorance in society, we may also be able to reclaim the role of knowledge. Drawing on philosophy, social and psychoanalytic theory, popular culture, and her own experience, Salecl explores how the passion for ignorance plays out in many different aspects of life today, from love, illness, trauma, and the fear of failure to genetics, forensic science, big data, and the incel movement—and she concludes that ignorance is a complex phenomenon that can, on occasion, benefit individuals and society as a whole. The result is a fascinating investigation of how the knowledge economy became an ignorance economy, what it means for us, and what it tells us about the world today. Renata Salecl Tue, 29 Sep 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440458 thebookvoice.com 5:28:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Passion for Ignorance: What We Choose Not to Know and Why Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Lisa Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This provocative audiobook narrated by Lisa Coleman explores our capacity to ignore what is inconvenient or traumatic Ignorance, whether passive or active, conscious or unconscious, has always been a part of the human condition, Renata Salecl argues. What has changed in our post-truth, postindustrial world is that we often feel overwhelmed by the constant flood of information and misinformation. It sometimes seems impossible to differentiate between truth and falsehood and, as a result, there has been a backlash against the idea of expertise, and a rise in the number of people actively choosing not to know. The dangers of this are obvious, but Salecl challenges our assumptions, arguing that there may also be a positive side to ignorance, and that by addressing the role of ignorance in society, we may also be able to reclaim the role of knowledge. Drawing on philosophy, social and psychoanalytic theory, popular culture, and her own experience, Salecl explores how the passion for ignorance plays out in many different aspects of life today, from love, illness, trauma, and the fear of failure to genetics, forensic science, big data, and the incel movement—and she concludes that ignorance is a complex phenomenon that can, on occasion, benefit individuals and society as a whole. The result is a fascinating investigation of how the knowledge economy became an ignorance economy, what it means for us, and what it tells us about the world today. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440458]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: A Passion for Ignorance: What We Choose Not to Know and Why Author: Renata Salecl Narrator: Lisa Coleman Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 5 hours 28 minutes Release date: September 29, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 2 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 3 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This provocative audiobook narrated by Lisa Coleman explores our capacity to ignore what is inconvenient or traumatic Ignorance, whether passive or active, conscious or unconscious, has always been a part of the human condition, Renata Salecl argues. What has changed in our post-truth, postindustrial world is that we often feel overwhelmed by the constant flood of information and misinformation. It sometimes seems impossible to differentiate between truth and falsehood and, as a result, there has been a backlash against the idea of expertise, and a rise in the number of people actively choosing not to know. The dangers of this are obvious, but Salecl challenges our assumptions, arguing that there may also be a positive side to ignorance, and that by addressing the role of ignorance in society, we may also be able to reclaim the role of knowledge. Drawing on philosophy, social and psychoanalytic theory, popular culture, and her own experience, Salecl explores how the passion for ignorance plays out in many different aspects of life today, from love, illness, trauma, and the fear of failure to genetics, forensic science, big data, and the incel movement—and she concludes that ignorance is a complex phenomenon that can, on occasion, benefit individuals and society as a whole. The result is a fascinating investigation of how the knowledge economy became an ignorance economy, what it means for us, and what it tells us about the world today. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440327 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Came In With It: A Portrait of Motherhood and Madness Author: Miriam Feldman Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an idyllic Los Angeles neighborhood, where generations of families enjoy deep roots in old homes, the O’Rourke family fits right in. Miriam and Craig are both artists and their four children carry on the legacy. When their teenage son, Nick, is diagnosed with schizophrenia, a tumultuous decade ensues in which the family careens permanently off the conventional course. Like the ten Biblical plagues, they are hit by one catastrophe after another: violence, evictions, arrests, a suicide attempt, a near-drowning—even cancer and a brain tumor— play against the backdrop of a wild teenage bacchanal of artmaking and drugs. With no time for hand-wringing, Miriam advances, convinced she can fix everything, while a devastated Craig retreats to their property in rural Washington State as home becomes a battlefield. It is while cleaning out a closet that Miriam discovers a cache of drawings and journals written by Nick throughout his spiral into schizophrenia. She begins a solitary forensic journey into the lonely labyrinth of his mind. This is the story of how mental illness unspools an entire family. As Miriam fights to reclaim her son from the ruthless, invisible enemy, we are given an unflinching view into a world few could imagine. It exposes the shocking shortfalls of our mental-health system, the destructive impact of stigma, shame, and isolation, and, finally, the falsity of the notion of a perfect family. Throughout the book, it is the family’s ability to find humor in the absurdities of this life that saves them. Miriam Feldman Tue, 21 Jul 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440327 thebookvoice.com 11:3:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Came In With It: A Portrait of Motherhood and Madness Author: Miriam Feldman Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an idyllic Los Angeles neighborhood, where generations of families enjoy deep roots in old homes, the O’Rourke family fits right in. Miriam and Craig are both artists and their four children carry on the legacy. When their teenage son, Nick, is diagnosed with schizophrenia, a tumultuous decade ensues in which the family careens permanently off the conventional course. Like the ten Biblical plagues, they are hit by one catastrophe after another: violence, evictions, arrests, a suicide attempt, a near-drowning—even cancer and a brain tumor— play against the backdrop of a wild teenage bacchanal of artmaking and drugs. With no time for hand-wringing, Miriam advances, convinced she can fix everything, while a devastated Craig retreats to their property in rural Washington State as home becomes a battlefield. It is while cleaning out a closet that Miriam discovers a cache of drawings and journals written by Nick throughout his spiral into schizophrenia. She begins a solitary forensic journey into the lonely labyrinth of his mind. This is the story of how mental illness unspools an entire family. As Miriam fights to reclaim her son from the ruthless, invisible enemy, we are given an unflinching view into a world few could imagine. It exposes the shocking shortfalls of our mental-health system, the destructive impact of stigma, shame, and isolation, and, finally, the falsity of the notion of a perfect family. Throughout the book, it is the family’s ability to find humor in the absurdities of this life that saves them. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440327]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: He Came In With It: A Portrait of Motherhood and Madness Author: Miriam Feldman Narrator: Ann Richardson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 11 hours 3 minutes Release date: July 21, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: In an idyllic Los Angeles neighborhood, where generations of families enjoy deep roots in old homes, the O’Rourke family fits right in. Miriam and Craig are both artists and their four children carry on the legacy. When their teenage son, Nick, is diagnosed with schizophrenia, a tumultuous decade ensues in which the family careens permanently off the conventional course. Like the ten Biblical plagues, they are hit by one catastrophe after another: violence, evictions, arrests, a suicide attempt, a near-drowning—even cancer and a brain tumor— play against the backdrop of a wild teenage bacchanal of artmaking and drugs. With no time for hand-wringing, Miriam advances, convinced she can fix everything, while a devastated Craig retreats to their property in rural Washington State as home becomes a battlefield. It is while cleaning out a closet that Miriam discovers a cache of drawings and journals written by Nick throughout his spiral into schizophrenia. She begins a solitary forensic journey into the lonely labyrinth of his mind. This is the story of how mental illness unspools an entire family. As Miriam fights to reclaim her son from the ruthless, invisible enemy, we are given an unflinching view into a world few could imagine. It exposes the shocking shortfalls of our mental-health system, the destructive impact of stigma, shame, and isolation, and, finally, the falsity of the notion of a perfect family. Throughout the book, it is the family’s ability to find humor in the absurdities of this life that saves them. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440243 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أستمتع بحياتك Author: د. محمد العريفي Narrator: براء حمزة Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يوضح الكاتب محمد العريفي في كتابه 'استمتع بحياتك' فن التعامل مع البشر، كما يشير إلى الأمور التي قد تتسبب في تعكير صفو العلاقات، وكيفية التعامل معها وحلها. ويستحضر الكاتب السيرة النبوية فيما يتعلق بالتعامل بين مختلف أنواع البشر، ويؤكد على ضرورة اتباع نهج النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم لكي تصل إلى السلام النفسي. لذلك عليك أن تستمتع بحياتك وتستمع الآن د. محمد العريفي Wed, 17 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440243 thebookvoice.com 12:50:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أستمتع بحياتك Author: د. محمد العريفي Narrator: براء حمزة Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يوضح الكاتب محمد العريفي في كتابه 'استمتع بحياتك' فن التعامل مع البشر، كما يشير إلى الأمور التي قد تتسبب في تعكير صفو العلاقات، وكيفية التعامل معها وحلها. ويستحضر الكاتب السيرة النبوية فيما يتعلق بالتعامل بين مختلف أنواع البشر، ويؤكد على ضرورة اتباع نهج النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم لكي تصل إلى السلام النفسي. لذلك عليك أن تستمتع بحياتك وتستمع الآن Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440243]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: [Arabic] - أستمتع بحياتك Author: د. محمد العريفي Narrator: براء حمزة Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 12 hours 50 minutes Release date: March 17, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: يوضح الكاتب محمد العريفي في كتابه 'استمتع بحياتك' فن التعامل مع البشر، كما يشير إلى الأمور التي قد تتسبب في تعكير صفو العلاقات، وكيفية التعامل معها وحلها. ويستحضر الكاتب السيرة النبوية فيما يتعلق بالتعامل بين مختلف أنواع البشر، ويؤكد على ضرورة اتباع نهج النبي صلى الله عليه وسلم لكي تصل إلى السلام النفسي. لذلك عليك أن تستمتع بحياتك وتستمع الآن https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440192 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Inflamed: Uncovering the Hidden Causes of Anxiety, Depression, and Other Mood Disorders in Adolescents and Teens Author: Kenneth Bock, M.D. Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From renowned integrative physician Kenneth Bock, M.D., comes a groundbreaking approach to understanding adolescent and teen mental health disorders. Over the past decade, the number of 12- to 17-year-olds suffering from mental health disorders has more than doubled. While adolescents and teens are notorious for mood swings and rebellion, parents today are navigating new terrain as their children are increasingly at risk of struggling with a mental health issue. But the question remains: What is causing this epidemic of illness? In Brain Inflamed, acclaimed integrative doctor Dr. Kenneth Bock shares a revolutionary new view of adolescent and teen mental health—one that suggests many of the mental disorders most common among this population (including depression, anxiety, and OCD) may share the same underlying mechanism: systemic inflammation. In this groundbreaking work, Dr. Bock explains the essential role of the immune system and the microbiome in mental health, detailing the ways in which imbalances in these systems—such as autoimmune conditions, thyroid disorders, or leaky gut syndrome—can generate neurological inflammation. While most conventional doctors assume that teens’ psychological struggles can be resolved only with therapy and psychotropic drugs, Dr. Bock’s approach considers the whole-body health of his patients. In his integrative evaluations, he often uncovers triggers such as gluten sensitivity, adrenal dysfunction, Lyme disease, and post-strep infections—all of which create imbalances in the body that can generate psychological symptoms. Filled with incredible stories from Dr. Bock’s more than thirty years as a practicing physician, Brain Inflamed explains the biological underpinnings of many common mental health issues, and empowers the parents and family members of struggling teens with practical advice—and perhaps most importantly, hope for a brighter future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Kenneth Bock, M.D. Tue, 02 Mar 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440192 thebookvoice.com 8:51:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Inflamed: Uncovering the Hidden Causes of Anxiety, Depression, and Other Mood Disorders in Adolescents and Teens Author: Kenneth Bock, M.D. Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From renowned integrative physician Kenneth Bock, M.D., comes a groundbreaking approach to understanding adolescent and teen mental health disorders. Over the past decade, the number of 12- to 17-year-olds suffering from mental health disorders has more than doubled. While adolescents and teens are notorious for mood swings and rebellion, parents today are navigating new terrain as their children are increasingly at risk of struggling with a mental health issue. But the question remains: What is causing this epidemic of illness? In Brain Inflamed, acclaimed integrative doctor Dr. Kenneth Bock shares a revolutionary new view of adolescent and teen mental health—one that suggests many of the mental disorders most common among this population (including depression, anxiety, and OCD) may share the same underlying mechanism: systemic inflammation. In this groundbreaking work, Dr. Bock explains the essential role of the immune system and the microbiome in mental health, detailing the ways in which imbalances in these systems—such as autoimmune conditions, thyroid disorders, or leaky gut syndrome—can generate neurological inflammation. While most conventional doctors assume that teens’ psychological struggles can be resolved only with therapy and psychotropic drugs, Dr. Bock’s approach considers the whole-body health of his patients. In his integrative evaluations, he often uncovers triggers such as gluten sensitivity, adrenal dysfunction, Lyme disease, and post-strep infections—all of which create imbalances in the body that can generate psychological symptoms. Filled with incredible stories from Dr. Bock’s more than thirty years as a practicing physician, Brain Inflamed explains the biological underpinnings of many common mental health issues, and empowers the parents and family members of struggling teens with practical advice—and perhaps most importantly, hope for a brighter future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440192]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Brain Inflamed: Uncovering the Hidden Causes of Anxiety, Depression, and Other Mood Disorders in Adolescents and Teens Author: Kenneth Bock, M.D. Narrator: Stephen Graybill Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 51 minutes Release date: March 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: From renowned integrative physician Kenneth Bock, M.D., comes a groundbreaking approach to understanding adolescent and teen mental health disorders. Over the past decade, the number of 12- to 17-year-olds suffering from mental health disorders has more than doubled. While adolescents and teens are notorious for mood swings and rebellion, parents today are navigating new terrain as their children are increasingly at risk of struggling with a mental health issue. But the question remains: What is causing this epidemic of illness? In Brain Inflamed, acclaimed integrative doctor Dr. Kenneth Bock shares a revolutionary new view of adolescent and teen mental health—one that suggests many of the mental disorders most common among this population (including depression, anxiety, and OCD) may share the same underlying mechanism: systemic inflammation. In this groundbreaking work, Dr. Bock explains the essential role of the immune system and the microbiome in mental health, detailing the ways in which imbalances in these systems—such as autoimmune conditions, thyroid disorders, or leaky gut syndrome—can generate neurological inflammation. While most conventional doctors assume that teens’ psychological struggles can be resolved only with therapy and psychotropic drugs, Dr. Bock’s approach considers the whole-body health of his patients. In his integrative evaluations, he often uncovers triggers such as gluten sensitivity, adrenal dysfunction, Lyme disease, and post-strep infections—all of which create imbalances in the body that can generate psychological symptoms. Filled with incredible stories from Dr. Bock’s more than thirty years as a practicing physician, Brain Inflamed explains the biological underpinnings of many common mental health issues, and empowers the parents and family members of struggling teens with practical advice—and perhaps most importantly, hope for a brighter future. Supplemental enhancement PDF accompanies the audiobook. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440118 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feeling of Life Itself: Why Consciousness Is Widespread but Can't Be Computed Author: Christof Koch Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists study which cognitive operations underpin a given conscious perception. Neuroscientists track the neural correlates of consciousness in the brain, the organ of the mind. But why the brain and not, say, the liver? How can the brain, three pounds of highly excitable matter, a piece of furniture in the universe, subject to the same laws of physics as any other piece, give rise to subjective experience? Koch argues that what is needed to answer these questions is a quantitative theory that starts with experience and proceeds to the brain. In The Feeling of Life Itself, Koch outlines such a theory, based on integrated information. Koch describes how the theory explains many facts about the neurology of consciousness and how it has been used to build a clinically useful consciousness meter. The theory predicts that many, and perhaps all, animals experience the sights and sounds of life; consciousness is much more widespread than conventionally assumed. Contrary to received wisdom, however, Koch argues that programmable computers will not have consciousness. Even a perfect software model of the brain is not conscious. Its simulation is fake consciousness. Consciousness is not a special type of computation—it is not a clever hack. Consciousness is about being. Christof Koch Tue, 25 Aug 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440118 thebookvoice.com 7:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feeling of Life Itself: Why Consciousness Is Widespread but Can't Be Computed Author: Christof Koch Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists study which cognitive operations underpin a given conscious perception. Neuroscientists track the neural correlates of consciousness in the brain, the organ of the mind. But why the brain and not, say, the liver? How can the brain, three pounds of highly excitable matter, a piece of furniture in the universe, subject to the same laws of physics as any other piece, give rise to subjective experience? Koch argues that what is needed to answer these questions is a quantitative theory that starts with experience and proceeds to the brain. In The Feeling of Life Itself, Koch outlines such a theory, based on integrated information. Koch describes how the theory explains many facts about the neurology of consciousness and how it has been used to build a clinically useful consciousness meter. The theory predicts that many, and perhaps all, animals experience the sights and sounds of life; consciousness is much more widespread than conventionally assumed. Contrary to received wisdom, however, Koch argues that programmable computers will not have consciousness. Even a perfect software model of the brain is not conscious. Its simulation is fake consciousness. Consciousness is not a special type of computation—it is not a clever hack. Consciousness is about being. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/440118]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Feeling of Life Itself: Why Consciousness Is Widespread but Can't Be Computed Author: Christof Koch Narrator: Patrick Lawlor Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 34 minutes Release date: August 25, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Psychologists study which cognitive operations underpin a given conscious perception. Neuroscientists track the neural correlates of consciousness in the brain, the organ of the mind. But why the brain and not, say, the liver? How can the brain, three pounds of highly excitable matter, a piece of furniture in the universe, subject to the same laws of physics as any other piece, give rise to subjective experience? Koch argues that what is needed to answer these questions is a quantitative theory that starts with experience and proceeds to the brain. In The Feeling of Life Itself, Koch outlines such a theory, based on integrated information. Koch describes how the theory explains many facts about the neurology of consciousness and how it has been used to build a clinically useful consciousness meter. The theory predicts that many, and perhaps all, animals experience the sights and sounds of life; consciousness is much more widespread than conventionally assumed. Contrary to received wisdom, however, Koch argues that programmable computers will not have consciousness. Even a perfect software model of the brain is not conscious. Its simulation is fake consciousness. Consciousness is not a special type of computation—it is not a clever hack. Consciousness is about being. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439510 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scaffold Effect: Raising Resilient, Self-Reliant, and Secure Kids in an Age of Anxiety Author: Harold S. Koplewicz Narrator: Harold S. Koplewicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prevent and counteract the general anxiety and emotional fragility prevalent in children and teenagers today—a new parenting philosophy and strategies that give children the tools to flourish on their own. “A master synthesizer of attachment science, medical practice, and his own experience as a father, Harold Koplewicz capably and compassionately leads us through the art of scaffolding, from early childhood through the important adolescent period.”—Daniel J. Siegel, MD, author of The Whole Brain Child Just as sturdy scaffolding is necessary when erecting a building and will come down when the structure grows stable, good parenting provides children with steady and warm emotional nourishment on the path toward independence. Never-ending parental problem-solving and involvement can have the opposite effect, enabling fragility and anxiety over time.   In The Scaffold Effect, world-renowned child psychiatrist Harold Koplewicz introduces the powerful and clinically tested idea that this deliberate build-up and then gradual loosening of parental support is the single most effective way to encourage kids to climb higher, try new things, grow from mistakes, and develop character and strength. Explaining the building blocks of an effective scaffold from infancy through young adulthood, he expertly guides parents through the strategies for raising empowered, capable people, including: • Lay a solid foundation: The parent-child relationship needs to be made from the concrete mixture of emotional availability, positive reinforcement, clear messaging, and consistent rules. From this supportive base, your will forge a bond that will survive adolescence and grow stronger into adulthood. • Empower growth: Skyscraper or sprawling ranch—the style of your child’s construction is not up to you! Scaffold parenting validates and accommodates the shape the child is growing into. Any effort to block or control growth will actually stunt it. • Stay on their level: Imagine being on the ground floor of a house and trying to talk to someone on the roof. The person on the roof will have to “talk down” to you or yell. If your child’s building and your scaffold are on the same level, you can speak directly, look each other in the eye, and keep the lines of communication open.   Drawing on Dr. Koplewicz’s decades of clinical and personal experience, The Scaffold Effect is a compassionate, street-smart, and essential guide for the ages. All of the author’s proceeds from the sale of this book will be donated to the Child Mind Institute. Harold S. Koplewicz Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439510 thebookvoice.com 8:34:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scaffold Effect: Raising Resilient, Self-Reliant, and Secure Kids in an Age of Anxiety Author: Harold S. Koplewicz Narrator: Harold S. Koplewicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prevent and counteract the general anxiety and emotional fragility prevalent in children and teenagers today—a new parenting philosophy and strategies that give children the tools to flourish on their own. “A master synthesizer of attachment science, medical practice, and his own experience as a father, Harold Koplewicz capably and compassionately leads us through the art of scaffolding, from early childhood through the important adolescent period.”—Daniel J. Siegel, MD, author of The Whole Brain Child Just as sturdy scaffolding is necessary when erecting a building and will come down when the structure grows stable, good parenting provides children with steady and warm emotional nourishment on the path toward independence. Never-ending parental problem-solving and involvement can have the opposite effect, enabling fragility and anxiety over time.   In The Scaffold Effect, world-renowned child psychiatrist Harold Koplewicz introduces the powerful and clinically tested idea that this deliberate build-up and then gradual loosening of parental support is the single most effective way to encourage kids to climb higher, try new things, grow from mistakes, and develop character and strength. Explaining the building blocks of an effective scaffold from infancy through young adulthood, he expertly guides parents through the strategies for raising empowered, capable people, including: • Lay a solid foundation: The parent-child relationship needs to be made from the concrete mixture of emotional availability, positive reinforcement, clear messaging, and consistent rules. From this supportive base, your will forge a bond that will survive adolescence and grow stronger into adulthood. • Empower growth: Skyscraper or sprawling ranch—the style of your child’s construction is not up to you! Scaffold parenting validates and accommodates the shape the child is growing into. Any effort to block or control growth will actually stunt it. • Stay on their level: Imagine being on the ground floor of a house and trying to talk to someone on the roof. The person on the roof will have to “talk down” to you or yell. If your child’s building and your scaffold are on the same level, you can speak directly, look each other in the eye, and keep the lines of communication open.   Drawing on Dr. Koplewicz’s decades of clinical and personal experience, The Scaffold Effect is a compassionate, street-smart, and essential guide for the ages. All of the author’s proceeds from the sale of this book will be donated to the Child Mind Institute. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439510]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: The Scaffold Effect: Raising Resilient, Self-Reliant, and Secure Kids in an Age of Anxiety Author: Harold S. Koplewicz Narrator: Harold S. Koplewicz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 8 hours 34 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Prevent and counteract the general anxiety and emotional fragility prevalent in children and teenagers today—a new parenting philosophy and strategies that give children the tools to flourish on their own. “A master synthesizer of attachment science, medical practice, and his own experience as a father, Harold Koplewicz capably and compassionately leads us through the art of scaffolding, from early childhood through the important adolescent period.”—Daniel J. Siegel, MD, author of The Whole Brain Child Just as sturdy scaffolding is necessary when erecting a building and will come down when the structure grows stable, good parenting provides children with steady and warm emotional nourishment on the path toward independence. Never-ending parental problem-solving and involvement can have the opposite effect, enabling fragility and anxiety over time.   In The Scaffold Effect, world-renowned child psychiatrist Harold Koplewicz introduces the powerful and clinically tested idea that this deliberate build-up and then gradual loosening of parental support is the single most effective way to encourage kids to climb higher, try new things, grow from mistakes, and develop character and strength. Explaining the building blocks of an effective scaffold from infancy through young adulthood, he expertly guides parents through the strategies for raising empowered, capable people, including: • Lay a solid foundation: The parent-child relationship needs to be made from the concrete mixture of emotional availability, positive reinforcement, clear messaging, and consistent rules. From this supportive base, your will forge a bond that will survive adolescence and grow stronger into adulthood. • Empower growth: Skyscraper or sprawling ranch—the style of your child’s construction is not up to you! Scaffold parenting validates and accommodates the shape the child is growing into. Any effort to block or control growth will actually stunt it. • Stay on their level: Imagine being on the ground floor of a house and trying to talk to someone on the roof. The person on the roof will have to “talk down” to you or yell. If your child’s building and your scaffold are on the same level, you can speak directly, look each other in the eye, and keep the lines of communication open.   Drawing on Dr. Koplewicz’s decades of clinical and personal experience, The Scaffold Effect is a compassionate, street-smart, and essential guide for the ages. All of the author’s proceeds from the sale of this book will be donated to the Child Mind Institute. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439342 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Awareness How to Use Critical Thinking Skills to Find Your Passion: Plus 20 Questions You Must Ask Yourself Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to get clarity and finally find your passion? Have you ever wondered what your place in this world is? What your passion in life is? Maybe you’ve wondered what you're good at or how to get a better career - a career you care about, if you don’t already. Many people ask themselves these questions on a daily basis and have no answer. This audiobook will help you answer those questions by showing you how critical thinking can help you learn about what your passions in life are. It will help you realize the strengths you have in life and how they can lead to your passions, as well as explaining how critical thinking can accomplish this. We have a step-by-step explanation about what critical thinking is and how best to use it in your daily life to help you feel happier and more fulfilled. We also have a set of 20 bonus questions with explanations and tips that will help you clarify your passion and purpose in life. When you download this audiobook today, you’ll also learn: Why critical thinking is a big deal How to use critical thinking How to find your passion How to overcome doubt with simple techniques How to be happy everyday How to discover your strength and talents Twenty questions you must ask yourself Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover your passion and purpose in life. Get this audiobook now Steven West Fri, 05 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439342 thebookvoice.com 2:45:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Awareness How to Use Critical Thinking Skills to Find Your Passion: Plus 20 Questions You Must Ask Yourself Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to get clarity and finally find your passion? Have you ever wondered what your place in this world is? What your passion in life is? Maybe you’ve wondered what you're good at or how to get a better career - a career you care about, if you don’t already. Many people ask themselves these questions on a daily basis and have no answer. This audiobook will help you answer those questions by showing you how critical thinking can help you learn about what your passions in life are. It will help you realize the strengths you have in life and how they can lead to your passions, as well as explaining how critical thinking can accomplish this. We have a step-by-step explanation about what critical thinking is and how best to use it in your daily life to help you feel happier and more fulfilled. We also have a set of 20 bonus questions with explanations and tips that will help you clarify your passion and purpose in life. When you download this audiobook today, you’ll also learn: Why critical thinking is a big deal How to use critical thinking How to find your passion How to overcome doubt with simple techniques How to be happy everyday How to discover your strength and talents Twenty questions you must ask yourself Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover your passion and purpose in life. Get this audiobook now Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439342]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Critical Thinking and Self-Awareness How to Use Critical Thinking Skills to Find Your Passion: Plus 20 Questions You Must Ask Yourself Author: Steven West Narrator: Raymond Lawrence Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 45 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you ready to get clarity and finally find your passion? Have you ever wondered what your place in this world is? What your passion in life is? Maybe you’ve wondered what you're good at or how to get a better career - a career you care about, if you don’t already. Many people ask themselves these questions on a daily basis and have no answer. This audiobook will help you answer those questions by showing you how critical thinking can help you learn about what your passions in life are. It will help you realize the strengths you have in life and how they can lead to your passions, as well as explaining how critical thinking can accomplish this. We have a step-by-step explanation about what critical thinking is and how best to use it in your daily life to help you feel happier and more fulfilled. We also have a set of 20 bonus questions with explanations and tips that will help you clarify your passion and purpose in life. When you download this audiobook today, you’ll also learn: Why critical thinking is a big deal How to use critical thinking How to find your passion How to overcome doubt with simple techniques How to be happy everyday How to discover your strength and talents Twenty questions you must ask yourself Much, much more! Download your copy today! Take action today and discover your passion and purpose in life. Get this audiobook now https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439343 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confide: The New Psychology of Confidence Author: Adam Bowcutt Narrator: Adam Bowcutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hello, I am Adam Bowcutt. Why did I write this book? Number one, to be the change I wish to see in the world. Number two, to share with the world how to rebuild a rock-solid foundation of super-strong mental health after experiencing depression. Number three, to be accountable in my mission of helping and saving 500,000 lives from suicide one life at a time. 'The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the service of others.' - Ghandi Adam Bowcutt Mon, 01 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439343 thebookvoice.com 2:53:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confide: The New Psychology of Confidence Author: Adam Bowcutt Narrator: Adam Bowcutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hello, I am Adam Bowcutt. Why did I write this book? Number one, to be the change I wish to see in the world. Number two, to share with the world how to rebuild a rock-solid foundation of super-strong mental health after experiencing depression. Number three, to be accountable in my mission of helping and saving 500,000 lives from suicide one life at a time. 'The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the service of others.' - Ghandi Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439343]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Confide: The New Psychology of Confidence Author: Adam Bowcutt Narrator: Adam Bowcutt Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 53 minutes Release date: June 1, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Hello, I am Adam Bowcutt. Why did I write this book? Number one, to be the change I wish to see in the world. Number two, to share with the world how to rebuild a rock-solid foundation of super-strong mental health after experiencing depression. Number three, to be accountable in my mission of helping and saving 500,000 lives from suicide one life at a time. 'The best way to find yourself is to lose yourself in the service of others.' - Ghandi https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439344 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques Author: Amanda M. Myers Narrator: Joe Wosik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to protect yourself from manipulation and employ psychological tactics to influence those around you, without utilizing unsavory methods: Do you recognize the mind games being played out around you? Are you a victim of covert emotional manipulation? Do you want to know how to use the Dark Triad to help you become more successful in life? Of course you do. After all, no one gives in to manipulation willingly. Manipulation delves deep into the nitty-gritty and exposes the world of dark psychology to shed new light on human behavior. Dark psychology is powerful, ubiquitous, and the missing tool that you need to have the advantage in everyday life. From the details of mind games to the specifics of brainwashing, you’ll learn how to see the world around you in a new light. Naivety won’t help you, but staying informed will. Learning how to recognize the signs and accepting that mind control is real will aid you in business negotiations, relationships, and political dilemmas. In this book, you’ll discover: How to recognize everyday mind control The techniques used by mind control masters The Dark Triad of psychology How to uncover dark persuasion and distinguish it from innocent persuasion The secrets behind mind games and how to use them to your advantage The specifics of dark deception, how to recognize it, and what to do about it And much more! Don’t let yourself be victimized any longer. Manipulation is all around you, and it’s impossible to escape. But, it’s not impossible to fight. Turn their tactics against them and let Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques teach you everything you need to know to be one step ahead. Knowledge is power. Click “add to cart” to learn the secrets of psychology and stop manipulators in their tracks. Amanda M. Myers Wed, 03 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439344 thebookvoice.com 2:54:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques Author: Amanda M. Myers Narrator: Joe Wosik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to protect yourself from manipulation and employ psychological tactics to influence those around you, without utilizing unsavory methods: Do you recognize the mind games being played out around you? Are you a victim of covert emotional manipulation? Do you want to know how to use the Dark Triad to help you become more successful in life? Of course you do. After all, no one gives in to manipulation willingly. Manipulation delves deep into the nitty-gritty and exposes the world of dark psychology to shed new light on human behavior. Dark psychology is powerful, ubiquitous, and the missing tool that you need to have the advantage in everyday life. From the details of mind games to the specifics of brainwashing, you’ll learn how to see the world around you in a new light. Naivety won’t help you, but staying informed will. Learning how to recognize the signs and accepting that mind control is real will aid you in business negotiations, relationships, and political dilemmas. In this book, you’ll discover: How to recognize everyday mind control The techniques used by mind control masters The Dark Triad of psychology How to uncover dark persuasion and distinguish it from innocent persuasion The secrets behind mind games and how to use them to your advantage The specifics of dark deception, how to recognize it, and what to do about it And much more! Don’t let yourself be victimized any longer. Manipulation is all around you, and it’s impossible to escape. But, it’s not impossible to fight. Turn their tactics against them and let Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques teach you everything you need to know to be one step ahead. Knowledge is power. Click “add to cart” to learn the secrets of psychology and stop manipulators in their tracks. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439344]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques Author: Amanda M. Myers Narrator: Joe Wosik Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 2 hours 54 minutes Release date: June 3, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: How to protect yourself from manipulation and employ psychological tactics to influence those around you, without utilizing unsavory methods: Do you recognize the mind games being played out around you? Are you a victim of covert emotional manipulation? Do you want to know how to use the Dark Triad to help you become more successful in life? Of course you do. After all, no one gives in to manipulation willingly. Manipulation delves deep into the nitty-gritty and exposes the world of dark psychology to shed new light on human behavior. Dark psychology is powerful, ubiquitous, and the missing tool that you need to have the advantage in everyday life. From the details of mind games to the specifics of brainwashing, you’ll learn how to see the world around you in a new light. Naivety won’t help you, but staying informed will. Learning how to recognize the signs and accepting that mind control is real will aid you in business negotiations, relationships, and political dilemmas. In this book, you’ll discover: How to recognize everyday mind control The techniques used by mind control masters The Dark Triad of psychology How to uncover dark persuasion and distinguish it from innocent persuasion The secrets behind mind games and how to use them to your advantage The specifics of dark deception, how to recognize it, and what to do about it And much more! Don’t let yourself be victimized any longer. Manipulation is all around you, and it’s impossible to escape. But, it’s not impossible to fight. Turn their tactics against them and let Manipulation: How to Master the Art of Analyzing People and Influence Human Behavior with Dark Psychology and Mind Control Techniques teach you everything you need to know to be one step ahead. Knowledge is power. Click “add to cart” to learn the secrets of psychology and stop manipulators in their tracks. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439321 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Effective Ways of Reducing Stress & Boosting Immune System Naturally with Self-Help That Actually Works for Kids and Adults Author: Dr Dale Pheragh Narrator: Shannon Mendenhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that managing your stress is as important as keeping a constant watch on your health? Do you know the effects of a properly managed stress on your immune system building capability? This book will work you through steps to follow to effectively manage your stress and also the stress in your children the natural way. You would find several ways to manage stress, such as controlling your thoughts, managing your emotions, eating healthy, exercise as a routine and more. This book also gives information about how to realize stress in kids, the symptoms, stress reliever games that would help both kids and adults, stress relieving exercises, what makes children anxious and what parents are expected to do, and how positive thinking can assist you in healing and ultimately move forward in life. People who figure out how to deal with stress and business live a happier, healthier life, because a sound body is a formidable tool to fight stress. As you read further on what to do to help your children manage stress effectively, and also to manage your stress, You would be glad you did because this book explains basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation and offers research-based guidance for improving treatment outcomes. Dr Dale Pheragh Fri, 05 Jun 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439321 thebookvoice.com 1:14:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Effective Ways of Reducing Stress & Boosting Immune System Naturally with Self-Help That Actually Works for Kids and Adults Author: Dr Dale Pheragh Narrator: Shannon Mendenhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that managing your stress is as important as keeping a constant watch on your health? Do you know the effects of a properly managed stress on your immune system building capability? This book will work you through steps to follow to effectively manage your stress and also the stress in your children the natural way. You would find several ways to manage stress, such as controlling your thoughts, managing your emotions, eating healthy, exercise as a routine and more. This book also gives information about how to realize stress in kids, the symptoms, stress reliever games that would help both kids and adults, stress relieving exercises, what makes children anxious and what parents are expected to do, and how positive thinking can assist you in healing and ultimately move forward in life. People who figure out how to deal with stress and business live a happier, healthier life, because a sound body is a formidable tool to fight stress. As you read further on what to do to help your children manage stress effectively, and also to manage your stress, You would be glad you did because this book explains basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation and offers research-based guidance for improving treatment outcomes. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439321]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stress: The Effective Ways of Reducing Stress & Boosting Immune System Naturally with Self-Help That Actually Works for Kids and Adults Author: Dr Dale Pheragh Narrator: Shannon Mendenhall Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 14 minutes Release date: June 5, 2020 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 5 of Total 1 Ratings of Narrator: 5 of Total 1 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Are you aware that managing your stress is as important as keeping a constant watch on your health? Do you know the effects of a properly managed stress on your immune system building capability? This book will work you through steps to follow to effectively manage your stress and also the stress in your children the natural way. You would find several ways to manage stress, such as controlling your thoughts, managing your emotions, eating healthy, exercise as a routine and more. This book also gives information about how to realize stress in kids, the symptoms, stress reliever games that would help both kids and adults, stress relieving exercises, what makes children anxious and what parents are expected to do, and how positive thinking can assist you in healing and ultimately move forward in life. People who figure out how to deal with stress and business live a happier, healthier life, because a sound body is a formidable tool to fight stress. As you read further on what to do to help your children manage stress effectively, and also to manage your stress, You would be glad you did because this book explains basic mechanisms of stress and relaxation and offers research-based guidance for improving treatment outcomes. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439282 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Out the Tragic Parts: A Grandfather's Search for a Boy Lost to Addiction Author: Dave Kindred Narrator: Dave Kindred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This extraordinary investigation of the death of the author's grandson yields a powerful memoir of addiction, grief, and the stories we choose to tell our families and ourselves. Jared Kindred left his home and family at the age of eighteen, choosing to wander across America on freight train cars and live on the street. Addicted to alcohol most of his short life, and withholding the truth from many who loved him, he never found a way to survive. Through this ordeal, Dave Kindred's love for his grandson has never wavered. Leave Out the Tragic Parts is not merely a reflection on love and addiction and loss. It is a hard-won work of reportage, meticulously reconstructing the life Jared chose for himself--a life that rejected the comforts of civilization in favor of a chance to roam free. Kindred asks painful but important questions about the lies we tell to get along, and what binds families together or allows them to fracture. Jared's story ended in tragedy, but the act of telling it is an act of healing and redemption. This is an important book on how to love your family, from a great writer who has lived its lessons. Dave Kindred Tue, 02 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439282 thebookvoice.com 6:58:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Out the Tragic Parts: A Grandfather's Search for a Boy Lost to Addiction Author: Dave Kindred Narrator: Dave Kindred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This extraordinary investigation of the death of the author's grandson yields a powerful memoir of addiction, grief, and the stories we choose to tell our families and ourselves. Jared Kindred left his home and family at the age of eighteen, choosing to wander across America on freight train cars and live on the street. Addicted to alcohol most of his short life, and withholding the truth from many who loved him, he never found a way to survive. Through this ordeal, Dave Kindred's love for his grandson has never wavered. Leave Out the Tragic Parts is not merely a reflection on love and addiction and loss. It is a hard-won work of reportage, meticulously reconstructing the life Jared chose for himself--a life that rejected the comforts of civilization in favor of a chance to roam free. Kindred asks painful but important questions about the lies we tell to get along, and what binds families together or allows them to fracture. Jared's story ended in tragedy, but the act of telling it is an act of healing and redemption. This is an important book on how to love your family, from a great writer who has lived its lessons. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439282]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Leave Out the Tragic Parts: A Grandfather's Search for a Boy Lost to Addiction Author: Dave Kindred Narrator: Dave Kindred Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 58 minutes Release date: February 2, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: This extraordinary investigation of the death of the author's grandson yields a powerful memoir of addiction, grief, and the stories we choose to tell our families and ourselves. Jared Kindred left his home and family at the age of eighteen, choosing to wander across America on freight train cars and live on the street. Addicted to alcohol most of his short life, and withholding the truth from many who loved him, he never found a way to survive. Through this ordeal, Dave Kindred's love for his grandson has never wavered. Leave Out the Tragic Parts is not merely a reflection on love and addiction and loss. It is a hard-won work of reportage, meticulously reconstructing the life Jared chose for himself--a life that rejected the comforts of civilization in favor of a chance to roam free. Kindred asks painful but important questions about the lies we tell to get along, and what binds families together or allows them to fracture. Jared's story ended in tragedy, but the act of telling it is an act of healing and redemption. This is an important book on how to love your family, from a great writer who has lived its lessons. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439278 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Than You Think: The 10 Blind Spots That Undermine Your Relationship...and How to See Past Them Author: Gary W. Lewandowski Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the ten myths sabotaging your love life, and the practical, science-backed tools you can use to reveal your relationship’s hidden strengths and build a fulfilling, long-lasting bond. Dr. Gary W. Lewandowski Jr. is a nationally recognized expert on the psychology of relationships. In his first book, he blends hot-off-the-press science, engaging writing, impactful examples, and fascinating stories to present an impressive range of refreshing and eye-opening set of insights. For instance, did you know that . . . - To forecast your relationship's future, you are the worst person to ask. - Men are the real romantics in relationships, not women. - The amount of sex you should have to keep your relationship going strong is lower than you think. - It's okay to be selfish. Putting me before you, can help both of you. - When it comes to closeness, you can have too much of a good thing. - Struggles actually strengthen your relationship. - In terms of partner support, what you’re not seeing is more important than what you notice. - When your relationship doesn't help you become a better person, ending it does. A bold, fresh take on what it means to love and be loved, Stronger Than You Think will help you more confidently and accurately view yourself and your relationship—so that you can fully appreciate the love you have, or find the one you want and deserve. Gary W. Lewandowski Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439278 thebookvoice.com 7:6:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Than You Think: The 10 Blind Spots That Undermine Your Relationship...and How to See Past Them Author: Gary W. Lewandowski Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the ten myths sabotaging your love life, and the practical, science-backed tools you can use to reveal your relationship’s hidden strengths and build a fulfilling, long-lasting bond. Dr. Gary W. Lewandowski Jr. is a nationally recognized expert on the psychology of relationships. In his first book, he blends hot-off-the-press science, engaging writing, impactful examples, and fascinating stories to present an impressive range of refreshing and eye-opening set of insights. For instance, did you know that . . . - To forecast your relationship's future, you are the worst person to ask. - Men are the real romantics in relationships, not women. - The amount of sex you should have to keep your relationship going strong is lower than you think. - It's okay to be selfish. Putting me before you, can help both of you. - When it comes to closeness, you can have too much of a good thing. - Struggles actually strengthen your relationship. - In terms of partner support, what you’re not seeing is more important than what you notice. - When your relationship doesn't help you become a better person, ending it does. A bold, fresh take on what it means to love and be loved, Stronger Than You Think will help you more confidently and accurately view yourself and your relationship—so that you can fully appreciate the love you have, or find the one you want and deserve. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/439278]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Stronger Than You Think: The 10 Blind Spots That Undermine Your Relationship...and How to See Past Them Author: Gary W. Lewandowski Narrator: Mike Lenz Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 7 hours 6 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: Discover the ten myths sabotaging your love life, and the practical, science-backed tools you can use to reveal your relationship’s hidden strengths and build a fulfilling, long-lasting bond. Dr. Gary W. Lewandowski Jr. is a nationally recognized expert on the psychology of relationships. In his first book, he blends hot-off-the-press science, engaging writing, impactful examples, and fascinating stories to present an impressive range of refreshing and eye-opening set of insights. For instance, did you know that . . . - To forecast your relationship's future, you are the worst person to ask. - Men are the real romantics in relationships, not women. - The amount of sex you should have to keep your relationship going strong is lower than you think. - It's okay to be selfish. Putting me before you, can help both of you. - When it comes to closeness, you can have too much of a good thing. - Struggles actually strengthen your relationship. - In terms of partner support, what you’re not seeing is more important than what you notice. - When your relationship doesn't help you become a better person, ending it does. A bold, fresh take on what it means to love and be loved, Stronger Than You Think will help you more confidently and accurately view yourself and your relationship—so that you can fully appreciate the love you have, or find the one you want and deserve. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438772 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Words for Troubled Times: Messages of comfort and hope Author: Ronen Groves Narrator: Catherine Bilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world we know has turned upside-down.   Everything we've taken for granted changed before there was time to take stock. We have to adjust. To adapt. To survive.   For some this brings a sense of helplessness. Others feel grief and anger. All of us are affected.   Simple Words for Troubled Times is written from the heart to help you find comfort and relief from the challenges of modern times.   Each short chapter addresses a different means to rebuild hope, rediscover self-belief, reinforce your personal power, and redirect fears into courage.   There is no greater power than a simple word of hope. Ronen Groves Wed, 03 Apr 2024 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438772 thebookvoice.com 1:13:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Words for Troubled Times: Messages of comfort and hope Author: Ronen Groves Narrator: Catherine Bilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world we know has turned upside-down.   Everything we've taken for granted changed before there was time to take stock. We have to adjust. To adapt. To survive.   For some this brings a sense of helplessness. Others feel grief and anger. All of us are affected.   Simple Words for Troubled Times is written from the heart to help you find comfort and relief from the challenges of modern times.   Each short chapter addresses a different means to rebuild hope, rediscover self-belief, reinforce your personal power, and redirect fears into courage.   There is no greater power than a simple word of hope. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438772]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Simple Words for Troubled Times: Messages of comfort and hope Author: Ronen Groves Narrator: Catherine Bilson Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 1 hour 13 minutes Release date: April 3, 2024 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: The world we know has turned upside-down.   Everything we've taken for granted changed before there was time to take stock. We have to adjust. To adapt. To survive.   For some this brings a sense of helplessness. Others feel grief and anger. All of us are affected.   Simple Words for Troubled Times is written from the heart to help you find comfort and relief from the challenges of modern times.   Each short chapter addresses a different means to rebuild hope, rediscover self-belief, reinforce your personal power, and redirect fears into courage.   There is no greater power than a simple word of hope. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438139 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Days, Bright Nights: Surviving the Las Vegas Storm Drains Author: Matthew O'brien Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A vivid and enlightening oral history of homelessness in the Las Vegas storm drains and the hard work of re-entering mainstream society. The hundreds of people living in the flood channels of Las Vegas have provided one of the more fascinating and enduring international stories of the past decade. This underground community has received plenty of news coverage and dramatic portrayals by CSI, Criminal Minds, and the Jason Bourne franchise. But the fact that dozens of tunnel dwellers have clawed their way out of the drains and turned their lives around has received far less attention. Dark Days, Bright Nights is the follow-up to the bestselling Beneath the Neon and shares the harrowing stories of Sin City's most marginalized people, from bottoming out in homelessness to mending relationships with family and adjusting to jobs, housing, and sobriety. These redemption stories cast light on a rarely seen side of Las Vegas and offer a portrait of homelessness and recovery in America. They are the happy, though not Hollywood, endings to the infamous tunnel tale, documented through unflinchingly honest personal accounts. Matthew O'brien Tue, 17 Nov 2020 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438139 thebookvoice.com 6:2:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Days, Bright Nights: Surviving the Las Vegas Storm Drains Author: Matthew O'brien Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A vivid and enlightening oral history of homelessness in the Las Vegas storm drains and the hard work of re-entering mainstream society. The hundreds of people living in the flood channels of Las Vegas have provided one of the more fascinating and enduring international stories of the past decade. This underground community has received plenty of news coverage and dramatic portrayals by CSI, Criminal Minds, and the Jason Bourne franchise. But the fact that dozens of tunnel dwellers have clawed their way out of the drains and turned their lives around has received far less attention. Dark Days, Bright Nights is the follow-up to the bestselling Beneath the Neon and shares the harrowing stories of Sin City's most marginalized people, from bottoming out in homelessness to mending relationships with family and adjusting to jobs, housing, and sobriety. These redemption stories cast light on a rarely seen side of Las Vegas and offer a portrait of homelessness and recovery in America. They are the happy, though not Hollywood, endings to the infamous tunnel tale, documented through unflinchingly honest personal accounts. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/438139]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Dark Days, Bright Nights: Surviving the Las Vegas Storm Drains Author: Matthew O'brien Narrator: Stephen R. Thorne Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 6 hours 2 minutes Release date: November 17, 2020 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A vivid and enlightening oral history of homelessness in the Las Vegas storm drains and the hard work of re-entering mainstream society. The hundreds of people living in the flood channels of Las Vegas have provided one of the more fascinating and enduring international stories of the past decade. This underground community has received plenty of news coverage and dramatic portrayals by CSI, Criminal Minds, and the Jason Bourne franchise. But the fact that dozens of tunnel dwellers have clawed their way out of the drains and turned their lives around has received far less attention. Dark Days, Bright Nights is the follow-up to the bestselling Beneath the Neon and shares the harrowing stories of Sin City's most marginalized people, from bottoming out in homelessness to mending relationships with family and adjusting to jobs, housing, and sobriety. These redemption stories cast light on a rarely seen side of Las Vegas and offer a portrait of homelessness and recovery in America. They are the happy, though not Hollywood, endings to the infamous tunnel tale, documented through unflinchingly honest personal accounts. https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437407 Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connect: Building Exceptional Relationships with Family, Friends, and Colleagues Author: Carole Robin, David Bradford Narrator: David Bradford, Carole Robin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A transformative guide to building more fulfilling relationships with colleagues, friends, partners, and family, based on the landmark Interpersonal Dynamics (“Touchy-Feely”) course at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business “Carole Robin and David Bradford are masters at helping people bring IQ and EQ together tosatisfy both and be successful.”—Ray Dalio, founder of Bridgewater and author of Principles: Life and Work The ability to create strong relationships with others is crucial to living a full life and becoming more effective at work. Yet many of us find ourselves struggling to build solid personal and professional connections or unable to handle challenges that inevitably arise when we grow closer to others. When we find ourselves in an exceptional relationship—the kind of relationship in which we feel fully understood and supported for who we are—it can seem like magic. But the truth is that the process of building and sustaining these relationships can be described, learned, and applied. David Bradford and Carole Robin taught interpersonal skills to MBA candidates for a combined seventy-five years in their legendary Stanford Graduate School of Business course Interpersonal Dynamics (affectionately known to generations of students as “Touchy-Feely”) and have coached and consulted hundreds of executives for decades. In Connect, they show readers how to take their relationships from shallow to exceptional by cultivating authenticity, vulnerability, and honesty, while being willing to ask for and offer help, share a commitment to growth, and deal productively with conflict. Filled with relatable scenarios and research-backed insights, Connect is an important resource for anyone hoping to improve existing relationships and build new ones at any stage of life. *This audiobook includes a PDF of graphics and appendices. Carole Robin, David Bradford Tue, 09 Feb 2021 04:02:10 GMT https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437407 thebookvoice.com 10:19:00 no Listen to full audiobooks for free on thebookvoice.com Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connect: Building Exceptional Relationships with Family, Friends, and Colleagues Author: Carole Robin, David Bradford Narrator: David Bradford, Carole Robin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A transformative guide to building more fulfilling relationships with colleagues, friends, partners, and family, based on the landmark Interpersonal Dynamics (“Touchy-Feely”) course at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business “Carole Robin and David Bradford are masters at helping people bring IQ and EQ together tosatisfy both and be successful.”—Ray Dalio, founder of Bridgewater and author of Principles: Life and Work The ability to create strong relationships with others is crucial to living a full life and becoming more effective at work. Yet many of us find ourselves struggling to build solid personal and professional connections or unable to handle challenges that inevitably arise when we grow closer to others. When we find ourselves in an exceptional relationship—the kind of relationship in which we feel fully understood and supported for who we are—it can seem like magic. But the truth is that the process of building and sustaining these relationships can be described, learned, and applied. David Bradford and Carole Robin taught interpersonal skills to MBA candidates for a combined seventy-five years in their legendary Stanford Graduate School of Business course Interpersonal Dynamics (affectionately known to generations of students as “Touchy-Feely”) and have coached and consulted hundreds of executives for decades. In Connect, they show readers how to take their relationships from shallow to exceptional by cultivating authenticity, vulnerability, and honesty, while being willing to ask for and offer help, share a commitment to growth, and deal productively with conflict. Filled with relatable scenarios and research-backed insights, Connect is an important resource for anyone hoping to improve existing relationships and build new ones at any stage of life. *This audiobook includes a PDF of graphics and appendices. Please visit https://thebookvoice.com/podcasts/1/audiobook/437407]]> to listen full audiobooks. Title: Connect: Building Exceptional Relationships with Family, Friends, and Colleagues Author: Carole Robin, David Bradford Narrator: David Bradford, Carole Robin Format: Unabridged Audiobook Length: 10 hours 19 minutes Release date: February 9, 2021 Ratings: Ratings of Book: 4.67 of Total 6 Genres: Mental Health & Psychology Publisher's Summary: A transformative guide to building more fulfilling relationships with colleagues, friends, partners, and family, based on the landmark Interpersonal Dynamics (“Touchy-Feely”) course at Stanford’s Graduate School of Business “Carole Robin and David Bradford are masters at helping people bring IQ and EQ together tosatisfy both and be successful.”—Ray Dalio, founder of Bridgewater and author of Principles: Life and Work The ability to create strong relationships with others is crucial to living a full life and becoming more effective at work. Yet many of us find ourselves struggling to build solid personal and professional connections or unable to handle challenges that inevitably arise when we grow closer to others. When we find ourselves in an exceptional relationship—the kind of relationship in which we feel fully understood and supported for who we are—it can seem like magic. But the truth is that the process of building and sustaining these relationships can be described, learned, and applied. David Bradford and Carole Robin taught interpersonal skills to MBA candidates for a combined seventy-five years in their legendary Stanford Graduate School of Business course Interpersonal Dynamics (affectionately known to generations of students as “Touchy-Feely”) and have coached and consulted hundreds of executives for decades. In Connect, they show readers how to take their relationships from shallow to exceptional by cultivating authenticity, vulnerability, and honesty, while being willing to ask for and offer help, share a commitment to growth, and deal productively with conflict. Filled with relatable scenarios and research-backed insights, Connect is an important resource for anyone hoping to improve existing relationships and build new ones at any stage of life. *This audiobook includes a PDF of graphics and appendices.